1# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE 2# Copyright (C) YEAR Dpkg Developers 3# This file is distributed under the same license as the dpkg-man package. 4# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. 5# 6#, fuzzy 7msgid "" 8msgstr "" 9"Project-Id-Version: dpkg-man 1.19.7\n" 10"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-dpkg@lists.debian.org\n" 11"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-06-03 23:21+0200\n" 12"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" 13"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" 14"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" 15"Language: \n" 16"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" 17"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" 18"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" 19 20#. type: TH 21#: deb.man 22#, no-wrap 23msgid "deb" 24msgstr "" 25 26#. type: TH 27#: deb.man deb822.man deb-buildinfo.man deb-changelog.man deb-changes.man 28#: deb-control.man deb-conffiles.man deb-src-control.man deb-src-files.man 29#: deb-split.man deb-version.man deb-old.man deb-origin.man deb-override.man 30#: deb-extra-override.man deb-shlibs.man deb-substvars.man deb-symbols.man 31#: deb-postinst.man deb-postrm.man deb-preinst.man deb-prerm.man 32#: deb-triggers.man dsc.man dpkg.man dpkg-architecture.man dpkg.cfg.man 33#: dpkg-buildflags.man dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genbuildinfo.man 34#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man dpkg-distaddfile.man dpkg-deb.man dpkg-divert.man 35#: dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man dpkg-gensymbols.man 36#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man dpkg-mergechangelogs.man dpkg-name.man 37#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man dpkg-query.man dpkg-scanpackages.man 38#: dpkg-scansources.man dpkg-shlibdeps.man dpkg-source.man dpkg-split.man 39#: dpkg-statoverride.man dpkg-trigger.man dpkg-vendor.man dselect.man 40#: dselect.cfg.man start-stop-daemon.man update-alternatives.man 41#, no-wrap 42msgid "%RELEASE_DATE%" 43msgstr "" 44 45#. type: TH 46#: deb.man deb822.man deb-buildinfo.man deb-changelog.man deb-changes.man 47#: deb-control.man deb-conffiles.man deb-src-control.man deb-src-files.man 48#: deb-split.man deb-version.man deb-old.man deb-origin.man deb-override.man 49#: deb-extra-override.man deb-shlibs.man deb-substvars.man deb-symbols.man 50#: deb-postinst.man deb-postrm.man deb-preinst.man deb-prerm.man 51#: deb-triggers.man dsc.man dpkg.man dpkg-architecture.man dpkg.cfg.man 52#: dpkg-buildflags.man dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genbuildinfo.man 53#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man dpkg-distaddfile.man dpkg-deb.man dpkg-divert.man 54#: dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man dpkg-gensymbols.man 55#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man dpkg-mergechangelogs.man dpkg-name.man 56#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man dpkg-query.man dpkg-scanpackages.man 57#: dpkg-scansources.man dpkg-shlibdeps.man dpkg-source.man dpkg-split.man 58#: dpkg-statoverride.man dpkg-trigger.man dpkg-vendor.man dselect.man 59#: dselect.cfg.man start-stop-daemon.man update-alternatives.man 60#, no-wrap 61msgid "%VERSION%" 62msgstr "" 63 64#. type: TH 65#: deb.man deb822.man deb-buildinfo.man deb-changelog.man deb-changes.man 66#: deb-control.man deb-conffiles.man deb-src-control.man deb-src-files.man 67#: deb-split.man deb-version.man deb-old.man deb-origin.man deb-override.man 68#: deb-extra-override.man deb-shlibs.man deb-substvars.man deb-symbols.man 69#: deb-postinst.man deb-postrm.man deb-preinst.man deb-prerm.man 70#: deb-triggers.man dsc.man dpkg.man dpkg-architecture.man dpkg.cfg.man 71#: dpkg-buildflags.man dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genbuildinfo.man 72#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man dpkg-distaddfile.man dpkg-deb.man dpkg-divert.man 73#: dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man dpkg-gensymbols.man 74#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man dpkg-mergechangelogs.man dpkg-name.man 75#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man dpkg-query.man dpkg-scanpackages.man 76#: dpkg-scansources.man dpkg-shlibdeps.man dpkg-source.man dpkg-split.man 77#: dpkg-statoverride.man dpkg-trigger.man dpkg-vendor.man dselect.man 78#: dselect.cfg.man start-stop-daemon.man update-alternatives.man 79#, no-wrap 80msgid "dpkg suite" 81msgstr "" 82 83#. type: SH 84#: deb.man deb822.man deb-buildinfo.man deb-changelog.man deb-changes.man 85#: deb-control.man deb-conffiles.man deb-src-control.man deb-src-files.man 86#: deb-src-rules.man deb-split.man deb-version.man deb-old.man deb-origin.man 87#: deb-override.man deb-extra-override.man deb-shlibs.man deb-substvars.man 88#: deb-symbols.man deb-postinst.man deb-postrm.man deb-preinst.man 89#: deb-prerm.man deb-triggers.man dsc.man dpkg.man dpkg-architecture.man 90#: dpkg.cfg.man dpkg-buildflags.man dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genbuildinfo.man 91#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man dpkg-distaddfile.man dpkg-deb.man dpkg-divert.man 92#: dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man dpkg-gensymbols.man 93#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man dpkg-mergechangelogs.man dpkg-name.man 94#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man dpkg-query.man dpkg-scanpackages.man 95#: dpkg-scansources.man dpkg-shlibdeps.man dpkg-source.man dpkg-split.man 96#: dpkg-statoverride.man dpkg-trigger.man dpkg-vendor.man dselect.man 97#: dselect.cfg.man start-stop-daemon.man update-alternatives.man 98#, no-wrap 99msgid "NAME" 100msgstr "" 101 102#. type: Plain text 103#: deb.man 104msgid "deb - Debian binary package format" 105msgstr "" 106 107#. type: SH 108#: deb.man deb-buildinfo.man deb-changelog.man deb-changes.man deb-control.man 109#: deb-conffiles.man deb-src-control.man deb-src-files.man deb-src-rules.man 110#: deb-split.man deb-version.man deb-old.man deb-origin.man deb-override.man 111#: deb-extra-override.man deb-substvars.man deb-symbols.man deb-postinst.man 112#: deb-postrm.man deb-preinst.man deb-prerm.man deb-triggers.man dsc.man 113#: dpkg.man dpkg-architecture.man dpkg-buildflags.man dpkg-buildpackage.man 114#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man dpkg-distaddfile.man 115#: dpkg-deb.man dpkg-divert.man dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man 116#: dpkg-gensymbols.man dpkg-maintscript-helper.man dpkg-mergechangelogs.man 117#: dpkg-name.man dpkg-parsechangelog.man dpkg-query.man dpkg-scanpackages.man 118#: dpkg-scansources.man dpkg-shlibdeps.man dpkg-source.man dpkg-split.man 119#: dpkg-statoverride.man dpkg-trigger.man dpkg-vendor.man dselect.man 120#: start-stop-daemon.man update-alternatives.man 121#, no-wrap 122msgid "SYNOPSIS" 123msgstr "" 124 125#. type: Plain text 126#: deb.man deb-split.man deb-old.man 127msgid "I<filename>B<.deb>" 128msgstr "" 129 130#. type: SH 131#: deb.man deb822.man deb-buildinfo.man deb-changelog.man deb-changes.man 132#: deb-control.man deb-conffiles.man deb-src-control.man deb-src-files.man 133#: deb-src-rules.man deb-split.man deb-version.man deb-old.man deb-origin.man 134#: deb-override.man deb-extra-override.man deb-shlibs.man deb-substvars.man 135#: deb-symbols.man deb-postinst.man deb-postrm.man deb-preinst.man 136#: deb-prerm.man deb-triggers.man dsc.man dpkg.man dpkg-architecture.man 137#: dpkg.cfg.man dpkg-buildflags.man dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genbuildinfo.man 138#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man dpkg-distaddfile.man dpkg-deb.man dpkg-divert.man 139#: dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man dpkg-gensymbols.man 140#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man dpkg-mergechangelogs.man dpkg-name.man 141#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man dpkg-query.man dpkg-scanpackages.man 142#: dpkg-scansources.man dpkg-shlibdeps.man dpkg-source.man dpkg-split.man 143#: dpkg-statoverride.man dpkg-trigger.man dpkg-vendor.man dselect.man 144#: dselect.cfg.man start-stop-daemon.man update-alternatives.man 145#, no-wrap 146msgid "DESCRIPTION" 147msgstr "" 148 149#. type: Plain text 150#: deb.man 151msgid "" 152"The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. It is " 153"understood since dpkg 0.93.76, and is generated by default since dpkg 1.2.0 " 154"and 1.1.1elf (i386/ELF builds)." 155msgstr "" 156 157#. type: Plain text 158#: deb.man 159msgid "" 160"The format described here is used since Debian 0.93; details of the old " 161"format are described in B<deb-old>(5)." 162msgstr "" 163 164#. type: SH 165#: deb.man deb-split.man deb-old.man 166#, no-wrap 167msgid "FORMAT" 168msgstr "" 169 170#. type: Plain text 171#: deb.man 172msgid "" 173"The file is an B<ar> archive with a magic value of B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>. Only " 174"the common B<ar> archive format is supported, with no long file name " 175"extensions, but with file names containing an optional trailing slash, which " 176"limits their length to 15 characters (from the 16 allowed). File sizes are " 177"limited to 10 ASCII decimal digits, allowing for up to approximately 9536.74 " 178"MiB member files." 179msgstr "" 180 181#. type: Plain text 182#: deb.man 183msgid "" 184"The B<tar> archives currently allowed are, the old-style (v7) format, the " 185"pre-POSIX ustar format, a subset of the GNU format (new style long pathnames " 186"and long linknames, supported since dpkg 1.4.1.17; large file metadata since " 187"dpkg 1.18.24), and the POSIX ustar format (long names supported since dpkg " 188"1.15.0). Unrecognized tar typeflags are considered an error. Each tar " 189"entry size inside a tar archive is limited to 11 ASCII octal digits, " 190"allowing for up to 8 GiB tar entries. The GNU large file metadata support " 191"permits 95-bit tar entry sizes and negative timestamps, and 63-bit UID, GID " 192"and device numbers." 193msgstr "" 194 195#. type: Plain text 196#: deb.man 197msgid "" 198"The first member is named B<debian-binary> and contains a series of lines, " 199"separated by newlines. Currently only one line is present, the format " 200"version number, B<2.0> at the time this manual page was written. Programs " 201"which read new-format archives should be prepared for the minor number to be " 202"increased and new lines to be present, and should ignore these if this is " 203"the case." 204msgstr "" 205 206#. type: Plain text 207#: deb.man 208msgid "" 209"If the major number has changed, an incompatible change has been made and " 210"the program should stop. If it has not, then the program should be able to " 211"safely continue, unless it encounters an unexpected member in the archive " 212"(except at the end), as described below." 213msgstr "" 214 215#. type: Plain text 216#: deb.man 217msgid "" 218"The second required member is named B<control.tar>. It is a tar archive " 219"containing the package control information, either not compressed (supported " 220"since dpkg 1.17.6), or compressed with gzip (with B<.gz> extension) or xz " 221"(with B<.xz> extension, supported since 1.17.6), as a series of plain files, " 222"of which the file B<control> is mandatory and contains the core control " 223"information, the B<conffiles>, B<triggers>, B<shlibs> and B<symbols> files " 224"contain optional control information, and the B<preinst>, B<postinst>, " 225"B<prerm> and B<postrm> files are optional maintainer scripts. The control " 226"tarball may optionally contain an entry for ‘B<.>’, the current directory." 227msgstr "" 228 229#. type: Plain text 230#: deb.man 231msgid "" 232"The third, last required member is named B<data.tar>. It contains the " 233"filesystem as a tar archive, either not compressed (supported since dpkg " 234"1.10.24), or compressed with gzip (with B<.gz> extension), xz (with B<.xz> " 235"extension, supported since dpkg 1.15.6), bzip2 (with B<.bz2> extension, " 236"supported since dpkg 1.10.24) or lzma (with B<.lzma> extension, supported " 237"since dpkg 1.13.25)." 238msgstr "" 239 240#. type: Plain text 241#: deb.man 242msgid "" 243"These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations should " 244"ignore any additional members after B<data.tar>. Further members may be " 245"defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these " 246"three. Any additional members that may need to be inserted after " 247"B<debian-binary> and before B<control.tar> or B<data.tar> and which should " 248"be safely ignored by older programs, will have names starting with an " 249"underscore, ‘B<_>’." 250msgstr "" 251 252#. type: Plain text 253#: deb.man 254msgid "" 255"Those new members which won't be able to be safely ignored will be inserted " 256"before B<data.tar> with names starting with something other than " 257"underscores, or will (more likely) cause the major version number to be " 258"increased." 259msgstr "" 260 261#. type: SH 262#: deb.man 263#, no-wrap 264msgid "MEDIA TYPE" 265msgstr "" 266 267#. type: SS 268#: deb.man 269#, no-wrap 270msgid "Current" 271msgstr "" 272 273#. type: Plain text 274#: deb.man 275msgid "application/vnd.debian.binary-package" 276msgstr "" 277 278#. type: SS 279#: deb.man 280#, no-wrap 281msgid "Deprecated" 282msgstr "" 283 284#. type: Plain text 285#: deb.man 286msgid "application/x-debian-package" 287msgstr "" 288 289#. type: Plain text 290#: deb.man 291msgid "application/x-deb" 292msgstr "" 293 294#. type: SH 295#: deb.man deb822.man deb-buildinfo.man deb-changelog.man deb-changes.man 296#: deb-control.man deb-conffiles.man deb-src-control.man deb-src-files.man 297#: deb-src-rules.man deb-split.man deb-version.man deb-old.man deb-origin.man 298#: deb-override.man deb-extra-override.man deb-shlibs.man deb-substvars.man 299#: deb-symbols.man deb-postinst.man deb-postrm.man deb-preinst.man 300#: deb-prerm.man deb-triggers.man dsc.man dpkg.man dpkg-architecture.man 301#: dpkg.cfg.man dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genbuildinfo.man 302#: dpkg-distaddfile.man dpkg-deb.man dpkg-divert.man dpkg-genchanges.man 303#: dpkg-gencontrol.man dpkg-gensymbols.man dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 304#: dpkg-name.man dpkg-parsechangelog.man dpkg-query.man dpkg-scanpackages.man 305#: dpkg-scansources.man dpkg-shlibdeps.man dpkg-source.man dpkg-split.man 306#: dpkg-statoverride.man dpkg-trigger.man dpkg-vendor.man dselect.man 307#: dselect.cfg.man update-alternatives.man 308#, no-wrap 309msgid "SEE ALSO" 310msgstr "" 311 312#. type: Plain text 313#: deb.man 314msgid "" 315"B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5), B<deb-conffiles>(5) " 316"B<deb-triggers>(5), B<deb-shlibs>(5), B<deb-symbols>(5), B<deb-preinst>(5), " 317"B<deb-postinst>(5), B<deb-prerm>(5), B<deb-postrm>(5)." 318msgstr "" 319 320#. type: TH 321#: deb822.man 322#, no-wrap 323msgid "deb822" 324msgstr "" 325 326#. type: Plain text 327#: deb822.man 328msgid "deb822 - Debian RFC822 control data format" 329msgstr "" 330 331#. type: Plain text 332#: deb822.man 333msgid "" 334"The package management system manipulates data represented in a common " 335"format, known as I<control data>, stored in I<control files>. Control files " 336"are used for source packages, binary packages and the B<.changes> files " 337"which control the installation of uploaded files (B<dpkg>'s internal " 338"databases are in a similar format)." 339msgstr "" 340 341#. type: SH 342#: deb822.man 343#, no-wrap 344msgid "SYNTAX" 345msgstr "" 346 347#. type: Plain text 348#: deb822.man 349msgid "" 350"A control file consists of one or more paragraphs of fields (the paragraphs " 351"are also sometimes referred to as stanzas). The paragraphs are separated by " 352"empty lines. Parsers may accept lines consisting solely of U+0020 B<SPACE> " 353"and U+0009 B<TAB> as paragraph separators, but control files should use " 354"empty lines. Some control files allow only one paragraph; others allow " 355"several, in which case each paragraph usually refers to a different " 356"package. (For example, in source packages, the first paragraph refers to " 357"the source package, and later paragraphs refer to binary packages generated " 358"from the source.) The ordering of the paragraphs in control files is " 359"significant." 360msgstr "" 361 362#. type: Plain text 363#: deb822.man 364msgid "" 365"Each paragraph consists of a series of data fields. Each field consists of " 366"the field name followed by a colon (U+003A ‘B<:>’), and then the data/value " 367"associated with that field. The field name is composed of US-ASCII " 368"characters excluding control characters, space, and colon (i.e., characters " 369"in the ranges U+0021 ‘B<!>’ through U+0039 ‘B<9>’, and U+003B ‘B<;>’ through " 370"U+007E ‘B<~>’, inclusive). Field names must not begin with the comment " 371"character (U+0023 ‘B<#>’), nor with the hyphen character (U+002D ‘B<->’)." 372msgstr "" 373 374#. type: Plain text 375#: deb822.man 376msgid "" 377"The field ends at the end of the line or at the end of the last continuation " 378"line (see below). Horizontal whitespace (U+0020 B<SPACE> and U+0009 B<TAB>) " 379"may occur immediately before or after the value and is ignored there; it is " 380"conventional to put a single space after the colon. For example, a field " 381"might be:" 382msgstr "" 383 384#. type: Plain text 385#: deb822.man 386#, no-wrap 387msgid "Package: dpkg\n" 388msgstr "" 389 390#. type: Plain text 391#: deb822.man 392msgid "the field name is B<Package> and the field value B<dpkg>." 393msgstr "" 394 395#. type: Plain text 396#: deb822.man 397msgid "" 398"Empty field values are only permitted in source package control files " 399"(I<debian/control>). Such fields are ignored." 400msgstr "" 401 402#. type: Plain text 403#: deb822.man 404msgid "" 405"A paragraph must not contain more than one instance of a particular field " 406"name." 407msgstr "" 408 409#. type: Plain text 410#: deb822.man 411msgid "There are three types of fields:" 412msgstr "" 413 414#. type: TP 415#: deb822.man 416#, no-wrap 417msgid "B<simple>" 418msgstr "" 419 420#. type: Plain text 421#: deb822.man 422msgid "" 423"The field, including its value, must be a single line. Folding of the field " 424"is not permitted. This is the default field type if the definition of the " 425"field does not specify a different type." 426msgstr "" 427 428#. type: TP 429#: deb822.man 430#, no-wrap 431msgid "B<folded>" 432msgstr "" 433 434#. type: Plain text 435#: deb822.man 436msgid "" 437"The value of a folded field is a logical line that may span several lines. " 438"The lines after the first are called continuation lines and must start with " 439"a U+0020 B<SPACE> or a U+0009 B<TAB>. Whitespace, including any newlines, " 440"is not significant in the field values of folded fields." 441msgstr "" 442 443#. type: Plain text 444#: deb822.man 445msgid "" 446"This folding method is similar to RFC5322, allowing control files that " 447"contain only one paragraph and no multiline fields to be read by parsers " 448"written for RFC5322." 449msgstr "" 450 451#. type: TP 452#: deb822.man 453#, no-wrap 454msgid "B<multiline>" 455msgstr "" 456 457#. type: Plain text 458#: deb822.man 459msgid "" 460"The value of a multiline field may comprise multiple continuation lines. " 461"The first line of the value, the part on the same line as the field name, " 462"often has special significance or may have to be empty. Other lines are " 463"added following the same syntax as the continuation lines of the folded " 464"fields. Whitespace, including newlines, is significant in the values of " 465"multiline fields." 466msgstr "" 467 468#. type: Plain text 469#: deb822.man 470msgid "" 471"Whitespace must not appear inside names (of packages, architectures, files " 472"or anything else) or version numbers, or between the characters of " 473"multi-character version relationships." 474msgstr "" 475 476#. type: Plain text 477#: deb822.man 478msgid "" 479"The presence and purpose of a field, and the syntax of its value may differ " 480"between types of control files." 481msgstr "" 482 483#. type: Plain text 484#: deb822.man 485msgid "" 486"Field names are not case-sensitive, but it is usual to capitalize the field " 487"names using mixed case as shown below. Field values are case-sensitive " 488"unless the description of the field says otherwise." 489msgstr "" 490 491#. type: Plain text 492#: deb822.man 493msgid "" 494"Paragraph separators (empty lines) and lines consisting only of U+0020 " 495"B<SPACE> and U+0009 B<TAB>, are not allowed within field values or between " 496"fields. Empty lines in field values are usually escaped by representing " 497"them by a U+0020 B<SPACE> followed by a dot (U+002E ‘B<.>’)." 498msgstr "" 499 500#. type: Plain text 501#: deb822.man 502msgid "" 503"Lines starting with U+0023 ‘B<#>’, without any preceding whitespace are " 504"comments lines that are only permitted in source package control files " 505"(I<debian/control>) and in B<deb-origin>(5) files. These comment lines are " 506"ignored, even between two continuation lines. They do not end logical " 507"lines." 508msgstr "" 509 510#. type: Plain text 511#: deb822.man 512msgid "All control files must be encoded in UTF-8." 513msgstr "" 514 515#. type: Plain text 516#: deb822.man 517msgid "B<RFC822>, B<RFC5322>." 518msgstr "" 519 520#. type: TH 521#: deb-buildinfo.man 522#, no-wrap 523msgid "deb-buildinfo" 524msgstr "" 525 526#. type: Plain text 527#: deb-buildinfo.man 528msgid "deb-buildinfo - Debian build information file format" 529msgstr "" 530 531#. type: Plain text 532#: deb-buildinfo.man 533msgid "I<filename>B<.buildinfo>" 534msgstr "" 535 536#. type: Plain text 537#: deb-buildinfo.man 538msgid "" 539"Each Debian source package build can record the build information in a " 540"B<.buildinfo> control file, which contains a number of fields. Each field " 541"begins with a tag, such as B<Source> or B<Binary> (case insensitive), " 542"followed by a colon, and the body of the field. Fields are delimited only " 543"by field tags. In other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, " 544"but the installation tools will generally join lines when processing the " 545"body of the field (except in case of the multiline fields " 546"B<Binary-Only-Changes>, B<Installed-Build-Depends>, B<Environment>, " 547"B<Checksums-Md5>, B<Checksums-Sha1> and B<Checksums-Sha256>, see below)." 548msgstr "" 549 550#. type: Plain text 551#: deb-buildinfo.man deb-changes.man dsc.man 552msgid "" 553"The control data might be enclosed in an OpenPGP ASCII Armored signature, as " 554"specified in RFC4880." 555msgstr "" 556 557#. type: Plain text 558#: deb-buildinfo.man 559msgid "" 560"The name of the B<.buildinfo> file will depend on the type of build and will " 561"be as specific as necessary but not more; for a build that includes B<any> " 562"the name will be " 563"I<source-name>B<_>I<binary-version>B<_>I<arch>B<.buildinfo>, or otherwise " 564"for a build that includes B<all> the name will be " 565"I<source-name>B<_>I<binary-version>B<_>B<all.buildinfo>, or otherwise for a " 566"build that includes B<source> the name will be " 567"I<source-name>B<_>I<source-version>B<_>B<source.buildinfo>." 568msgstr "" 569 570#. type: SH 571#: deb-buildinfo.man deb-changes.man deb-control.man deb-origin.man dsc.man 572#, no-wrap 573msgid "FIELDS" 574msgstr "" 575 576#. type: TP 577#: deb-buildinfo.man deb-changes.man dsc.man 578#, no-wrap 579msgid "B<Format:> I<format-version> (required)" 580msgstr "" 581 582#. type: Plain text 583#: deb-buildinfo.man 584msgid "" 585"The value of this field declares the format version of the file. The syntax " 586"of the field value is a version number with a major and minor component. " 587"Backward incompatible changes to the format will bump the major version, and " 588"backward compatible changes (such as field additions) will bump the minor " 589"version. The current format version is B<1.0>." 590msgstr "" 591 592#. type: TP 593#: deb-buildinfo.man deb-changes.man 594#, no-wrap 595msgid "B<Source:> I<source-name> [B<(>I<source-version>B<)>] (required)" 596msgstr "" 597 598#. type: Plain text 599#: deb-buildinfo.man 600msgid "" 601"The name of the source package. If the source version differs from the " 602"binary version, then the I<source-name> will be followed by a " 603"I<source-version> in parenthesis. This can happen when the build is for a " 604"binary-only non-maintainer upload." 605msgstr "" 606 607#. type: TP 608#: deb-buildinfo.man 609#, no-wrap 610msgid "B<Binary:> I<binary-package-list> (required)" 611msgstr "" 612 613#. type: Plain text 614#: deb-buildinfo.man 615msgid "This folded field is a space-separated list of binary packages built." 616msgstr "" 617 618#. type: TP 619#: deb-buildinfo.man 620#, no-wrap 621msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch-list> (required)" 622msgstr "" 623 624#. type: Plain text 625#: deb-buildinfo.man 626msgid "" 627"This space-separated field lists the architectures of the files currently " 628"being built. Common architectures are B<amd64>, B<armel>, B<i386>, etc. " 629"Note that the B<all> value is meant for packages that are architecture " 630"independent. If the source for the package is also being built, the special " 631"entry B<source> is also present. Architecture wildcards must never be " 632"present in the list." 633msgstr "" 634 635#. type: TP 636#: deb-buildinfo.man deb-changes.man deb-control.man dsc.man 637#, no-wrap 638msgid "B<Version:> I<version-string> (required)" 639msgstr "" 640 641#. type: Plain text 642#: deb-buildinfo.man deb-changes.man dsc.man 643msgid "" 644"Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form " 645"the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number " 646"(for non-native packages). The exact format and sorting algorithm are " 647"described in B<deb-version>(7)." 648msgstr "" 649 650#. type: TP 651#: deb-buildinfo.man 652#, no-wrap 653msgid "B<Binary-Only-Changes:>" 654msgstr "" 655 656#. type: TQ 657#: deb-buildinfo.man 658#, no-wrap 659msgid "I<changelog-entry>" 660msgstr "" 661 662#. type: Plain text 663#: deb-buildinfo.man 664msgid "" 665"This multiline field contains the concatenated text of the changelog entry " 666"for a binary-only non-maintainer upload (binNMU) if that is the case. To " 667"make this a valid multiline field empty lines are replaced with a single " 668"full stop (‘.’) and all lines are indented by one space character. The " 669"exact content depends on the changelog format." 670msgstr "" 671 672#. type: TP 673#: deb-buildinfo.man 674#, no-wrap 675msgid "B<Checksums-Md5:> (required)" 676msgstr "" 677 678#. type: TQ 679#: deb-buildinfo.man deb-changes.man dsc.man 680#, no-wrap 681msgid "B<Checksums-Sha1:> (required)" 682msgstr "" 683 684#. type: TQ 685#: deb-buildinfo.man deb-changes.man dsc.man 686#, no-wrap 687msgid "B<Checksums-Sha256:> (required)" 688msgstr "" 689 690#. type: TQ 691#: deb-buildinfo.man deb-changes.man dsc.man 692#, no-wrap 693msgid " I<checksum> I<size> I<filename>" 694msgstr "" 695 696#. type: Plain text 697#: deb-buildinfo.man 698msgid "" 699"These multiline fields contain a list of files with a checksum and size for " 700"each one. These fields have the same syntax and differ only in the checksum " 701"algorithm used: MD5 for B<Checksums-Md5>, SHA-1 for B<Checksums-Sha1> and " 702"SHA-256 for B<Checksums-Sha256>." 703msgstr "" 704 705#. type: Plain text 706#: deb-buildinfo.man deb-changes.man 707msgid "" 708"The first line of the field value (the part on the same line as the field " 709"name followed by a colon) is always empty. The content of the field is " 710"expressed as continuation lines, one line per file. Each line consists of " 711"space-separated entries describing the file: the checksum, the file size, " 712"and the file name." 713msgstr "" 714 715#. type: Plain text 716#: deb-buildinfo.man 717msgid "These fields list all files that make up the build." 718msgstr "" 719 720#. type: TP 721#: deb-buildinfo.man 722#, no-wrap 723msgid "B<Build-Origin:> I<name>" 724msgstr "" 725 726#. type: Plain text 727#: deb-buildinfo.man deb-control.man dsc.man 728msgid "The name of the distribution this package is originating from." 729msgstr "" 730 731#. type: TP 732#: deb-buildinfo.man 733#, no-wrap 734msgid "B<Build-Architecture:> I<arch> (required)" 735msgstr "" 736 737#. type: Plain text 738#: deb-buildinfo.man 739msgid "" 740"The Debian architecture for the installation the packages is being built " 741"in. Common architectures are B<amd64>, B<armel>, B<i386>, etc." 742msgstr "" 743 744#. type: TP 745#: deb-buildinfo.man 746#, no-wrap 747msgid "B<Build-Date:> I<build-date>" 748msgstr "" 749 750#. type: Plain text 751#: deb-buildinfo.man 752msgid "" 753"The date the package was built. It must be in the same format as the date " 754"in a B<deb-changelog>(5) entry." 755msgstr "" 756 757#. type: TP 758#: deb-buildinfo.man 759#, no-wrap 760msgid "B<Build-Kernel-Version:> I<build-kernel-version>" 761msgstr "" 762 763#. type: Plain text 764#: deb-buildinfo.man 765msgid "" 766"The release and version (in an unspecified format) of the kernel running on " 767"the build system. This field is only going to be present if the builder has " 768"explicitly requested it, to avoid leaking possibly sensitive information." 769msgstr "" 770 771#. type: TP 772#: deb-buildinfo.man 773#, no-wrap 774msgid "B<Build-Path:> I<build-path>" 775msgstr "" 776 777#. type: Plain text 778#: deb-buildinfo.man 779msgid "" 780"The absolute build path, which correspond to the unpacked source tree. This " 781"field is only going to be present if the vendor has whitelisted it via some " 782"pattern match to avoid leaking possibly sensitive information." 783msgstr "" 784 785#. type: Plain text 786#: deb-buildinfo.man 787msgid "" 788"On Debian and derivatives only build paths starting with I</build/> will " 789"emit this field." 790msgstr "" 791 792#. type: TP 793#: deb-buildinfo.man 794#, no-wrap 795msgid "B<Build-Tainted-By:>" 796msgstr "" 797 798#. type: TQ 799#: deb-buildinfo.man 800#, no-wrap 801msgid "I<taint-reason-list>" 802msgstr "" 803 804#. type: Plain text 805#: deb-buildinfo.man 806msgid "" 807"This folded field contains a space-separated list of non-exhaustive reason " 808"tags (formed by alphanumeric and dash characters) which identify why the " 809"current build has been tainted (since dpkg 1.19.5)." 810msgstr "" 811 812#. type: Plain text 813#: deb-buildinfo.man 814msgid "On Debian and derivatives the following reason tags can be emitted:" 815msgstr "" 816 817#. type: TP 818#: deb-buildinfo.man 819#, no-wrap 820msgid "B<merged-usr-via-symlinks>" 821msgstr "" 822 823#. type: Plain text 824#: deb-buildinfo.man 825msgid "" 826"The system has a merged I</usr> via symlinks. This will confuse " 827"B<dpkg-query>, B<dpkg-statoverride>, B<dpkg-trigger>, B<update-alternatives> " 828"and any other tool using pathnames as keys into their databases, as it " 829"creates filesystem aliasing problems, and messes with the understanding of " 830"the filesystem that B<dpkg> has recorded in its database. For build systems " 831"that hardcode pathnames to specific binaries or libraries on the resulting " 832"artifacts, it can also produce packages that will be incompatible with " 833"non-/usr-merged filesystems." 834msgstr "" 835 836#. type: TP 837#: deb-buildinfo.man 838#, no-wrap 839msgid "B<usr-local-has-configs>" 840msgstr "" 841 842#. type: Plain text 843#: deb-buildinfo.man 844msgid "The system has configuration files under I</usr/local/etc>." 845msgstr "" 846 847#. type: TP 848#: deb-buildinfo.man 849#, no-wrap 850msgid "B<usr-local-has-includes>" 851msgstr "" 852 853#. type: Plain text 854#: deb-buildinfo.man 855msgid "The system has header files under I</usr/local/include>." 856msgstr "" 857 858#. type: TP 859#: deb-buildinfo.man 860#, no-wrap 861msgid "B<usr-local-has-programs>" 862msgstr "" 863 864#. type: Plain text 865#: deb-buildinfo.man 866msgid "The system has programs under I</usr/local/bin> or I</usr/local/sbin>." 867msgstr "" 868 869#. type: TP 870#: deb-buildinfo.man 871#, no-wrap 872msgid "B<usr-local-has-libraries>" 873msgstr "" 874 875#. type: Plain text 876#: deb-buildinfo.man 877msgid "The system has libraries, either static or shared under I</usr/local/lib>." 878msgstr "" 879 880#. type: TP 881#: deb-buildinfo.man 882#, no-wrap 883msgid "B<Installed-Build-Depends:> (required)" 884msgstr "" 885 886#. type: TQ 887#: deb-buildinfo.man 888#, no-wrap 889msgid "I<package-list>" 890msgstr "" 891 892#. type: Plain text 893#: deb-buildinfo.man 894msgid "" 895"The list of installed and configured packages that might affect the package " 896"build process." 897msgstr "" 898 899#. type: Plain text 900#: deb-buildinfo.man 901msgid "" 902"The list consists of each package name, optionally arch-qualified for " 903"foreign architectures, with an exact version restriction, separated by " 904"commas." 905msgstr "" 906 907#. type: Plain text 908#: deb-buildinfo.man 909msgid "" 910"The list includes all essential packages, packages listed in " 911"B<Build-Depends>, B<Build-Depends-Arch>, B<Build-Depends-Indep> source " 912"control fields, any vendor specific builtin dependencies, and all their " 913"recursive dependencies. On Debian and derivatives the dependency builtin is " 914"B<build-essential>." 915msgstr "" 916 917#. type: Plain text 918#: deb-buildinfo.man 919msgid "" 920"For dependencies coming from the source control fields, all dependency " 921"alternatives and all providers of virtual packages depended on will be " 922"included." 923msgstr "" 924 925#. type: TP 926#: deb-buildinfo.man 927#, no-wrap 928msgid "B<Environment:>" 929msgstr "" 930 931#. type: TQ 932#: deb-buildinfo.man 933#, no-wrap 934msgid "I<variable-list>" 935msgstr "" 936 937#. type: Plain text 938#: deb-buildinfo.man 939msgid "" 940"The list of environment variables that are known to affect the package build " 941"process, with each environment variable followed by an equal sign (‘=’) and " 942"the variable's quoted value, using double quotes (‘\"’), and backslashes " 943"escaped (‘\\e\\e’)." 944msgstr "" 945 946#. type: Plain text 947#: deb-buildinfo.man 948msgid "B<deb-changes>(5), B<deb-version>(7), B<dpkg-genbuildinfo>(1)." 949msgstr "" 950 951#. type: TH 952#: deb-changelog.man 953#, no-wrap 954msgid "deb-changelog" 955msgstr "" 956 957#. type: Plain text 958#: deb-changelog.man 959msgid "deb-changelog - dpkg source packages' changelog file format" 960msgstr "" 961 962#. type: Plain text 963#: deb-changelog.man 964msgid "changelog" 965msgstr "" 966 967#. type: Plain text 968#: deb-changelog.man 969msgid "" 970"Changes in the packaged version of a project are explained in the changelog " 971"file I<debian/changelog>. This includes modifications made in the source " 972"package compared to the upstream one as well as other changes and updates to " 973"the package." 974msgstr "" 975 976#. type: Plain text 977#: deb-changelog.man 978msgid "" 979"The format of the I<debian/changelog> allows the package building tools to " 980"discover which version of the package is being built and find out other " 981"release-specific information." 982msgstr "" 983 984#. type: Plain text 985#: deb-changelog.man 986msgid "That format is a series of entries like this:" 987msgstr "" 988 989#. type: Plain text 990#: deb-changelog.man 991#, no-wrap 992msgid "" 993"I<package> (I<version>) I<distributions>; I<metadata>\n" 994" [optional blank line(s), stripped]\n" 995" * I<change-details>\n" 996" I<more-change-details>\n" 997" [blank line(s), included in output of B<dpkg-parsechangelog>(1)]\n" 998" * I<even-more-change-details>\n" 999" [optional blank line(s), stripped]\n" 1000" -- I<maintainer-name> E<lt>I<email-address>E<gt> I<date>\n" 1001msgstr "" 1002 1003#. type: Plain text 1004#: deb-changelog.man 1005msgid "I<package> and I<version> are the source package name and version number." 1006msgstr "" 1007 1008#. type: Plain text 1009#: deb-changelog.man 1010msgid "" 1011"I<distributions> lists one or more space-separated distributions where this " 1012"version should be installed when it is uploaded; it is copied to the " 1013"B<Distribution> field in the I<.changes> file." 1014msgstr "" 1015 1016#. type: Plain text 1017#: deb-changelog.man 1018msgid "" 1019"I<metadata> is a comma-separated list of I<keyword>=I<value> items. The " 1020"only I<keyword>s currently supported by B<dpkg> are B<urgency> and " 1021"B<binary-only>. B<urgency>'s value is used for the B<Urgency> field in the " 1022"I<.changes> file for the upload. B<binary-only> with a B<yes> value, is " 1023"used to denote that this changelog entry is for a binary-only non-maintainer " 1024"upload (an automatic binary rebuild with the only change being the changelog " 1025"entry)." 1026msgstr "" 1027 1028#. type: Plain text 1029#: deb-changelog.man 1030msgid "" 1031"The change details may in fact be any series of lines starting with at least " 1032"two spaces, but conventionally each change starts with an asterisk and a " 1033"separating space and continuation lines are indented so as to bring them in " 1034"line with the start of the text above. Blank lines may be used here to " 1035"separate groups of changes, if desired." 1036msgstr "" 1037 1038#. type: Plain text 1039#: deb-changelog.man 1040msgid "" 1041"If this upload resolves bugs recorded in the distribution bug tracking " 1042"system, they may be automatically closed on the inclusion of this package " 1043"into the distribution archive by including the string:" 1044msgstr "" 1045 1046#. type: Plain text 1047#: deb-changelog.man 1048#, no-wrap 1049msgid " B<Closes: Bug#>I<nnnnn>\n" 1050msgstr "" 1051 1052#. type: Plain text 1053#: deb-changelog.man 1054msgid "" 1055"in the change details (the exact Perl regular expression is " 1056"B</closes:\\es*(?:bug)?\\e#?\\es?\\ed+(?:,\\es*(?:bug)?\\e#?\\es?\\ed+)*/i>). " 1057"This information is conveyed via the B<Closes> field in the I<.changes> " 1058"file." 1059msgstr "" 1060 1061#. type: Plain text 1062#: deb-changelog.man 1063msgid "" 1064"The maintainer name and email address used in the changelog should be the " 1065"details of the person who prepared this release of the package. They are " 1066"B<not> necessarily those of the uploader or usual package maintainer. The " 1067"information here will be copied to the B<Changed-By> field in the " 1068"I<.changes> file, and then later might be used to send an acknowledgement " 1069"when the upload has been installed in the distribution archive." 1070msgstr "" 1071 1072#. type: Plain text 1073#: deb-changelog.man 1074msgid "" 1075"The I<date> has the following format (compatible and with the same semantics " 1076"of RFC2822 and RFC5322, or what «date -R» generates):" 1077msgstr "" 1078 1079#. type: Plain text 1080#: deb-changelog.man 1081msgid "" 1082"I<day-of-week>B<,> I<dd> I<month> I<yyyy> I<hh>B<:>I<mm>B<:>I<ss> " 1083"B<+>I<zzzz>" 1084msgstr "" 1085 1086#. type: Plain text 1087#: deb-changelog.man 1088msgid "where:" 1089msgstr "" 1090 1091#. type: TP 1092#: deb-changelog.man 1093#, no-wrap 1094msgid "I<day-of-week>" 1095msgstr "" 1096 1097#. type: Plain text 1098#: deb-changelog.man 1099msgid "Is one of: B<Mon>, B<Tue>, B<Wed>, B<Thu>, B<Fri>, B<Sat>, B<Sun>." 1100msgstr "" 1101 1102#. type: TP 1103#: deb-changelog.man 1104#, no-wrap 1105msgid "I<dd>" 1106msgstr "" 1107 1108#. type: Plain text 1109#: deb-changelog.man 1110msgid "Is a one- or two-digit day of the month (B<01>-B<31>)." 1111msgstr "" 1112 1113#. type: TP 1114#: deb-changelog.man 1115#, no-wrap 1116msgid "I<month>" 1117msgstr "" 1118 1119#. type: Plain text 1120#: deb-changelog.man 1121msgid "" 1122"Is one of: B<Jan>, B<Feb>, B<Mar>, B<Apr>, B<May>, B<Jun>, B<Jul>, B<Aug>, " 1123"B<Sep>, B<Oct>, B<Nov>, B<Dec>." 1124msgstr "" 1125 1126#. type: TP 1127#: deb-changelog.man 1128#, no-wrap 1129msgid "I<yyyy>" 1130msgstr "" 1131 1132#. type: Plain text 1133#: deb-changelog.man 1134msgid "Is the four-digit year (e.g. 2010)." 1135msgstr "" 1136 1137#. type: TP 1138#: deb-changelog.man 1139#, no-wrap 1140msgid "I<hh>" 1141msgstr "" 1142 1143#. type: Plain text 1144#: deb-changelog.man 1145msgid "Is the two-digit hour (B<00>-B<23>)." 1146msgstr "" 1147 1148#. type: TP 1149#: deb-changelog.man 1150#, no-wrap 1151msgid "I<mm>" 1152msgstr "" 1153 1154#. type: Plain text 1155#: deb-changelog.man 1156msgid "Is the two-digit minutes (B<00>-B<59>)." 1157msgstr "" 1158 1159#. type: TP 1160#: deb-changelog.man 1161#, no-wrap 1162msgid "I<ss>" 1163msgstr "" 1164 1165#. type: Plain text 1166#: deb-changelog.man 1167msgid "Is the two-digit seconds (B<00>-B<60>)." 1168msgstr "" 1169 1170#. type: TP 1171#: deb-changelog.man 1172#, no-wrap 1173msgid "[B<+->]I<zzzz>" 1174msgstr "" 1175 1176#. type: Plain text 1177#: deb-changelog.man 1178msgid "" 1179"Is the time zone offset from Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). ‘B<+>’ " 1180"indicates that the time is ahead of (i.e., east of) UTC and ‘B<->’ indicates " 1181"that the time is behind (i.e., west of) UTC. The first two digits indicate " 1182"the hour difference from UTC and the last two digits indicate the number of " 1183"additional minutes difference from UTC. The last two digits must be in the " 1184"range B<00>-B<59>." 1185msgstr "" 1186 1187#. type: Plain text 1188#: deb-changelog.man 1189msgid "" 1190"The first “title” line with the package name must start at the left hand " 1191"margin. The “trailer” line with the maintainer and date details must be " 1192"preceded by exactly one space. The maintainer details and the date must be " 1193"separated by exactly two spaces." 1194msgstr "" 1195 1196#. type: Plain text 1197#: deb-changelog.man 1198msgid "" 1199"Any line that consists entirely (i.e., no leading whitespace) of B<#> or " 1200"B</* */> style comments or RCS keywords." 1201msgstr "" 1202 1203#. type: Plain text 1204#: deb-changelog.man 1205msgid "" 1206"Vim modelines or Emacs local variables, and ancient changelog entries with " 1207"other formats at the end of the file should be accepted and preserved on " 1208"output, but their contents might be otherwise ignored and parsing stopped at " 1209"that point." 1210msgstr "" 1211 1212#. type: Plain text 1213#: deb-changelog.man 1214msgid "The entire changelog must be encoded in UTF-8." 1215msgstr "" 1216 1217#. type: SH 1218#: deb-changelog.man deb-substvars.man dpkg.man dpkg-architecture.man 1219#: dpkg.cfg.man dpkg-buildflags.man dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genbuildinfo.man 1220#: dpkg-distaddfile.man dpkg-divert.man dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man 1221#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man dpkg-source.man dpkg-split.man dpkg-statoverride.man 1222#: dselect.cfg.man update-alternatives.man 1223#, no-wrap 1224msgid "FILES" 1225msgstr "" 1226 1227#. type: TP 1228#: deb-changelog.man 1229#, no-wrap 1230msgid "I<debian/changelog>" 1231msgstr "" 1232 1233#. type: SH 1234#: deb-changelog.man deb-shlibs.man deb-symbols.man dpkg.man 1235#: dpkg-architecture.man dpkg-buildflags.man dpkg-divert.man dpkg-name.man 1236#: update-alternatives.man 1237#, no-wrap 1238msgid "EXAMPLES" 1239msgstr "" 1240 1241#. type: Plain text 1242#: deb-changelog.man 1243#, no-wrap 1244msgid "dpkg (1.17.18) unstable; urgency=low\n" 1245msgstr "" 1246 1247#. type: Plain text 1248#: deb-changelog.man 1249#, no-wrap 1250msgid "" 1251" [ Guillem Jover ]\n" 1252" * Handle empty minimum versions when initializing dependency versions,\n" 1253" as the code is mapping the minimum version 0 to '' to avoid outputting\n" 1254" useless versions. Regression introduced in dpkg 1.17.17. Closes: " 1255"#764929\n" 1256msgstr "" 1257 1258#. type: Plain text 1259#: deb-changelog.man 1260#, no-wrap 1261msgid "" 1262" [ Updated programs translations ]\n" 1263" * Catalan (Guillem Jover).\n" 1264msgstr "" 1265 1266#. type: Plain text 1267#: deb-changelog.man 1268#, no-wrap 1269msgid "" 1270" [ Updated dselect translations ]\n" 1271" * Catalan (Guillem Jover).\n" 1272" * German (Sven Joachim).\n" 1273msgstr "" 1274 1275#. type: Plain text 1276#: deb-changelog.man 1277#, no-wrap 1278msgid "" 1279" -- Guillem Jover E<lt>guillem@debian.orgE<gt> Sun, 12 Oct 2014 15:47:44 " 1280"+0200\n" 1281msgstr "" 1282 1283#. type: Plain text 1284#: deb-changelog.man 1285msgid "B<deb-version>(7), B<deb-changes>(5), B<dpkg-parsechangelog>(1)." 1286msgstr "" 1287 1288#. type: TH 1289#: deb-changes.man 1290#, no-wrap 1291msgid "deb-changes" 1292msgstr "" 1293 1294#. type: Plain text 1295#: deb-changes.man 1296msgid "deb-changes - Debian changes file format" 1297msgstr "" 1298 1299#. type: Plain text 1300#: deb-changes.man 1301msgid "I<filename>B<.changes>" 1302msgstr "" 1303 1304#. type: Plain text 1305#: deb-changes.man 1306msgid "" 1307"Each Debian upload is composed of a .changes control file, which contains a " 1308"number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Source> or " 1309"B<Binary> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the " 1310"field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text " 1311"may be multiple lines in length, but the installation tools will generally " 1312"join lines when processing the body of the field (except in case of the " 1313"multiline fields B<Description>, B<Changes>, B<Files>, B<Checksums-Sha1> and " 1314"B<Checksums-Sha256>, see below)." 1315msgstr "" 1316 1317#. type: Plain text 1318#: deb-changes.man 1319msgid "" 1320"The value of this field declares the format version of the file. The syntax " 1321"of the field value is a version number with a major and minor component. " 1322"Backward incompatible changes to the format will bump the major version, and " 1323"backward compatible changes (such as field additions) will bump the minor " 1324"version. The current format version is B<1.8>." 1325msgstr "" 1326 1327#. type: TP 1328#: deb-changes.man 1329#, no-wrap 1330msgid "B<Date:> I<release-date> (required)" 1331msgstr "" 1332 1333#. type: Plain text 1334#: deb-changes.man 1335msgid "" 1336"The date the package was built or last edited. It must be in the same " 1337"format as the date in a B<deb-changelog>(5) entry." 1338msgstr "" 1339 1340#. type: Plain text 1341#: deb-changes.man 1342msgid "" 1343"The value of this field is usually extracted from the I<debian/changelog> " 1344"file." 1345msgstr "" 1346 1347#. type: Plain text 1348#: deb-changes.man 1349msgid "" 1350"The name of the source package. If the source version differs from the " 1351"binary version, then the I<source-name> will be followed by a " 1352"I<source-version> in parenthesis. This can happen when the upload is a " 1353"binary-only non-maintainer upload." 1354msgstr "" 1355 1356#. type: TP 1357#: deb-changes.man 1358#, no-wrap 1359msgid "B<Binary:> I<binary-package-list> (required in context)" 1360msgstr "" 1361 1362#. type: Plain text 1363#: deb-changes.man 1364msgid "" 1365"This folded field is a space-separated list of binary packages to upload. " 1366"If the upload is source-only, then the field is omitted (since dpkg 1.19.3)." 1367msgstr "" 1368 1369#. type: TP 1370#: deb-changes.man 1371#, no-wrap 1372msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch-list>" 1373msgstr "" 1374 1375#. type: Plain text 1376#: deb-changes.man 1377msgid "" 1378"Lists the architectures of the files currently being uploaded. Common " 1379"architectures are B<amd64>, B<armel>, B<i386>, etc. Note that the B<all> " 1380"value is meant for packages that are architecture independent. If the " 1381"source for the package is also being uploaded, the special entry B<source> " 1382"is also present. Architecture wildcards must never be present in the list." 1383msgstr "" 1384 1385#. type: TP 1386#: deb-changes.man 1387#, no-wrap 1388msgid "B<Distribution:> I<distribution>s (required)" 1389msgstr "" 1390 1391#. type: Plain text 1392#: deb-changes.man 1393msgid "" 1394"Lists one or more space-separated distributions where this version should be " 1395"installed when it is uploaded to the archive." 1396msgstr "" 1397 1398#. type: TP 1399#: deb-changes.man 1400#, no-wrap 1401msgid "B<Urgency:> I<urgency> (recommended)" 1402msgstr "" 1403 1404#. type: Plain text 1405#: deb-changes.man 1406msgid "" 1407"The urgency of the upload. The currently known values, in increasing order " 1408"of urgency, are: B<low>, B<medium>, B<high>, B<critical> and B<emergency>." 1409msgstr "" 1410 1411#. type: TP 1412#: deb-changes.man 1413#, no-wrap 1414msgid "B<Maintainer:> I<fullname-email> (required)" 1415msgstr "" 1416 1417#. type: Plain text 1418#: deb-changes.man 1419msgid "" 1420"Should be in the format “Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@example.orgE<gt>”, and is " 1421"typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of " 1422"the software that was packaged." 1423msgstr "" 1424 1425#. type: TP 1426#: deb-changes.man 1427#, no-wrap 1428msgid "B<Changed-By:>I< fullname-email>" 1429msgstr "" 1430 1431#. type: Plain text 1432#: deb-changes.man 1433msgid "" 1434"Should be in the format “Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@example.orgE<gt>”, and is " 1435"typically the person who prepared the package changes for this release." 1436msgstr "" 1437 1438#. type: TP 1439#: deb-changes.man 1440#, no-wrap 1441msgid "B<Description:> (recommended)" 1442msgstr "" 1443 1444#. type: TQ 1445#: deb-changes.man 1446#, no-wrap 1447msgid " I<binary-package-name> B<-> I<binary-package-summary>" 1448msgstr "" 1449 1450#. type: Plain text 1451#: deb-changes.man 1452msgid "" 1453"This multiline field contains a list of binary package names followed by a " 1454"space, a dash (‘B<->’) and their possibly truncated short descriptions. If " 1455"the upload is source-only, then the field is omitted (since dpkg 1.19.3)." 1456msgstr "" 1457 1458#. type: TP 1459#: deb-changes.man 1460#, no-wrap 1461msgid "B<Closes:>I< bug-number-list>" 1462msgstr "" 1463 1464#. type: Plain text 1465#: deb-changes.man 1466msgid "" 1467"A space-separated list of bug report numbers that have been resolved with " 1468"this upload. The distribution archive software might use this field to " 1469"automatically close the referred bug numbers in the distribution bug " 1470"tracking system." 1471msgstr "" 1472 1473#. type: TP 1474#: deb-changes.man 1475#, no-wrap 1476msgid "B<Binary-Only: yes>" 1477msgstr "" 1478 1479#. type: Plain text 1480#: deb-changes.man 1481msgid "" 1482"This field denotes that the upload is a binary-only non-maintainer build. " 1483"It originates from the B<binary-only=yes> key/value from the changelog " 1484"metadata entry." 1485msgstr "" 1486 1487#. type: TP 1488#: deb-changes.man 1489#, no-wrap 1490msgid "B<Built-For-Profiles:>I< profile-list>" 1491msgstr "" 1492 1493#. type: Plain text 1494#: deb-changes.man 1495msgid "" 1496"This field specifies a whitespace separated list of build profiles that this " 1497"upload was built with." 1498msgstr "" 1499 1500#. type: TP 1501#: deb-changes.man 1502#, no-wrap 1503msgid "B<Changes:> (required)" 1504msgstr "" 1505 1506#. type: TQ 1507#: deb-changes.man 1508#, no-wrap 1509msgid "I<changelog-entries>" 1510msgstr "" 1511 1512#. type: Plain text 1513#: deb-changes.man 1514msgid "" 1515"This multiline field contains the concatenated text of all changelog entries " 1516"that are part of the upload. To make this a valid multiline field empty " 1517"lines are replaced with a single full stop (‘.’) and all lines are indented " 1518"by one space character. The exact content depends on the changelog format." 1519msgstr "" 1520 1521#. type: TP 1522#: deb-changes.man dsc.man 1523#, no-wrap 1524msgid "B<Files:> (required)" 1525msgstr "" 1526 1527#. type: TQ 1528#: deb-changes.man 1529#, no-wrap 1530msgid " I<md5sum> I<size> I<section> I<priority> I<filename>" 1531msgstr "" 1532 1533#. type: Plain text 1534#: deb-changes.man 1535msgid "" 1536"This multiline field contains a list of files with an md5sum, size, section " 1537"and priority for each one." 1538msgstr "" 1539 1540#. type: Plain text 1541#: deb-changes.man 1542msgid "" 1543"The first line of the field value (the part on the same line as the field " 1544"name followed by a colon) is always empty. The content of the field is " 1545"expressed as continuation lines, one line per file. Each line consists of " 1546"space-separated entries describing the file: the md5sum, the file size, the " 1547"file section, the file priority, and the file name." 1548msgstr "" 1549 1550#. type: Plain text 1551#: deb-changes.man 1552msgid "" 1553"This field lists all files that make up the upload. The list of files in " 1554"this field must match the list of files in the other related B<Checksums> " 1555"fields." 1556msgstr "" 1557 1558#. type: Plain text 1559#: deb-changes.man 1560msgid "" 1561"These multiline fields contain a list of files with a checksum and size for " 1562"each one. These fields have the same syntax and differ only in the checksum " 1563"algorithm used: SHA-1 for B<Checksums-Sha1> and SHA-256 for " 1564"B<Checksums-Sha256>." 1565msgstr "" 1566 1567#. type: Plain text 1568#: deb-changes.man 1569msgid "" 1570"These fields list all files that make up the upload. The list of files in " 1571"these fields must match the list of files in the B<Files> field and the " 1572"other related B<Checksums> fields." 1573msgstr "" 1574 1575#. type: SH 1576#: deb-changes.man deb-control.man dsc.man dpkg.man dpkg-buildpackage.man 1577#: dpkg-deb.man dpkg-name.man dpkg-source.man dpkg-split.man dselect.man 1578#, no-wrap 1579msgid "BUGS" 1580msgstr "" 1581 1582#. type: Plain text 1583#: deb-changes.man 1584msgid "" 1585"The B<Files> field is inconsistent with the other B<Checksums> fields. The " 1586"B<Changed-By> and B<Maintainer> fields have confusing names. The " 1587"B<Distribution> field contains information about what is commonly referred " 1588"to as a suite." 1589msgstr "" 1590 1591#. type: Plain text 1592#: deb-changes.man 1593msgid "B<deb-src-control>(5), B<deb-version>(7)." 1594msgstr "" 1595 1596#. type: TH 1597#: deb-control.man 1598#, no-wrap 1599msgid "deb-control" 1600msgstr "" 1601 1602#. type: Plain text 1603#: deb-control.man 1604msgid "deb-control - Debian binary packages' master control file format" 1605msgstr "" 1606 1607#. type: Plain text 1608#: deb-control.man 1609msgid "control" 1610msgstr "" 1611 1612#. type: Plain text 1613#: deb-control.man 1614msgid "" 1615"Each Debian binary package contains the master I<control> file, which " 1616"contains a number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such as " 1617"B<Package> or B<Version> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the " 1618"body of the field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, " 1619"field text may be multiple lines in length, but the installation tools will " 1620"generally join lines when processing the body of the field (except in the " 1621"case of the B<Description> field, see below)." 1622msgstr "" 1623 1624#. type: TP 1625#: deb-control.man 1626#, no-wrap 1627msgid "B<Package:> I<package-name> (required)" 1628msgstr "" 1629 1630#. type: Plain text 1631#: deb-control.man dsc.man 1632msgid "" 1633"The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate " 1634"file names by most installation tools." 1635msgstr "" 1636 1637#. type: TP 1638#: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man 1639#, no-wrap 1640msgid "B<Package-Type:> B<deb>|B<udeb>|I<type>" 1641msgstr "" 1642 1643#. type: Plain text 1644#: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man 1645msgid "" 1646"This field defines the type of the package. B<udeb> is for size-constrained " 1647"packages used by the debian installer. B<deb> is the default value, it is " 1648"assumed if the field is absent. More types might be added in the future." 1649msgstr "" 1650 1651#. type: Plain text 1652#: deb-control.man 1653msgid "" 1654"Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form " 1655"the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number (for " 1656"non-native packages). The exact format and sorting algorithm are described " 1657"in B<deb-version>(7)." 1658msgstr "" 1659 1660#. type: TP 1661#: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man dsc.man 1662#, no-wrap 1663msgid "B<Maintainer:> I<fullname-email> (recommended)" 1664msgstr "" 1665 1666#. type: Plain text 1667#: deb-control.man dsc.man 1668msgid "" 1669"Should be in the format “Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>”, and is " 1670"typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of " 1671"the software that was packaged." 1672msgstr "" 1673 1674#. type: TQ 1675#: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man 1676#, no-wrap 1677msgid "B<Description:> I<short-description> (recommended)" 1678msgstr "" 1679 1680#. type: TQ 1681#: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man dsc.man 1682#, no-wrap 1683msgid "B< >I<long-description>" 1684msgstr "" 1685 1686#. type: Plain text 1687#: deb-control.man 1688msgid "" 1689"The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first " 1690"line (after the B<Description> field). The following lines should be used as " 1691"a longer, more detailed description. Each line of the long description must " 1692"be preceded by a space, and blank lines in the long description must contain " 1693"a single ‘B<.>’ following the preceding space." 1694msgstr "" 1695 1696#. type: TP 1697#: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man 1698#, no-wrap 1699msgid "B<Section:>I< section>" 1700msgstr "" 1701 1702#. type: Plain text 1703#: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man 1704msgid "" 1705"This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the " 1706"software that it installs. Some common sections are B<utils>, B<net>, " 1707"B<mail>, B<text>, B<x11>, etc." 1708msgstr "" 1709 1710#. type: TP 1711#: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man 1712#, no-wrap 1713msgid "B<Priority:>I< priority>" 1714msgstr "" 1715 1716#. type: Plain text 1717#: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man 1718msgid "" 1719"Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. " 1720"Common priorities are B<required>, B<standard>, B<optional>, B<extra>, etc." 1721msgstr "" 1722 1723#. type: Plain text 1724#: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man 1725msgid "" 1726"The B<Section> and B<Priority> fields usually have a defined set of accepted " 1727"values based on the specific distribution policy." 1728msgstr "" 1729 1730#. type: TP 1731#: deb-control.man 1732#, no-wrap 1733msgid "B<Installed-Size:> size" 1734msgstr "" 1735 1736#. type: Plain text 1737#: deb-control.man 1738msgid "The approximate total size of the package's installed files, in KiB units." 1739msgstr "" 1740 1741#. type: TP 1742#: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man 1743#, no-wrap 1744msgid "B<Essential:> B<yes>|B<no>" 1745msgstr "" 1746 1747#. type: Plain text 1748#: deb-control.man 1749msgid "" 1750"This field is usually only needed when the answer is B<yes>. It denotes a " 1751"package that is required for proper operation of the system. Dpkg or any " 1752"other installation tool will not allow an B<Essential> package to be removed " 1753"(at least not without using one of the force options)." 1754msgstr "" 1755 1756#. type: TQ 1757#: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man 1758#, no-wrap 1759msgid "B<Build-Essential:> B<yes>|B<no>" 1760msgstr "" 1761 1762#. type: Plain text 1763#: deb-control.man 1764msgid "" 1765"This field is usually only needed when the answer is B<yes>, and is commonly " 1766"injected by the archive software. It denotes a package that is required " 1767"when building other packages." 1768msgstr "" 1769 1770#. type: TP 1771#: deb-control.man 1772#, no-wrap 1773msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch>|B<all> (recommended)" 1774msgstr "" 1775 1776#. type: Plain text 1777#: deb-control.man 1778msgid "" 1779"The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled " 1780"for. Common architectures are B<amd64>, B<armel>, B<i386>, B<powerpc>, " 1781"etc. Note that the B<all> value is meant for packages that are architecture " 1782"independent. Some examples of this are shell and Perl scripts, and " 1783"documentation." 1784msgstr "" 1785 1786#. type: TP 1787#: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man dsc.man 1788#, no-wrap 1789msgid "B<Origin:>I< name>" 1790msgstr "" 1791 1792#. type: TP 1793#: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man 1794#, no-wrap 1795msgid "B<Bugs:>I< url>" 1796msgstr "" 1797 1798#. type: Plain text 1799#: deb-control.man 1800msgid "" 1801"The I<url> of the bug tracking system for this package. The current used " 1802"format is I<bts-type>B<://>I<bts-address>, like " 1803"B<debbugs://bugs.debian.org>." 1804msgstr "" 1805 1806#. type: TP 1807#: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man dsc.man 1808#, no-wrap 1809msgid "B<Homepage:>I< url>" 1810msgstr "" 1811 1812#. type: Plain text 1813#: deb-control.man dsc.man 1814msgid "The upstream project home page I<url>." 1815msgstr "" 1816 1817#. type: TQ 1818#: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man 1819#, no-wrap 1820msgid "B<Tag:>I< tag-list>" 1821msgstr "" 1822 1823#. type: Plain text 1824#: deb-control.man 1825msgid "" 1826"List of tags describing the qualities of the package. The description and " 1827"list of supported tags can be found in the B<debtags> package." 1828msgstr "" 1829 1830#. type: TP 1831#: deb-control.man 1832#, no-wrap 1833msgid "B<Multi-Arch:> B<no>|B<same>|B<foreign>|B<allowed>" 1834msgstr "" 1835 1836#. type: Plain text 1837#: deb-control.man 1838msgid "" 1839"This field is used to indicate how this package should behave on a " 1840"multi-arch installations." 1841msgstr "" 1842 1843#. type: TP 1844#: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man 1845#, no-wrap 1846msgid "B<no>" 1847msgstr "" 1848 1849#. type: Plain text 1850#: deb-control.man 1851msgid "" 1852"This value is the default when the field is omitted, in which case adding " 1853"the field with an explicit B<no> value is generally not needed." 1854msgstr "" 1855 1856#. type: TP 1857#: deb-control.man 1858#, no-wrap 1859msgid "B<same>" 1860msgstr "" 1861 1862#. type: Plain text 1863#: deb-control.man 1864msgid "" 1865"This package is co-installable with itself, but it must not be used to " 1866"satisfy the dependency of any package of a different architecture from " 1867"itself." 1868msgstr "" 1869 1870#. type: TP 1871#: deb-control.man 1872#, no-wrap 1873msgid "B<foreign>" 1874msgstr "" 1875 1876#. type: Plain text 1877#: deb-control.man 1878msgid "" 1879"This package is not co-installable with itself, but should be allowed to " 1880"satisfy a non-arch-qualified dependency of a package of a different arch " 1881"from itself (if a dependency has an explicit arch-qualifier then the value " 1882"B<foreign> is ignored)." 1883msgstr "" 1884 1885#. type: TP 1886#: deb-control.man 1887#, no-wrap 1888msgid "B<allowed>" 1889msgstr "" 1890 1891#. type: Plain text 1892#: deb-control.man 1893msgid "" 1894"This allows reverse-dependencies to indicate in their B<Depends> field that " 1895"they accept this package from a foreign architecture by qualifying the " 1896"package name with B<:any>, but has no effect otherwise." 1897msgstr "" 1898 1899#. type: TP 1900#: deb-control.man 1901#, no-wrap 1902msgid "B<Source:> I<source-name> [B<(>I<source-version>B<)>]" 1903msgstr "" 1904 1905#. type: Plain text 1906#: deb-control.man 1907msgid "" 1908"The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if it is " 1909"different than the name of the package itself. If the source version " 1910"differs from the binary version, then the I<source-name> will be followed by " 1911"a I<source-version> in parenthesis. This can happen for example on a " 1912"binary-only non-maintainer upload, or when setting a different binary " 1913"version via «B<dpkg-gencontrol -v>»." 1914msgstr "" 1915 1916#. type: TP 1917#: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man 1918#, no-wrap 1919msgid "B<Subarchitecture:>I< value>" 1920msgstr "" 1921 1922#. type: TQ 1923#: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man 1924#, no-wrap 1925msgid "B<Kernel-Version:>I< value>" 1926msgstr "" 1927 1928#. type: TQ 1929#: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man 1930#, no-wrap 1931msgid "B<Installer-Menu-Item:>I< value>" 1932msgstr "" 1933 1934#. type: Plain text 1935#: deb-control.man 1936msgid "" 1937"These fields are used by the debian-installer and are usually not needed. " 1938"See /usr/share/doc/debian-installer/devel/modules.txt from the " 1939"B<debian-installer> package for more details about them." 1940msgstr "" 1941 1942#. type: TP 1943#: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man 1944#, no-wrap 1945msgid "B<Depends:>I< package-list>" 1946msgstr "" 1947 1948#. type: Plain text 1949#: deb-control.man 1950msgid "" 1951"List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial " 1952"amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a " 1953"package to be installed if the packages listed in its B<Depends> field " 1954"aren't installed (at least not without using the force options). In an " 1955"installation, the postinst scripts of packages listed in B<Depends> fields " 1956"are run before those of the packages which depend on them. On the opposite, " 1957"in a removal, the prerm script of a package is run before those of the " 1958"packages listed in its B<Depends> field." 1959msgstr "" 1960 1961#. type: TQ 1962#: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man 1963#, no-wrap 1964msgid "B<Pre-Depends:>I< package-list>" 1965msgstr "" 1966 1967#. type: Plain text 1968#: deb-control.man 1969msgid "" 1970"List of packages that must be installed B<and> configured before this one " 1971"can be installed. This is usually used in the case where this package " 1972"requires another package for running its preinst script." 1973msgstr "" 1974 1975#. type: TQ 1976#: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man 1977#, no-wrap 1978msgid "B<Recommends:>I< package-list>" 1979msgstr "" 1980 1981#. type: Plain text 1982#: deb-control.man 1983msgid "" 1984"Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual " 1985"installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they " 1986"install a package without those listed in its B<Recommends> field." 1987msgstr "" 1988 1989#. type: TQ 1990#: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man 1991#, no-wrap 1992msgid "B<Suggests:>I< package-list>" 1993msgstr "" 1994 1995#. type: Plain text 1996#: deb-control.man 1997msgid "" 1998"Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its " 1999"usefulness, but without which installing this package is perfectly " 2000"reasonable." 2001msgstr "" 2002 2003#. type: Plain text 2004#: deb-control.man 2005msgid "" 2006"The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> " 2007"fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of " 2008"packages separated by vertical bar (or “pipe”) symbols, ‘B<|>’. The groups " 2009"are separated by commas. Commas are to be read as “AND”, and pipes as “OR”, " 2010"with pipes binding more tightly. Each package name is optionally followed " 2011"by an architecture qualifier appended after a colon ‘B<:>’, optionally " 2012"followed by a version number specification in parentheses." 2013msgstr "" 2014 2015#. type: Plain text 2016#: deb-control.man 2017msgid "" 2018"An architecture qualifier name can be a real Debian architecture name (since " 2019"dpkg 1.16.5) or B<any> (since dpkg 1.16.2). If omitted, the default is the " 2020"current binary package architecture. A real Debian architecture name will " 2021"match exactly that architecture for that package name, B<any> will match any " 2022"architecture for that package name if the package has been marked as " 2023"B<Multi-Arch: allowed>." 2024msgstr "" 2025 2026#. type: Plain text 2027#: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man 2028msgid "" 2029"A version number may start with a ‘B<E<gt>E<gt>>’, in which case any later " 2030"version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision " 2031"(separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are ‘B<E<gt>E<gt>>’ " 2032"for greater than, ‘B<E<lt>E<lt>>’ for less than, ‘B<E<gt>=>’ for greater " 2033"than or equal to, ‘B<E<lt>=>’ for less than or equal to, and ‘B<=>’ for " 2034"equal to." 2035msgstr "" 2036 2037#. type: TQ 2038#: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man 2039#, no-wrap 2040msgid "B<Breaks:>I< package-list>" 2041msgstr "" 2042 2043#. type: Plain text 2044#: deb-control.man 2045msgid "" 2046"Lists packages that this one breaks, for example by exposing bugs when the " 2047"named packages rely on this one. The package maintenance software will not " 2048"allow broken packages to be configured; generally the resolution is to " 2049"upgrade the packages named in a B<Breaks> field." 2050msgstr "" 2051 2052#. type: TQ 2053#: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man 2054#, no-wrap 2055msgid "B<Conflicts:>I< package-list>" 2056msgstr "" 2057 2058#. type: Plain text 2059#: deb-control.man 2060msgid "" 2061"Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files " 2062"with the same names. The package maintenance software will not allow " 2063"conflicting packages to be installed at the same time. Two conflicting " 2064"packages should each include a B<Conflicts> line mentioning the other." 2065msgstr "" 2066 2067#. type: TQ 2068#: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man 2069#, no-wrap 2070msgid "B<Replaces:>I< package-list>" 2071msgstr "" 2072 2073#. type: Plain text 2074#: deb-control.man 2075msgid "" 2076"List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for " 2077"allowing this package to overwrite the files of another package and is " 2078"usually used with the B<Conflicts> field to force removal of the other " 2079"package, if this one also has the same files as the conflicted package." 2080msgstr "" 2081 2082#. type: Plain text 2083#: deb-control.man 2084msgid "" 2085"The syntax of B<Breaks>, B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> is a list of package " 2086"names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the B<Breaks> and " 2087"B<Conflicts> fields, the comma should be read as “OR”. An optional " 2088"architecture qualifier can also be appended to the package name with the " 2089"same syntax as above, but the default is B<any> instead of the binary " 2090"package architecture. An optional version can also be given with the same " 2091"syntax as above for the B<Breaks>, B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> fields." 2092msgstr "" 2093 2094#. type: TQ 2095#: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man 2096#, no-wrap 2097msgid "B<Enhances:>I< package-list>" 2098msgstr "" 2099 2100#. type: Plain text 2101#: deb-control.man 2102msgid "" 2103"This is a list of packages that this one enhances. It is similar to " 2104"B<Suggests> but in the opposite direction." 2105msgstr "" 2106 2107#. type: TQ 2108#: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man 2109#, no-wrap 2110msgid "B<Provides:>I< package-list>" 2111msgstr "" 2112 2113#. type: Plain text 2114#: deb-control.man 2115msgid "" 2116"This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is " 2117"used in the case of several packages all providing the same service. For " 2118"example, sendmail and exim can serve as a mail server, so they provide a " 2119"common package (“mail-transport-agent”) on which other packages can depend. " 2120"This will allow sendmail or exim to serve as a valid option to satisfy the " 2121"dependency. This prevents the packages that depend on a mail server from " 2122"having to know the package names for all of them, and using ‘B<|>’ to " 2123"separate the list." 2124msgstr "" 2125 2126#. type: Plain text 2127#: deb-control.man 2128msgid "" 2129"The syntax of B<Provides> is a list of package names, separated by commas " 2130"(and optional whitespace). An optional architecture qualifier can also be " 2131"appended to the package name with the same syntax as above. If omitted, the " 2132"default is the current binary package architecture. An optional exact " 2133"(equal to) version can also be given with the same syntax as above (honored " 2134"since dpkg 1.17.11)." 2135msgstr "" 2136 2137#. type: TQ 2138#: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man 2139#, no-wrap 2140msgid "B<Built-Using:>I< package-list>" 2141msgstr "" 2142 2143#. type: Plain text 2144#: deb-control.man 2145msgid "" 2146"This field lists extra source packages that were used during the build of " 2147"this binary package. This is an indication to the archive maintenance " 2148"software that these extra source packages must be kept whilst this binary " 2149"package is maintained. This field must be a list of source package names " 2150"with strict ‘B<=>’ version relationships. Note that the archive maintenance " 2151"software is likely to refuse to accept an upload which declares a " 2152"B<Built-Using> relationship which cannot be satisfied within the archive." 2153msgstr "" 2154 2155#. type: TP 2156#: deb-control.man 2157#, no-wrap 2158msgid "B<Built-For-Profiles:>I< profile-list (obsolete)>" 2159msgstr "" 2160 2161#. type: Plain text 2162#: deb-control.man 2163msgid "" 2164"This field used to specify a whitespace separated list of build profiles " 2165"that this binary packages was built with (since dpkg 1.17.2 until 1.18.18). " 2166"The information previously found in this field can now be found in the " 2167"B<.buildinfo> file, which supersedes it." 2168msgstr "" 2169 2170#. type: TP 2171#: deb-control.man 2172#, no-wrap 2173msgid "B<Auto-Built-Package:>I< reason-list>" 2174msgstr "" 2175 2176#. type: Plain text 2177#: deb-control.man 2178msgid "" 2179"This field specifies a whitespace separated list of reasons why this package " 2180"was auto-generated. Binary packages marked with this field will not appear " 2181"in the I<debian/control> master source control file. The only currently " 2182"used reason is B<debug-symbols>." 2183msgstr "" 2184 2185#. type: TP 2186#: deb-control.man 2187#, no-wrap 2188msgid "B<Build-Ids:>I< elf-build-id-list>" 2189msgstr "" 2190 2191#. type: Plain text 2192#: deb-control.man 2193msgid "" 2194"This field specifies a whitespace separated list of ELF build-ids. These are " 2195"unique identifiers for semantically identical ELF objects, for each of these " 2196"within the package." 2197msgstr "" 2198 2199#. type: Plain text 2200#: deb-control.man 2201msgid "The format or the way to compute each build-id is not defined by design." 2202msgstr "" 2203 2204#. type: SH 2205#: deb-control.man deb-conffiles.man deb-src-control.man deb-origin.man 2206#: start-stop-daemon.man 2207#, no-wrap 2208msgid "EXAMPLE" 2209msgstr "" 2210 2211#. type: Plain text 2212#: deb-control.man 2213#, no-wrap 2214msgid "" 2215"Package: grep\n" 2216"Essential: yes\n" 2217"Priority: required\n" 2218"Section: base\n" 2219"Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>\n" 2220"Architecture: sparc\n" 2221"Version: 2.4-1\n" 2222"Pre-Depends: libc6 (E<gt>= 2.0.105)\n" 2223"Provides: rgrep\n" 2224"Conflicts: rgrep\n" 2225"Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n" 2226" The GNU family of grep utilities may be the \"fastest grep in the west\".\n" 2227" GNU grep is based on a fast lazy-state deterministic matcher (about\n" 2228" twice as fast as stock Unix egrep) hybridized with a Boyer-Moore-Gosper\n" 2229" search for a fixed string that eliminates impossible text from being\n" 2230" considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n" 2231" look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n" 2232" than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n" 2233" will run more slowly, however).\n" 2234msgstr "" 2235 2236#. type: Plain text 2237#: deb-control.man 2238msgid "" 2239"The B<Build-Ids> field uses a rather generic name out of its original " 2240"context within an ELF object, which serves a very specific purpose and " 2241"executable format." 2242msgstr "" 2243 2244#. type: Plain text 2245#: deb-control.man 2246msgid "" 2247"B<deb-src-control>(5), B<deb>(5), B<deb-version>(7), B<debtags>(1), " 2248"B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." 2249msgstr "" 2250 2251#. type: TH 2252#: deb-conffiles.man 2253#, no-wrap 2254msgid "deb-conffiles" 2255msgstr "" 2256 2257#. type: Plain text 2258#: deb-conffiles.man 2259msgid "deb-conffiles - package conffiles" 2260msgstr "" 2261 2262#. type: Plain text 2263#: deb-conffiles.man 2264msgid "conffiles" 2265msgstr "" 2266 2267#. type: Plain text 2268#: deb-conffiles.man 2269msgid "" 2270"A package declares its list of conffiles by including a I<conffiles> file in " 2271"its control archive (i.e. I<DEBIAN/conffiles> during package creation)." 2272msgstr "" 2273 2274#. type: Plain text 2275#: deb-conffiles.man 2276msgid "" 2277"This file contains a list of files, one per line. They should be listed as " 2278"absolute pathnames, and should exist in the binary package, otherwise " 2279"B<dpkg>(1) will ignore them (although by default B<dpkg-deb>(1) will refuse " 2280"to build such binary packages). Trailing whitespace will be trimmed, and " 2281"empty lines will be ignored." 2282msgstr "" 2283 2284#. type: Plain text 2285#: deb-conffiles.man 2286#, no-wrap 2287msgid "" 2288"%CONFDIR%/alternatives/README\n" 2289"%CONFDIR%/cron.daily/dpkg\n" 2290"%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg\n" 2291"%CONFDIR%/logrotate.d/dpkg\n" 2292msgstr "" 2293 2294#. type: Plain text 2295#: deb-conffiles.man 2296msgid "B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)." 2297msgstr "" 2298 2299#. type: TH 2300#: deb-src-control.man 2301#, no-wrap 2302msgid "deb-src-control" 2303msgstr "" 2304 2305#. type: Plain text 2306#: deb-src-control.man 2307msgid "deb-src-control - Debian source packages' master control file format" 2308msgstr "" 2309 2310#. type: Plain text 2311#: deb-src-control.man 2312msgid "debian/control" 2313msgstr "" 2314 2315#. type: Plain text 2316#: deb-src-control.man 2317msgid "" 2318"Each Debian source package contains the master «control» file, which " 2319"contains at least 2 paragraphs, separated by a blank line. The first " 2320"paragraph lists all information about the source package in general, while " 2321"each following paragraph describes exactly one binary package. Each " 2322"paragraph consists of at least one field. A field starts with a fieldname, " 2323"such as B<Package> or B<Section> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, " 2324"the body of the field and a newline. Multi-line fields are also allowed, " 2325"but each supplementary line, without a fieldname, should start with at least " 2326"one space. The content of the multi-line fields is generally joined to a " 2327"single line by the tools (except in the case of the B<Description> field, " 2328"see below). To insert empty lines into a multi-line field, insert a dot " 2329"after the space. Lines starting with a ‘B<#>’ are treated as comments." 2330msgstr "" 2331 2332#. type: SH 2333#: deb-src-control.man 2334#, no-wrap 2335msgid "SOURCE FIELDS" 2336msgstr "" 2337 2338#. type: TP 2339#: deb-src-control.man 2340#, no-wrap 2341msgid "B<Source:> I<source-package-name> (required)" 2342msgstr "" 2343 2344#. type: Plain text 2345#: deb-src-control.man 2346msgid "" 2347"The value of this field is the name of the source package, and should match " 2348"the name of the source package in the debian/changelog file. A package name " 2349"must consist only of lowercase letters (a-z), digits (0-9), plus (+) and " 2350"minus (-) signs, and periods (.). Package names must be at least two " 2351"characters long and must start with a lowercase alphanumeric character " 2352"(a-z0-9)." 2353msgstr "" 2354 2355#. type: Plain text 2356#: deb-src-control.man 2357msgid "" 2358"Should be in the format «Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>», and " 2359"references the person who currently maintains the package, as opposed to the " 2360"author of the software or the original packager." 2361msgstr "" 2362 2363#. type: TP 2364#: deb-src-control.man 2365#, no-wrap 2366msgid "B<Uploaders:>I< fullname-email>" 2367msgstr "" 2368 2369#. type: Plain text 2370#: deb-src-control.man dsc.man 2371msgid "" 2372"Lists all the names and email addresses of co-maintainers of the package, in " 2373"the same format as the B<Maintainer> field. Multiple co-maintainers should " 2374"be separated by a comma." 2375msgstr "" 2376 2377#. type: TP 2378#: deb-src-control.man 2379#, no-wrap 2380msgid "B<Standards-Version:>I< version-string>" 2381msgstr "" 2382 2383#. type: Plain text 2384#: deb-src-control.man dsc.man 2385msgid "" 2386"This documents the most recent version of the distribution policy standards " 2387"this package complies with." 2388msgstr "" 2389 2390#. type: TP 2391#: deb-src-control.man dsc.man 2392#, no-wrap 2393msgid "B<Description>I< short-description>" 2394msgstr "" 2395 2396#. type: Plain text 2397#: deb-src-control.man dsc.man 2398msgid "" 2399"The format for the source package description is a short brief summary on " 2400"the first line (after the B<Description> field). The following lines should " 2401"be used as a longer, more detailed description. Each line of the long " 2402"description must be preceded by a space, and blank lines in the long " 2403"description must contain a single ‘B<.>’ following the preceding space." 2404msgstr "" 2405 2406#. type: Plain text 2407#: deb-src-control.man 2408msgid "The upstream project home page URL." 2409msgstr "" 2410 2411#. type: Plain text 2412#: deb-src-control.man 2413msgid "" 2414"The I<url> of the bug tracking system for this package. The current used " 2415"format is I<bts-type>B<://>I<bts-address>, like " 2416"B<debbugs://bugs.debian.org>. This field is usually not needed." 2417msgstr "" 2418 2419#. type: TP 2420#: deb-src-control.man 2421#, no-wrap 2422msgid "B<Rules-Requires-Root:> B<no>|B<binary-targets>|I<impl-keywords>" 2423msgstr "" 2424 2425#. type: Plain text 2426#: deb-src-control.man 2427msgid "" 2428"This field is used to indicate whether the B<debian/rules> file requires " 2429"(fake)root privileges to run some of its targets, and if so when." 2430msgstr "" 2431 2432#. type: Plain text 2433#: deb-src-control.man 2434msgid "The binary targets will not require (fake)root at all." 2435msgstr "" 2436 2437#. type: TP 2438#: deb-src-control.man 2439#, no-wrap 2440msgid "B<binary-targets>" 2441msgstr "" 2442 2443#. type: Plain text 2444#: deb-src-control.man 2445msgid "" 2446"The binary targets must always be run under (fake)root. This value is the " 2447"default when the field is omitted; adding the field with an explicit " 2448"B<binary-targets> while not strictly needed, marks it as having been " 2449"analyzed for this requirement." 2450msgstr "" 2451 2452#. type: TP 2453#: deb-src-control.man 2454#, no-wrap 2455msgid "I<impl-keywords>" 2456msgstr "" 2457 2458#. type: Plain text 2459#: deb-src-control.man 2460msgid "" 2461"This is a space-separated list of keywords which define when (fake)root is " 2462"required." 2463msgstr "" 2464 2465#. type: Plain text 2466#: deb-src-control.man 2467msgid "" 2468"Keywords consist of I<namespace>/I<cases>. The I<namespace> part cannot " 2469"contain \"/\" or whitespace. The I<cases> part cannot contain whitespace. " 2470"Furthermore, both parts must consist entirely of printable ASCII characters." 2471msgstr "" 2472 2473#. type: Plain text 2474#: deb-src-control.man 2475msgid "" 2476"Each tool/package will define a namespace named after itself and provide a " 2477"number of cases where (fake)root is required. (See \"Implementation " 2478"provided keywords\" in I<rootless-builds.txt>)." 2479msgstr "" 2480 2481#. type: Plain text 2482#: deb-src-control.man 2483msgid "" 2484"When the field is set to one of the I<impl-keywords>, the builder will " 2485"expose an interface that is used to run a command under (fake)root. (See " 2486"\"Gain Root API\" in I<rootless-builds.txt>.)" 2487msgstr "" 2488 2489#. type: TP 2490#: deb-src-control.man dsc.man 2491#, no-wrap 2492msgid "B<Testsuite:>I< name-list>" 2493msgstr "" 2494 2495#. type: TP 2496#: deb-src-control.man dsc.man 2497#, no-wrap 2498msgid "B<Testsuite-Triggers:>I< package-list>" 2499msgstr "" 2500 2501#. type: Plain text 2502#: deb-src-control.man 2503msgid "" 2504"These fields are described in the B<dsc>(5) manual page, as they are " 2505"generated from information inferred from B<debian/tests/control> or copied " 2506"literally to the source control file." 2507msgstr "" 2508 2509#. type: TP 2510#: deb-src-control.man dsc.man 2511#, no-wrap 2512msgid "B<Vcs-Arch:>I< url>" 2513msgstr "" 2514 2515#. type: TQ 2516#: deb-src-control.man dsc.man 2517#, no-wrap 2518msgid "B<Vcs-Bzr:>I< url>" 2519msgstr "" 2520 2521#. type: TQ 2522#: deb-src-control.man dsc.man 2523#, no-wrap 2524msgid "B<Vcs-Cvs:>I< url>" 2525msgstr "" 2526 2527#. type: TQ 2528#: deb-src-control.man dsc.man 2529#, no-wrap 2530msgid "B<Vcs-Darcs:>I< url>" 2531msgstr "" 2532 2533#. type: TQ 2534#: deb-src-control.man dsc.man 2535#, no-wrap 2536msgid "B<Vcs-Git:>I< url>" 2537msgstr "" 2538 2539#. type: TQ 2540#: deb-src-control.man dsc.man 2541#, no-wrap 2542msgid "B<Vcs-Hg:>I< url>" 2543msgstr "" 2544 2545#. type: TQ 2546#: deb-src-control.man dsc.man 2547#, no-wrap 2548msgid "B<Vcs-Mtn:>I< url>" 2549msgstr "" 2550 2551#. type: TQ 2552#: deb-src-control.man dsc.man 2553#, no-wrap 2554msgid "B<Vcs-Svn:>I< url>" 2555msgstr "" 2556 2557#. type: Plain text 2558#: deb-src-control.man 2559msgid "" 2560"The I<url> of the Version Control System repository used to maintain this " 2561"package. Currently supported are B<Arch>, B<Bzr> (Bazaar), B<Cvs>, B<Darcs>, " 2562"B<Git>, B<Hg> (Mercurial), B<Mtn> (Monotone) and B<Svn> " 2563"(Subversion). Usually this field points to the latest version of the " 2564"package, such as the main branch or the trunk." 2565msgstr "" 2566 2567#. type: TP 2568#: deb-src-control.man dsc.man 2569#, no-wrap 2570msgid "B<Vcs-Browser:>I< url>" 2571msgstr "" 2572 2573#. type: Plain text 2574#: deb-src-control.man 2575msgid "" 2576"The I<url> of a webinterface to browse the Version Control System " 2577"repository." 2578msgstr "" 2579 2580#. type: Plain text 2581#: deb-src-control.man 2582msgid "" 2583"The name of the distribution this package is originating from. This field is " 2584"usually not needed." 2585msgstr "" 2586 2587#. type: TP 2588#: deb-src-control.man dsc.man 2589#, no-wrap 2590msgid "B<Build-Depends:>I< package-list>" 2591msgstr "" 2592 2593#. type: Plain text 2594#: deb-src-control.man 2595msgid "" 2596"A list of packages that need to be installed and configured to be able to " 2597"build from source package. These dependencies need to be satisfied when " 2598"building binary architecture dependent or independent packages and source " 2599"packages. Including a dependency in this field does not have the exact same " 2600"effect as including it in both B<Build-Depends-Arch> and " 2601"B<Build-Depends-Indep>, because the dependency also needs to be satisfied " 2602"when building the source package." 2603msgstr "" 2604 2605#. type: TQ 2606#: deb-src-control.man dsc.man 2607#, no-wrap 2608msgid "B<Build-Depends-Arch:>I< package-list>" 2609msgstr "" 2610 2611#. type: Plain text 2612#: deb-src-control.man 2613msgid "" 2614"Same as B<Build-Depends>, but they are only needed when building the " 2615"architecture dependent packages. The B<Build-Depends> are also installed in " 2616"this case. This field is supported since dpkg 1.16.4; in order to build with " 2617"older dpkg versions, B<Build-Depends> should be used instead." 2618msgstr "" 2619 2620#. type: TQ 2621#: deb-src-control.man dsc.man 2622#, no-wrap 2623msgid "B<Build-Depends-Indep:>I< package-list>" 2624msgstr "" 2625 2626#. type: Plain text 2627#: deb-src-control.man 2628msgid "" 2629"Same as B<Build-Depends>, but they are only needed when building the " 2630"architecture independent packages. The B<Build-Depends> are also installed " 2631"in this case." 2632msgstr "" 2633 2634#. type: TQ 2635#: deb-src-control.man dsc.man 2636#, no-wrap 2637msgid "B<Build-Conflicts:>I< package-list>" 2638msgstr "" 2639 2640#. type: Plain text 2641#: deb-src-control.man 2642msgid "" 2643"A list of packages that should not be installed when the package is built, " 2644"for example because they interfere with the build system used. Including a " 2645"dependency in this list has the same effect as including it in both " 2646"B<Build-Conflicts-Arch> and B<Build-Conflicts-Indep>, with the additional " 2647"effect of being used for source-only builds." 2648msgstr "" 2649 2650#. type: TQ 2651#: deb-src-control.man dsc.man 2652#, no-wrap 2653msgid "B<Build-Conflicts-Arch:>I< package-list>" 2654msgstr "" 2655 2656#. type: Plain text 2657#: deb-src-control.man 2658msgid "" 2659"Same as B<Build-Conflicts>, but only when building the architecture " 2660"dependent packages. This field is supported since dpkg 1.16.4; in order to " 2661"build with older dpkg versions, B<Build-Conflicts> should be used instead." 2662msgstr "" 2663 2664#. type: TQ 2665#: deb-src-control.man dsc.man 2666#, no-wrap 2667msgid "B<Build-Conflicts-Indep:>I< package-list>" 2668msgstr "" 2669 2670#. type: Plain text 2671#: deb-src-control.man 2672msgid "" 2673"Same as B<Build-Conflicts>, but only when building the architecture " 2674"independent packages." 2675msgstr "" 2676 2677#. type: Plain text 2678#: deb-src-control.man 2679msgid "" 2680"The syntax of the B<Build-Depends>, B<Build-Depends-Arch> and " 2681"B<Build-Depends-Indep> fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. " 2682"Each group is a list of packages separated by vertical bar (or “pipe”) " 2683"symbols, ‘B<|>’. The groups are separated by commas ‘B<,>’, and can end " 2684"with a trailing comma that will be eliminated when generating the fields for " 2685"B<deb-control>(5) (since dpkg 1.10.14). Commas are to be read as “AND”, and " 2686"pipes as “OR”, with pipes binding more tightly. Each package name is " 2687"optionally followed by an architecture qualifier appended after a colon " 2688"‘B<:>’, optionally followed by a version number specification in parentheses " 2689"‘B<(>’ and ‘B<)>’, an architecture specification in square brackets ‘B<[>’ " 2690"and ‘B<]>’, and a restriction formula consisting of one or more lists of " 2691"profile names in angle brackets ‘B<E<lt>>’ and ‘B<E<gt>>’." 2692msgstr "" 2693 2694#. type: Plain text 2695#: deb-src-control.man 2696msgid "" 2697"The syntax of the B<Build-Conflicts>, B<Build-Conflicts-Arch> and " 2698"B<Build-Conflicts-Indep> fields is a list of comma-separated package names, " 2699"where the comma is read as an “AND”, and where the list can end with a " 2700"trailing comma that will be eliminated when generating the fields for " 2701"B<deb-control>(5) (since dpkg 1.10.14). Specifying alternative packages " 2702"using a “pipe” is not supported. Each package name is optionally followed " 2703"by a version number specification in parentheses, an architecture " 2704"specification in square brackets, and a restriction formula consisting of " 2705"one or more lists of profile names in angle brackets." 2706msgstr "" 2707 2708#. type: Plain text 2709#: deb-src-control.man 2710msgid "" 2711"An architecture qualifier name can be a real Debian architecture name (since " 2712"dpkg 1.16.5), B<any> (since dpkg 1.16.2) or B<native> (since dpkg 1.16.5). " 2713"If omitted, the default for B<Build-Depends> fields is the current host " 2714"architecture, the default for B<Build-Conflicts> fields is B<any>. A real " 2715"Debian architecture name will match exactly that architecture for that " 2716"package name, B<any> will match any architecture for that package name if " 2717"the package is marked with B<Multi-Arch: allowed>, and B<native> will match " 2718"the current build architecture if the package is not marked with " 2719"B<Multi-Arch: foreign>." 2720msgstr "" 2721 2722#. type: Plain text 2723#: deb-src-control.man 2724msgid "" 2725"An architecture specification consists of one or more architecture names, " 2726"separated by whitespace. Exclamation marks may be prepended to each of the " 2727"names, meaning “NOT”." 2728msgstr "" 2729 2730#. type: Plain text 2731#: deb-src-control.man 2732msgid "" 2733"A restriction formula consists of one or more restriction lists, separated " 2734"by whitespace. Each restriction list is enclosed in angle brackets. Items in " 2735"the restriction list are build profile names, separated by whitespace and " 2736"can be prefixed with an exclamation mark, meaning “NOT”. A restriction " 2737"formula represents a disjunctive normal form expression." 2738msgstr "" 2739 2740#. type: Plain text 2741#: deb-src-control.man 2742msgid "" 2743"Note that dependencies on packages in the B<build-essential> set can be " 2744"omitted and that declaring build conflicts against them is impossible. A " 2745"list of these packages is in the build-essential package." 2746msgstr "" 2747 2748#. type: SH 2749#: deb-src-control.man 2750#, no-wrap 2751msgid "BINARY FIELDS" 2752msgstr "" 2753 2754#. type: Plain text 2755#: deb-src-control.man 2756msgid "" 2757"Note that the B<Priority>, B<Section> and B<Homepage> fields can also be in " 2758"a binary paragraph to override the global value from the source package." 2759msgstr "" 2760 2761#. type: TP 2762#: deb-src-control.man 2763#, no-wrap 2764msgid "B<Package:> I<binary-package-name> (required)" 2765msgstr "" 2766 2767#. type: Plain text 2768#: deb-src-control.man 2769msgid "" 2770"This field is used to name the binary package name. The same restrictions as " 2771"to a source package name apply." 2772msgstr "" 2773 2774#. type: TP 2775#: deb-src-control.man 2776#, no-wrap 2777msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch>|B<all>|B<any> (required)" 2778msgstr "" 2779 2780#. type: Plain text 2781#: deb-src-control.man 2782msgid "" 2783"The architecture specifies on which type of hardware this package runs. For " 2784"packages that run on all architectures, use the B<any> value. For packages " 2785"that are architecture independent, such as shell and Perl scripts or " 2786"documentation, use the B<all> value. To restrict the packages to a certain " 2787"set of architectures, specify the architecture names, separated by a " 2788"space. It's also possible to put architecture wildcards in that list (see " 2789"B<dpkg-architecture>(1) for more information about them)." 2790msgstr "" 2791 2792#. type: TP 2793#: deb-src-control.man 2794#, no-wrap 2795msgid "B<Build-Profiles:> I<restriction-formula>" 2796msgstr "" 2797 2798#. type: Plain text 2799#: deb-src-control.man 2800msgid "" 2801"This field specifies the conditions for which this binary package does or " 2802"does not build. To express that condition, the same restriction formula " 2803"syntax from the B<Build-Depends> field is used." 2804msgstr "" 2805 2806#. type: Plain text 2807#: deb-src-control.man 2808msgid "" 2809"If a binary package paragraph does not contain this field, then it " 2810"implicitly means that it builds with all build profiles (including none at " 2811"all)." 2812msgstr "" 2813 2814#. type: Plain text 2815#: deb-src-control.man 2816msgid "" 2817"In other words, if a binary package paragraph is annotated with a non-empty " 2818"B<Build-Profiles> field, then this binary package is generated if and only " 2819"if the condition expressed by the conjunctive normal form expression " 2820"evaluates to true." 2821msgstr "" 2822 2823#. type: TQ 2824#: deb-src-control.man 2825#, no-wrap 2826msgid "B<Multi-Arch:> B<same>|B<foreign>|B<allowed>|B<no>" 2827msgstr "" 2828 2829#. type: Plain text 2830#: deb-src-control.man 2831msgid "" 2832"These fields are described in the B<deb-control>(5) manual page, as they " 2833"are copied literally to the control file of the binary package." 2834msgstr "" 2835 2836#. type: Plain text 2837#: deb-src-control.man 2838msgid "" 2839"These fields declare relationships between packages. They are discussed in " 2840"the B<deb-control>(5) manpage. When these fields are found in " 2841"I<debian/control> they can also end with a trailing comma (since dpkg " 2842"1.10.14), have architecture specifications and restriction formulas which " 2843"will all get reduced when generating the fields for B<deb-control>(5)." 2844msgstr "" 2845 2846#. type: Plain text 2847#: deb-src-control.man 2848msgid "" 2849"These fields are used by the debian-installer in B<udeb>s and are usually " 2850"not needed. See /usr/share/doc/debian-installer/devel/modules.txt from the " 2851"B<debian-installer> package for more details about them." 2852msgstr "" 2853 2854#. type: SH 2855#: deb-src-control.man 2856#, no-wrap 2857msgid "USER-DEFINED FIELDS" 2858msgstr "" 2859 2860#. type: Plain text 2861#: deb-src-control.man 2862msgid "" 2863"It is allowed to add additional user-defined fields to the control file. The " 2864"tools will ignore these fields. If you want the fields to be copied over to " 2865"the output files, such as the binary packages, you need to use a custom " 2866"naming scheme: the fields should start with an B<X>, followed by zero or " 2867"more of the letters B<SBC> and a hyphen." 2868msgstr "" 2869 2870#. type: TP 2871#: deb-src-control.man 2872#, no-wrap 2873msgid "B<S>" 2874msgstr "" 2875 2876#. type: Plain text 2877#: deb-src-control.man 2878msgid "The field will appear in the source package control file, see B<dsc>(5)." 2879msgstr "" 2880 2881#. type: TP 2882#: deb-src-control.man 2883#, no-wrap 2884msgid "B<B>" 2885msgstr "" 2886 2887#. type: Plain text 2888#: deb-src-control.man 2889msgid "" 2890"The field will appear in the control file in the binary package, see " 2891"B<deb-control>(5)." 2892msgstr "" 2893 2894#. type: TP 2895#: deb-src-control.man 2896#, no-wrap 2897msgid "B<C>" 2898msgstr "" 2899 2900#. type: Plain text 2901#: deb-src-control.man 2902msgid "" 2903"The field will appear in the upload control (.changes) file, see " 2904"B<deb-changes>(5)." 2905msgstr "" 2906 2907#. type: Plain text 2908#: deb-src-control.man 2909msgid "" 2910"Note that the B<X>[B<SBC>]B<-> prefixes are stripped when the fields are " 2911"copied over to the output files. A field B<XC-Approved-By> will appear as " 2912"B<Approved-By> in the changes file and will not appear in the binary or " 2913"source package control files." 2914msgstr "" 2915 2916#. type: Plain text 2917#: deb-src-control.man 2918msgid "" 2919"Take into account that these user-defined fields will be using the global " 2920"namespace, which might at some point in the future collide with officially " 2921"recognized fields. To avoid such potential situation you can prefix those " 2922"fields with B<Private->, such as B<XB-Private-New-Field>." 2923msgstr "" 2924 2925#. type: Plain text 2926#: deb-src-control.man 2927#, no-wrap 2928msgid "" 2929"# Comment\n" 2930"Source: dpkg\n" 2931"Section: admin\n" 2932"Priority: required\n" 2933"Maintainer: Dpkg Developers E<lt>debian-dpkg@lists.debian.orgE<gt>\n" 2934"# this field is copied to the binary and source packages\n" 2935"XBS-Upstream-Release-Status: stable\n" 2936"Homepage: https://wiki.debian.org/Teams/Dpkg\n" 2937"Vcs-Browser: https://git.dpkg.org/cgit/dpkg/dpkg.git\n" 2938"Vcs-Git: https://git.dpkg.org/git/dpkg/dpkg.git\n" 2939"Standards-Version: 3.7.3\n" 2940"Build-Depends: pkg-config, debhelper (E<gt>= 4.1.81),\n" 2941" libselinux1-dev (E<gt>= 1.28-4) [!linux-any]\n" 2942msgstr "" 2943 2944#. type: Plain text 2945#: deb-src-control.man 2946#, no-wrap 2947msgid "" 2948"Package: dpkg-dev\n" 2949"Section: utils\n" 2950"Priority: optional\n" 2951"Architecture: all\n" 2952"# this is a custom field in the binary package\n" 2953"XB-Mentoring-Contact: Raphael Hertzog E<lt>hertzog@debian.orgE<gt>\n" 2954"Depends: dpkg (E<gt>= 1.14.6), perl5, perl-modules, cpio (E<gt>= 2.4.2-2),\n" 2955" bzip2, lzma, patch (E<gt>= 2.2-1), make, binutils, libtimedate-perl\n" 2956"Recommends: gcc | c-compiler, build-essential\n" 2957"Suggests: gnupg, debian-keyring\n" 2958"Conflicts: dpkg-cross (E<lt>E<lt> 2.0.0), devscripts (E<lt>E<lt> 2.10.26)\n" 2959"Replaces: manpages-pl (E<lt>= 20051117-1)\n" 2960"Description: Debian package development tools\n" 2961" This package provides the development tools (including dpkg-source)\n" 2962" required to unpack, build and upload Debian source packages.\n" 2963" .\n" 2964" Most Debian source packages will require additional tools to build;\n" 2965" for example, most packages need make and the C compiler gcc.\n" 2966msgstr "" 2967 2968#. type: Plain text 2969#: deb-src-control.man 2970msgid "B<deb-control>(5), B<deb-version>(7), B<dpkg-source>(1)" 2971msgstr "" 2972 2973#. type: TH 2974#: deb-src-files.man 2975#, no-wrap 2976msgid "deb-src-files" 2977msgstr "" 2978 2979#. type: Plain text 2980#: deb-src-files.man 2981msgid "deb-src-files - Debian distribute files format" 2982msgstr "" 2983 2984#. type: Plain text 2985#: deb-src-files.man 2986msgid "debian/files" 2987msgstr "" 2988 2989#. type: Plain text 2990#: deb-src-files.man 2991msgid "" 2992"This file contains the list of artifacts that are to be distributed via the " 2993"B<.changes> control file." 2994msgstr "" 2995 2996#. type: Plain text 2997#: deb-src-files.man 2998msgid "The I<debian/files> file has a simple whitespace-delimited format." 2999msgstr "" 3000 3001#. type: Plain text 3002#: deb-src-files.man 3003msgid "I<filename> I<section> I<priority> [ I<keyword=value\\&...\\&> ]" 3004msgstr "" 3005 3006#. type: Plain text 3007#: deb-src-files.man 3008msgid "I<filename> is the name of the artifact to distribute." 3009msgstr "" 3010 3011#. type: Plain text 3012#: deb-src-files.man 3013msgid "" 3014"I<section> and I<priority> correspond to the respective control fields " 3015"available in the .deb. The allowed values are specific to each distribution " 3016"archive." 3017msgstr "" 3018 3019#. type: Plain text 3020#: deb-src-files.man 3021msgid "" 3022"I<keyword=value\\&...\\&> corresponds to an optional whitespace-delimited " 3023"list of attributes for this entry. The only currently supported keyword is " 3024"B<automatic> with value B<yes>, to mark automatically generated files." 3025msgstr "" 3026 3027#. type: SH 3028#: deb-src-files.man deb-version.man dpkg-architecture.man 3029#: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-deb.man dpkg-divert.man dpkg-parsechangelog.man 3030#, no-wrap 3031msgid "NOTES" 3032msgstr "" 3033 3034#. type: Plain text 3035#: deb-src-files.man 3036msgid "" 3037"This file is not intended to be modified directly, please use one of " 3038"B<dpkg-gencontrol> or B<dpkg-distaddfile> to add entries to it." 3039msgstr "" 3040 3041#. type: Plain text 3042#: deb-src-files.man 3043msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges>(1), B<dpkg-distaddfile>(1)." 3044msgstr "" 3045 3046#. type: TH 3047#: deb-src-rules.man 3048#, no-wrap 3049msgid "deb-src-rules" 3050msgstr "" 3051 3052#. type: TH 3053#: deb-src-rules.man 3054#, no-wrap 3055msgid "2017-09-05" 3056msgstr "" 3057 3058#. type: TH 3059#: deb-src-rules.man 3060#, no-wrap 3061msgid "Debian Project" 3062msgstr "" 3063 3064#. type: TH 3065#: deb-src-rules.man 3066#, no-wrap 3067msgid "dpkg utilities" 3068msgstr "" 3069 3070#. type: Plain text 3071#: deb-src-rules.man 3072msgid "deb-src-rules - Debian source package rules file" 3073msgstr "" 3074 3075#. type: Plain text 3076#: deb-src-rules.man 3077msgid "debian/rules" 3078msgstr "" 3079 3080#. type: Plain text 3081#: deb-src-rules.man 3082msgid "" 3083"This file contains the instructions necessary to build the binary packages " 3084"from the source package." 3085msgstr "" 3086 3087#. type: Plain text 3088#: deb-src-rules.man 3089msgid "" 3090"The I<debian/rules> file is an executable Makefile, with a shebang that is " 3091"usually set to \"#!/usr/bin/make -f\"." 3092msgstr "" 3093 3094#. type: Plain text 3095#: deb-src-rules.man 3096msgid "It must support the following make targets:" 3097msgstr "" 3098 3099#. type: TP 3100#: deb-src-rules.man 3101#, no-wrap 3102msgid "B<clean>" 3103msgstr "" 3104 3105#. type: Plain text 3106#: deb-src-rules.man 3107msgid "" 3108"Clean up the source tree, by undoing any change done by any of the build and " 3109"binary targets. This target will be called with root privileges." 3110msgstr "" 3111 3112#. type: TP 3113#: deb-src-rules.man 3114#, no-wrap 3115msgid "B<build-indep>" 3116msgstr "" 3117 3118#. type: Plain text 3119#: deb-src-rules.man 3120msgid "" 3121"Build architecture independent files required to build any architecture " 3122"independent binary package. If there are no architecture independent binary " 3123"packages to generate, the target must still exist but do nothing. This " 3124"target must not require root privileges." 3125msgstr "" 3126 3127#. type: TP 3128#: deb-src-rules.man 3129#, no-wrap 3130msgid "B<build-arch>" 3131msgstr "" 3132 3133#. type: Plain text 3134#: deb-src-rules.man 3135msgid "" 3136"Build architecture dependent files required to build any architecture " 3137"dependent binary package. If there are no architecture dependent binary " 3138"packages to generate, the target must still exist but do nothing. This " 3139"target must not require root privileges." 3140msgstr "" 3141 3142#. type: TP 3143#: deb-src-rules.man 3144#, no-wrap 3145msgid "B<build>" 3146msgstr "" 3147 3148#. type: Plain text 3149#: deb-src-rules.man 3150msgid "" 3151"Build architecture independent and dependent files, either by depending (at " 3152"least transitively) on B<build-indep> and/or B<build-arch> or by inlining " 3153"what those targets would do. This target must not require root privileges." 3154msgstr "" 3155 3156#. type: TP 3157#: deb-src-rules.man 3158#, no-wrap 3159msgid "B<binary-indep>" 3160msgstr "" 3161 3162#. type: Plain text 3163#: deb-src-rules.man 3164msgid "" 3165"Build architecture independent binary packages. This target must depend (at " 3166"least transitively) on either B<build-indep> or B<build>. This target will " 3167"be called with root privileges." 3168msgstr "" 3169 3170#. type: TP 3171#: deb-src-rules.man 3172#, no-wrap 3173msgid "B<binary-arch>" 3174msgstr "" 3175 3176#. type: Plain text 3177#: deb-src-rules.man 3178msgid "" 3179"Build architecture dependent binary packages. This target must depend (at " 3180"least transitively) on either B<build-arch> or B<build>. This target will " 3181"be called with root privileges." 3182msgstr "" 3183 3184#. type: TP 3185#: deb-src-rules.man dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genbuildinfo.man 3186#: dpkg-genchanges.man 3187#, no-wrap 3188msgid "B<binary>" 3189msgstr "" 3190 3191#. type: Plain text 3192#: deb-src-rules.man 3193msgid "" 3194"Build architecture independent and dependent binary packages, either by " 3195"depending (at least transitively) on B<binary-indep> and/or B<binary-arch> " 3196"or by inlining what those targets would do. This target will be called with " 3197"root privileges." 3198msgstr "" 3199 3200#. type: Plain text 3201#: deb-src-rules.man 3202msgid "" 3203"B<dpkg-architecture>(1), B<dpkg-vendor>(1), B<dpkg-buildflags>(1), " 3204"B<dpkg-parsechangelog>(1), B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1), B<dpkg-gencontrol>(1), " 3205"B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg-distaddfile>(1)." 3206msgstr "" 3207 3208#. type: TH 3209#: deb-split.man 3210#, no-wrap 3211msgid "deb-split" 3212msgstr "" 3213 3214#. type: Plain text 3215#: deb-split.man 3216msgid "deb-split - Debian multi-part binary package format" 3217msgstr "" 3218 3219#. type: Plain text 3220#: deb-split.man 3221msgid "" 3222"The multi-part B<.deb> format is used to split big packages into smaller " 3223"pieces to ease transport in small media." 3224msgstr "" 3225 3226#. type: Plain text 3227#: deb-split.man 3228msgid "" 3229"The file is an B<ar> archive with a magic value of B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>. The " 3230"file names might contain a trailing slash (since dpkg 1.15.6)." 3231msgstr "" 3232 3233#. type: Plain text 3234#: deb-split.man 3235msgid "" 3236"The first member is named B<debian-split> and contains a series of lines, " 3237"separated by newlines. Currently eight lines are present:" 3238msgstr "" 3239 3240#. type: IP 3241#: deb-split.man dpkg-gensymbols.man 3242#, no-wrap 3243msgid "•" 3244msgstr "" 3245 3246#. type: Plain text 3247#: deb-split.man 3248msgid "The format version number, B<2.1> at the time this manual page was written." 3249msgstr "" 3250 3251#. type: Plain text 3252#: deb-split.man 3253msgid "The package name." 3254msgstr "" 3255 3256#. type: Plain text 3257#: deb-split.man 3258msgid "The package version." 3259msgstr "" 3260 3261#. type: Plain text 3262#: deb-split.man 3263msgid "The md5sum of the package." 3264msgstr "" 3265 3266#. type: Plain text 3267#: deb-split.man 3268msgid "The total size of the package." 3269msgstr "" 3270 3271#. type: Plain text 3272#: deb-split.man 3273msgid "The maximum part size." 3274msgstr "" 3275 3276#. type: Plain text 3277#: deb-split.man 3278msgid "" 3279"The current part number, followed by a slash and the total amount of parts " 3280"(as in ‘1/10’)." 3281msgstr "" 3282 3283#. type: Plain text 3284#: deb-split.man 3285msgid "The package architecture (since dpkg 1.16.1)." 3286msgstr "" 3287 3288#. type: Plain text 3289#: deb-split.man 3290msgid "" 3291"Programs which read multi-part archives should be prepared for the minor " 3292"format version number to be increased and additional lines to be present, " 3293"and should ignore these if this is the case." 3294msgstr "" 3295 3296#. type: Plain text 3297#: deb-split.man 3298msgid "" 3299"If the major format version number has changed, an incompatible change has " 3300"been made and the program should stop. If it has not, then the program " 3301"should be able to safely continue, unless it encounters an unexpected member " 3302"in the archive (except at the end), as described below." 3303msgstr "" 3304 3305#. type: Plain text 3306#: deb-split.man 3307msgid "" 3308"The second, last required member is named B<data.>I<N>, where I<N> denotes " 3309"the part number. It contains the raw part data." 3310msgstr "" 3311 3312#. type: Plain text 3313#: deb-split.man 3314msgid "" 3315"These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations should " 3316"ignore any additional members after B<data.>I<N>. Further members may be " 3317"defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these two." 3318msgstr "" 3319 3320#. type: Plain text 3321#: deb-split.man 3322msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-split>(1)." 3323msgstr "" 3324 3325#. type: TH 3326#: deb-version.man 3327#, no-wrap 3328msgid "deb-version" 3329msgstr "" 3330 3331#. type: Plain text 3332#: deb-version.man 3333msgid "deb-version - Debian package version number format" 3334msgstr "" 3335 3336#. type: Plain text 3337#: deb-version.man 3338msgid "[I<epoch>B<:>]I<upstream-version>[B<->I<debian-revision>]" 3339msgstr "" 3340 3341#. type: Plain text 3342#: deb-version.man 3343msgid "" 3344"Version numbers as used for Debian binary and source packages consist of " 3345"three components. These are:" 3346msgstr "" 3347 3348#. type: TP 3349#: deb-version.man 3350#, no-wrap 3351msgid "I<epoch>" 3352msgstr "" 3353 3354#. type: Plain text 3355#: deb-version.man 3356msgid "" 3357"This is a single (generally small) unsigned integer. It may be omitted, in " 3358"which case zero is assumed. If it is omitted then the I<upstream-version> " 3359"may not contain any colons." 3360msgstr "" 3361 3362#. type: Plain text 3363#: deb-version.man 3364msgid "" 3365"It is provided to allow mistakes in the version numbers of older versions of " 3366"a package, and also a package's previous version numbering schemes, to be " 3367"left behind." 3368msgstr "" 3369 3370#. type: TP 3371#: deb-version.man 3372#, no-wrap 3373msgid "I<upstream-version>" 3374msgstr "" 3375 3376#. type: Plain text 3377#: deb-version.man 3378msgid "" 3379"This is the main part of the version number. It is usually the version " 3380"number of the original (“upstream”) package from which the I<.deb> file has " 3381"been made, if this is applicable. Usually this will be in the same format " 3382"as that specified by the upstream author(s); however, it may need to be " 3383"reformatted to fit into the package management system's format and " 3384"comparison scheme." 3385msgstr "" 3386 3387#. type: Plain text 3388#: deb-version.man 3389msgid "" 3390"The comparison behavior of the package management system with respect to the " 3391"I<upstream-version> is described below. The I<upstream-version> portion of " 3392"the version number is mandatory." 3393msgstr "" 3394 3395#. type: Plain text 3396#: deb-version.man 3397msgid "" 3398"The I<upstream-version> may contain only alphanumerics (“A-Za-z0-9”) and the " 3399"characters B<.> B<+> B<-> B<:> B<~> (full stop, plus, hyphen, colon, tilde) " 3400"and should start with a digit. If there is no I<debian-revision> then " 3401"hyphens are not allowed; if there is no I<epoch> then colons are not " 3402"allowed." 3403msgstr "" 3404 3405#. type: TP 3406#: deb-version.man 3407#, no-wrap 3408msgid "I<debian-revision>" 3409msgstr "" 3410 3411#. type: Plain text 3412#: deb-version.man 3413msgid "" 3414"This part of the version number specifies the version of the Debian package " 3415"based on the upstream version. It may contain only alphanumerics and the " 3416"characters B<+> B<.> B<~> (plus, full stop, tilde) and is compared in the " 3417"same way as the I<upstream-version> is." 3418msgstr "" 3419 3420#. type: Plain text 3421#: deb-version.man 3422msgid "" 3423"It is optional; if it isn't present then the I<upstream-version> may not " 3424"contain a hyphen. This format represents the case where a piece of software " 3425"was written specifically to be turned into a Debian package, and so there is " 3426"only one “debianization” of it and therefore no revision indication is " 3427"required." 3428msgstr "" 3429 3430#. type: Plain text 3431#: deb-version.man 3432msgid "" 3433"It is conventional to restart the I<debian-revision> at ‘1’ each time the " 3434"I<upstream-version> is increased." 3435msgstr "" 3436 3437#. type: Plain text 3438#: deb-version.man 3439msgid "" 3440"Dpkg will break the version number apart at the last hyphen in the string " 3441"(if there is one) to determine the I<upstream-version> and " 3442"I<debian-revision>. The absence of a I<debian-revision> compares earlier " 3443"than the presence of one (but note that the I<debian-revision> is the least " 3444"significant part of the version number)." 3445msgstr "" 3446 3447#. type: SS 3448#: deb-version.man 3449#, no-wrap 3450msgid "Sorting algorithm" 3451msgstr "" 3452 3453#. type: Plain text 3454#: deb-version.man 3455msgid "" 3456"The I<upstream-version> and I<debian-revision> parts are compared by the " 3457"package management system using the same algorithm:" 3458msgstr "" 3459 3460#. type: Plain text 3461#: deb-version.man 3462msgid "The strings are compared from left to right." 3463msgstr "" 3464 3465#. type: Plain text 3466#: deb-version.man 3467msgid "" 3468"First the initial part of each string consisting entirely of non-digit " 3469"characters is determined. These two parts (one of which may be empty) are " 3470"compared lexically. If a difference is found it is returned. The lexical " 3471"comparison is a comparison of ASCII values modified so that all the letters " 3472"sort earlier than all the non-letters and so that a tilde sorts before " 3473"anything, even the end of a part. For example, the following parts are in " 3474"sorted order: ‘~~’, ‘~~a’, ‘~’, the empty part, ‘a’." 3475msgstr "" 3476 3477#. type: Plain text 3478#: deb-version.man 3479msgid "" 3480"Then the initial part of the remainder of each string which consists " 3481"entirely of digit characters is determined. The numerical values of these " 3482"two parts are compared, and any difference found is returned as the result " 3483"of the comparison. For these purposes an empty string (which can only occur " 3484"at the end of one or both version strings being compared) counts as zero." 3485msgstr "" 3486 3487#. type: Plain text 3488#: deb-version.man 3489msgid "" 3490"These two steps (comparing and removing initial non-digit strings and " 3491"initial digit strings) are repeated until a difference is found or both " 3492"strings are exhausted." 3493msgstr "" 3494 3495#. type: Plain text 3496#: deb-version.man 3497msgid "" 3498"Note that the purpose of epochs is to allow us to leave behind mistakes in " 3499"version numbering, and to cope with situations where the version numbering " 3500"scheme changes. It is B<not> intended to cope with version numbers " 3501"containing strings of letters which the package management system cannot " 3502"interpret (such as ‘ALPHA’ or ‘pre-’), or with silly orderings." 3503msgstr "" 3504 3505#. type: Plain text 3506#: deb-version.man 3507msgid "" 3508"The tilde character and its special sorting properties were introduced in " 3509"dpkg 1.10 and some parts of the dpkg build scripts only gained support for " 3510"it later in the 1.10.x series." 3511msgstr "" 3512 3513#. type: Plain text 3514#: deb-version.man 3515msgid "B<deb-control>(5), B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1)" 3516msgstr "" 3517 3518#. type: TH 3519#: deb-old.man 3520#, no-wrap 3521msgid "deb-old" 3522msgstr "" 3523 3524#. type: Plain text 3525#: deb-old.man 3526msgid "deb-old - old style Debian binary package format" 3527msgstr "" 3528 3529#. type: Plain text 3530#: deb-old.man 3531msgid "" 3532"The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. This manual " 3533"page describes the B<old> format, used before Debian 0.93. Please see " 3534"B<deb>(5) for details of the new format." 3535msgstr "" 3536 3537#. type: Plain text 3538#: deb-old.man 3539msgid "" 3540"The file is two lines of format information as ASCII text, followed by two " 3541"concatenated gzipped ustar files." 3542msgstr "" 3543 3544#. type: Plain text 3545#: deb-old.man 3546msgid "" 3547"The first line is the format version number padded to 8 digits, and is " 3548"B<0.939000> for all old-format archives." 3549msgstr "" 3550 3551#. type: Plain text 3552#: deb-old.man 3553msgid "" 3554"The second line is a decimal string (without leading zeroes) giving the " 3555"length of the first gzipped tarfile." 3556msgstr "" 3557 3558#. type: Plain text 3559#: deb-old.man 3560msgid "Each of these lines is terminated with a single newline character." 3561msgstr "" 3562 3563#. type: Plain text 3564#: deb-old.man 3565msgid "" 3566"The first tarfile contains the control information, as a series of ordinary " 3567"files. The file B<control> must be present, as it contains the core control " 3568"information." 3569msgstr "" 3570 3571#. type: Plain text 3572#: deb-old.man 3573msgid "" 3574"In some very old archives, the files in the control tarfile may optionally " 3575"be in a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory. In that case, the B<DEBIAN> subdirectory " 3576"will be in the control tarfile too, and the control tarfile will have only " 3577"files in that directory. Optionally the control tarfile may contain an entry " 3578"for ‘B<.>’, that is, the current directory." 3579msgstr "" 3580 3581#. type: Plain text 3582#: deb-old.man 3583msgid "" 3584"The second gzipped tarfile is the filesystem archive, containing pathnames " 3585"relative to the root directory of the system to be installed on. The " 3586"pathnames do not have leading slashes." 3587msgstr "" 3588 3589#. type: Plain text 3590#: deb-old.man 3591msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." 3592msgstr "" 3593 3594#. type: TH 3595#: deb-origin.man 3596#, no-wrap 3597msgid "deb-origin" 3598msgstr "" 3599 3600#. type: Plain text 3601#: deb-origin.man 3602msgid "deb-origin - Vendor-specific information files" 3603msgstr "" 3604 3605#. type: Plain text 3606#: deb-origin.man 3607msgid "B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/>I<filename>" 3608msgstr "" 3609 3610#. type: Plain text 3611#: deb-origin.man 3612msgid "" 3613"The files in B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins> can provide information about various " 3614"vendors who are providing Debian packages." 3615msgstr "" 3616 3617#. type: Plain text 3618#: deb-origin.man 3619msgid "" 3620"They contain a number of fields, or comments when the line starts with " 3621"‘B<#>’. Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Vendor> or B<Parent>, " 3622"followed by a colon and the body of the field. Fields are delimited only by " 3623"field tags. In other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, but " 3624"the tools will join lines when processing the body of the field." 3625msgstr "" 3626 3627#. type: Plain text 3628#: deb-origin.man 3629msgid "" 3630"The file should be named according to the vendor name. The usual convention " 3631"is to name the vendor file using the vendor name in all lowercase, but some " 3632"variation is permitted. Namely, spaces are mapped to dashes (‘B<->’), and " 3633"the file can have the same casing as the value in B<Vendor> field, or it can " 3634"be capitalized." 3635msgstr "" 3636 3637#. type: TP 3638#: deb-origin.man 3639#, no-wrap 3640msgid "B<Vendor:> I<vendor-name> (required)" 3641msgstr "" 3642 3643#. type: Plain text 3644#: deb-origin.man 3645msgid "The value of this field determines the vendor name." 3646msgstr "" 3647 3648#. type: TP 3649#: deb-origin.man 3650#, no-wrap 3651msgid "B<Vendor-URL:>I< vendor-url>" 3652msgstr "" 3653 3654#. type: Plain text 3655#: deb-origin.man 3656msgid "The value of this field determines the vendor URL." 3657msgstr "" 3658 3659#. type: TP 3660#: deb-origin.man 3661#, no-wrap 3662msgid "B<Bugs:>I< bug-url>" 3663msgstr "" 3664 3665#. type: Plain text 3666#: deb-origin.man 3667msgid "" 3668"The value of this field determines the type and address of the bug tracking " 3669"system used by this vendor. It can be a mailto URL or a debbugs URL (e.g., " 3670"debbugs://bugs.debian.org/)." 3671msgstr "" 3672 3673#. type: TP 3674#: deb-origin.man 3675#, no-wrap 3676msgid "B<Parent:>I< vendor-name>" 3677msgstr "" 3678 3679#. type: Plain text 3680#: deb-origin.man 3681msgid "" 3682"The value of this field determines the vendor name of the vendor that this " 3683"vendor derives from." 3684msgstr "" 3685 3686#. type: Plain text 3687#: deb-origin.man 3688#, no-wrap 3689msgid "" 3690"Vendor: Debian\n" 3691"Vendor-URL: https://www.debian.org/\n" 3692"Bugs: debbugs://bugs.debian.org\n" 3693msgstr "" 3694 3695#. type: Plain text 3696#: deb-origin.man 3697msgid "B<dpkg-vendor>(1)" 3698msgstr "" 3699 3700#. type: TH 3701#: deb-override.man 3702#, no-wrap 3703msgid "deb-override" 3704msgstr "" 3705 3706#. type: Plain text 3707#: deb-override.man 3708msgid "deb-override - Debian archive override file" 3709msgstr "" 3710 3711#. type: Plain text 3712#: deb-override.man deb-extra-override.man 3713msgid "override" 3714msgstr "" 3715 3716#. type: Plain text 3717#: deb-override.man 3718msgid "" 3719"While most information about a package can be found in the control file, " 3720"some is managed centrally by the distribution czars rather than by the " 3721"maintainer in order to offer some global consistency. This information is " 3722"found in the override file." 3723msgstr "" 3724 3725#. type: Plain text 3726#: deb-override.man 3727msgid "" 3728"The override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments are " 3729"allowed (denoted with a B<#>)." 3730msgstr "" 3731 3732#. type: Plain text 3733#: deb-override.man 3734msgid "I<package> I<priority> I<section> [I<maintainerinfo>]" 3735msgstr "" 3736 3737#. type: Plain text 3738#: deb-override.man 3739msgid "" 3740"I<package> is the name of the package. Entries in the override file for " 3741"packages not found in the tree of binary packages are ignored." 3742msgstr "" 3743 3744#. type: Plain text 3745#: deb-override.man 3746msgid "" 3747"I<priority> and I<section> correspond to the respective control fields " 3748"available in the .deb. The allowed values are specific to each distribution " 3749"archive." 3750msgstr "" 3751 3752#. type: Plain text 3753#: deb-override.man 3754msgid "" 3755"I<maintainerinfo>, if present, can be either the name of a maintainer for an " 3756"unconditional override, or else I<oldmaintainer> B<=E<gt>> I<newmaintainer> " 3757"to perform a substitution." 3758msgstr "" 3759 3760#. type: Plain text 3761#: deb-override.man 3762msgid "" 3763"The override files used to make the official Packages lists may be found in " 3764"the I<indices> directory on any Debian mirror." 3765msgstr "" 3766 3767#. type: Plain text 3768#: deb-override.man deb-extra-override.man 3769msgid "B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1), B<dpkg-scansources>(1), B<apt-ftparchive>(1)." 3770msgstr "" 3771 3772#. type: TH 3773#: deb-extra-override.man 3774#, no-wrap 3775msgid "deb-extra-override" 3776msgstr "" 3777 3778#. type: Plain text 3779#: deb-extra-override.man 3780msgid "deb-extra-override - Debian archive extra override file" 3781msgstr "" 3782 3783#. type: Plain text 3784#: deb-extra-override.man 3785msgid "" 3786"While most information about a binary/source package can be found in the " 3787"control/.dsc file, all of it can be overridden when it's exported to " 3788"Packages/Sources files. The extra override file contains those overrides." 3789msgstr "" 3790 3791#. type: Plain text 3792#: deb-extra-override.man 3793msgid "" 3794"The extra override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments " 3795"are allowed (denoted with a B<#>)." 3796msgstr "" 3797 3798#. type: Plain text 3799#: deb-extra-override.man 3800msgid "I<package> I<field-name> I<value>" 3801msgstr "" 3802 3803#. type: Plain text 3804#: deb-extra-override.man 3805msgid "I<package> is the name of the binary/source package." 3806msgstr "" 3807 3808#. type: Plain text 3809#: deb-extra-override.man 3810msgid "" 3811"I<field-name> is the name of the field that is overridden. I<value> is the " 3812"value to put in the field. It can contain spaces as the line is split in no " 3813"more than 3 columns when it's parsed." 3814msgstr "" 3815 3816#. type: Plain text 3817#: deb-extra-override.man 3818msgid "" 3819"The extra override files used to make the official Packages lists may be " 3820"found in the I<indices> directory on any Debian mirror." 3821msgstr "" 3822 3823#. type: TH 3824#: deb-shlibs.man 3825#, no-wrap 3826msgid "deb-shlibs" 3827msgstr "" 3828 3829#. type: Plain text 3830#: deb-shlibs.man 3831msgid "deb-shlibs - Debian shared library information file" 3832msgstr "" 3833 3834#. type: Plain text 3835#: deb-shlibs.man 3836msgid "" 3837"B<shlibs> files map shared library names and versions (I<sonames>) to " 3838"dependencies suitable for a package control file. There is one entry per " 3839"line. Blank lines are B<not> allowed. Lines beginning with an B<#> " 3840"character are considered commentary, and are ignored. All other lines must " 3841"have the format" 3842msgstr "" 3843 3844#. type: Plain text 3845#: deb-shlibs.man 3846msgid "[I<type>B<:>] I<library> I<version> I<dependencies>" 3847msgstr "" 3848 3849#. type: Plain text 3850#: deb-shlibs.man 3851msgid "" 3852"The I<library> and I<version> fields are whitespace-delimited, but the " 3853"I<dependencies> field extends to the end of the line. The I<type> field is " 3854"optional and normally not needed." 3855msgstr "" 3856 3857#. type: Plain text 3858#: deb-shlibs.man 3859msgid "" 3860"The I<dependencies> field has the same syntax as the B<Depends> field in a " 3861"binary control file, see B<deb-control>(5)." 3862msgstr "" 3863 3864#. type: Plain text 3865#: deb-shlibs.man 3866msgid "" 3867"The B<shlibs> file for a typical library package, named I<libcrunch1>, that " 3868"provides one library whose soname is I<libcrunch.so.1>, might read" 3869msgstr "" 3870 3871#. type: Plain text 3872#: deb-shlibs.man 3873msgid "libcrunch 1 libcrunch1 (E<gt>= 1.2-1)" 3874msgstr "" 3875 3876#. type: Plain text 3877#: deb-shlibs.man 3878msgid "" 3879"The I<dependencies> must mention the most recent version of the package that " 3880"added new symbols to the library: in the above example, new symbols were " 3881"added to version 1.2 of I<libcrunch>. This is not the only reason the " 3882"dependencies might need to be tightened." 3883msgstr "" 3884 3885#. type: Plain text 3886#: deb-shlibs.man 3887msgid "B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1), B<deb-symbols>(5)." 3888msgstr "" 3889 3890#. type: TH 3891#: deb-substvars.man 3892#, no-wrap 3893msgid "deb-substvars" 3894msgstr "" 3895 3896#. type: Plain text 3897#: deb-substvars.man 3898msgid "deb-substvars - Debian source substitution variables" 3899msgstr "" 3900 3901#. type: Plain text 3902#: deb-substvars.man 3903msgid "substvars" 3904msgstr "" 3905 3906#. type: Plain text 3907#: deb-substvars.man 3908msgid "" 3909"Before B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges> write their " 3910"control information (to the source control file B<.dsc> for B<dpkg-source> " 3911"and to standard output for B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>) they " 3912"perform some variable substitutions on the output file." 3913msgstr "" 3914 3915#. type: Plain text 3916#: deb-substvars.man 3917msgid "" 3918"A variable substitution has the form B<${>I<variable-name>B<}>. Variable " 3919"names consist of alphanumerics (a-zA-Z0-9), hyphens (-) and colons (:) and " 3920"start with an alphanumeric, and are case-sensitive, even though they might " 3921"refer to other entities which are case-preserving. Variable substitutions " 3922"are performed repeatedly until none are left; the full text of the field " 3923"after the substitution is rescanned to look for more substitutions." 3924msgstr "" 3925 3926#. type: Plain text 3927#: deb-substvars.man 3928msgid "" 3929"After all the substitutions have been done each occurrence of the string " 3930"B<${}> (which is not a legal substitution) is replaced with a B<$> sign." 3931msgstr "" 3932 3933#. type: Plain text 3934#: deb-substvars.man 3935msgid "" 3936"While variable substitution is done on all control fields, some of those " 3937"fields are used and needed during the build when the substitution did not " 3938"yet occur. That's why you can't use variables in the B<Package>, B<Source> " 3939"and B<Architecture> fields." 3940msgstr "" 3941 3942#. type: Plain text 3943#: deb-substvars.man 3944msgid "" 3945"Variable substitution happens on the content of the fields after they have " 3946"been parsed, thus if you want a variable to expand over multiple lines you " 3947"do not have to include a space after the newline. This is done implicitly " 3948"when the field is output. For example, if the variable B<${Description}> is " 3949"set to \"foo is bar.${Newline}foo is great.\" and if you have the following " 3950"field:" 3951msgstr "" 3952 3953#. type: Plain text 3954#: deb-substvars.man 3955#, no-wrap 3956msgid "" 3957" Description: foo application\n" 3958" ${Description}\n" 3959" .\n" 3960" More text.\n" 3961msgstr "" 3962 3963#. type: Plain text 3964#: deb-substvars.man 3965msgid "It will result in:" 3966msgstr "" 3967 3968#. type: Plain text 3969#: deb-substvars.man 3970#, no-wrap 3971msgid "" 3972" Description: foo application\n" 3973" foo is bar.\n" 3974" foo is great.\n" 3975" .\n" 3976" More text.\n" 3977msgstr "" 3978 3979#. type: Plain text 3980#: deb-substvars.man 3981msgid "" 3982"Variables can be set using the B<-V> common option. They can be also " 3983"specified in the file B<debian/substvars> (or whatever other file is " 3984"specified using the B<-T> option). This file consists of lines of the form " 3985"I<name>B<=>I<value>. Trailing whitespace on each line, blank lines, and " 3986"lines starting with a B<#> symbol (comments) are ignored." 3987msgstr "" 3988 3989#. type: Plain text 3990#: deb-substvars.man 3991msgid "Additionally, the following standard variables are available:" 3992msgstr "" 3993 3994#. type: TP 3995#: deb-substvars.man 3996#, no-wrap 3997msgid "B<Arch>" 3998msgstr "" 3999 4000#. type: Plain text 4001#: deb-substvars.man 4002msgid "" 4003"The current host architecture (i.e. the architecture the package is being " 4004"built for, the equivalent of B<DEB_HOST_ARCH>)." 4005msgstr "" 4006 4007#. type: TP 4008#: deb-substvars.man dpkg-query.man 4009#, no-wrap 4010msgid "B<source:Version>" 4011msgstr "" 4012 4013#. type: Plain text 4014#: deb-substvars.man 4015msgid "The source package version (since dpkg 1.13.19)." 4016msgstr "" 4017 4018#. type: TP 4019#: deb-substvars.man dpkg-query.man 4020#, no-wrap 4021msgid "B<source:Upstream-Version>" 4022msgstr "" 4023 4024#. type: Plain text 4025#: deb-substvars.man 4026msgid "" 4027"The upstream source package version, including the Debian version epoch if " 4028"any (since dpkg 1.13.19)." 4029msgstr "" 4030 4031#. type: TP 4032#: deb-substvars.man 4033#, no-wrap 4034msgid "B<binary:Version>" 4035msgstr "" 4036 4037#. type: Plain text 4038#: deb-substvars.man 4039msgid "" 4040"The binary package version (which may differ from B<source:Version> in a " 4041"binNMU for example; since dpkg 1.13.19)." 4042msgstr "" 4043 4044#. type: TP 4045#: deb-substvars.man 4046#, no-wrap 4047msgid "B<Source-Version>" 4048msgstr "" 4049 4050#. type: Plain text 4051#: deb-substvars.man 4052msgid "" 4053"The source package version (from the changelog file). This variable is now " 4054"B<obsolete> and emits an error when used as its meaning is different from " 4055"its function, please use the B<source:Version> or B<binary:Version> as " 4056"appropriate." 4057msgstr "" 4058 4059#. type: TP 4060#: deb-substvars.man 4061#, no-wrap 4062msgid "B<source:Synopsis>" 4063msgstr "" 4064 4065#. type: Plain text 4066#: deb-substvars.man 4067msgid "" 4068"The source package synopsis, extracted from the source stanza B<Description> " 4069"field, if it exists (since dpkg 1.19.0)." 4070msgstr "" 4071 4072#. type: TP 4073#: deb-substvars.man 4074#, no-wrap 4075msgid "B<source:Extended-Description>" 4076msgstr "" 4077 4078#. type: Plain text 4079#: deb-substvars.man 4080msgid "" 4081"The source package extended description, extracted from the source stanza " 4082"B<Description> field, if it exists (since dpkg 1.19.0)." 4083msgstr "" 4084 4085#. type: TP 4086#: deb-substvars.man 4087#, no-wrap 4088msgid "B<Installed-Size>" 4089msgstr "" 4090 4091#. type: Plain text 4092#: deb-substvars.man 4093msgid "" 4094"The approximate total size of the package's installed files. This value is " 4095"copied into the corresponding control file field; setting it will modify the " 4096"value of that field. If this variable is not set B<dpkg-gencontrol> will " 4097"compute the default value by accumulating the size of each regular file and " 4098"symlink rounded to 1 KiB used units, and a baseline of 1 KiB for any other " 4099"filesystem object type." 4100msgstr "" 4101 4102#. type: Plain text 4103#: deb-substvars.man 4104msgid "" 4105"B<Note:> Take into account that this can only ever be an approximation, as " 4106"the actual size used on the installed system will depend greatly on the " 4107"filesystem used and its parameters, which might end up using either more or " 4108"less space than the specified in this field." 4109msgstr "" 4110 4111#. type: TP 4112#: deb-substvars.man 4113#, no-wrap 4114msgid "B<Extra-Size>" 4115msgstr "" 4116 4117#. type: Plain text 4118#: deb-substvars.man 4119msgid "" 4120"Additional disk space used when the package is installed. If this variable " 4121"is set its value is added to that of the B<Installed-Size> variable (whether " 4122"set explicitly or using the default value) before it is copied into the " 4123"B<Installed-Size> control file field." 4124msgstr "" 4125 4126#. type: TP 4127#: deb-substvars.man 4128#, no-wrap 4129msgid "B<S:>I<fieldname>" 4130msgstr "" 4131 4132#. type: Plain text 4133#: deb-substvars.man 4134msgid "" 4135"The value of the source stanza field I<fieldname> (which must be given in " 4136"the canonical capitalisation; since dpkg 1.18.11). Setting these variables " 4137"has no effect other than on places where they are expanded explicitly. " 4138"These variables are only available when generating binary control files." 4139msgstr "" 4140 4141#. type: TP 4142#: deb-substvars.man 4143#, no-wrap 4144msgid "B<F:>I<fieldname>" 4145msgstr "" 4146 4147#. type: Plain text 4148#: deb-substvars.man 4149msgid "" 4150"The value of the output field I<fieldname> (which must be given in the " 4151"canonical capitalisation). Setting these variables has no effect other than " 4152"on places where they are expanded explicitly." 4153msgstr "" 4154 4155#. type: TP 4156#: deb-substvars.man 4157#, no-wrap 4158msgid "B<Format>" 4159msgstr "" 4160 4161#. type: Plain text 4162#: deb-substvars.man 4163msgid "" 4164"The B<.changes> file format version generated by this version of the source " 4165"packaging scripts. If you set this variable the contents of the B<Format> " 4166"field in the B<.changes> file will change too." 4167msgstr "" 4168 4169#. type: TP 4170#: deb-substvars.man 4171#, no-wrap 4172msgid "B<Newline>, B<Space>, B<Tab>" 4173msgstr "" 4174 4175#. type: Plain text 4176#: deb-substvars.man 4177msgid "These variables each hold the corresponding character." 4178msgstr "" 4179 4180#. type: TP 4181#: deb-substvars.man 4182#, no-wrap 4183msgid "B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield>" 4184msgstr "" 4185 4186#. type: Plain text 4187#: deb-substvars.man 4188msgid "" 4189"Variable settings with names of this form are generated by " 4190"B<dpkg-shlibdeps>." 4191msgstr "" 4192 4193#. type: TP 4194#: deb-substvars.man 4195#, no-wrap 4196msgid "B<dpkg:Upstream-Version>" 4197msgstr "" 4198 4199#. type: Plain text 4200#: deb-substvars.man 4201msgid "The upstream version of dpkg (since dpkg 1.13.19)." 4202msgstr "" 4203 4204#. type: TP 4205#: deb-substvars.man 4206#, no-wrap 4207msgid "B<dpkg:Version>" 4208msgstr "" 4209 4210#. type: Plain text 4211#: deb-substvars.man 4212msgid "The full version of dpkg (since dpkg 1.13.19)." 4213msgstr "" 4214 4215#. type: Plain text 4216#: deb-substvars.man 4217msgid "" 4218"If a variable is referred to but not defined it generates a warning and an " 4219"empty value is assumed." 4220msgstr "" 4221 4222#. type: TP 4223#: deb-substvars.man 4224#, no-wrap 4225msgid "B<debian/substvars>" 4226msgstr "" 4227 4228#. type: Plain text 4229#: deb-substvars.man 4230msgid "List of substitution variables and values." 4231msgstr "" 4232 4233#. type: Plain text 4234#: deb-substvars.man 4235msgid "" 4236"B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-genchanges>(1), B<dpkg-gencontrol>(1), " 4237"B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1), B<dpkg-source>(1)." 4238msgstr "" 4239 4240#. type: TH 4241#: deb-symbols.man 4242#, no-wrap 4243msgid "deb-symbols" 4244msgstr "" 4245 4246#. type: Plain text 4247#: deb-symbols.man 4248msgid "deb-symbols - Debian's extended shared library information file" 4249msgstr "" 4250 4251#. type: Plain text 4252#: deb-symbols.man 4253msgid "symbols" 4254msgstr "" 4255 4256#. type: Plain text 4257#: deb-symbols.man 4258msgid "" 4259"The symbol files are shipped in Debian binary packages, and its format is a " 4260"subset of the template symbol files used by B<dpkg-gensymbols>(1) in Debian " 4261"source packages." 4262msgstr "" 4263 4264#. type: Plain text 4265#: deb-symbols.man 4266msgid "" 4267"The format for an extended shared library dependency information entry in " 4268"these files is:" 4269msgstr "" 4270 4271#. type: Plain text 4272#: deb-symbols.man 4273msgid "I<library-soname main-dependency-template>" 4274msgstr "" 4275 4276#. type: Plain text 4277#: deb-symbols.man 4278msgid "[| I<alternative-dependency-template>]" 4279msgstr "" 4280 4281#. type: Plain text 4282#: deb-symbols.man 4283msgid "[...]" 4284msgstr "" 4285 4286#. type: Plain text 4287#: deb-symbols.man 4288msgid "[* I<field-name>: I<field-value>]" 4289msgstr "" 4290 4291#. type: Plain text 4292#: deb-symbols.man 4293#, no-wrap 4294msgid "" 4295"[...]\n" 4296" I<symbol> I<minimal-version> [I<id-of-dependency-template>]\n" 4297msgstr "" 4298 4299#. type: Plain text 4300#: deb-symbols.man 4301msgid "" 4302"The I<library-soname> is exactly the value of the SONAME field as exported " 4303"by B<objdump>(1). A I<dependency-template> is a dependency where I<#MINVER#> " 4304"is dynamically replaced either by a version check like “(E<gt>= " 4305"I<minimal-version>)” or by nothing (if an unversioned dependency is deemed " 4306"sufficient)." 4307msgstr "" 4308 4309#. type: Plain text 4310#: deb-symbols.man 4311msgid "" 4312"Each exported I<symbol> (listed as I<name>@I<version>, with I<version> being " 4313"“Base” if the library is not versioned) is associated to a " 4314"I<minimal-version> of its dependency template (the main dependency template " 4315"is always used and will end up being combined with the dependency template " 4316"referenced by I<id-of-dependency-template> if present). The first " 4317"alternative dependency template is numbered 1, the second one 2, etc." 4318msgstr "" 4319 4320#. type: Plain text 4321#: deb-symbols.man 4322msgid "" 4323"Each entry for a library can also have some fields of meta-information. " 4324"Those fields are stored on lines starting with an asterisk. Currently, the " 4325"only valid fields are:" 4326msgstr "" 4327 4328#. type: TP 4329#: deb-symbols.man 4330#, no-wrap 4331msgid "B<Build-Depends-Package>" 4332msgstr "" 4333 4334#. type: Plain text 4335#: deb-symbols.man 4336msgid "" 4337"It indicates the name of the “-dev” package associated to the library and is " 4338"used by B<dpkg-shlibdeps> to make sure that the dependency generated is at " 4339"least as strict as the corresponding build dependency (since dpkg 1.14.13)." 4340msgstr "" 4341 4342#. type: TP 4343#: deb-symbols.man 4344#, no-wrap 4345msgid "B<Ignore-Blacklist-Groups>" 4346msgstr "" 4347 4348#. type: Plain text 4349#: deb-symbols.man 4350msgid "" 4351"It indicates what blacklist groups should be ignored, as a whitespace " 4352"separated list, so that the symbols contained in those groups get included " 4353"in the output file (since dpkg 1.17.6). This should only be necessary for " 4354"toolchain packages providing those blacklisted symbols. The available groups " 4355"are system dependent, for ELF and GNU-based systems these are B<aeabi> and " 4356"B<gomp>." 4357msgstr "" 4358 4359#. type: SS 4360#: deb-symbols.man 4361#, no-wrap 4362msgid "Simple symbols file" 4363msgstr "" 4364 4365#. type: Plain text 4366#: deb-symbols.man 4367#, no-wrap 4368msgid "" 4369"libftp.so.3 libftp3 #MINVER#\n" 4370" DefaultNetbuf@Base 3.1-1-6\n" 4371" FtpAccess@Base 3.1-1-6\n" 4372" [...]\n" 4373msgstr "" 4374 4375#. type: SS 4376#: deb-symbols.man 4377#, no-wrap 4378msgid "Advanced symbols file" 4379msgstr "" 4380 4381#. type: Plain text 4382#: deb-symbols.man 4383msgid "libGL.so.1 libgl1" 4384msgstr "" 4385 4386#. type: Plain text 4387#: deb-symbols.man 4388msgid "| libgl1-mesa-glx #MINVER#" 4389msgstr "" 4390 4391#. type: Plain text 4392#: deb-symbols.man 4393#, no-wrap 4394msgid "" 4395"* Build-Depends-Package: libgl1-mesa-dev\n" 4396" publicGlSymbol@Base 6.3-1\n" 4397" [...]\n" 4398" implementationSpecificSymbol@Base 6.5.2-7 1\n" 4399" [...]\n" 4400msgstr "" 4401 4402#. type: Plain text 4403#: deb-symbols.man 4404msgid "B<https://wiki.debian.org/Projects/ImprovedDpkgShlibdeps>" 4405msgstr "" 4406 4407#. type: Plain text 4408#: deb-symbols.man 4409msgid "B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1), B<dpkg-gensymbols>(1)." 4410msgstr "" 4411 4412#. type: TH 4413#: deb-postinst.man 4414#, no-wrap 4415msgid "deb-postinst" 4416msgstr "" 4417 4418#. type: Plain text 4419#: deb-postinst.man 4420msgid "deb-postinst - package post-installation maintainer script" 4421msgstr "" 4422 4423#. type: Plain text 4424#: deb-postinst.man 4425msgid "postinst" 4426msgstr "" 4427 4428#. type: Plain text 4429#: deb-postinst.man 4430msgid "" 4431"A package can perform several post-installation actions via maintainer " 4432"scripts, by including an executable I<postinst> file in its control archive " 4433"(i.e. I<DEBIAN/postinst> during package creation)." 4434msgstr "" 4435 4436#. type: Plain text 4437#: deb-postinst.man deb-postrm.man deb-preinst.man deb-prerm.man 4438msgid "The script can be called in the following ways:" 4439msgstr "" 4440 4441#. type: TP 4442#: deb-postinst.man 4443#, no-wrap 4444msgid "I<postinst> B<configure> I<old-version>" 4445msgstr "" 4446 4447#. type: Plain text 4448#: deb-postinst.man 4449msgid "After the package was installed." 4450msgstr "" 4451 4452#. type: TP 4453#: deb-postinst.man 4454#, no-wrap 4455msgid "I<postinst> B<triggered> I<trigger-name...>" 4456msgstr "" 4457 4458#. type: Plain text 4459#: deb-postinst.man 4460msgid "After the package was triggered." 4461msgstr "" 4462 4463#. type: TP 4464#: deb-postinst.man 4465#, no-wrap 4466msgid "I<old-postinst> B<abort-upgrade> I<new-version>" 4467msgstr "" 4468 4469#. type: Plain text 4470#: deb-postinst.man 4471msgid "If I<prerm> fails during upgrade or fails on failed upgrade." 4472msgstr "" 4473 4474#. type: TP 4475#: deb-postinst.man 4476#, no-wrap 4477msgid "I<old-postinst> B<abort-remove>" 4478msgstr "" 4479 4480#. type: Plain text 4481#: deb-postinst.man 4482msgid "If I<prerm> fails during removal." 4483msgstr "" 4484 4485#. type: TP 4486#: deb-postinst.man 4487#, no-wrap 4488msgid "I<postinst> B<abort-deconfigure in-favour> I<new-package new-version>" 4489msgstr "" 4490 4491#. type: TQ 4492#: deb-postinst.man 4493#, no-wrap 4494msgid " [ B<removing> I<old-package old-version> ]" 4495msgstr "" 4496 4497#. type: Plain text 4498#: deb-postinst.man 4499msgid "If I<prerm> fails during deconfiguration of a package." 4500msgstr "" 4501 4502#. type: TP 4503#: deb-postinst.man 4504#, no-wrap 4505msgid "I<postinst> B<abort-remove in-favour> I<new-package new-version>" 4506msgstr "" 4507 4508#. type: Plain text 4509#: deb-postinst.man 4510msgid "If I<prerm> fails during replacement due to conflict." 4511msgstr "" 4512 4513#. type: Plain text 4514#: deb-postinst.man deb-postrm.man deb-preinst.man deb-prerm.man dpkg.cfg.man 4515#: dpkg-divert.man dpkg-query.man dpkg-statoverride.man 4516msgid "B<dpkg>(1)." 4517msgstr "" 4518 4519#. type: TH 4520#: deb-postrm.man 4521#, no-wrap 4522msgid "deb-postrm" 4523msgstr "" 4524 4525#. type: Plain text 4526#: deb-postrm.man 4527msgid "deb-postrm - package post-removal maintainer script" 4528msgstr "" 4529 4530#. type: Plain text 4531#: deb-postrm.man 4532msgid "postrm" 4533msgstr "" 4534 4535#. type: Plain text 4536#: deb-postrm.man 4537msgid "" 4538"A package can perform several post-removal actions via maintainer scripts, " 4539"by including an executable I<postrm> file in its control archive " 4540"(i.e. I<DEBIAN/postrm> during package creation)." 4541msgstr "" 4542 4543#. type: TP 4544#: deb-postrm.man 4545#, no-wrap 4546msgid "I<postrm> B<remove>" 4547msgstr "" 4548 4549#. type: Plain text 4550#: deb-postrm.man 4551msgid "After the package was removed." 4552msgstr "" 4553 4554#. type: TP 4555#: deb-postrm.man 4556#, no-wrap 4557msgid "I<postrm> B<purge>" 4558msgstr "" 4559 4560#. type: Plain text 4561#: deb-postrm.man 4562msgid "After the package was purged." 4563msgstr "" 4564 4565#. type: TP 4566#: deb-postrm.man 4567#, no-wrap 4568msgid "I<old-postrm> B<upgrade> I<new-version>" 4569msgstr "" 4570 4571#. type: Plain text 4572#: deb-postrm.man 4573msgid "After the package was upgraded." 4574msgstr "" 4575 4576#. type: TP 4577#: deb-postrm.man 4578#, no-wrap 4579msgid "I<new-postrm >B<failed-upgrade>I< old-version new-version>" 4580msgstr "" 4581 4582#. type: Plain text 4583#: deb-postrm.man 4584msgid "If the above B<upgrade> call fails." 4585msgstr "" 4586 4587#. type: TP 4588#: deb-postrm.man 4589#, no-wrap 4590msgid "I<postrm> B<disappear> I<overwriter-package> I<overwriter-version>" 4591msgstr "" 4592 4593#. type: Plain text 4594#: deb-postrm.man 4595msgid "After all of the packages files have been replaced." 4596msgstr "" 4597 4598#. type: TP 4599#: deb-postrm.man 4600#, no-wrap 4601msgid "I<new-postrm> B<abort-install>" 4602msgstr "" 4603 4604#. type: Plain text 4605#: deb-postrm.man 4606msgid "If I<preinst> fails during install." 4607msgstr "" 4608 4609#. type: TP 4610#: deb-postrm.man 4611#, no-wrap 4612msgid "I<new-postrm> B<abort-install> I<old-version new-version>" 4613msgstr "" 4614 4615#. type: Plain text 4616#: deb-postrm.man 4617msgid "If I<preinst> fails during upgrade of removed package." 4618msgstr "" 4619 4620#. type: TP 4621#: deb-postrm.man 4622#, no-wrap 4623msgid "I<new-postrm> B<abort-upgrade> I<old-version new-version>" 4624msgstr "" 4625 4626#. type: Plain text 4627#: deb-postrm.man 4628msgid "If I<preinst> fails during upgrade." 4629msgstr "" 4630 4631#. type: TH 4632#: deb-preinst.man 4633#, no-wrap 4634msgid "deb-preinst" 4635msgstr "" 4636 4637#. type: Plain text 4638#: deb-preinst.man 4639msgid "deb-preinst - package pre-installation maintainer script" 4640msgstr "" 4641 4642#. type: Plain text 4643#: deb-preinst.man 4644msgid "preinst" 4645msgstr "" 4646 4647#. type: Plain text 4648#: deb-preinst.man 4649msgid "" 4650"A package can perform several pre-installation actions via maintainer " 4651"scripts, by including an executable I<preinst> file in its control archive " 4652"(i.e. I<DEBIAN/preinst> during package creation)." 4653msgstr "" 4654 4655#. type: TP 4656#: deb-preinst.man 4657#, no-wrap 4658msgid "I<new-preinst> B<install>" 4659msgstr "" 4660 4661#. type: Plain text 4662#: deb-preinst.man 4663msgid "Before the package is installed." 4664msgstr "" 4665 4666#. type: TP 4667#: deb-preinst.man 4668#, no-wrap 4669msgid "I<new-preinst> B<install> I<old-version new-version>" 4670msgstr "" 4671 4672#. type: Plain text 4673#: deb-preinst.man 4674msgid "Before removed package is upgraded." 4675msgstr "" 4676 4677#. type: TP 4678#: deb-preinst.man 4679#, no-wrap 4680msgid "I<new-preinst> B<upgrade> I<old-version new-version>" 4681msgstr "" 4682 4683#. type: Plain text 4684#: deb-preinst.man 4685msgid "Before the package is upgraded." 4686msgstr "" 4687 4688#. type: TP 4689#: deb-preinst.man 4690#, no-wrap 4691msgid "I<old-preinst> B<abort-upgrade> I<new-version>" 4692msgstr "" 4693 4694#. type: Plain text 4695#: deb-preinst.man 4696msgid "If I<postrm> fails during upgrade or fails on failed upgrade." 4697msgstr "" 4698 4699#. type: TH 4700#: deb-prerm.man 4701#, no-wrap 4702msgid "deb-prerm" 4703msgstr "" 4704 4705#. type: Plain text 4706#: deb-prerm.man 4707msgid "deb-prerm - package pre-removal maintainer script" 4708msgstr "" 4709 4710#. type: Plain text 4711#: deb-prerm.man 4712msgid "prerm" 4713msgstr "" 4714 4715#. type: Plain text 4716#: deb-prerm.man 4717msgid "" 4718"A package can perform several pre-removal actions via maintainer scripts, by " 4719"including an executable I<prerm> file in its control archive " 4720"(i.e. I<DEBIAN/prerm> during package creation)." 4721msgstr "" 4722 4723#. type: TP 4724#: deb-prerm.man 4725#, no-wrap 4726msgid "I<prerm> B<remove>" 4727msgstr "" 4728 4729#. type: Plain text 4730#: deb-prerm.man 4731msgid "Before the package is removed." 4732msgstr "" 4733 4734#. type: TP 4735#: deb-prerm.man 4736#, no-wrap 4737msgid "I<old-prerm> B<upgrade> I<new-version>" 4738msgstr "" 4739 4740#. type: Plain text 4741#: deb-prerm.man 4742msgid "Before an upgrade." 4743msgstr "" 4744 4745#. type: TP 4746#: deb-prerm.man 4747#, no-wrap 4748msgid "I<new-prerm> B<failed-upgrade> I<old-version new-version>" 4749msgstr "" 4750 4751#. type: Plain text 4752#: deb-prerm.man 4753msgid "If the above B<upgrade> fails." 4754msgstr "" 4755 4756#. type: TP 4757#: deb-prerm.man 4758#, no-wrap 4759msgid "I<prerm> B<deconfigure in-favour> I<new-package new-version>" 4760msgstr "" 4761 4762#. type: TQ 4763#: deb-prerm.man 4764#, no-wrap 4765msgid " [ B<removing> I<old-package old-version> ]" 4766msgstr "" 4767 4768#. type: Plain text 4769#: deb-prerm.man 4770msgid "Before package is deconfigured while dependency is replaced due to conflict." 4771msgstr "" 4772 4773#. type: TP 4774#: deb-prerm.man 4775#, no-wrap 4776msgid "I<prerm> B<remove in-favour> I<new-package new-version>" 4777msgstr "" 4778 4779#. type: Plain text 4780#: deb-prerm.man 4781msgid "Before the package is replaced due to conflict." 4782msgstr "" 4783 4784#. type: TH 4785#: deb-triggers.man 4786#, no-wrap 4787msgid "deb-triggers" 4788msgstr "" 4789 4790#. type: Plain text 4791#: deb-triggers.man 4792msgid "deb-triggers - package triggers" 4793msgstr "" 4794 4795#. type: Plain text 4796#: deb-triggers.man 4797msgid "triggers" 4798msgstr "" 4799 4800#. type: Plain text 4801#: deb-triggers.man 4802msgid "" 4803"A package declares its relationship to some trigger(s) by including a " 4804"I<triggers> file in its control archive (i.e. I<DEBIAN/triggers> during " 4805"package creation)." 4806msgstr "" 4807 4808#. type: Plain text 4809#: deb-triggers.man 4810msgid "" 4811"This file contains directives, one per line. Leading and trailing whitespace " 4812"and everything after the first B<#> on any line will be trimmed, and empty " 4813"lines will be ignored." 4814msgstr "" 4815 4816#. type: Plain text 4817#: deb-triggers.man 4818msgid "The trigger control directives currently supported are:" 4819msgstr "" 4820 4821#. type: TP 4822#: deb-triggers.man 4823#, no-wrap 4824msgid "B<interest> I<trigger-name>" 4825msgstr "" 4826 4827#. type: TQ 4828#: deb-triggers.man 4829#, no-wrap 4830msgid "B<interest-await> I<trigger-name>" 4831msgstr "" 4832 4833#. type: TQ 4834#: deb-triggers.man 4835#, no-wrap 4836msgid "B<interest-noawait> I<trigger-name>" 4837msgstr "" 4838 4839#. type: Plain text 4840#: deb-triggers.man 4841msgid "" 4842"Specifies that the package is interested in the named trigger. All triggers " 4843"in which a package is interested must be listed using this directive in the " 4844"triggers control file." 4845msgstr "" 4846 4847#. type: Plain text 4848#: deb-triggers.man 4849msgid "" 4850"The “await” variants put the triggering package in triggers-awaited state " 4851"depending on how the trigger was activated. The “noawait” variant does not " 4852"put the triggering packages in triggers-awaited state, even if the " 4853"triggering package declared an “await” activation (either with an " 4854"B<activate-await> or B<activate> directive, or by using the B<dpkg-trigger> " 4855"B<--no-await> command-line option). The “noawait” variant should be used " 4856"when the functionality provided by the trigger is not crucial." 4857msgstr "" 4858 4859#. type: TP 4860#: deb-triggers.man 4861#, no-wrap 4862msgid "B<activate> I<trigger-name>" 4863msgstr "" 4864 4865#. type: TQ 4866#: deb-triggers.man 4867#, no-wrap 4868msgid "B<activate-await> I<trigger-name>" 4869msgstr "" 4870 4871#. type: TQ 4872#: deb-triggers.man 4873#, no-wrap 4874msgid "B<activate-noawait> I<trigger-name>" 4875msgstr "" 4876 4877#. type: Plain text 4878#: deb-triggers.man 4879msgid "" 4880"Arranges that changes to this package's state will activate the specified " 4881"trigger. The trigger will be activated at the start of the following " 4882"operations: unpack, configure, remove (including for the benefit of a " 4883"conflicting package), purge and deconfigure." 4884msgstr "" 4885 4886#. type: Plain text 4887#: deb-triggers.man 4888msgid "" 4889"The “await” variants only put the triggering package in triggers-awaited " 4890"state if the interest directive is also “await”. The “noawait” variant " 4891"never puts the triggering packages in triggers-awaited state. The “noawait” " 4892"variant should be used when the functionality provided by the trigger is not " 4893"crucial." 4894msgstr "" 4895 4896#. type: Plain text 4897#: deb-triggers.man 4898msgid "" 4899"If this package disappears during the unpacking of another package the " 4900"trigger will be activated when the disappearance is noted towards the end of " 4901"the unpack. Trigger processing, and transition from triggers-awaited to " 4902"installed, does not cause activations. In the case of unpack, triggers " 4903"mentioned in both the old and new versions of the package will be activated." 4904msgstr "" 4905 4906#. type: Plain text 4907#: deb-triggers.man 4908msgid "" 4909"Unknown directives are an error which will prevent installation of the " 4910"package." 4911msgstr "" 4912 4913#. type: Plain text 4914#: deb-triggers.man 4915msgid "" 4916"The “-noawait” variants should always be favored when possible since " 4917"triggering packages are not put in triggers-awaited state and can thus be " 4918"immediately configured without requiring the processing of the trigger. If " 4919"the triggering packages are dependencies of other upgraded packages, it will " 4920"avoid an early trigger processing run and make it possible to run the " 4921"trigger only once as one of the last steps of the upgrade." 4922msgstr "" 4923 4924#. type: Plain text 4925#: deb-triggers.man 4926msgid "" 4927"The “-noawait” variants are supported since dpkg 1.16.1, and will lead to " 4928"errors if used with an older dpkg." 4929msgstr "" 4930 4931#. type: Plain text 4932#: deb-triggers.man 4933msgid "" 4934"The “-await” alias variants are supported since dpkg 1.17.21, and will lead " 4935"to errors if used with an older dpkg." 4936msgstr "" 4937 4938#. type: Plain text 4939#: deb-triggers.man 4940msgid "" 4941"When a package provides an B<interest-noawait> directive, any activation " 4942"will set the triggering package into “noawait” mode, regardless of the " 4943"awaiting mode requested by the activation (either “await” or “noawait”). " 4944"When a package provides an B<interest> or B<interest-await> directive, any " 4945"activation will set the triggering package into “await” or “noawait“ " 4946"depending on how it was activated." 4947msgstr "" 4948 4949#. FIXME: Unhardcode the pathname, and use dpkg instead of dpkg-dev. 4950#. type: Plain text 4951#: deb-triggers.man 4952msgid "B<dpkg-trigger>(1), B<dpkg>(1), B</usr/share/doc/dpkg-dev/triggers.txt.gz>." 4953msgstr "" 4954 4955#. type: TH 4956#: dsc.man 4957#, no-wrap 4958msgid "dsc" 4959msgstr "" 4960 4961#. type: Plain text 4962#: dsc.man 4963msgid "dsc - Debian source packages' control file format" 4964msgstr "" 4965 4966#. type: Plain text 4967#: dsc.man 4968msgid "I<filename>B<.dsc>" 4969msgstr "" 4970 4971#. type: Plain text 4972#: dsc.man 4973msgid "" 4974"Each Debian source package is composed of a .dsc control file, which " 4975"contains a number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such as " 4976"B<Source> or B<Binary> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body " 4977"of the field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, " 4978"field text may be multiple lines in length, but the installation tools will " 4979"generally join lines when processing the body of the field (except in case " 4980"of the multiline fields B<Package-List>, B<Files>, B<Checksums-Sha1> and " 4981"B<Checksums-Sha256>, see below)." 4982msgstr "" 4983 4984#. type: Plain text 4985#: dsc.man 4986msgid "" 4987"The value of this field declares the format version of the source package. " 4988"The field value is used by programs acting on a source package to interpret " 4989"the list of files in the source package and determine how to unpack it. The " 4990"syntax of the field value is a numeric major revision (“0-9”), a period " 4991"(“.”), a numeric minor revision (“0-9”), and then an optional subtype after " 4992"whitespace (“\\ \\et”), which if specified is a lowercase alphanumeric " 4993"(“a-z0-9”) word in parentheses (“()”). The subtype is optional in the " 4994"syntax but may be mandatory for particular source format revisions." 4995msgstr "" 4996 4997#. type: Plain text 4998#: dsc.man 4999msgid "" 5000"The source formats currently supported by B<dpkg> are B<1.0>, B<2.0>, B<3.0 " 5001"(native)>, B<3.0 (quilt)>, B<3.0 (git)>, B<3.0 (bzr)> and B<3.0 (custom)>. " 5002"See B<dpkg-source>(1) for their description." 5003msgstr "" 5004 5005#. type: TP 5006#: dsc.man 5007#, no-wrap 5008msgid "B<Source:> I<source-name> (required)" 5009msgstr "" 5010 5011#. type: TP 5012#: dsc.man 5013#, no-wrap 5014msgid "B<Binary:>I< binary-package-list>" 5015msgstr "" 5016 5017#. type: Plain text 5018#: dsc.man 5019msgid "" 5020"This folded field lists binary packages which this source package can " 5021"produce, separated by commas." 5022msgstr "" 5023 5024#. type: Plain text 5025#: dsc.man 5026msgid "" 5027"This field has now been superseded by the B<Package-List> field, which gives " 5028"enough information about what binary packages are produced on which " 5029"architecture, build-profile and other involved restrictions." 5030msgstr "" 5031 5032#. type: TP 5033#: dsc.man 5034#, no-wrap 5035msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch-list> (recommended)" 5036msgstr "" 5037 5038#. type: Plain text 5039#: dsc.man 5040msgid "" 5041"A list of architectures and architecture wildcards separated by spaces which " 5042"specify the type of hardware this package can be compiled for. Common " 5043"architecture names and architecture wildcards are B<amd64>, B<armel>, " 5044"B<i386>, B<linux-any>, B<any-amd64>, etc." 5045msgstr "" 5046 5047#. type: Plain text 5048#: dsc.man 5049msgid "" 5050"Note that the B<all> value is meant for packages that are architecture " 5051"independent, and B<any> for packages that are architecture dependent. The " 5052"list may include (or consist solely of) the special value B<all>. When the " 5053"list contains the architecture wildcard B<any>, the only other value allowed " 5054"in the list is B<all>." 5055msgstr "" 5056 5057#. type: Plain text 5058#: dsc.man 5059msgid "" 5060"The field value is generally generated from B<Architecture> fields from in " 5061"the I<debian/control> in the source package." 5062msgstr "" 5063 5064#. type: TP 5065#: dsc.man 5066#, no-wrap 5067msgid "B<Uploaders:>I< fullname-email-list>" 5068msgstr "" 5069 5070#. type: TP 5071#: dsc.man 5072#, no-wrap 5073msgid "B<Standards-Version:> I<version-string> (recommended)" 5074msgstr "" 5075 5076#. type: Plain text 5077#: dsc.man 5078msgid "" 5079"The I<url> of a web interface to browse the Version Control System " 5080"repository." 5081msgstr "" 5082 5083#. type: Plain text 5084#: dsc.man 5085msgid "" 5086"These fields declare the I<url> of the Version Control System repository " 5087"used to maintain this package. See B<deb-src-control>(5) for more details." 5088msgstr "" 5089 5090#. type: Plain text 5091#: dsc.man 5092msgid "" 5093"This field declares that the source package contains the specified test " 5094"suites. The value is a comma-separated list of test suites. If the " 5095"B<autopkgtest> value is present, a I<debian/tests/control> is expected to be " 5096"present, if the file is present but not the value, then B<dpkg-source> will " 5097"automatically add it, preserving previous values." 5098msgstr "" 5099 5100#. type: Plain text 5101#: dsc.man 5102msgid "" 5103"This field declares the comma-separated union of all test dependencies " 5104"(B<Depends> fields in I<debian/tests/control> file), with all restrictions " 5105"removed, and OR dependencies flattened (that is, converted to separate AND " 5106"relationships), except for binaries generated by this source package and its " 5107"meta-dependency equivalent B<@>." 5108msgstr "" 5109 5110#. type: Plain text 5111#: dsc.man 5112msgid "" 5113"Rationale: this field is needed because otherwise to be able to get the test " 5114"dependencies, each source package would need to be unpacked." 5115msgstr "" 5116 5117#. type: Plain text 5118#: dsc.man 5119msgid "" 5120"These fields declare relationships between the source package and packages " 5121"used to build it. They are discussed in the B<deb-src-control>(5) manpage." 5122msgstr "" 5123 5124#. type: TP 5125#: dsc.man 5126#, no-wrap 5127msgid "B<Package-List:>" 5128msgstr "" 5129 5130#. type: TQ 5131#: dsc.man 5132#, no-wrap 5133msgid " I<package> I<package-type> I<section> I<priority> I<key-value-list>" 5134msgstr "" 5135 5136#. type: Plain text 5137#: dsc.man 5138msgid "" 5139"This multiline field contains a list of binary packages generated by this " 5140"source package." 5141msgstr "" 5142 5143#. type: Plain text 5144#: dsc.man 5145msgid "The I<package> is the binary package name." 5146msgstr "" 5147 5148#. type: Plain text 5149#: dsc.man 5150msgid "" 5151"The I<package-type> is the binary package type, usually B<deb>, another " 5152"common value is B<udeb>." 5153msgstr "" 5154 5155#. type: Plain text 5156#: dsc.man 5157msgid "" 5158"The I<section> and I<priority> match the binary package fields of the same " 5159"name." 5160msgstr "" 5161 5162#. type: Plain text 5163#: dsc.man 5164msgid "" 5165"The I<key-value-list> is a space separated I<key>B<=>I<value> list, and the " 5166"currently known optional keys are:" 5167msgstr "" 5168 5169#. type: TP 5170#: dsc.man 5171#, no-wrap 5172msgid "B<arch>" 5173msgstr "" 5174 5175#. type: Plain text 5176#: dsc.man 5177msgid "" 5178"The architecture restriction from the binary package B<Architecture> field, " 5179"with spaces converted to ‘,’." 5180msgstr "" 5181 5182#. type: TP 5183#: dsc.man 5184#, no-wrap 5185msgid "B<profile>" 5186msgstr "" 5187 5188#. type: Plain text 5189#: dsc.man 5190msgid "" 5191"The normalized build-profile restriction formula from the binary package " 5192"B<Build-Profile> field, with ORs converted to ‘+’ and ANDs to ‘,’." 5193msgstr "" 5194 5195#. type: TP 5196#: dsc.man 5197#, no-wrap 5198msgid "B<essential>" 5199msgstr "" 5200 5201#. type: Plain text 5202#: dsc.man 5203msgid "" 5204"If the binary package is essential, this key will contain the value of the " 5205"B<Essential> field, that is a B<yes> value." 5206msgstr "" 5207 5208#. type: Plain text 5209#: dsc.man 5210msgid "" 5211"These multiline fields contain a list of files with a checksum and size for " 5212"each one. These fields have the same syntax and differ only in the checksum " 5213"algorithm used: MD5 for B<Files>, SHA-1 for B<Checksums-Sha1> and SHA-256 " 5214"for B<Checksums-Sha256>." 5215msgstr "" 5216 5217#. type: Plain text 5218#: dsc.man 5219msgid "" 5220"The first line of the field value (the part on the same line as the field " 5221"name followed by a colon) is always empty. The content of the field is " 5222"expressed as continuation lines, one line per file. Each line consists of " 5223"the checksum, a space, the file size, a space, and the file name." 5224msgstr "" 5225 5226#. type: Plain text 5227#: dsc.man 5228msgid "" 5229"These fields list all files that make up the source package. The list of " 5230"files in these fields must match the list of files in the other related " 5231"fields." 5232msgstr "" 5233 5234#. type: Plain text 5235#: dsc.man 5236msgid "" 5237"The B<Format> field conflates the format for the B<.dsc> file itself and the " 5238"format of the extracted source package." 5239msgstr "" 5240 5241#. type: Plain text 5242#: dsc.man 5243msgid "B<deb-src-control>(5), B<deb-version>(7), B<dpkg-source>(1)." 5244msgstr "" 5245 5246#. type: TH 5247#: dpkg.man 5248#, no-wrap 5249msgid "dpkg" 5250msgstr "" 5251 5252#. type: Plain text 5253#: dpkg.man 5254msgid "dpkg - package manager for Debian" 5255msgstr "" 5256 5257#. type: Plain text 5258#: dpkg.man 5259msgid "B<dpkg> [I<option>...] I<action>" 5260msgstr "" 5261 5262#. type: SH 5263#: dpkg.man 5264#, no-wrap 5265msgid "WARNING" 5266msgstr "" 5267 5268#. type: Plain text 5269#: dpkg.man 5270msgid "" 5271"This manual is intended for users wishing to understand B<dpkg>'s command " 5272"line options and package states in more detail than that provided by B<dpkg " 5273"--help>." 5274msgstr "" 5275 5276#. type: Plain text 5277#: dpkg.man 5278msgid "" 5279"It should I<not> be used by package maintainers wishing to understand how " 5280"B<dpkg> will install their packages. The descriptions of what B<dpkg> does " 5281"when installing and removing packages are particularly inadequate." 5282msgstr "" 5283 5284#. type: Plain text 5285#: dpkg.man 5286msgid "" 5287"B<dpkg> is a tool to install, build, remove and manage Debian packages. The " 5288"primary and more user-friendly front-end for B<dpkg> is " 5289"B<aptitude>(1). B<dpkg> itself is controlled entirely via command line " 5290"parameters, which consist of exactly one action and zero or more " 5291"options. The action-parameter tells B<dpkg> what to do and options control " 5292"the behavior of the action in some way." 5293msgstr "" 5294 5295#. type: Plain text 5296#: dpkg.man 5297msgid "" 5298"B<dpkg> can also be used as a front-end to B<dpkg-deb>(1) and " 5299"B<dpkg-query>(1). The list of supported actions can be found later on in the " 5300"B<ACTIONS> section. If any such action is encountered B<dpkg> just runs " 5301"B<dpkg-deb> or B<dpkg-query> with the parameters given to it, but no " 5302"specific options are currently passed to them, to use any such option the " 5303"back-ends need to be called directly." 5304msgstr "" 5305 5306#. type: SH 5307#: dpkg.man 5308#, no-wrap 5309msgid "INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES" 5310msgstr "" 5311 5312#. type: Plain text 5313#: dpkg.man 5314msgid "" 5315"B<dpkg> maintains some usable information about available packages. The " 5316"information is divided in three classes: B<states>, B<selection states> and " 5317"B<flags>. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B<dselect>." 5318msgstr "" 5319 5320#. type: SS 5321#: dpkg.man 5322#, no-wrap 5323msgid "Package states" 5324msgstr "" 5325 5326#. type: TP 5327#: dpkg.man 5328#, no-wrap 5329msgid "B<not-installed>" 5330msgstr "" 5331 5332#. type: Plain text 5333#: dpkg.man 5334msgid "The package is not installed on your system." 5335msgstr "" 5336 5337#. type: TP 5338#: dpkg.man 5339#, no-wrap 5340msgid "B<config-files>" 5341msgstr "" 5342 5343#. type: Plain text 5344#: dpkg.man 5345msgid "Only the configuration files of the package exist on the system." 5346msgstr "" 5347 5348#. type: TP 5349#: dpkg.man 5350#, no-wrap 5351msgid "B<half-installed>" 5352msgstr "" 5353 5354#. type: Plain text 5355#: dpkg.man 5356msgid "" 5357"The installation of the package has been started, but not completed for some " 5358"reason." 5359msgstr "" 5360 5361#. type: TP 5362#: dpkg.man 5363#, no-wrap 5364msgid "B<unpacked>" 5365msgstr "" 5366 5367#. type: Plain text 5368#: dpkg.man 5369msgid "The package is unpacked, but not configured." 5370msgstr "" 5371 5372#. type: TP 5373#: dpkg.man 5374#, no-wrap 5375msgid "B<half-configured>" 5376msgstr "" 5377 5378#. type: Plain text 5379#: dpkg.man 5380msgid "" 5381"The package is unpacked and configuration has been started, but not yet " 5382"completed for some reason." 5383msgstr "" 5384 5385#. type: TP 5386#: dpkg.man 5387#, no-wrap 5388msgid "B<triggers-awaited>" 5389msgstr "" 5390 5391#. type: Plain text 5392#: dpkg.man 5393msgid "The package awaits trigger processing by another package." 5394msgstr "" 5395 5396#. type: TP 5397#: dpkg.man 5398#, no-wrap 5399msgid "B<triggers-pending>" 5400msgstr "" 5401 5402#. type: Plain text 5403#: dpkg.man 5404msgid "The package has been triggered." 5405msgstr "" 5406 5407#. type: TP 5408#: dpkg.man 5409#, no-wrap 5410msgid "B<installed>" 5411msgstr "" 5412 5413#. type: Plain text 5414#: dpkg.man 5415msgid "The package is correctly unpacked and configured." 5416msgstr "" 5417 5418#. type: SS 5419#: dpkg.man 5420#, no-wrap 5421msgid "Package selection states" 5422msgstr "" 5423 5424#. type: TP 5425#: dpkg.man 5426#, no-wrap 5427msgid "B<install>" 5428msgstr "" 5429 5430#. type: Plain text 5431#: dpkg.man 5432msgid "The package is selected for installation." 5433msgstr "" 5434 5435#. type: TP 5436#: dpkg.man 5437#, no-wrap 5438msgid "B<hold>" 5439msgstr "" 5440 5441#. type: Plain text 5442#: dpkg.man 5443msgid "" 5444"A package marked to be on B<hold> is not handled by B<dpkg>, unless forced " 5445"to do that with option B<--force-hold>." 5446msgstr "" 5447 5448#. type: TP 5449#: dpkg.man 5450#, no-wrap 5451msgid "B<deinstall>" 5452msgstr "" 5453 5454#. type: Plain text 5455#: dpkg.man 5456msgid "" 5457"The package is selected for deinstallation (i.e. we want to remove all " 5458"files, except configuration files)." 5459msgstr "" 5460 5461#. type: TP 5462#: dpkg.man 5463#, no-wrap 5464msgid "B<purge>" 5465msgstr "" 5466 5467#. type: Plain text 5468#: dpkg.man 5469msgid "" 5470"The package is selected to be purged (i.e. we want to remove everything from " 5471"system directories, even configuration files)." 5472msgstr "" 5473 5474#. type: TP 5475#: dpkg.man 5476#, no-wrap 5477msgid "B<unknown>" 5478msgstr "" 5479 5480#. type: Plain text 5481#: dpkg.man 5482msgid "" 5483"The package selection is unknown. A package that is also in a " 5484"B<not-installed> state, and with an B<ok> flag will be forgotten in the next " 5485"database store." 5486msgstr "" 5487 5488#. type: SS 5489#: dpkg.man 5490#, no-wrap 5491msgid "Package flags" 5492msgstr "" 5493 5494#. type: TP 5495#: dpkg.man 5496#, no-wrap 5497msgid "B<ok>" 5498msgstr "" 5499 5500#. type: Plain text 5501#: dpkg.man 5502msgid "" 5503"A package marked B<ok> is in a known state, but might need further " 5504"processing." 5505msgstr "" 5506 5507#. type: TP 5508#: dpkg.man 5509#, no-wrap 5510msgid "B<reinstreq>" 5511msgstr "" 5512 5513#. type: Plain text 5514#: dpkg.man 5515msgid "" 5516"A package marked B<reinstreq> is broken and requires reinstallation. These " 5517"packages cannot be removed, unless forced with option " 5518"B<--force-remove-reinstreq>." 5519msgstr "" 5520 5521#. type: SH 5522#: dpkg.man 5523#, no-wrap 5524msgid "ACTIONS" 5525msgstr "" 5526 5527#. type: TP 5528#: dpkg.man 5529#, no-wrap 5530msgid "B<-i>, B<--install> I<package-file>..." 5531msgstr "" 5532 5533#. type: Plain text 5534#: dpkg.man 5535msgid "" 5536"Install the package. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> option is specified, " 5537"I<package-file> must refer to a directory instead." 5538msgstr "" 5539 5540#. type: Plain text 5541#: dpkg.man 5542msgid "Installation consists of the following steps:" 5543msgstr "" 5544 5545#. type: Plain text 5546#: dpkg.man 5547msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package." 5548msgstr "" 5549 5550#. type: Plain text 5551#: dpkg.man 5552msgid "" 5553"B<2.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " 5554"installation, execute I<prerm> script of the old package." 5555msgstr "" 5556 5557#. type: Plain text 5558#: dpkg.man 5559msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package." 5560msgstr "" 5561 5562#. type: Plain text 5563#: dpkg.man 5564msgid "" 5565"B<4.> Unpack the new files, and at the same time back up the old files, so " 5566"that if something goes wrong, they can be restored." 5567msgstr "" 5568 5569#. type: Plain text 5570#: dpkg.man 5571msgid "" 5572"B<5.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " 5573"installation, execute the I<postrm> script of the old package. Note that " 5574"this script is executed after the I<preinst> script of the new package, " 5575"because new files are written at the same time old files are removed." 5576msgstr "" 5577 5578#. type: Plain text 5579#: dpkg.man 5580msgid "" 5581"B<6.> Configure the package. See B<--configure> for detailed information " 5582"about how this is done." 5583msgstr "" 5584 5585#. type: TP 5586#: dpkg.man 5587#, no-wrap 5588msgid "B<--unpack >I<package-file>..." 5589msgstr "" 5590 5591#. type: Plain text 5592#: dpkg.man 5593msgid "" 5594"Unpack the package, but don't configure it. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " 5595"option is specified, I<package-file> must refer to a directory instead." 5596msgstr "" 5597 5598#. type: TP 5599#: dpkg.man 5600#, no-wrap 5601msgid "B<--configure >I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>" 5602msgstr "" 5603 5604#. type: Plain text 5605#: dpkg.man 5606msgid "" 5607"Configure a package which has been unpacked but not yet configured. If " 5608"B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of I<package>, all unpacked but " 5609"unconfigured packages are configured." 5610msgstr "" 5611 5612#. type: Plain text 5613#: dpkg.man 5614msgid "" 5615"To reconfigure a package which has already been configured, try the " 5616"B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8) command instead." 5617msgstr "" 5618 5619#. type: Plain text 5620#: dpkg.man 5621msgid "Configuring consists of the following steps:" 5622msgstr "" 5623 5624#. type: Plain text 5625#: dpkg.man 5626msgid "" 5627"B<1.> Unpack the conffiles, and at the same time back up the old conffiles, " 5628"so that they can be restored if something goes wrong." 5629msgstr "" 5630 5631#. type: Plain text 5632#: dpkg.man 5633msgid "B<2.> Run I<postinst> script, if provided by the package." 5634msgstr "" 5635 5636#. type: TP 5637#: dpkg.man 5638#, no-wrap 5639msgid "B<--triggers-only> I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>" 5640msgstr "" 5641 5642#. type: Plain text 5643#: dpkg.man 5644msgid "" 5645"Processes only triggers (since dpkg 1.14.17). All pending triggers will be " 5646"processed. If package names are supplied only those packages' triggers will " 5647"be processed, exactly once each where necessary. Use of this option may " 5648"leave packages in the improper B<triggers-awaited> and B<triggers-pending> " 5649"states. This can be fixed later by running: B<dpkg --configure --pending>." 5650msgstr "" 5651 5652#. type: TP 5653#: dpkg.man 5654#, no-wrap 5655msgid "B<-r>, B<--remove> I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>" 5656msgstr "" 5657 5658#. type: Plain text 5659#: dpkg.man 5660msgid "" 5661"Remove an installed package. This removes everything except conffiles and " 5662"other data cleaned up by the I<postrm> script, which may avoid having to " 5663"reconfigure the package if it is reinstalled later (conffiles are " 5664"configuration files that are listed in the I<DEBIAN/conffiles> control " 5665"file). If there is no I<DEBIAN/conffiles> control file nor I<DEBIAN/postrm> " 5666"script, this command is equivalent to calling B<--purge>. If B<-a> or " 5667"B<--pending> is given instead of a package name, then all packages unpacked, " 5668"but marked to be removed in file I<%ADMINDIR%/status>, are removed." 5669msgstr "" 5670 5671#. type: Plain text 5672#: dpkg.man 5673msgid "Removing of a package consists of the following steps:" 5674msgstr "" 5675 5676#. type: Plain text 5677#: dpkg.man 5678msgid "B<1.> Run I<prerm> script" 5679msgstr "" 5680 5681#. type: Plain text 5682#: dpkg.man 5683msgid "B<2.> Remove the installed files" 5684msgstr "" 5685 5686#. type: Plain text 5687#: dpkg.man 5688msgid "B<3.> Run I<postrm> script" 5689msgstr "" 5690 5691#. type: TP 5692#: dpkg.man 5693#, no-wrap 5694msgid "B<-P>, B<--purge> I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>" 5695msgstr "" 5696 5697#. type: Plain text 5698#: dpkg.man 5699msgid "" 5700"Purge an installed or already removed package. This removes everything, " 5701"including conffiles, and anything else cleaned up from I<postrm>. If B<-a> " 5702"or B<--pending> is given instead of a package name, then all packages " 5703"unpacked or removed, but marked to be purged in file I<%ADMINDIR%/status>, " 5704"are purged." 5705msgstr "" 5706 5707#. type: Plain text 5708#: dpkg.man 5709msgid "" 5710"Note: some configuration files might be unknown to B<dpkg> because they are " 5711"created and handled separately through the configuration scripts. In that " 5712"case, B<dpkg> won't remove them by itself, but the package's I<postrm> " 5713"script (which is called by B<dpkg>), has to take care of their removal " 5714"during purge. Of course, this only applies to files in system directories, " 5715"not configuration files written to individual users' home directories." 5716msgstr "" 5717 5718#. type: Plain text 5719#: dpkg.man 5720msgid "Purging of a package consists of the following steps:" 5721msgstr "" 5722 5723#. type: Plain text 5724#: dpkg.man 5725msgid "" 5726"B<1.> Remove the package, if not already removed. See B<--remove> for " 5727"detailed information about how this is done." 5728msgstr "" 5729 5730#. type: Plain text 5731#: dpkg.man 5732msgid "B<2.> Run I<postrm> script." 5733msgstr "" 5734 5735#. type: TP 5736#: dpkg.man 5737#, no-wrap 5738msgid "B<-V>, B<--verify> [I<package-name>...]" 5739msgstr "" 5740 5741#. type: Plain text 5742#: dpkg.man 5743msgid "" 5744"Verifies the integrity of I<package-name> or all packages if omitted, by " 5745"comparing information from the files installed by a package with the files " 5746"metadata information stored in the B<dpkg> database (since dpkg 1.17.2). " 5747"The origin of the files metadata information in the database is the binary " 5748"packages themselves. That metadata gets collected at package unpack time " 5749"during the installation process." 5750msgstr "" 5751 5752#. type: Plain text 5753#: dpkg.man 5754msgid "" 5755"Currently the only functional check performed is an md5sum verification of " 5756"the file contents against the stored value in the files database. It will " 5757"only get checked if the database contains the file md5sum. To check for any " 5758"missing metadata in the database, the B<--audit> command can be used." 5759msgstr "" 5760 5761#. type: Plain text 5762#: dpkg.man 5763msgid "" 5764"The output format is selectable with the B<--verify-format> option, which by " 5765"default uses the B<rpm> format, but that might change in the future, and as " 5766"such, programs parsing this command output should be explicit about the " 5767"format they expect." 5768msgstr "" 5769 5770#. type: TP 5771#: dpkg.man 5772#, no-wrap 5773msgid "B<-C>, B<--audit> [I<package-name>...]" 5774msgstr "" 5775 5776#. type: Plain text 5777#: dpkg.man 5778msgid "" 5779"Performs database sanity and consistency checks for I<package-name> or all " 5780"packages if omitted (per package checks since dpkg 1.17.10). For example, " 5781"searches for packages that have been installed only partially on your system " 5782"or that have missing, wrong or obsolete control data or files. B<dpkg> will " 5783"suggest what to do with them to get them fixed." 5784msgstr "" 5785 5786#. type: TP 5787#: dpkg.man 5788#, no-wrap 5789msgid "B<--update-avail> [I<Packages-file>]" 5790msgstr "" 5791 5792#. type: TQ 5793#: dpkg.man 5794#, no-wrap 5795msgid "B<--merge-avail> [I<Packages-file>]" 5796msgstr "" 5797 5798#. type: Plain text 5799#: dpkg.man 5800msgid "" 5801"Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. With " 5802"action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information from " 5803"I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is replaced " 5804"with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The I<Packages-file> " 5805"distributed with Debian is simply named «I<Packages>». If the " 5806"I<Packages-file> argument is missing or named «B<->» then it will be read " 5807"from standard input (since dpkg 1.17.7). B<dpkg> keeps its record of " 5808"available packages in I<%ADMINDIR%/available>." 5809msgstr "" 5810 5811#. type: Plain text 5812#: dpkg.man 5813msgid "" 5814"A simpler one-shot command to retrieve and update the I<available> file is " 5815"B<dselect update>. Note that this file is mostly useless if you don't use " 5816"B<dselect> but an APT-based frontend: APT has its own system to keep track " 5817"of available packages." 5818msgstr "" 5819 5820#. type: TP 5821#: dpkg.man 5822#, no-wrap 5823msgid "B<-A>, B<--record-avail> I<package-file>..." 5824msgstr "" 5825 5826#. type: Plain text 5827#: dpkg.man 5828msgid "" 5829"Update B<dpkg> and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available with " 5830"information from the package I<package-file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " 5831"option is specified, I<package-file> must refer to a directory instead." 5832msgstr "" 5833 5834#. type: TP 5835#: dpkg.man 5836#, no-wrap 5837msgid "B<--forget-old-unavail>" 5838msgstr "" 5839 5840#. type: Plain text 5841#: dpkg.man 5842msgid "" 5843"Now B<obsolete> and a no-op as B<dpkg> will automatically forget uninstalled " 5844"unavailable packages (since dpkg 1.15.4), but only those that do not contain " 5845"user information such as package selections." 5846msgstr "" 5847 5848#. type: TP 5849#: dpkg.man 5850#, no-wrap 5851msgid "B<--clear-avail>" 5852msgstr "" 5853 5854#. type: Plain text 5855#: dpkg.man 5856msgid "Erase the existing information about what packages are available." 5857msgstr "" 5858 5859#. type: TP 5860#: dpkg.man 5861#, no-wrap 5862msgid "B<--get-selections> [I<package-name-pattern>...]" 5863msgstr "" 5864 5865#. type: Plain text 5866#: dpkg.man 5867msgid "" 5868"Get list of package selections, and write it to stdout. Without a pattern, " 5869"non-installed packages (i.e. those which have been previously purged) will " 5870"not be shown." 5871msgstr "" 5872 5873#. type: TP 5874#: dpkg.man update-alternatives.man 5875#, no-wrap 5876msgid "B<--set-selections>" 5877msgstr "" 5878 5879#. type: Plain text 5880#: dpkg.man 5881msgid "" 5882"Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in " 5883"the format “I<package> I<state>”, where state is one of B<install>, B<hold>, " 5884"B<deinstall> or B<purge>. Blank lines and comment lines beginning with " 5885"‘B<#>’ are also permitted." 5886msgstr "" 5887 5888#. type: Plain text 5889#: dpkg.man 5890msgid "" 5891"The I<available> file needs to be up-to-date for this command to be useful, " 5892"otherwise unknown packages will be ignored with a warning. See the " 5893"B<--update-avail> and B<--merge-avail> commands for more information." 5894msgstr "" 5895 5896#. type: TP 5897#: dpkg.man 5898#, no-wrap 5899msgid "B<--clear-selections>" 5900msgstr "" 5901 5902#. type: Plain text 5903#: dpkg.man 5904msgid "" 5905"Set the requested state of every non-essential package to deinstall (since " 5906"dpkg 1.13.18). This is intended to be used immediately before " 5907"B<--set-selections>, to deinstall any packages not in list given to " 5908"B<--set-selections>." 5909msgstr "" 5910 5911#. type: TP 5912#: dpkg.man 5913#, no-wrap 5914msgid "B<--yet-to-unpack>" 5915msgstr "" 5916 5917#. type: Plain text 5918#: dpkg.man 5919msgid "" 5920"Searches for packages selected for installation, but which for some reason " 5921"still haven't been installed." 5922msgstr "" 5923 5924#. type: Plain text 5925#: dpkg.man 5926msgid "" 5927"Note: This command makes use of both the available file and the package " 5928"selections." 5929msgstr "" 5930 5931#. type: TP 5932#: dpkg.man 5933#, no-wrap 5934msgid "B<--predep-package>" 5935msgstr "" 5936 5937#. type: Plain text 5938#: dpkg.man 5939msgid "" 5940"Print a single package which is the target of one or more relevant " 5941"pre-dependencies and has itself no unsatisfied pre-dependencies." 5942msgstr "" 5943 5944#. type: Plain text 5945#: dpkg.man 5946msgid "" 5947"If such a package is present, output it as a Packages file entry, which can " 5948"be massaged as appropriate." 5949msgstr "" 5950 5951#. type: Plain text 5952#: dpkg.man 5953msgid "" 5954"Returns 0 when a package is printed, 1 when no suitable package is available " 5955"and 2 on error." 5956msgstr "" 5957 5958#. type: TP 5959#: dpkg.man 5960#, no-wrap 5961msgid "B<--add-architecture >I<architecture>" 5962msgstr "" 5963 5964#. type: Plain text 5965#: dpkg.man 5966msgid "" 5967"Add I<architecture> to the list of architectures for which packages can be " 5968"installed without using B<--force-architecture> (since dpkg 1.16.2). The " 5969"architecture B<dpkg> is built for (i.e. the output of " 5970"B<--print-architecture>) is always part of that list." 5971msgstr "" 5972 5973#. type: TP 5974#: dpkg.man 5975#, no-wrap 5976msgid "B<--remove-architecture >I<architecture>" 5977msgstr "" 5978 5979#. type: Plain text 5980#: dpkg.man 5981msgid "" 5982"Remove I<architecture> from the list of architectures for which packages can " 5983"be installed without using B<--force-architecture> (since dpkg 1.16.2). If " 5984"the architecture is currently in use in the database then the operation will " 5985"be refused, except if B<--force-architecture> is specified. The architecture " 5986"B<dpkg> is built for (i.e. the output of B<--print-architecture>) can never " 5987"be removed from that list." 5988msgstr "" 5989 5990#. type: TP 5991#: dpkg.man 5992#, no-wrap 5993msgid "B<--print-architecture>" 5994msgstr "" 5995 5996#. type: Plain text 5997#: dpkg.man 5998msgid "Print architecture of packages B<dpkg> installs (for example, “i386”)." 5999msgstr "" 6000 6001#. type: TP 6002#: dpkg.man 6003#, no-wrap 6004msgid "B<--print-foreign-architectures>" 6005msgstr "" 6006 6007#. type: Plain text 6008#: dpkg.man 6009msgid "" 6010"Print a newline-separated list of the extra architectures B<dpkg> is " 6011"configured to allow packages to be installed for (since dpkg 1.16.2)." 6012msgstr "" 6013 6014#. type: TP 6015#: dpkg.man 6016#, no-wrap 6017msgid "B<--assert->I<feature>" 6018msgstr "" 6019 6020#. type: Plain text 6021#: dpkg.man 6022msgid "" 6023"Asserts that B<dpkg> supports the requested feature. Returns 0 if the " 6024"feature is fully supported, 1 if the feature is known but B<dpkg> cannot " 6025"provide support for it yet, and 2 if the feature is unknown. The current " 6026"list of assertable features is:" 6027msgstr "" 6028 6029#. type: TP 6030#: dpkg.man 6031#, no-wrap 6032msgid "B<support-predepends>" 6033msgstr "" 6034 6035#. type: Plain text 6036#: dpkg.man 6037msgid "Supports the B<Pre-Depends> field (since dpkg 1.1.0)." 6038msgstr "" 6039 6040#. type: TP 6041#: dpkg.man 6042#, no-wrap 6043msgid "B<working-epoch>" 6044msgstr "" 6045 6046#. type: Plain text 6047#: dpkg.man 6048msgid "Supports epochs in version strings (since dpkg 1.4.0.7)." 6049msgstr "" 6050 6051#. type: TP 6052#: dpkg.man 6053#, no-wrap 6054msgid "B<long-filenames>" 6055msgstr "" 6056 6057#. type: Plain text 6058#: dpkg.man 6059msgid "Supports long filenames in B<deb>(5) archives (since dpkg 1.4.1.17)." 6060msgstr "" 6061 6062#. type: TP 6063#: dpkg.man 6064#, no-wrap 6065msgid "B<multi-conrep>" 6066msgstr "" 6067 6068#. type: Plain text 6069#: dpkg.man 6070msgid "Supports multiple B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> (since dpkg 1.4.1.19)." 6071msgstr "" 6072 6073#. type: TP 6074#: dpkg.man 6075#, no-wrap 6076msgid "B<multi-arch>" 6077msgstr "" 6078 6079#. type: Plain text 6080#: dpkg.man 6081msgid "Supports multi-arch fields and semantics (since dpkg 1.16.2)." 6082msgstr "" 6083 6084#. type: TP 6085#: dpkg.man 6086#, no-wrap 6087msgid "B<versioned-provides>" 6088msgstr "" 6089 6090#. type: Plain text 6091#: dpkg.man 6092msgid "Supports versioned B<Provides> (since dpkg 1.17.11)." 6093msgstr "" 6094 6095#. type: TP 6096#: dpkg.man 6097#, no-wrap 6098msgid "B<--validate->I<thing string>" 6099msgstr "" 6100 6101#. type: Plain text 6102#: dpkg.man 6103msgid "" 6104"Validate that the I<thing> I<string> has a correct syntax (since dpkg " 6105"1.18.16). Returns 0 if the I<string> is valid, 1 if the I<string> is " 6106"invalid but might be accepted in lax contexts, and 2 if the I<string> is " 6107"invalid. The current list of validatable I<thing>s is:" 6108msgstr "" 6109 6110#. type: TP 6111#: dpkg.man 6112#, no-wrap 6113msgid "B<pkgname>" 6114msgstr "" 6115 6116#. type: Plain text 6117#: dpkg.man 6118msgid "Validates the given package name (since dpkg 1.18.16)." 6119msgstr "" 6120 6121#. type: TP 6122#: dpkg.man 6123#, no-wrap 6124msgid "B<trigname>" 6125msgstr "" 6126 6127#. type: Plain text 6128#: dpkg.man 6129msgid "Validates the given trigger name (since dpkg 1.18.16)." 6130msgstr "" 6131 6132#. type: TP 6133#: dpkg.man 6134#, no-wrap 6135msgid "B<archname>" 6136msgstr "" 6137 6138#. type: Plain text 6139#: dpkg.man 6140msgid "Validates the given architecture name (since dpkg 1.18.16)." 6141msgstr "" 6142 6143#. type: TP 6144#: dpkg.man 6145#, no-wrap 6146msgid "B<version>" 6147msgstr "" 6148 6149#. type: Plain text 6150#: dpkg.man 6151msgid "Validates the given version (since dpkg 1.18.16)." 6152msgstr "" 6153 6154#. type: TP 6155#: dpkg.man 6156#, no-wrap 6157msgid "B<--compare-versions >I<ver1 op ver2>" 6158msgstr "" 6159 6160#. .TP 6161#. .B \-\-command\-fd \fIn\fP 6162#. Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor \fIn\fP. Note: 6163#. additional options set on the command line, and through this file descriptor, 6164#. are not reset for subsequent commands executed during the same run. 6165#. type: Plain text 6166#: dpkg.man 6167msgid "" 6168"Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> returns " 6169"true (B<0>) if the specified condition is satisfied, and false (B<1>) " 6170"otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ in how they treat " 6171"an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. These treat an empty version as earlier than " 6172"any version: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. These treat an empty version as later " 6173"than any version: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are provided only for " 6174"compatibility with control file syntax: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> E<lt>= = E<gt>= " 6175"E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>. The B<E<lt>> and B<E<gt>> operators are obsolete and " 6176"should B<not> be used, due to confusing semantics. To illustrate: B<0.1 " 6177"E<lt> 0.1> evaluates to true." 6178msgstr "" 6179 6180#. type: TP 6181#: dpkg.man dpkg-architecture.man dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genbuildinfo.man 6182#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man dpkg-distaddfile.man dpkg-deb.man dpkg-divert.man 6183#: dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man dpkg-gensymbols.man dpkg-name.man 6184#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man dpkg-query.man dpkg-scanpackages.man 6185#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man dpkg-source.man dpkg-split.man dpkg-trigger.man 6186#: dselect.man 6187#, no-wrap 6188msgid "B<-?>, B<--help>" 6189msgstr "" 6190 6191#. type: Plain text 6192#: dpkg.man 6193msgid "Display a brief help message." 6194msgstr "" 6195 6196#. type: TP 6197#: dpkg.man dpkg-statoverride.man 6198#, no-wrap 6199msgid "B<--force-help>" 6200msgstr "" 6201 6202#. type: Plain text 6203#: dpkg.man 6204msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options." 6205msgstr "" 6206 6207#. type: TP 6208#: dpkg.man 6209#, no-wrap 6210msgid "B<-Dh>, B<--debug=help>" 6211msgstr "" 6212 6213#. type: Plain text 6214#: dpkg.man 6215msgid "Give help about debugging options." 6216msgstr "" 6217 6218#. type: TP 6219#: dpkg.man dpkg-architecture.man dpkg-buildflags.man dpkg-buildpackage.man 6220#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man dpkg-distaddfile.man 6221#: dpkg-deb.man dpkg-divert.man dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man 6222#: dpkg-gensymbols.man dpkg-mergechangelogs.man dpkg-parsechangelog.man 6223#: dpkg-query.man dpkg-scanpackages.man dpkg-scansources.man dpkg-shlibdeps.man 6224#: dpkg-source.man dpkg-split.man dpkg-statoverride.man dpkg-trigger.man 6225#: dpkg-vendor.man dselect.man update-alternatives.man 6226#, no-wrap 6227msgid "B<--version>" 6228msgstr "" 6229 6230#. type: Plain text 6231#: dpkg.man 6232msgid "Display B<dpkg> version information." 6233msgstr "" 6234 6235#. type: TP 6236#: dpkg.man 6237#, no-wrap 6238msgid "B<dpkg-deb actions>" 6239msgstr "" 6240 6241#. type: Plain text 6242#: dpkg.man 6243msgid "See B<dpkg-deb>(1) for more information about the following actions." 6244msgstr "" 6245 6246#. type: Plain text 6247#: dpkg.man 6248#, no-wrap 6249msgid "" 6250"B<-b>, B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]\n" 6251" Build a deb package.\n" 6252"B<-c>, B<--contents> I<archive>\n" 6253" List contents of a deb package.\n" 6254"B<-e>, B<--control> I<archive> [I<directory>]\n" 6255" Extract control-information from a package.\n" 6256"B<-x>, B<--extract> I<archive directory>\n" 6257" Extract the files contained by package.\n" 6258"B<-X>, B<--vextract> I<archive directory>\n" 6259" Extract and display the filenames contained by a\n" 6260" package.\n" 6261"B<-f>, B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field>...]\n" 6262" Display control field(s) of a package.\n" 6263"B<--ctrl-tarfile> I<archive>\n" 6264" Output the control tar-file contained in a Debian package.\n" 6265"B<--fsys-tarfile> I<archive>\n" 6266" Output the filesystem tar-file contained by a Debian package.\n" 6267"B<-I>, B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file>...]\n" 6268" Show information about a package.\n" 6269msgstr "" 6270 6271#. type: TP 6272#: dpkg.man 6273#, no-wrap 6274msgid "B<dpkg-query actions>" 6275msgstr "" 6276 6277#. type: Plain text 6278#: dpkg.man 6279msgid "See B<dpkg-query>(1) for more information about the following actions." 6280msgstr "" 6281 6282#. type: Plain text 6283#: dpkg.man 6284#, no-wrap 6285msgid "" 6286"B<-l>, B<--list> I<package-name-pattern>...\n" 6287" List packages matching given pattern.\n" 6288"B<-s>, B<--status> I<package-name>...\n" 6289" Report status of specified package.\n" 6290"B<-L>, B<--listfiles> I<package-name>...\n" 6291" List files installed to your system from I<package-name>.\n" 6292"B<-S>, B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern>...\n" 6293" Search for a filename from installed packages.\n" 6294"B<-p>, B<--print-avail> I<package-name>...\n" 6295" Display details about I<package-name>, as found in\n" 6296" I<%ADMINDIR%/available>. Users of APT-based frontends\n" 6297" should use B<apt-cache show> I<package-name> instead.\n" 6298msgstr "" 6299 6300#. type: SH 6301#: dpkg.man dpkg-architecture.man dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genbuildinfo.man 6302#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man dpkg-distaddfile.man dpkg-deb.man dpkg-divert.man 6303#: dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man dpkg-gensymbols.man 6304#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man dpkg-name.man dpkg-parsechangelog.man 6305#: dpkg-query.man dpkg-scanpackages.man dpkg-scansources.man dpkg-shlibdeps.man 6306#: dpkg-source.man dpkg-split.man dpkg-statoverride.man dpkg-trigger.man 6307#: dpkg-vendor.man dselect.man start-stop-daemon.man update-alternatives.man 6308#, no-wrap 6309msgid "OPTIONS" 6310msgstr "" 6311 6312#. type: Plain text 6313#: dpkg.man 6314msgid "" 6315"All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg> " 6316"configuration file I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg> or fragment files (with names " 6317"matching this shell pattern '[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*') on the configuration directory " 6318"I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg.d/>. Each line in the configuration file is either " 6319"an option (exactly the same as the command line option but without leading " 6320"hyphens) or a comment (if it starts with a ‘B<#>’)." 6321msgstr "" 6322 6323#. type: TP 6324#: dpkg.man 6325#, no-wrap 6326msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>" 6327msgstr "" 6328 6329#. type: Plain text 6330#: dpkg.man 6331msgid "Change after how many errors B<dpkg> will abort. The default is 50." 6332msgstr "" 6333 6334#. type: TP 6335#: dpkg.man 6336#, no-wrap 6337msgid "B<-B>, B<--auto-deconfigure>" 6338msgstr "" 6339 6340#. type: Plain text 6341#: dpkg.man 6342msgid "" 6343"When a package is removed, there is a possibility that another installed " 6344"package depended on the removed package. Specifying this option will cause " 6345"automatic deconfiguration of the package which depended on the removed " 6346"package." 6347msgstr "" 6348 6349#. type: TP 6350#: dpkg.man 6351#, no-wrap 6352msgid "B<-D>I<octal>B<, --debug=>I<octal>" 6353msgstr "" 6354 6355#. type: Plain text 6356#: dpkg.man 6357msgid "" 6358"Switch debugging on. I<octal> is formed by bitwise-oring desired values " 6359"together from the list below (note that these values may change in future " 6360"releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values." 6361msgstr "" 6362 6363#. type: Plain text 6364#: dpkg.man 6365#, no-wrap 6366msgid "" 6367" Number Description\n" 6368" 1 Generally helpful progress information\n" 6369" 2 Invocation and status of maintainer scripts\n" 6370" 10 Output for each file processed\n" 6371" 100 Lots of output for each file processed\n" 6372" 20 Output for each configuration file\n" 6373" 200 Lots of output for each configuration file\n" 6374" 40 Dependencies and conflicts\n" 6375" 400 Lots of dependencies/conflicts output\n" 6376" 10000 Trigger activation and processing\n" 6377" 20000 Lots of output regarding triggers\n" 6378" 40000 Silly amounts of output regarding triggers\n" 6379" 1000 Lots of drivel about e.g. the dpkg/info dir\n" 6380" 2000 Insane amounts of drivel\n" 6381msgstr "" 6382 6383#. type: TP 6384#: dpkg.man dpkg-statoverride.man 6385#, no-wrap 6386msgid "B<--force->I<things>" 6387msgstr "" 6388 6389#. type: TQ 6390#: dpkg.man dpkg-statoverride.man 6391#, no-wrap 6392msgid "B<--no-force->I<things>, B<--refuse->I<things>" 6393msgstr "" 6394 6395#. type: Plain text 6396#: dpkg.man 6397msgid "" 6398"Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing) to do some " 6399"things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified " 6400"below. B<--force-help> displays a message describing them. Things marked " 6401"with (*) are forced by default." 6402msgstr "" 6403 6404#. type: Plain text 6405#: dpkg.man 6406msgid "" 6407"I<Warning: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts " 6408"only. Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your " 6409"whole system.>" 6410msgstr "" 6411 6412#. type: Plain text 6413#: dpkg.man dpkg-statoverride.man 6414msgid "B<all>: Turns on (or off) all force options." 6415msgstr "" 6416 6417#. type: Plain text 6418#: dpkg.man 6419msgid "" 6420"B<downgrade>(*): Install a package, even if newer version of it is already " 6421"installed." 6422msgstr "" 6423 6424#. type: Plain text 6425#: dpkg.man 6426msgid "" 6427"I<Warning: At present >B<dpkg>I< does not do any dependency checking on " 6428"downgrades and therefore will not warn you if the downgrade breaks the " 6429"dependency of some other package. This can have serious side effects, " 6430"downgrading essential system components can even make your whole system " 6431"unusable. Use with care.>" 6432msgstr "" 6433 6434#. type: Plain text 6435#: dpkg.man 6436msgid "" 6437"B<configure-any>: Configure also any unpacked but unconfigured packages on " 6438"which the current package depends." 6439msgstr "" 6440 6441#. type: Plain text 6442#: dpkg.man 6443msgid "B<hold>: Process packages even when marked “hold”." 6444msgstr "" 6445 6446#. type: Plain text 6447#: dpkg.man 6448msgid "" 6449"B<remove-reinstreq>: Remove a package, even if it's broken and marked to " 6450"require reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package to " 6451"remain on the system, which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>." 6452msgstr "" 6453 6454#. type: Plain text 6455#: dpkg.man 6456msgid "" 6457"B<remove-essential>: Remove, even if the package is considered " 6458"essential. Essential packages contain mostly very basic Unix " 6459"commands. Removing them might cause the whole system to stop working, so use " 6460"with caution." 6461msgstr "" 6462 6463#. type: Plain text 6464#: dpkg.man 6465msgid "" 6466"B<depends>: Turn all dependency problems into warnings. This affects the " 6467"B<Pre-Depends> and B<Depends> fields." 6468msgstr "" 6469 6470#. type: Plain text 6471#: dpkg.man 6472msgid "" 6473"B<depends-version>: Don't care about versions when checking dependencies. " 6474"This affects the B<Pre-Depends> and B<Depends> fields." 6475msgstr "" 6476 6477#. type: Plain text 6478#: dpkg.man 6479msgid "" 6480"B<breaks>: Install, even if this would break another package (since dpkg " 6481"1.14.6). This affects the B<Breaks> field." 6482msgstr "" 6483 6484#. type: Plain text 6485#: dpkg.man 6486msgid "" 6487"B<conflicts>: Install, even if it conflicts with another package. This is " 6488"dangerous, for it will usually cause overwriting of some files. This " 6489"affects the B<Conflicts> field." 6490msgstr "" 6491 6492#. type: Plain text 6493#: dpkg.man 6494msgid "" 6495"B<confmiss>: Always install the missing conffile without prompting. This is " 6496"dangerous, since it means not preserving a change (removing) made to the " 6497"file." 6498msgstr "" 6499 6500#. type: Plain text 6501#: dpkg.man 6502msgid "" 6503"B<confnew>: If a conffile has been modified and the version in the package " 6504"did change, always install the new version without prompting, unless the " 6505"B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which case the default action is " 6506"preferred." 6507msgstr "" 6508 6509#. type: Plain text 6510#: dpkg.man 6511msgid "" 6512"B<confold>: If a conffile has been modified and the version in the package " 6513"did change, always keep the old version without prompting, unless the " 6514"B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which case the default action is " 6515"preferred." 6516msgstr "" 6517 6518#. type: Plain text 6519#: dpkg.man 6520msgid "" 6521"B<confdef>: If a conffile has been modified and the version in the package " 6522"did change, always choose the default action without prompting. If there is " 6523"no default action it will stop to ask the user unless B<--force-confnew> or " 6524"B<--force-confold> is also been given, in which case it will use that to " 6525"decide the final action." 6526msgstr "" 6527 6528#. type: Plain text 6529#: dpkg.man 6530msgid "" 6531"B<confask>: If a conffile has been modified always offer to replace it with " 6532"the version in the package, even if the version in the package did not " 6533"change (since dpkg 1.15.8). If any of B<--force-confnew>, " 6534"B<--force-confold>, or B<--force-confdef> is also given, it will be used to " 6535"decide the final action." 6536msgstr "" 6537 6538#. type: Plain text 6539#: dpkg.man 6540msgid "B<overwrite>: Overwrite one package's file with another's file." 6541msgstr "" 6542 6543#. type: Plain text 6544#: dpkg.man 6545msgid "B<overwrite-dir>: Overwrite one package's directory with another's file." 6546msgstr "" 6547 6548#. type: Plain text 6549#: dpkg.man 6550msgid "B<overwrite-diverted>: Overwrite a diverted file with an undiverted version." 6551msgstr "" 6552 6553#. type: Plain text 6554#: dpkg.man dpkg-statoverride.man 6555msgid "" 6556"B<statoverride-add>: Overwrite an existing stat override when adding it " 6557"(since dpkg 1.19.5)." 6558msgstr "" 6559 6560#. type: Plain text 6561#: dpkg.man dpkg-statoverride.man 6562msgid "" 6563"B<statoverride-remove>: Ignore a missing stat override when removing it " 6564"(since dpkg 1.19.5)." 6565msgstr "" 6566 6567#. type: Plain text 6568#: dpkg.man dpkg-statoverride.man 6569msgid "" 6570"B<security-mac>(*): Use platform-specific Mandatory Access Controls (MAC) " 6571"based security when installing files into the filesystem (since dpkg " 6572"1.19.5). On Linux systems the implementation uses SELinux." 6573msgstr "" 6574 6575#. type: Plain text 6576#: dpkg.man 6577msgid "" 6578"B<unsafe-io>: Do not perform safe I/O operations when unpacking (since dpkg " 6579"1.15.8.6). Currently this implies not performing file system syncs before " 6580"file renames, which is known to cause substantial performance degradation on " 6581"some file systems, unfortunately the ones that require the safe I/O on the " 6582"first place due to their unreliable behaviour causing zero-length files on " 6583"abrupt system crashes." 6584msgstr "" 6585 6586#. type: Plain text 6587#: dpkg.man 6588msgid "" 6589"I<Note>: For ext4, the main offender, consider using instead the mount " 6590"option B<nodelalloc>, which will fix both the performance degradation and " 6591"the data safety issues, the latter by making the file system not produce " 6592"zero-length files on abrupt system crashes with any software not doing syncs " 6593"before atomic renames." 6594msgstr "" 6595 6596#. type: Plain text 6597#: dpkg.man 6598msgid "" 6599"I<Warning: Using this option might improve performance at the cost of losing " 6600"data, use with care.>" 6601msgstr "" 6602 6603#. type: Plain text 6604#: dpkg.man 6605msgid "" 6606"B<script-chrootless>: Run maintainer scripts without B<chroot>(2)ing into " 6607"B<instdir> even if the package does not support this mode of operation " 6608"(since dpkg 1.18.5)." 6609msgstr "" 6610 6611#. type: Plain text 6612#: dpkg.man 6613msgid "I<Warning: This can destroy your host system, use with extreme care.>" 6614msgstr "" 6615 6616#. type: Plain text 6617#: dpkg.man 6618msgid "B<architecture>: Process even packages with wrong or no architecture." 6619msgstr "" 6620 6621#. type: Plain text 6622#: dpkg.man 6623msgid "" 6624"B<bad-version>: Process even packages with wrong versions (since dpkg " 6625"1.16.1)." 6626msgstr "" 6627 6628#. type: Plain text 6629#: dpkg.man 6630msgid "B<bad-path>: B<PATH> is missing important programs, so problems are likely." 6631msgstr "" 6632 6633#. type: Plain text 6634#: dpkg.man 6635msgid "B<not-root>: Try to (de)install things even when not root." 6636msgstr "" 6637 6638#. type: Plain text 6639#: dpkg.man 6640msgid "B<bad-verify>: Install a package even if it fails authenticity check." 6641msgstr "" 6642 6643#. type: TP 6644#: dpkg.man 6645#, no-wrap 6646msgid "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..." 6647msgstr "" 6648 6649#. type: Plain text 6650#: dpkg.man 6651msgid "" 6652"Ignore dependency-checking for specified packages (actually, checking is " 6653"performed, but only warnings about conflicts are given, nothing else). This " 6654"affects the B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends> and B<Breaks> fields." 6655msgstr "" 6656 6657#. type: TP 6658#: dpkg.man 6659#, no-wrap 6660msgid "B<--no-act>, B<--dry-run>, B<--simulate>" 6661msgstr "" 6662 6663#. type: Plain text 6664#: dpkg.man 6665msgid "" 6666"Do everything which is supposed to be done, but don't write any " 6667"changes. This is used to see what would happen with the specified action, " 6668"without actually modifying anything." 6669msgstr "" 6670 6671#. type: Plain text 6672#: dpkg.man 6673msgid "" 6674"Be sure to give B<--no-act> before the action-parameter, or you might end up " 6675"with undesirable results. (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will first " 6676"purge package foo and then try to purge package --no-act, even though you " 6677"probably expected it to actually do nothing)" 6678msgstr "" 6679 6680#. type: TP 6681#: dpkg.man 6682#, no-wrap 6683msgid "B<-R>, B<--recursive>" 6684msgstr "" 6685 6686#. type: Plain text 6687#: dpkg.man 6688msgid "" 6689"Recursively handle all regular files matching pattern B<*.deb> found at " 6690"specified directories and all of its subdirectories. This can be used with " 6691"B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> and B<--record-avail> actions." 6692msgstr "" 6693 6694#. type: TP 6695#: dpkg.man dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genchanges.man 6696#, no-wrap 6697msgid "B<-G>" 6698msgstr "" 6699 6700#. type: Plain text 6701#: dpkg.man 6702msgid "" 6703"Don't install a package if a newer version of the same package is already " 6704"installed. This is an alias of B<--refuse-downgrade>." 6705msgstr "" 6706 6707#. type: TP 6708#: dpkg.man dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man 6709#: dpkg-query.man dpkg-shlibdeps.man dpkg-trigger.man 6710#, no-wrap 6711msgid "B<--admindir=>I<dir>" 6712msgstr "" 6713 6714#. type: Plain text 6715#: dpkg.man 6716msgid "" 6717"Set the administrative directory to I<directory>. This directory contains " 6718"many files that give information about status of installed or uninstalled " 6719"packages, etc. Defaults to «I<%ADMINDIR%>»." 6720msgstr "" 6721 6722#. type: TP 6723#: dpkg.man 6724#, no-wrap 6725msgid "B<--instdir=>I<dir>" 6726msgstr "" 6727 6728#. type: Plain text 6729#: dpkg.man 6730msgid "" 6731"Set the installation directory, which refers to the directory where packages " 6732"are to be installed. B<instdir> is also the directory passed to B<chroot>(2) " 6733"before running package's installation scripts, which means that the scripts " 6734"see B<instdir> as a root directory. Defaults to «I</>»." 6735msgstr "" 6736 6737#. type: TP 6738#: dpkg.man 6739#, no-wrap 6740msgid "B<--root=>I<dir>" 6741msgstr "" 6742 6743#. type: Plain text 6744#: dpkg.man 6745msgid "" 6746"Set the root directory to B<directory>, which sets the installation " 6747"directory to «I<dir>» and the administrative directory to " 6748"«I<dir>B<%ADMINDIR%>»." 6749msgstr "" 6750 6751#. type: TP 6752#: dpkg.man 6753#, no-wrap 6754msgid "B<-O>, B<--selected-only>" 6755msgstr "" 6756 6757#. type: Plain text 6758#: dpkg.man 6759msgid "" 6760"Only process the packages that are selected for installation. The actual " 6761"marking is done with B<dselect> or by B<dpkg>, when it handles packages. For " 6762"example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for " 6763"deinstallation." 6764msgstr "" 6765 6766#. type: TP 6767#: dpkg.man 6768#, no-wrap 6769msgid "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>" 6770msgstr "" 6771 6772#. type: Plain text 6773#: dpkg.man 6774msgid "" 6775"Don't install the package if the same version of the package is already " 6776"installed." 6777msgstr "" 6778 6779#. type: TP 6780#: dpkg.man 6781#, no-wrap 6782msgid "B<--pre-invoke=>I<command>" 6783msgstr "" 6784 6785#. type: TQ 6786#: dpkg.man 6787#, no-wrap 6788msgid "B<--post-invoke=>I<command>" 6789msgstr "" 6790 6791#. type: Plain text 6792#: dpkg.man 6793msgid "" 6794"Set an invoke hook I<command> to be run via ``sh -c'' before or after the " 6795"B<dpkg> run for the I<unpack>, I<configure>, I<install>, I<triggers-only>, " 6796"I<remove>, I<purge>, I<add-architecture> and I<remove-architecture> B<dpkg> " 6797"actions (since dpkg 1.15.4; I<add-architecture> and I<remove-architecture> " 6798"actions since dpkg 1.17.19). This option can be specified multiple " 6799"times. The order the options are specified is preserved, with the ones from " 6800"the configuration files taking precedence. The environment variable " 6801"B<DPKG_HOOK_ACTION> is set for the hooks to the current B<dpkg> " 6802"action. Note: front-ends might call B<dpkg> several times per invocation, " 6803"which might run the hooks more times than expected." 6804msgstr "" 6805 6806#. type: TP 6807#: dpkg.man 6808#, no-wrap 6809msgid "B<--path-exclude=>I<glob-pattern>" 6810msgstr "" 6811 6812#. type: TQ 6813#: dpkg.man 6814#, no-wrap 6815msgid "B<--path-include=>I<glob-pattern>" 6816msgstr "" 6817 6818#. type: Plain text 6819#: dpkg.man 6820msgid "" 6821"Set I<glob-pattern> as a path filter, either by excluding or re-including " 6822"previously excluded paths matching the specified patterns during install " 6823"(since dpkg 1.15.8)." 6824msgstr "" 6825 6826#. type: Plain text 6827#: dpkg.man 6828msgid "" 6829"I<Warning: take into account that depending on the excluded paths you might " 6830"completely break your system, use with caution.>" 6831msgstr "" 6832 6833#. type: Plain text 6834#: dpkg.man 6835msgid "" 6836"The glob patterns use the same wildcards used in the shell, were ‘*’ matches " 6837"any sequence of characters, including the empty string and also ‘/’. For " 6838"example, «I</usr/*/READ*>» matches «I</usr/share/doc/package/README>». As " 6839"usual, ‘?’ matches any single character (again, including ‘/’). And ‘[’ " 6840"starts a character class, which can contain a list of characters, ranges and " 6841"complementations. See B<glob>(7) for detailed information about " 6842"globbing. Note: the current implementation might re-include more directories " 6843"and symlinks than needed, to be on the safe side and avoid possible unpack " 6844"failures; future work might fix this." 6845msgstr "" 6846 6847#. type: Plain text 6848#: dpkg.man 6849msgid "" 6850"This can be used to remove all paths except some particular ones; a typical " 6851"case is:" 6852msgstr "" 6853 6854#. type: Plain text 6855#: dpkg.man 6856#, no-wrap 6857msgid "" 6858"B<--path-exclude=/usr/share/doc/*>\n" 6859"B<--path-include=/usr/share/doc/*/copyright>\n" 6860msgstr "" 6861 6862#. type: Plain text 6863#: dpkg.man 6864msgid "to remove all documentation files except the copyright files." 6865msgstr "" 6866 6867#. type: Plain text 6868#: dpkg.man 6869msgid "" 6870"These two options can be specified multiple times, and interleaved with each " 6871"other. Both are processed in the given order, with the last rule that " 6872"matches a file name making the decision." 6873msgstr "" 6874 6875#. type: Plain text 6876#: dpkg.man 6877msgid "" 6878"The filters are applied when unpacking the binary packages, and as such only " 6879"have knowledge of the type of object currently being filtered (e.g. a normal " 6880"file or a directory) and have not visibility of what objects will come " 6881"next. Because these filters have side effects (in contrast to B<find>(1) " 6882"filters), excluding an exact pathname that happens to be a directory object " 6883"like I</usr/share/doc> will not have the desired result, and only that " 6884"pathname will be excluded (which could be automatically reincluded if the " 6885"code sees the need). Any subsequent files contained within that directory " 6886"will fail to unpack." 6887msgstr "" 6888 6889#. type: Plain text 6890#: dpkg.man 6891msgid "Hint: make sure the globs are not expanded by your shell." 6892msgstr "" 6893 6894#. type: TP 6895#: dpkg.man 6896#, no-wrap 6897msgid "B<--verify-format>I< format-name>" 6898msgstr "" 6899 6900#. type: Plain text 6901#: dpkg.man 6902msgid "Sets the output format for the B<--verify> command (since dpkg 1.17.2)." 6903msgstr "" 6904 6905#. type: Plain text 6906#: dpkg.man 6907msgid "" 6908"The only currently supported output format is B<rpm>, which consists of a " 6909"line for every path that failed any check. The lines start with 9 " 6910"characters to report each specific check result, a ‘B<?>’ implies the check " 6911"could not be done (lack of support, file permissions, etc), ‘B<.>’ implies " 6912"the check passed, and an alphanumeric character implies a specific check " 6913"failed; the md5sum verification failure (the file contents have changed) is " 6914"denoted with a ‘B<5>’ on the third character. The line is followed by a " 6915"space and an attribute character (currently ‘B<c>’ for conffiles), another " 6916"space and the pathname." 6917msgstr "" 6918 6919#. type: TP 6920#: dpkg.man 6921#, no-wrap 6922msgid "B<--status-fd >I<n>" 6923msgstr "" 6924 6925#. type: Plain text 6926#: dpkg.man 6927msgid "" 6928"Send machine-readable package status and progress information to file " 6929"descriptor I<n>. This option can be specified multiple times. The " 6930"information is generally one record per line, in one of the following forms:" 6931msgstr "" 6932 6933#. type: TP 6934#: dpkg.man 6935#, no-wrap 6936msgid "B<status: >I<package>B<: >I<status>" 6937msgstr "" 6938 6939#. type: Plain text 6940#: dpkg.man 6941msgid "Package status changed; I<status> is as in the status file." 6942msgstr "" 6943 6944#. type: TP 6945#: dpkg.man 6946#, no-wrap 6947msgid "B<status: >I<package>B< : error : >I<extended-error-message>" 6948msgstr "" 6949 6950#. type: Plain text 6951#: dpkg.man 6952msgid "" 6953"An error occurred. Any possible newlines in I<extended-error-message> will " 6954"be converted to spaces before output." 6955msgstr "" 6956 6957#. type: TP 6958#: dpkg.man 6959#, no-wrap 6960msgid "" 6961"B<status: >I<file>B< : conffile-prompt : '>I<real-old>B<' '>I<real-new>B<' " 6962">I<useredited>B< >I<distedited>" 6963msgstr "" 6964 6965#. type: Plain text 6966#: dpkg.man 6967msgid "User is being asked a conffile question." 6968msgstr "" 6969 6970#. type: TP 6971#: dpkg.man 6972#, no-wrap 6973msgid "B<processing: >I<stage>B<: >I<package>" 6974msgstr "" 6975 6976#. type: Plain text 6977#: dpkg.man 6978msgid "" 6979"Sent just before a processing stage starts. I<stage> is one of B<upgrade>, " 6980"B<install> (both sent before unpacking), B<configure>, B<trigproc>, " 6981"B<disappear>, B<remove>, B<purge>." 6982msgstr "" 6983 6984#. type: TP 6985#: dpkg.man 6986#, no-wrap 6987msgid "B<--status-logger>=I<command>" 6988msgstr "" 6989 6990#. type: Plain text 6991#: dpkg.man 6992msgid "" 6993"Send machine-readable package status and progress information to the shell " 6994"I<command>'s standard input, to be run via ``sh -c'' (since dpkg 1.16.0). " 6995"This option can be specified multiple times. The output format used is the " 6996"same as in B<--status-fd>." 6997msgstr "" 6998 6999#. type: TP 7000#: dpkg.man 7001#, no-wrap 7002msgid "B<--log=>I<filename>" 7003msgstr "" 7004 7005#. type: Plain text 7006#: dpkg.man 7007msgid "" 7008"Log status change updates and actions to I<filename>, instead of the default " 7009"I<%LOGDIR%/dpkg.log>. If this option is given multiple times, the last " 7010"filename is used. Log messages are of the form:" 7011msgstr "" 7012 7013#. type: TP 7014#: dpkg.man 7015#, no-wrap 7016msgid "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS B<startup> I<type> I<command>" 7017msgstr "" 7018 7019#. type: Plain text 7020#: dpkg.man 7021msgid "" 7022"For each dpkg invocation where I<type> is B<archives> (with a I<command> of " 7023"B<unpack> or B<install>) or B<packages> (with a I<command> of B<configure>, " 7024"B<triggers-only>, B<remove> or B<purge>)." 7025msgstr "" 7026 7027#. type: TP 7028#: dpkg.man 7029#, no-wrap 7030msgid "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS B<status> I<state> I<pkg> I<installed-version>" 7031msgstr "" 7032 7033#. type: Plain text 7034#: dpkg.man 7035msgid "For status change updates." 7036msgstr "" 7037 7038#. type: TP 7039#: dpkg.man 7040#, no-wrap 7041msgid "" 7042"YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS I<action> I<pkg> I<installed-version> " 7043"I<available-version>" 7044msgstr "" 7045 7046#. type: Plain text 7047#: dpkg.man 7048msgid "" 7049"For actions where I<action> is one of B<install>, B<upgrade>, B<configure>, " 7050"B<trigproc>, B<disappear>, B<remove> or B<purge>." 7051msgstr "" 7052 7053#. type: TP 7054#: dpkg.man 7055#, no-wrap 7056msgid "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS B<conffile> I<filename> I<decision>" 7057msgstr "" 7058 7059#. type: Plain text 7060#: dpkg.man 7061msgid "For conffile changes where I<decision> is either B<install> or B<keep>." 7062msgstr "" 7063 7064#. type: TP 7065#: dpkg.man dpkg-query.man 7066#, no-wrap 7067msgid "B<--no-pager>" 7068msgstr "" 7069 7070#. type: Plain text 7071#: dpkg.man dpkg-query.man 7072msgid "Disables the use of any pager when showing information (since dpkg 1.19.2)." 7073msgstr "" 7074 7075#. type: TP 7076#: dpkg.man 7077#, no-wrap 7078msgid "B<--no-debsig>" 7079msgstr "" 7080 7081#. type: Plain text 7082#: dpkg.man 7083msgid "Do not try to verify package signatures." 7084msgstr "" 7085 7086#. type: TP 7087#: dpkg.man 7088#, no-wrap 7089msgid "B<--no-triggers>" 7090msgstr "" 7091 7092#. type: Plain text 7093#: dpkg.man 7094msgid "" 7095"Do not run any triggers in this run (since dpkg 1.14.17), but activations " 7096"will still be recorded. If used with B<--configure> I<package> or " 7097"B<--triggers-only> I<package> then the named package postinst will still be " 7098"run even if only a triggers run is needed. Use of this option may leave " 7099"packages in the improper B<triggers-awaited> and B<triggers-pending> " 7100"states. This can be fixed later by running: B<dpkg --configure --pending>." 7101msgstr "" 7102 7103#. type: TP 7104#: dpkg.man 7105#, no-wrap 7106msgid "B<--triggers>" 7107msgstr "" 7108 7109#. type: Plain text 7110#: dpkg.man 7111msgid "Cancels a previous B<--no-triggers> (since dpkg 1.14.17)." 7112msgstr "" 7113 7114#. type: SH 7115#: dpkg.man dpkg-deb.man dpkg-divert.man dpkg-query.man dpkg-split.man 7116#: dpkg-statoverride.man dpkg-trigger.man dselect.man start-stop-daemon.man 7117#: update-alternatives.man 7118#, no-wrap 7119msgid "EXIT STATUS" 7120msgstr "" 7121 7122#. type: TP 7123#: dpkg.man dpkg-deb.man dpkg-divert.man dpkg-query.man dpkg-split.man 7124#: dpkg-statoverride.man dpkg-trigger.man dselect.man start-stop-daemon.man 7125#: update-alternatives.man 7126#, no-wrap 7127msgid "B<0>" 7128msgstr "" 7129 7130#. type: Plain text 7131#: dpkg.man dpkg-trigger.man 7132msgid "" 7133"The requested action was successfully performed. Or a check or assertion " 7134"command returned true." 7135msgstr "" 7136 7137#. type: TP 7138#: dpkg.man dpkg-query.man dpkg-split.man dpkg-statoverride.man 7139#: dpkg-trigger.man start-stop-daemon.man 7140#, no-wrap 7141msgid "B<1>" 7142msgstr "" 7143 7144#. type: Plain text 7145#: dpkg.man dpkg-trigger.man 7146msgid "A check or assertion command returned false." 7147msgstr "" 7148 7149#. type: TP 7150#: dpkg.man dpkg-deb.man dpkg-divert.man dpkg-query.man dpkg-split.man 7151#: dpkg-statoverride.man dpkg-trigger.man dselect.man start-stop-daemon.man 7152#: update-alternatives.man 7153#, no-wrap 7154msgid "B<2>" 7155msgstr "" 7156 7157#. type: Plain text 7158#: dpkg.man dpkg-deb.man dpkg-divert.man dpkg-query.man dpkg-statoverride.man 7159#: dpkg-trigger.man dselect.man 7160msgid "" 7161"Fatal or unrecoverable error due to invalid command-line usage, or " 7162"interactions with the system, such as accesses to the database, memory " 7163"allocations, etc." 7164msgstr "" 7165 7166#. type: SH 7167#: dpkg.man dpkg-architecture.man dpkg-buildflags.man dpkg-buildpackage.man 7168#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man dpkg-distaddfile.man 7169#: dpkg-deb.man dpkg-divert.man dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man 7170#: dpkg-gensymbols.man dpkg-maintscript-helper.man dpkg-mergechangelogs.man 7171#: dpkg-name.man dpkg-parsechangelog.man dpkg-query.man dpkg-scanpackages.man 7172#: dpkg-scansources.man dpkg-shlibdeps.man dpkg-source.man dpkg-split.man 7173#: dpkg-statoverride.man dpkg-trigger.man dpkg-vendor.man dselect.man 7174#: update-alternatives.man 7175#, no-wrap 7176msgid "ENVIRONMENT" 7177msgstr "" 7178 7179#. type: SS 7180#: dpkg.man dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-query.man 7181#, no-wrap 7182msgid "External environment" 7183msgstr "" 7184 7185#. type: TP 7186#: dpkg.man 7187#, no-wrap 7188msgid "B<PATH>" 7189msgstr "" 7190 7191#. type: Plain text 7192#: dpkg.man 7193msgid "" 7194"This variable is expected to be defined in the environment and point to the " 7195"system paths where several required programs are to be found. If it's not " 7196"set or the programs are not found, B<dpkg> will abort." 7197msgstr "" 7198 7199#. type: TP 7200#: dpkg.man dselect.man 7201#, no-wrap 7202msgid "B<HOME>" 7203msgstr "" 7204 7205#. type: Plain text 7206#: dpkg.man 7207msgid "" 7208"If set, B<dpkg> will use it as the directory from which to read the user " 7209"specific configuration file." 7210msgstr "" 7211 7212#. type: TP 7213#: dpkg.man dpkg-deb.man 7214#, no-wrap 7215msgid "B<TMPDIR>" 7216msgstr "" 7217 7218#. type: Plain text 7219#: dpkg.man 7220msgid "" 7221"If set, B<dpkg> will use it as the directory in which to create temporary " 7222"files and directories." 7223msgstr "" 7224 7225#. type: TP 7226#: dpkg.man dpkg-query.man 7227#, no-wrap 7228msgid "B<SHELL>" 7229msgstr "" 7230 7231#. type: Plain text 7232#: dpkg.man 7233msgid "" 7234"The program B<dpkg> will execute when starting a new interactive shell, or " 7235"when spawning a command via a shell." 7236msgstr "" 7237 7238#. type: TP 7239#: dpkg.man dpkg-query.man 7240#, no-wrap 7241msgid "B<PAGER>" 7242msgstr "" 7243 7244#. type: TQ 7245#: dpkg.man dpkg-query.man 7246#, no-wrap 7247msgid "B<DPKG_PAGER>" 7248msgstr "" 7249 7250#. type: Plain text 7251#: dpkg.man 7252msgid "" 7253"The program B<dpkg> will execute when running a pager, for example when " 7254"displaying the conffile differences. If B<SHELL> is not set, «B<sh>» will " 7255"be used instead. The B<DPKG_PAGER> overrides the B<PAGER> environment " 7256"variable (since dpkg 1.19.2)." 7257msgstr "" 7258 7259#. type: TP 7260#: dpkg.man dpkg-architecture.man dpkg-buildflags.man dpkg-buildpackage.man 7261#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man dpkg-distaddfile.man 7262#: dpkg-deb.man dpkg-divert.man dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man 7263#: dpkg-gensymbols.man dpkg-maintscript-helper.man dpkg-mergechangelogs.man 7264#: dpkg-name.man dpkg-parsechangelog.man dpkg-query.man dpkg-scanpackages.man 7265#: dpkg-scansources.man dpkg-shlibdeps.man dpkg-source.man dpkg-split.man 7266#: dpkg-statoverride.man dpkg-trigger.man dpkg-vendor.man 7267#, no-wrap 7268msgid "B<DPKG_COLORS>" 7269msgstr "" 7270 7271#. type: Plain text 7272#: dpkg.man dpkg-architecture.man dpkg-buildflags.man dpkg-buildpackage.man 7273#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man dpkg-distaddfile.man 7274#: dpkg-deb.man dpkg-divert.man dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man 7275#: dpkg-gensymbols.man dpkg-mergechangelogs.man dpkg-name.man 7276#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man dpkg-query.man dpkg-scanpackages.man 7277#: dpkg-scansources.man dpkg-shlibdeps.man dpkg-source.man dpkg-split.man 7278#: dpkg-statoverride.man dpkg-trigger.man dpkg-vendor.man 7279msgid "" 7280"Sets the color mode (since dpkg 1.18.5). The currently accepted values are: " 7281"B<auto> (default), B<always> and B<never>." 7282msgstr "" 7283 7284#. type: TP 7285#: dpkg.man dpkg-statoverride.man 7286#, no-wrap 7287msgid "B<DPKG_FORCE>" 7288msgstr "" 7289 7290#. type: Plain text 7291#: dpkg.man 7292msgid "" 7293"Sets the force flags (since dpkg 1.19.5). When this variable is present, no " 7294"built-in force defaults will be applied. If the variable is present but " 7295"empty, all force flags will be disabled." 7296msgstr "" 7297 7298#. type: TP 7299#: dpkg.man 7300#, no-wrap 7301msgid "B<DPKG_FRONTEND_LOCKED>" 7302msgstr "" 7303 7304#. type: Plain text 7305#: dpkg.man 7306msgid "" 7307"Set by a package manager frontend to notify dpkg that it should not acquire " 7308"the frontend lock (since dpkg 1.19.1)." 7309msgstr "" 7310 7311#. type: SS 7312#: dpkg.man dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-query.man 7313#, no-wrap 7314msgid "Internal environment" 7315msgstr "" 7316 7317#. type: TP 7318#: dpkg.man dpkg-query.man 7319#, no-wrap 7320msgid "B<LESS>" 7321msgstr "" 7322 7323#. type: Plain text 7324#: dpkg.man 7325msgid "" 7326"Defined by B<dpkg> to “B<-FRSXMQ>”, if not already set, when spawning a " 7327"pager (since dpkg 1.19.2). To change the default behavior, this variable " 7328"can be preset to some other value including an empty string, or the B<PAGER> " 7329"or B<DPKG_PAGER> variables can be set to disable specific options with " 7330"«B<-+>», for example B<DPKG_PAGER=\"less -+F\">." 7331msgstr "" 7332 7333#. type: TP 7334#: dpkg.man dpkg-divert.man dpkg-statoverride.man 7335#, no-wrap 7336msgid "B<DPKG_ROOT>" 7337msgstr "" 7338 7339#. type: Plain text 7340#: dpkg.man 7341msgid "" 7342"Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to indicate which " 7343"installation to act on (since dpkg 1.18.5). The value is intended to be " 7344"prepended to any path maintainer scripts operate on. During normal " 7345"operation, this variable is empty. When installing packages into a " 7346"different B<instdir>, B<dpkg> normally invokes maintainer scripts using " 7347"B<chroot>(2) and leaves this variable empty, but if " 7348"B<--force-script-chrootless> is specified then the B<chroot>(2) call is " 7349"skipped and B<instdir> is non-empty." 7350msgstr "" 7351 7352#. type: TP 7353#: dpkg.man dpkg-divert.man dpkg-query.man dpkg-statoverride.man 7354#: dpkg-trigger.man update-alternatives.man 7355#, no-wrap 7356msgid "B<DPKG_ADMINDIR>" 7357msgstr "" 7358 7359#. type: Plain text 7360#: dpkg.man 7361msgid "" 7362"Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to indicate the " 7363"B<dpkg> administrative directory to use (since dpkg 1.16.0). This variable " 7364"is always set to the current B<--admindir> value." 7365msgstr "" 7366 7367#. type: Plain text 7368#: dpkg.man 7369msgid "" 7370"Defined by B<dpkg> on the subprocesses environment to all the currently " 7371"enabled force option names separated by commas (since dpkg 1.19.5)." 7372msgstr "" 7373 7374#. type: TP 7375#: dpkg.man 7376#, no-wrap 7377msgid "B<DPKG_SHELL_REASON>" 7378msgstr "" 7379 7380#. type: Plain text 7381#: dpkg.man 7382msgid "" 7383"Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned on the conffile prompt to examine " 7384"the situation (since dpkg 1.15.6). Current valid value: B<conffile-prompt>." 7385msgstr "" 7386 7387#. type: TP 7388#: dpkg.man 7389#, no-wrap 7390msgid "B<DPKG_CONFFILE_OLD>" 7391msgstr "" 7392 7393#. type: Plain text 7394#: dpkg.man 7395msgid "" 7396"Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned on the conffile prompt to examine " 7397"the situation (since dpkg 1.15.6). Contains the path to the old conffile." 7398msgstr "" 7399 7400#. type: TP 7401#: dpkg.man 7402#, no-wrap 7403msgid "B<DPKG_CONFFILE_NEW>" 7404msgstr "" 7405 7406#. type: Plain text 7407#: dpkg.man 7408msgid "" 7409"Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned on the conffile prompt to examine " 7410"the situation (since dpkg 1.15.6). Contains the path to the new conffile." 7411msgstr "" 7412 7413#. type: TP 7414#: dpkg.man 7415#, no-wrap 7416msgid "B<DPKG_HOOK_ACTION>" 7417msgstr "" 7418 7419#. type: Plain text 7420#: dpkg.man 7421msgid "" 7422"Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned when executing a hook action (since " 7423"dpkg 1.15.4). Contains the current B<dpkg> action." 7424msgstr "" 7425 7426#. type: TP 7427#: dpkg.man 7428#, no-wrap 7429msgid "B<DPKG_RUNNING_VERSION>" 7430msgstr "" 7431 7432#. type: Plain text 7433#: dpkg.man 7434msgid "" 7435"Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the version of " 7436"the currently running B<dpkg> instance (since dpkg 1.14.17)." 7437msgstr "" 7438 7439#. type: TP 7440#: dpkg.man dpkg-divert.man 7441#, no-wrap 7442msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE>" 7443msgstr "" 7444 7445#. type: Plain text 7446#: dpkg.man 7447msgid "" 7448"Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the " 7449"(non-arch-qualified) package name being handled (since dpkg 1.14.17)." 7450msgstr "" 7451 7452#. type: TP 7453#: dpkg.man 7454#, no-wrap 7455msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE_REFCOUNT>" 7456msgstr "" 7457 7458#. type: Plain text 7459#: dpkg.man 7460msgid "" 7461"Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the package " 7462"reference count, i.e. the number of package instances with a state greater " 7463"than B<not-installed> (since dpkg 1.17.2)." 7464msgstr "" 7465 7466#. type: TP 7467#: dpkg.man 7468#, no-wrap 7469msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_ARCH>" 7470msgstr "" 7471 7472#. type: Plain text 7473#: dpkg.man 7474msgid "" 7475"Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the architecture " 7476"the package got built for (since dpkg 1.15.4)." 7477msgstr "" 7478 7479#. type: TP 7480#: dpkg.man 7481#, no-wrap 7482msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_NAME>" 7483msgstr "" 7484 7485#. type: Plain text 7486#: dpkg.man 7487msgid "" 7488"Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the name of the " 7489"script running, one of B<preinst>, B<postinst>, B<prerm> or B<postrm> (since " 7490"dpkg 1.15.7)." 7491msgstr "" 7492 7493#. type: TP 7494#: dpkg.man 7495#, no-wrap 7496msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_DEBUG>" 7497msgstr "" 7498 7499#. type: Plain text 7500#: dpkg.man 7501msgid "" 7502"Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to a value (‘B<0>’ " 7503"or ‘B<1>’) noting whether debugging has been requested (with the B<--debug> " 7504"option) for the maintainer scripts (since dpkg 1.18.4)." 7505msgstr "" 7506 7507#. type: Plain text 7508#: dpkg.man dpkg.cfg.man 7509#, no-wrap 7510msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg.d/[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*>" 7511msgstr "" 7512 7513#. type: Plain text 7514#: dpkg.man 7515msgid "Configuration fragment files (since dpkg 1.15.4)." 7516msgstr "" 7517 7518#. type: Plain text 7519#: dpkg.man dpkg.cfg.man 7520#, no-wrap 7521msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>" 7522msgstr "" 7523 7524#. type: Plain text 7525#: dpkg.man 7526msgid "Configuration file with default options." 7527msgstr "" 7528 7529#. type: TP 7530#: dpkg.man 7531#, no-wrap 7532msgid "I<%LOGDIR%/dpkg.log>" 7533msgstr "" 7534 7535#. type: Plain text 7536#: dpkg.man 7537msgid "Default log file (see I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg> and option B<--log>)." 7538msgstr "" 7539 7540#. type: Plain text 7541#: dpkg.man 7542msgid "" 7543"The other files listed below are in their default directories, see option " 7544"B<--admindir> to see how to change locations of these files." 7545msgstr "" 7546 7547#. type: TP 7548#: dpkg.man 7549#, no-wrap 7550msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>" 7551msgstr "" 7552 7553#. type: Plain text 7554#: dpkg.man 7555msgid "List of available packages." 7556msgstr "" 7557 7558#. type: TP 7559#: dpkg.man 7560#, no-wrap 7561msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/status>" 7562msgstr "" 7563 7564#. type: Plain text 7565#: dpkg.man 7566msgid "" 7567"Statuses of available packages. This file contains information about whether " 7568"a package is marked for removing or not, whether it is installed or not, " 7569"etc. See section B<INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES> for more info." 7570msgstr "" 7571 7572#. type: Plain text 7573#: dpkg.man 7574msgid "" 7575"The status file is backed up daily in I</var/backups>. It can be useful if " 7576"it's lost or corrupted due to filesystems troubles." 7577msgstr "" 7578 7579#. type: Plain text 7580#: dpkg.man 7581msgid "The format and contents of a binary package are described in B<deb>(5)." 7582msgstr "" 7583 7584#. type: Plain text 7585#: dpkg.man 7586msgid "B<--no-act> usually gives less information than might be helpful." 7587msgstr "" 7588 7589#. type: Plain text 7590#: dpkg.man 7591msgid "" 7592"To list installed packages related to the editor B<vi>(1) (note that " 7593"B<dpkg-query> does not load the I<available> file anymore by default, and " 7594"the B<dpkg-query> B<--load-avail> option should be used instead for that):" 7595msgstr "" 7596 7597#. type: Plain text 7598#: dpkg.man 7599#, no-wrap 7600msgid " B<dpkg -l '*vi*'>\n" 7601msgstr "" 7602 7603#. type: Plain text 7604#: dpkg.man 7605msgid "To see the entries in I<%ADMINDIR%/available> of two packages:" 7606msgstr "" 7607 7608#. type: Plain text 7609#: dpkg.man 7610#, no-wrap 7611msgid " B<dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>\n" 7612msgstr "" 7613 7614#. type: Plain text 7615#: dpkg.man 7616msgid "To search the listing of packages yourself:" 7617msgstr "" 7618 7619#. type: Plain text 7620#: dpkg.man 7621#, no-wrap 7622msgid " B<less %ADMINDIR%/available>\n" 7623msgstr "" 7624 7625#. type: Plain text 7626#: dpkg.man 7627msgid "To remove an installed elvis package:" 7628msgstr "" 7629 7630#. type: Plain text 7631#: dpkg.man 7632#, no-wrap 7633msgid " B<dpkg -r elvis>\n" 7634msgstr "" 7635 7636#. type: Plain text 7637#: dpkg.man 7638msgid "" 7639"To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or CDROM. The " 7640"I<available> file shows that the vim package is in section B<editors>:" 7641msgstr "" 7642 7643#. type: Plain text 7644#: dpkg.man 7645#, no-wrap 7646msgid "" 7647" B<cd /media/cdrom/pool/main/v/vim>\n" 7648" B<dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>\n" 7649msgstr "" 7650 7651#. type: Plain text 7652#: dpkg.man 7653msgid "To make a local copy of the package selection states:" 7654msgstr "" 7655 7656#. type: Plain text 7657#: dpkg.man 7658#, no-wrap 7659msgid " B<dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>\n" 7660msgstr "" 7661 7662#. type: Plain text 7663#: dpkg.man 7664msgid "" 7665"You might transfer this file to another computer, and after having updated " 7666"the I<available> file there with your package manager frontend of choice " 7667"(see https://wiki.debian.org/Teams/Dpkg/FAQ for more details), for example:" 7668msgstr "" 7669 7670#. type: Plain text 7671#: dpkg.man 7672#, no-wrap 7673msgid " B<apt-cache dumpavail | dpkg --merge-avail>\n" 7674msgstr "" 7675 7676#. type: Plain text 7677#: dpkg.man 7678msgid "or with dpkg 1.17.6 and earlier:" 7679msgstr "" 7680 7681#. type: Plain text 7682#: dpkg.man 7683#, no-wrap 7684msgid "" 7685" B<avail=`mktemp`>\n" 7686" B<apt-cache dumpavail E<gt>\"$avail\">\n" 7687" B<dpkg --merge-avail \"$avail\">\n" 7688" B<rm \"$avail\">\n" 7689msgstr "" 7690 7691#. type: Plain text 7692#: dpkg.man 7693msgid "you can install it with:" 7694msgstr "" 7695 7696#. type: Plain text 7697#: dpkg.man 7698#, no-wrap 7699msgid "" 7700" B<dpkg --clear-selections>\n" 7701" B<dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>\n" 7702msgstr "" 7703 7704#. type: Plain text 7705#: dpkg.man 7706msgid "" 7707"Note that this will not actually install or remove anything, but just set " 7708"the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other " 7709"application to actually download and install the requested packages. For " 7710"example, run B<apt-get dselect-upgrade>." 7711msgstr "" 7712 7713#. type: Plain text 7714#: dpkg.man 7715msgid "" 7716"Ordinarily, you will find that B<dselect>(1) provides a more convenient way " 7717"to modify the package selection states." 7718msgstr "" 7719 7720#. type: SH 7721#: dpkg.man 7722#, no-wrap 7723msgid "ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONALITY" 7724msgstr "" 7725 7726#. type: Plain text 7727#: dpkg.man 7728msgid "" 7729"Additional functionality can be gained by installing any of the following " 7730"packages: B<apt>, B<aptitude> and B<debsums>." 7731msgstr "" 7732 7733#. type: Plain text 7734#: dpkg.man 7735msgid "" 7736"B<aptitude>(1), B<apt>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg-query>(1), " 7737"B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5), and B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)." 7738msgstr "" 7739 7740#. type: SH 7741#: dpkg.man 7742#, no-wrap 7743msgid "AUTHORS" 7744msgstr "" 7745 7746#. type: Plain text 7747#: dpkg.man 7748msgid "" 7749"See I<%PKGDOCDIR%/THANKS> for the list of people who have contributed to " 7750"B<dpkg>." 7751msgstr "" 7752 7753#. type: TH 7754#: dpkg-architecture.man 7755#, no-wrap 7756msgid "dpkg-architecture" 7757msgstr "" 7758 7759#. type: Plain text 7760#: dpkg-architecture.man 7761msgid "dpkg-architecture - set and determine the architecture for package building" 7762msgstr "" 7763 7764#. type: Plain text 7765#: dpkg-architecture.man 7766msgid "B<dpkg-architecture> [I<option>...] [I<command>]" 7767msgstr "" 7768 7769#. type: Plain text 7770#: dpkg-architecture.man 7771msgid "" 7772"B<dpkg-architecture> provides a facility to determine and set the build and " 7773"host architecture for package building." 7774msgstr "" 7775 7776#. type: Plain text 7777#: dpkg-architecture.man 7778msgid "" 7779"The build architecture is always determined by an external call to " 7780"B<dpkg>(1), and cannot be set at the command line." 7781msgstr "" 7782 7783#. type: Plain text 7784#: dpkg-architecture.man 7785msgid "" 7786"You can specify the host architecture by providing one or both of the " 7787"options B<--host-arch> and B<--host-type>. The default is determined by an " 7788"external call to B<gcc>(1), or the same as the build architecture if B<CC> " 7789"or gcc are both not available. One out of B<--host-arch> and B<--host-type> " 7790"is sufficient, the value of the other will be set to a usable " 7791"default. Indeed, it is often better to only specify one, because " 7792"B<dpkg-architecture> will warn you if your choice does not match the " 7793"default." 7794msgstr "" 7795 7796#. type: SH 7797#: dpkg-architecture.man dpkg-buildflags.man dpkg-deb.man dpkg-divert.man 7798#: dpkg-query.man dpkg-source.man dpkg-split.man dpkg-statoverride.man 7799#: dpkg-trigger.man dpkg-vendor.man dselect.man start-stop-daemon.man 7800#: update-alternatives.man 7801#, no-wrap 7802msgid "COMMANDS" 7803msgstr "" 7804 7805#. type: TP 7806#: dpkg-architecture.man 7807#, no-wrap 7808msgid "B<-l>, B<--list>" 7809msgstr "" 7810 7811#. type: Plain text 7812#: dpkg-architecture.man 7813msgid "" 7814"Print the environment variables, one each line, in the format " 7815"I<VARIABLE=value>. This is the default action." 7816msgstr "" 7817 7818#. type: TP 7819#: dpkg-architecture.man 7820#, no-wrap 7821msgid "B<-e>, B<--equal> I<architecture>" 7822msgstr "" 7823 7824#. type: Plain text 7825#: dpkg-architecture.man 7826msgid "" 7827"Check for equality of architecture (since dpkg 1.13.13). It compares the " 7828"current or specified Debian host architecture against I<architecture>, to " 7829"check if they are equal. This action will not expand the architecture " 7830"wildcards. Command finishes with an exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not " 7831"matched." 7832msgstr "" 7833 7834#. type: TP 7835#: dpkg-architecture.man 7836#, no-wrap 7837msgid "B<-i>, B<--is> I<architecture-wildcard>" 7838msgstr "" 7839 7840#. type: Plain text 7841#: dpkg-architecture.man 7842msgid "" 7843"Check for identity of architecture (since dpkg 1.13.13). It compares the " 7844"current or specified Debian host architecture against " 7845"I<architecture-wildcard> after having expanded it as an architecture " 7846"wildcard, to check if they match. Command finishes with an exit status of 0 " 7847"if matched, 1 if not matched." 7848msgstr "" 7849 7850#. type: TP 7851#: dpkg-architecture.man 7852#, no-wrap 7853msgid "B<-q>, B<--query> I<variable-name>" 7854msgstr "" 7855 7856#. type: Plain text 7857#: dpkg-architecture.man 7858msgid "Print the value of a single variable." 7859msgstr "" 7860 7861#. type: TP 7862#: dpkg-architecture.man 7863#, no-wrap 7864msgid "B<-s>, B<--print-set>" 7865msgstr "" 7866 7867#. type: Plain text 7868#: dpkg-architecture.man 7869msgid "" 7870"Print an export command. This can be used to set the environment variables " 7871"using eval." 7872msgstr "" 7873 7874#. type: TP 7875#: dpkg-architecture.man 7876#, no-wrap 7877msgid "B<-u>, B<--print-unset>" 7878msgstr "" 7879 7880#. type: Plain text 7881#: dpkg-architecture.man 7882msgid "Print a similar command to B<--print-unset> but to unset all variables." 7883msgstr "" 7884 7885#. type: TP 7886#: dpkg-architecture.man 7887#, no-wrap 7888msgid "B<-c>, B<--command> I<command-string>" 7889msgstr "" 7890 7891#. type: Plain text 7892#: dpkg-architecture.man 7893msgid "" 7894"Execute a I<command-string> in an environment which has all variables set to " 7895"the determined value." 7896msgstr "" 7897 7898#. type: TP 7899#: dpkg-architecture.man 7900#, no-wrap 7901msgid "B<-L>, B<--list-known>" 7902msgstr "" 7903 7904#. type: Plain text 7905#: dpkg-architecture.man 7906msgid "" 7907"Print a list of valid architecture names. Possibly restricted by one or " 7908"more of the matching options B<--match-wildcard>, B<--match-bits> or " 7909"B<--match-endian> (since dpkg 1.17.14)." 7910msgstr "" 7911 7912#. type: Plain text 7913#: dpkg-architecture.man dpkg-buildflags.man dpkg-buildpackage.man 7914#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man dpkg-distaddfile.man 7915#: dpkg-deb.man dpkg-divert.man dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man 7916#: dpkg-gensymbols.man dpkg-mergechangelogs.man dpkg-name.man 7917#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man dpkg-query.man dpkg-scanpackages.man 7918#: dpkg-scansources.man dpkg-shlibdeps.man dpkg-split.man dpkg-statoverride.man 7919#: dpkg-trigger.man dpkg-vendor.man update-alternatives.man 7920msgid "Show the usage message and exit." 7921msgstr "" 7922 7923#. type: Plain text 7924#: dpkg-architecture.man dpkg-buildflags.man dpkg-buildpackage.man 7925#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man dpkg-distaddfile.man 7926#: dpkg-deb.man dpkg-divert.man dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man 7927#: dpkg-gensymbols.man dpkg-mergechangelogs.man dpkg-name.man 7928#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man dpkg-query.man dpkg-scanpackages.man 7929#: dpkg-scansources.man dpkg-shlibdeps.man dpkg-source.man dpkg-split.man 7930#: dpkg-statoverride.man dpkg-trigger.man dpkg-vendor.man 7931#: update-alternatives.man 7932msgid "Show the version and exit." 7933msgstr "" 7934 7935#. type: TP 7936#: dpkg-architecture.man dpkg-buildpackage.man 7937#, no-wrap 7938msgid "B<-a>, B<--host-arch> I<architecture>" 7939msgstr "" 7940 7941#. type: Plain text 7942#: dpkg-architecture.man 7943msgid "Set the host Debian architecture." 7944msgstr "" 7945 7946#. type: TP 7947#: dpkg-architecture.man dpkg-buildpackage.man 7948#, no-wrap 7949msgid "B<-t>, B<--host-type> I<gnu-system-type>" 7950msgstr "" 7951 7952#. type: Plain text 7953#: dpkg-architecture.man 7954msgid "Set the host GNU system type." 7955msgstr "" 7956 7957#. type: TP 7958#: dpkg-architecture.man 7959#, no-wrap 7960msgid "B<-A>, B<--target-arch> I<architecture>" 7961msgstr "" 7962 7963#. type: Plain text 7964#: dpkg-architecture.man 7965msgid "Set the target Debian architecture (since dpkg 1.17.14)." 7966msgstr "" 7967 7968#. type: TP 7969#: dpkg-architecture.man 7970#, no-wrap 7971msgid "B<-T>, B<--target-type> I<gnu-system-type>" 7972msgstr "" 7973 7974#. type: Plain text 7975#: dpkg-architecture.man 7976msgid "Set the target GNU system type (since dpkg 1.17.14)." 7977msgstr "" 7978 7979#. type: TP 7980#: dpkg-architecture.man 7981#, no-wrap 7982msgid "B<-W>, B<--match-wildcard> I<architecture-wildcard>" 7983msgstr "" 7984 7985#. type: Plain text 7986#: dpkg-architecture.man 7987msgid "" 7988"Restrict the architectures listed by B<--list-known> to ones matching the " 7989"specified architecture wildcard (since dpkg 1.17.14)." 7990msgstr "" 7991 7992#. type: TP 7993#: dpkg-architecture.man 7994#, no-wrap 7995msgid "B<-B>, B<--match-bits> I<architecture-bits>" 7996msgstr "" 7997 7998#. type: Plain text 7999#: dpkg-architecture.man 8000msgid "" 8001"Restrict the architectures listed by B<--list-known> to ones with the " 8002"specified CPU bits (since dpkg 1.17.14). Either B<32> or B<64>." 8003msgstr "" 8004 8005#. type: TP 8006#: dpkg-architecture.man 8007#, no-wrap 8008msgid "B<-E>, B<--match-endian> I<architecture-endianness>" 8009msgstr "" 8010 8011#. type: Plain text 8012#: dpkg-architecture.man 8013msgid "" 8014"Restrict the architectures listed by B<--list-known> to ones with the " 8015"specified endianness (since dpkg 1.17.14). Either B<little> or B<big>." 8016msgstr "" 8017 8018#. type: TP 8019#: dpkg-architecture.man 8020#, no-wrap 8021msgid "B<-f>, B<--force>" 8022msgstr "" 8023 8024#. type: Plain text 8025#: dpkg-architecture.man 8026msgid "" 8027"Values set by existing environment variables with the same name as used by " 8028"the scripts are honored (i.e. used by B<dpkg-architecture>), except if this " 8029"force flag is present. This allows the user to override a value even when " 8030"the call to B<dpkg-architecture> is buried in some other script (for example " 8031"B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1))." 8032msgstr "" 8033 8034#. type: SH 8035#: dpkg-architecture.man 8036#, no-wrap 8037msgid "TERMS" 8038msgstr "" 8039 8040#. type: IP 8041#: dpkg-architecture.man 8042#, no-wrap 8043msgid "build machine" 8044msgstr "" 8045 8046#. type: Plain text 8047#: dpkg-architecture.man 8048msgid "The machine the package is built on." 8049msgstr "" 8050 8051#. type: IP 8052#: dpkg-architecture.man 8053#, no-wrap 8054msgid "host machine" 8055msgstr "" 8056 8057#. type: Plain text 8058#: dpkg-architecture.man 8059msgid "The machine the package is built for." 8060msgstr "" 8061 8062#. type: IP 8063#: dpkg-architecture.man 8064#, no-wrap 8065msgid "target machine" 8066msgstr "" 8067 8068#. type: Plain text 8069#: dpkg-architecture.man 8070msgid "" 8071"The machine the compiler is building for. This is only needed when building " 8072"a cross-toolchain, one that will be built on the build architecture, to be " 8073"run on the host architecture, and to build code for the target architecture." 8074msgstr "" 8075 8076#. type: IP 8077#: dpkg-architecture.man 8078#, no-wrap 8079msgid "Debian architecture" 8080msgstr "" 8081 8082#. type: Plain text 8083#: dpkg-architecture.man 8084msgid "" 8085"The Debian architecture string, which specifies the binary tree in the FTP " 8086"archive. Examples: i386, sparc, hurd-i386." 8087msgstr "" 8088 8089#. type: IP 8090#: dpkg-architecture.man 8091#, no-wrap 8092msgid "Debian architecture tuple" 8093msgstr "" 8094 8095#. type: Plain text 8096#: dpkg-architecture.man 8097msgid "" 8098"A Debian architecture tuple is the fully qualified architecture with all its " 8099"components spelled out. This differs with Debian architectures in that at " 8100"least the I<cpu> component does not embed the I<abi>. The current tuple has " 8101"the form I<abi>-I<libc>-I<os>-I<cpu>. Examples: base-gnu-linux-amd64, " 8102"eabihf-musl-linux-arm." 8103msgstr "" 8104 8105#. type: IP 8106#: dpkg-architecture.man 8107#, no-wrap 8108msgid "Debian architecture wildcard" 8109msgstr "" 8110 8111#. type: Plain text 8112#: dpkg-architecture.man 8113msgid "" 8114"A Debian architecture wildcard is a special architecture string that will " 8115"match any real architecture being part of it. The general form is a Debian " 8116"architecture tuple with four or less elements, and with at least one of them " 8117"being B<any>. Missing elements of the tuple are prefixed implicitly as " 8118"B<any>, and thus the following pairs are equivalent:" 8119msgstr "" 8120 8121#. type: Plain text 8122#: dpkg-architecture.man 8123#, no-wrap 8124msgid "" 8125" B<any>-B<any>-B<any>-B<any> = B<any>\n" 8126" B<any>-B<any>-I<os>-B<any> = I<os>-B<any>\n" 8127" B<any>-I<libc>-B<any>-B<any> = I<libc>-B<any>-B<any>\n" 8128msgstr "" 8129 8130#. type: Plain text 8131#: dpkg-architecture.man 8132msgid "Examples: linux-any, any-i386, hurd-any, eabi-any-any-arm, musl-any-any." 8133msgstr "" 8134 8135#. type: IP 8136#: dpkg-architecture.man 8137#, no-wrap 8138msgid "GNU system type" 8139msgstr "" 8140 8141#. type: Plain text 8142#: dpkg-architecture.man 8143msgid "" 8144"An architecture specification string consisting of two parts separated by a " 8145"hyphen: cpu and system. Examples: i586-linux-gnu, sparc-linux-gnu, " 8146"i686-gnu, x86_64-netbsd." 8147msgstr "" 8148 8149#. type: IP 8150#: dpkg-architecture.man 8151#, no-wrap 8152msgid "multiarch triplet" 8153msgstr "" 8154 8155#. type: Plain text 8156#: dpkg-architecture.man 8157msgid "" 8158"The clarified GNU system type, used for filesystem paths. This triplet does " 8159"not change even when the baseline ISA gets bumped, so that the resulting " 8160"paths are stable over time. The only current difference with the GNU system " 8161"type is that the CPU part for i386 based systems is always i386. Examples: " 8162"i386-linux-gnu, x86_64-linux-gnu. Example paths: " 8163"/lib/powerpc64le-linux-gnu/, /usr/lib/i386-kfreebsd-gnu/." 8164msgstr "" 8165 8166#. type: SH 8167#: dpkg-architecture.man 8168#, no-wrap 8169msgid "VARIABLES" 8170msgstr "" 8171 8172#. type: Plain text 8173#: dpkg-architecture.man 8174msgid "" 8175"The following variables are set by B<dpkg-architecture> (see the B<TERMS> " 8176"section for a description of the naming scheme):" 8177msgstr "" 8178 8179#. type: IP 8180#: dpkg-architecture.man 8181#, no-wrap 8182msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH>" 8183msgstr "" 8184 8185#. type: Plain text 8186#: dpkg-architecture.man 8187msgid "The Debian architecture of the build machine." 8188msgstr "" 8189 8190#. type: IP 8191#: dpkg-architecture.man 8192#, no-wrap 8193msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_ABI>" 8194msgstr "" 8195 8196#. type: Plain text 8197#: dpkg-architecture.man 8198msgid "The Debian abi name of the build machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)." 8199msgstr "" 8200 8201#. type: IP 8202#: dpkg-architecture.man 8203#, no-wrap 8204msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_LIBC>" 8205msgstr "" 8206 8207#. type: Plain text 8208#: dpkg-architecture.man 8209msgid "The Debian libc name of the build machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)." 8210msgstr "" 8211 8212#. type: IP 8213#: dpkg-architecture.man 8214#, no-wrap 8215msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS>" 8216msgstr "" 8217 8218#. type: Plain text 8219#: dpkg-architecture.man 8220msgid "The Debian system name of the build machine (since dpkg 1.13.2)." 8221msgstr "" 8222 8223#. type: IP 8224#: dpkg-architecture.man 8225#, no-wrap 8226msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU>" 8227msgstr "" 8228 8229#. type: Plain text 8230#: dpkg-architecture.man 8231msgid "The Debian cpu name of the build machine (since dpkg 1.13.2)." 8232msgstr "" 8233 8234#. type: IP 8235#: dpkg-architecture.man 8236#, no-wrap 8237msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_BITS>" 8238msgstr "" 8239 8240#. type: Plain text 8241#: dpkg-architecture.man 8242msgid "The pointer size of the build machine (in bits; since dpkg 1.15.4)." 8243msgstr "" 8244 8245#. type: IP 8246#: dpkg-architecture.man 8247#, no-wrap 8248msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_ENDIAN>" 8249msgstr "" 8250 8251#. type: Plain text 8252#: dpkg-architecture.man 8253msgid "The endianness of the build machine (little / big; since dpkg 1.15.4)." 8254msgstr "" 8255 8256#. type: IP 8257#: dpkg-architecture.man 8258#, no-wrap 8259msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU>" 8260msgstr "" 8261 8262#. type: Plain text 8263#: dpkg-architecture.man 8264msgid "The CPU part of B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE>." 8265msgstr "" 8266 8267#. type: IP 8268#: dpkg-architecture.man 8269#, no-wrap 8270msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM>" 8271msgstr "" 8272 8273#. type: Plain text 8274#: dpkg-architecture.man 8275msgid "The System part of B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE>." 8276msgstr "" 8277 8278#. type: IP 8279#: dpkg-architecture.man 8280#, no-wrap 8281msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE>" 8282msgstr "" 8283 8284#. type: Plain text 8285#: dpkg-architecture.man 8286msgid "The GNU system type of the build machine." 8287msgstr "" 8288 8289#. type: IP 8290#: dpkg-architecture.man 8291#, no-wrap 8292msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_MULTIARCH>" 8293msgstr "" 8294 8295#. type: Plain text 8296#: dpkg-architecture.man 8297msgid "" 8298"The clarified GNU system type of the build machine, used for filesystem " 8299"paths (since dpkg 1.16.0)." 8300msgstr "" 8301 8302#. type: IP 8303#: dpkg-architecture.man 8304#, no-wrap 8305msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH>" 8306msgstr "" 8307 8308#. type: Plain text 8309#: dpkg-architecture.man 8310msgid "The Debian architecture of the host machine." 8311msgstr "" 8312 8313#. type: IP 8314#: dpkg-architecture.man 8315#, no-wrap 8316msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_ABI>" 8317msgstr "" 8318 8319#. type: Plain text 8320#: dpkg-architecture.man 8321msgid "The Debian abi name of the host machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)." 8322msgstr "" 8323 8324#. type: IP 8325#: dpkg-architecture.man 8326#, no-wrap 8327msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_LIBC>" 8328msgstr "" 8329 8330#. type: Plain text 8331#: dpkg-architecture.man 8332msgid "The Debian libc name of the host machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)." 8333msgstr "" 8334 8335#. type: IP 8336#: dpkg-architecture.man 8337#, no-wrap 8338msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS>" 8339msgstr "" 8340 8341#. type: Plain text 8342#: dpkg-architecture.man 8343msgid "The Debian system name of the host machine (since dpkg 1.13.2)." 8344msgstr "" 8345 8346#. type: IP 8347#: dpkg-architecture.man 8348#, no-wrap 8349msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU>" 8350msgstr "" 8351 8352#. type: Plain text 8353#: dpkg-architecture.man 8354msgid "The Debian cpu name of the host machine (since dpkg 1.13.2)." 8355msgstr "" 8356 8357#. type: IP 8358#: dpkg-architecture.man 8359#, no-wrap 8360msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_BITS>" 8361msgstr "" 8362 8363#. type: Plain text 8364#: dpkg-architecture.man 8365msgid "The pointer size of the host machine (in bits; since dpkg 1.15.4)." 8366msgstr "" 8367 8368#. type: IP 8369#: dpkg-architecture.man 8370#, no-wrap 8371msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_ENDIAN>" 8372msgstr "" 8373 8374#. type: Plain text 8375#: dpkg-architecture.man 8376msgid "The endianness of the host machine (little / big; since dpkg 1.15.4)." 8377msgstr "" 8378 8379#. type: IP 8380#: dpkg-architecture.man 8381#, no-wrap 8382msgid "B<DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU>" 8383msgstr "" 8384 8385#. type: Plain text 8386#: dpkg-architecture.man 8387msgid "The CPU part of B<DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE>." 8388msgstr "" 8389 8390#. type: IP 8391#: dpkg-architecture.man 8392#, no-wrap 8393msgid "B<DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM>" 8394msgstr "" 8395 8396#. type: Plain text 8397#: dpkg-architecture.man 8398msgid "The System part of B<DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE>." 8399msgstr "" 8400 8401#. type: IP 8402#: dpkg-architecture.man 8403#, no-wrap 8404msgid "B<DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE>" 8405msgstr "" 8406 8407#. type: Plain text 8408#: dpkg-architecture.man 8409msgid "The GNU system type of the host machine." 8410msgstr "" 8411 8412#. type: IP 8413#: dpkg-architecture.man 8414#, no-wrap 8415msgid "B<DEB_HOST_MULTIARCH>" 8416msgstr "" 8417 8418#. type: Plain text 8419#: dpkg-architecture.man 8420msgid "" 8421"The clarified GNU system type of the host machine, used for filesystem paths " 8422"(since dpkg 1.16.0)." 8423msgstr "" 8424 8425#. type: IP 8426#: dpkg-architecture.man 8427#, no-wrap 8428msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH>" 8429msgstr "" 8430 8431#. type: Plain text 8432#: dpkg-architecture.man 8433msgid "The Debian architecture of the target machine (since dpkg 1.17.14)." 8434msgstr "" 8435 8436#. type: IP 8437#: dpkg-architecture.man 8438#, no-wrap 8439msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_ABI>" 8440msgstr "" 8441 8442#. type: Plain text 8443#: dpkg-architecture.man 8444msgid "The Debian abi name of the target machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)." 8445msgstr "" 8446 8447#. type: IP 8448#: dpkg-architecture.man 8449#, no-wrap 8450msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_LIBC>" 8451msgstr "" 8452 8453#. type: Plain text 8454#: dpkg-architecture.man 8455msgid "The Debian libc name of the target machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)." 8456msgstr "" 8457 8458#. type: IP 8459#: dpkg-architecture.man 8460#, no-wrap 8461msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_OS>" 8462msgstr "" 8463 8464#. type: Plain text 8465#: dpkg-architecture.man 8466msgid "The Debian system name of the target machine (since dpkg 1.17.14)." 8467msgstr "" 8468 8469#. type: IP 8470#: dpkg-architecture.man 8471#, no-wrap 8472msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_CPU>" 8473msgstr "" 8474 8475#. type: Plain text 8476#: dpkg-architecture.man 8477msgid "The Debian cpu name of the target machine (since dpkg 1.17.14)." 8478msgstr "" 8479 8480#. type: IP 8481#: dpkg-architecture.man 8482#, no-wrap 8483msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_BITS>" 8484msgstr "" 8485 8486#. type: Plain text 8487#: dpkg-architecture.man 8488msgid "The pointer size of the target machine (in bits; since dpkg 1.17.14)." 8489msgstr "" 8490 8491#. type: IP 8492#: dpkg-architecture.man 8493#, no-wrap 8494msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_ENDIAN>" 8495msgstr "" 8496 8497#. type: Plain text 8498#: dpkg-architecture.man 8499msgid "The endianness of the target machine (little / big; since dpkg 1.17.14)." 8500msgstr "" 8501 8502#. type: IP 8503#: dpkg-architecture.man 8504#, no-wrap 8505msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_CPU>" 8506msgstr "" 8507 8508#. type: Plain text 8509#: dpkg-architecture.man 8510msgid "The CPU part of B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_TYPE> (since dpkg 1.17.14)." 8511msgstr "" 8512 8513#. type: IP 8514#: dpkg-architecture.man 8515#, no-wrap 8516msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_SYSTEM>" 8517msgstr "" 8518 8519#. type: Plain text 8520#: dpkg-architecture.man 8521msgid "The System part of B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_TYPE> (since dpkg 1.17.14)." 8522msgstr "" 8523 8524#. type: IP 8525#: dpkg-architecture.man 8526#, no-wrap 8527msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_TYPE>" 8528msgstr "" 8529 8530#. type: Plain text 8531#: dpkg-architecture.man 8532msgid "The GNU system type of the target machine (since dpkg 1.17.14)." 8533msgstr "" 8534 8535#. type: IP 8536#: dpkg-architecture.man 8537#, no-wrap 8538msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_MULTIARCH>" 8539msgstr "" 8540 8541#. type: Plain text 8542#: dpkg-architecture.man 8543msgid "" 8544"The clarified GNU system type of the target machine, used for filesystem " 8545"paths (since dpkg 1.17.14)." 8546msgstr "" 8547 8548#. type: SS 8549#: dpkg-architecture.man 8550#, no-wrap 8551msgid "Architecture tables" 8552msgstr "" 8553 8554#. type: Plain text 8555#: dpkg-architecture.man 8556msgid "" 8557"All these files have to be present for B<dpkg-architecture> to work. Their " 8558"location can be overridden at runtime with the environment variable " 8559"B<DPKG_DATADIR>. These tables contain a format B<Version> pseudo-field on " 8560"their first line to mark their format, so that parsers can check if they " 8561"understand it, such as \"# Version=1.0\"." 8562msgstr "" 8563 8564#. type: TP 8565#: dpkg-architecture.man 8566#, no-wrap 8567msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/cputable>" 8568msgstr "" 8569 8570#. type: Plain text 8571#: dpkg-architecture.man 8572msgid "" 8573"Table of known CPU names and mapping to their GNU name. Format version 1.0 " 8574"(since dpkg 1.13.2)." 8575msgstr "" 8576 8577#. type: TP 8578#: dpkg-architecture.man 8579#, no-wrap 8580msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/ostable>" 8581msgstr "" 8582 8583#. type: Plain text 8584#: dpkg-architecture.man 8585msgid "" 8586"Table of known operating system names and mapping to their GNU name. Format " 8587"version 2.0 (since dpkg 1.18.11)." 8588msgstr "" 8589 8590#. type: TP 8591#: dpkg-architecture.man 8592#, no-wrap 8593msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/tupletable>" 8594msgstr "" 8595 8596#. type: Plain text 8597#: dpkg-architecture.man 8598msgid "" 8599"Mapping between Debian architecture tuples and Debian architecture names. " 8600"Format version 1.0 (since dpkg 1.18.11)." 8601msgstr "" 8602 8603#. type: TP 8604#: dpkg-architecture.man 8605#, no-wrap 8606msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/abitable>" 8607msgstr "" 8608 8609#. type: Plain text 8610#: dpkg-architecture.man 8611msgid "" 8612"Table of Debian architecture ABI attribute overrides. Format version 2.0 " 8613"(since dpkg 1.18.11)." 8614msgstr "" 8615 8616#. type: SS 8617#: dpkg-architecture.man dpkg-buildflags.man 8618#, no-wrap 8619msgid "Packaging support" 8620msgstr "" 8621 8622#. type: TP 8623#: dpkg-architecture.man 8624#, no-wrap 8625msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/architecture.mk>" 8626msgstr "" 8627 8628#. type: Plain text 8629#: dpkg-architecture.man 8630msgid "" 8631"Makefile snippet that properly sets and exports all the variables that " 8632"B<dpkg-architecture> outputs (since dpkg 1.16.1)." 8633msgstr "" 8634 8635#. type: Plain text 8636#: dpkg-architecture.man 8637msgid "" 8638"B<dpkg-buildpackage> accepts the B<-a> option and passes it to " 8639"B<dpkg-architecture>. Other examples:" 8640msgstr "" 8641 8642#. type: Plain text 8643#: dpkg-architecture.man 8644msgid "CC=i386-gnu-gcc dpkg-architecture -c debian/rules build" 8645msgstr "" 8646 8647#. type: Plain text 8648#: dpkg-architecture.man 8649msgid "eval \\`dpkg-architecture -u\\`" 8650msgstr "" 8651 8652#. type: Plain text 8653#: dpkg-architecture.man 8654msgid "" 8655"Check if the current or specified host architecture is equal to an " 8656"architecture:" 8657msgstr "" 8658 8659#. type: Plain text 8660#: dpkg-architecture.man 8661msgid "dpkg-architecture -elinux-alpha" 8662msgstr "" 8663 8664#. type: Plain text 8665#: dpkg-architecture.man 8666msgid "dpkg-architecture -amips -elinux-mips" 8667msgstr "" 8668 8669#. type: Plain text 8670#: dpkg-architecture.man 8671msgid "Check if the current or specified host architecture is a Linux system:" 8672msgstr "" 8673 8674#. type: Plain text 8675#: dpkg-architecture.man 8676msgid "dpkg-architecture -ilinux-any" 8677msgstr "" 8678 8679#. type: Plain text 8680#: dpkg-architecture.man 8681msgid "dpkg-architecture -ai386 -ilinux-any" 8682msgstr "" 8683 8684#. type: SS 8685#: dpkg-architecture.man dpkg-buildflags.man 8686#, no-wrap 8687msgid "Usage in debian/rules" 8688msgstr "" 8689 8690#. type: Plain text 8691#: dpkg-architecture.man 8692msgid "" 8693"The environment variables set by B<dpkg-architecture> are passed to " 8694"I<debian/rules> as make variables (see make documentation). However, you " 8695"should not rely on them, as this breaks manual invocation of the " 8696"script. Instead, you should always initialize them using " 8697"B<dpkg-architecture> with the B<-q> option. Here are some examples, which " 8698"also show how you can improve the cross compilation support in your package:" 8699msgstr "" 8700 8701#. type: Plain text 8702#: dpkg-architecture.man 8703msgid "Retrieving the GNU system type and forwarding it to ./configure:" 8704msgstr "" 8705 8706#. type: Plain text 8707#: dpkg-architecture.man 8708#, no-wrap 8709msgid "" 8710"DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE ?= $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE)\n" 8711"DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE ?= $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n" 8712"[...]\n" 8713"ifeq ($(DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE), $(DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE))\n" 8714" confflags += --build=$(DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n" 8715"else\n" 8716" confflags += --build=$(DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE) \\e\n" 8717" --host=$(DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n" 8718"endif\n" 8719"[...]\n" 8720"\\&./configure $(confflags)\n" 8721msgstr "" 8722 8723#. type: Plain text 8724#: dpkg-architecture.man 8725msgid "Doing something only for a specific architecture:" 8726msgstr "" 8727 8728#. type: Plain text 8729#: dpkg-architecture.man 8730#, no-wrap 8731msgid "DEB_HOST_ARCH ?= $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH)\n" 8732msgstr "" 8733 8734#. type: Plain text 8735#: dpkg-architecture.man 8736#, no-wrap 8737msgid "" 8738"ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH),alpha)\n" 8739" [...]\n" 8740"endif\n" 8741msgstr "" 8742 8743#. type: Plain text 8744#: dpkg-architecture.man 8745msgid "" 8746"or if you only need to check the CPU or OS type, use the " 8747"B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU> or B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS> variables." 8748msgstr "" 8749 8750#. type: Plain text 8751#: dpkg-architecture.man 8752msgid "" 8753"Note that you can also rely on an external Makefile snippet to properly set " 8754"all the variables that B<dpkg-architecture> can provide:" 8755msgstr "" 8756 8757#. type: Plain text 8758#: dpkg-architecture.man 8759#, no-wrap 8760msgid "include %PKGDATADIR%/architecture.mk\n" 8761msgstr "" 8762 8763#. type: Plain text 8764#: dpkg-architecture.man 8765msgid "" 8766"In any case, you should never use B<dpkg --print-architecture> to get " 8767"architecture information during a package build." 8768msgstr "" 8769 8770#. type: TP 8771#: dpkg-architecture.man 8772#, no-wrap 8773msgid "B<DPKG_DATADIR>" 8774msgstr "" 8775 8776#. type: Plain text 8777#: dpkg-architecture.man 8778msgid "" 8779"If set, it will be used as the B<dpkg> data directory, where the " 8780"architecture tables are located (since dpkg 1.14.17). Defaults to " 8781"«%PKGDATADIR%»." 8782msgstr "" 8783 8784#. type: TP 8785#: dpkg-architecture.man dpkg-buildflags.man dpkg-buildpackage.man 8786#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man dpkg-distaddfile.man 8787#: dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man dpkg-gensymbols.man 8788#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man dpkg-name.man dpkg-parsechangelog.man 8789#: dpkg-scanpackages.man dpkg-scansources.man dpkg-shlibdeps.man 8790#: dpkg-source.man dpkg-vendor.man 8791#, no-wrap 8792msgid "B<DPKG_NLS>" 8793msgstr "" 8794 8795#. type: Plain text 8796#: dpkg-architecture.man dpkg-buildflags.man dpkg-buildpackage.man 8797#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man dpkg-distaddfile.man 8798#: dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man dpkg-gensymbols.man 8799#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man dpkg-name.man dpkg-parsechangelog.man 8800#: dpkg-scanpackages.man dpkg-scansources.man dpkg-shlibdeps.man 8801#: dpkg-source.man dpkg-vendor.man 8802msgid "" 8803"If set, it will be used to decide whether to activate Native Language " 8804"Support, also known as internationalization (or i18n) support (since dpkg " 8805"1.19.0). The accepted values are: B<0> and B<1> (default)." 8806msgstr "" 8807 8808#. type: Plain text 8809#: dpkg-architecture.man 8810msgid "All long command and option names available only since dpkg 1.17.17." 8811msgstr "" 8812 8813#. type: Plain text 8814#: dpkg-architecture.man 8815msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1)." 8816msgstr "" 8817 8818#. type: TH 8819#: dpkg.cfg.man 8820#, no-wrap 8821msgid "dpkg.cfg" 8822msgstr "" 8823 8824#. type: Plain text 8825#: dpkg.cfg.man 8826msgid "dpkg.cfg - dpkg configuration file" 8827msgstr "" 8828 8829#. type: Plain text 8830#: dpkg.cfg.man 8831msgid "" 8832"This file contains default options for dpkg. Each line contains a single " 8833"option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dpkg " 8834"except for the leading hyphens which are not used here. Quotes surrounding " 8835"option values are stripped. Comments are allowed by starting a line with a " 8836"hash sign (‘B<#>’)." 8837msgstr "" 8838 8839#. type: Plain text 8840#: dpkg.cfg.man 8841msgid "I<~/.dpkg.cfg>" 8842msgstr "" 8843 8844#. type: TH 8845#: dpkg-buildflags.man 8846#, no-wrap 8847msgid "dpkg-buildflags" 8848msgstr "" 8849 8850#. type: Plain text 8851#: dpkg-buildflags.man 8852msgid "dpkg-buildflags - returns build flags to use during package build" 8853msgstr "" 8854 8855#. type: Plain text 8856#: dpkg-buildflags.man 8857msgid "B<dpkg-buildflags> [I<option>...] [I<command>]" 8858msgstr "" 8859 8860#. type: Plain text 8861#: dpkg-buildflags.man 8862msgid "" 8863"B<dpkg-buildflags> is a tool to retrieve compilation flags to use during " 8864"build of Debian packages." 8865msgstr "" 8866 8867#. type: Plain text 8868#: dpkg-buildflags.man 8869msgid "" 8870"The default flags are defined by the vendor but they can be " 8871"extended/overridden in several ways:" 8872msgstr "" 8873 8874#. type: IP 8875#: dpkg-buildflags.man 8876#, no-wrap 8877msgid "1." 8878msgstr "" 8879 8880#. type: Plain text 8881#: dpkg-buildflags.man 8882msgid "system-wide with B<%PKGCONFDIR%/buildflags.conf>;" 8883msgstr "" 8884 8885#. type: IP 8886#: dpkg-buildflags.man 8887#, no-wrap 8888msgid "2." 8889msgstr "" 8890 8891#. type: Plain text 8892#: dpkg-buildflags.man 8893msgid "" 8894"for the current user with B<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/dpkg/buildflags.conf> where " 8895"B<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME> defaults to B<$HOME/.config>;" 8896msgstr "" 8897 8898#. type: IP 8899#: dpkg-buildflags.man 8900#, no-wrap 8901msgid "3." 8902msgstr "" 8903 8904#. type: Plain text 8905#: dpkg-buildflags.man 8906msgid "" 8907"temporarily by the user with environment variables (see section " 8908"B<ENVIRONMENT>);" 8909msgstr "" 8910 8911#. type: IP 8912#: dpkg-buildflags.man 8913#, no-wrap 8914msgid "4." 8915msgstr "" 8916 8917#. type: Plain text 8918#: dpkg-buildflags.man 8919msgid "" 8920"dynamically by the package maintainer with environment variables set via " 8921"B<debian/rules> (see section B<ENVIRONMENT>)." 8922msgstr "" 8923 8924#. type: Plain text 8925#: dpkg-buildflags.man 8926msgid "The configuration files can contain four types of directives:" 8927msgstr "" 8928 8929#. type: TP 8930#: dpkg-buildflags.man 8931#, no-wrap 8932msgid "B<SET>I< flag value>" 8933msgstr "" 8934 8935#. type: Plain text 8936#: dpkg-buildflags.man 8937msgid "Override the flag named I<flag> to have the value I<value>." 8938msgstr "" 8939 8940#. type: TP 8941#: dpkg-buildflags.man 8942#, no-wrap 8943msgid "B<STRIP>I< flag value>" 8944msgstr "" 8945 8946#. type: Plain text 8947#: dpkg-buildflags.man 8948msgid "Strip from the flag named I<flag> all the build flags listed in I<value>." 8949msgstr "" 8950 8951#. type: TP 8952#: dpkg-buildflags.man 8953#, no-wrap 8954msgid "B<APPEND>I< flag value>" 8955msgstr "" 8956 8957#. type: Plain text 8958#: dpkg-buildflags.man 8959msgid "" 8960"Extend the flag named I<flag> by appending the options given in I<value>. A " 8961"space is prepended to the appended value if the flag's current value is " 8962"non-empty." 8963msgstr "" 8964 8965#. type: TP 8966#: dpkg-buildflags.man 8967#, no-wrap 8968msgid "B<PREPEND>I< flag value>" 8969msgstr "" 8970 8971#. type: Plain text 8972#: dpkg-buildflags.man 8973msgid "" 8974"Extend the flag named I<flag> by prepending the options given in I<value>. " 8975"A space is appended to the prepended value if the flag's current value is " 8976"non-empty." 8977msgstr "" 8978 8979#. type: Plain text 8980#: dpkg-buildflags.man 8981msgid "" 8982"The configuration files can contain comments on lines starting with a hash " 8983"(#). Empty lines are also ignored." 8984msgstr "" 8985 8986#. type: TP 8987#: dpkg-buildflags.man 8988#, no-wrap 8989msgid "B<--dump>" 8990msgstr "" 8991 8992#. type: Plain text 8993#: dpkg-buildflags.man 8994msgid "" 8995"Print to standard output all compilation flags and their values. It prints " 8996"one flag per line separated from its value by an equal sign " 8997"(“I<flag>=I<value>”). This is the default action." 8998msgstr "" 8999 9000#. type: TP 9001#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9002#, no-wrap 9003msgid "B<--list>" 9004msgstr "" 9005 9006#. type: Plain text 9007#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9008msgid "" 9009"Print the list of flags supported by the current vendor (one per line). See " 9010"the B<SUPPORTED FLAGS> section for more information about them." 9011msgstr "" 9012 9013#. type: TP 9014#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9015#, no-wrap 9016msgid "B<--status>" 9017msgstr "" 9018 9019#. type: Plain text 9020#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9021msgid "" 9022"Display any information that can be useful to explain the behaviour of " 9023"B<dpkg-buildflags> (since dpkg 1.16.5): relevant environment variables, " 9024"current vendor, state of all feature flags. Also print the resulting " 9025"compiler flags with their origin." 9026msgstr "" 9027 9028#. type: Plain text 9029#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9030msgid "" 9031"This is intended to be run from B<debian/rules>, so that the build log keeps " 9032"a clear trace of the build flags used. This can be useful to diagnose " 9033"problems related to them." 9034msgstr "" 9035 9036#. type: TP 9037#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9038#, no-wrap 9039msgid "B<--export=>I<format>" 9040msgstr "" 9041 9042#. type: Plain text 9043#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9044msgid "" 9045"Print to standard output commands that can be used to export all the " 9046"compilation flags for some particular tool. If the I<format> value is not " 9047"given, B<sh> is assumed. Only compilation flags starting with an upper case " 9048"character are included, others are assumed to not be suitable for the " 9049"environment. Supported formats:" 9050msgstr "" 9051 9052#. type: TP 9053#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9054#, no-wrap 9055msgid "B<sh>" 9056msgstr "" 9057 9058#. type: Plain text 9059#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9060msgid "" 9061"Shell commands to set and export all the compilation flags in the " 9062"environment. The flag values are quoted so the output is ready for " 9063"evaluation by a shell." 9064msgstr "" 9065 9066#. type: TP 9067#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9068#, no-wrap 9069msgid "B<cmdline>" 9070msgstr "" 9071 9072#. type: Plain text 9073#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9074msgid "" 9075"Arguments to pass to a build program's command line to use all the " 9076"compilation flags (since dpkg 1.17.0). The flag values are quoted in shell " 9077"syntax." 9078msgstr "" 9079 9080#. type: TP 9081#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9082#, no-wrap 9083msgid "B<configure>" 9084msgstr "" 9085 9086#. type: Plain text 9087#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9088msgid "This is a legacy alias for B<cmdline>." 9089msgstr "" 9090 9091#. type: TP 9092#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9093#, no-wrap 9094msgid "B<make>" 9095msgstr "" 9096 9097#. type: Plain text 9098#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9099msgid "" 9100"Make directives to set and export all the compilation flags in the " 9101"environment. Output can be written to a Makefile fragment and evaluated " 9102"using an B<include> directive." 9103msgstr "" 9104 9105#. type: TP 9106#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9107#, no-wrap 9108msgid "B<--get>I< flag>" 9109msgstr "" 9110 9111#. type: Plain text 9112#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9113msgid "" 9114"Print the value of the flag on standard output. Exits with 0 if the flag is " 9115"known otherwise exits with 1." 9116msgstr "" 9117 9118#. type: TP 9119#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9120#, no-wrap 9121msgid "B<--origin>I< flag>" 9122msgstr "" 9123 9124#. type: Plain text 9125#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9126msgid "" 9127"Print the origin of the value that is returned by B<--get>. Exits with 0 if " 9128"the flag is known otherwise exits with 1. The origin can be one of the " 9129"following values:" 9130msgstr "" 9131 9132#. type: TP 9133#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9134#, no-wrap 9135msgid "B<vendor>" 9136msgstr "" 9137 9138#. type: Plain text 9139#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9140msgid "the original flag set by the vendor is returned;" 9141msgstr "" 9142 9143#. type: TP 9144#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9145#, no-wrap 9146msgid "B<system>" 9147msgstr "" 9148 9149#. type: Plain text 9150#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9151msgid "the flag is set/modified by a system-wide configuration;" 9152msgstr "" 9153 9154#. type: TP 9155#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9156#, no-wrap 9157msgid "B<user>" 9158msgstr "" 9159 9160#. type: Plain text 9161#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9162msgid "the flag is set/modified by a user-specific configuration;" 9163msgstr "" 9164 9165#. type: TP 9166#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9167#, no-wrap 9168msgid "B<env>" 9169msgstr "" 9170 9171#. type: Plain text 9172#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9173msgid "the flag is set/modified by an environment-specific configuration." 9174msgstr "" 9175 9176#. type: TP 9177#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9178#, no-wrap 9179msgid "B<--query>" 9180msgstr "" 9181 9182#. type: Plain text 9183#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9184msgid "" 9185"Print any information that can be useful to explain the behaviour of the " 9186"program: current vendor, relevant environment variables, feature areas, " 9187"state of all feature flags, and the compiler flags with their origin (since " 9188"dpkg 1.19.0)." 9189msgstr "" 9190 9191#. type: Plain text 9192#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9193msgid "For example:" 9194msgstr "" 9195 9196#. type: Plain text 9197#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9198#, no-wrap 9199msgid "" 9200" Vendor: Debian\n" 9201" Environment:\n" 9202" DEB_CFLAGS_SET=-O0 -Wall\n" 9203msgstr "" 9204 9205#. type: Plain text 9206#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9207#, no-wrap 9208msgid "" 9209" Area: qa\n" 9210" Features:\n" 9211" bug=no\n" 9212" canary=no\n" 9213msgstr "" 9214 9215#. type: Plain text 9216#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9217#, no-wrap 9218msgid "" 9219" Area: reproducible\n" 9220" Features:\n" 9221" timeless=no\n" 9222msgstr "" 9223 9224#. type: Plain text 9225#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9226#, no-wrap 9227msgid "" 9228" Flag: CFLAGS\n" 9229" Value: -O0 -Wall\n" 9230" Origin: env\n" 9231msgstr "" 9232 9233#. type: Plain text 9234#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9235#, no-wrap 9236msgid "" 9237" Flag: CPPFLAGS\n" 9238" Value: -D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=2\n" 9239" Origin: vendor\n" 9240msgstr "" 9241 9242#. type: TP 9243#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9244#, no-wrap 9245msgid "B<--query-features>I< area>" 9246msgstr "" 9247 9248#. type: Plain text 9249#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9250msgid "" 9251"Print the features enabled for a given area (since dpkg 1.16.2). The only " 9252"currently recognized areas on Debian and derivatives are B<future>, B<qa>, " 9253"B<reproducible>, B<sanitize> and B<hardening>, see the B<FEATURE AREAS> " 9254"section for more details. Exits with 0 if the area is known otherwise exits " 9255"with 1." 9256msgstr "" 9257 9258#. type: Plain text 9259#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9260msgid "The output is in RFC822 format, with one section per feature. For example:" 9261msgstr "" 9262 9263#. type: Plain text 9264#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9265#, no-wrap 9266msgid "" 9267" Feature: pie\n" 9268" Enabled: yes\n" 9269msgstr "" 9270 9271#. type: Plain text 9272#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9273#, no-wrap 9274msgid "" 9275" Feature: stackprotector\n" 9276" Enabled: yes\n" 9277msgstr "" 9278 9279#. type: TP 9280#: dpkg-buildflags.man dpkg-mergechangelogs.man dpkg-scansources.man 9281#: dpkg-statoverride.man dpkg-vendor.man update-alternatives.man 9282#, no-wrap 9283msgid "B<--help>" 9284msgstr "" 9285 9286#. type: SH 9287#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9288#, no-wrap 9289msgid "SUPPORTED FLAGS" 9290msgstr "" 9291 9292#. type: TP 9293#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9294#, no-wrap 9295msgid "B<CFLAGS>" 9296msgstr "" 9297 9298#. type: Plain text 9299#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9300msgid "" 9301"Options for the C compiler. The default value set by the vendor includes " 9302"B<-g> and the default optimization level (B<-O2> usually, or B<-O0> if the " 9303"B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> environment variable defines I<noopt>)." 9304msgstr "" 9305 9306#. type: TP 9307#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9308#, no-wrap 9309msgid "B<CPPFLAGS>" 9310msgstr "" 9311 9312#. type: Plain text 9313#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9314msgid "Options for the C preprocessor. Default value: empty." 9315msgstr "" 9316 9317#. type: TP 9318#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9319#, no-wrap 9320msgid "B<CXXFLAGS>" 9321msgstr "" 9322 9323#. type: Plain text 9324#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9325msgid "Options for the C++ compiler. Same as B<CFLAGS>." 9326msgstr "" 9327 9328#. type: TP 9329#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9330#, no-wrap 9331msgid "B<OBJCFLAGS>" 9332msgstr "" 9333 9334#. type: Plain text 9335#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9336msgid "Options for the Objective C compiler. Same as B<CFLAGS>." 9337msgstr "" 9338 9339#. type: TP 9340#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9341#, no-wrap 9342msgid "B<OBJCXXFLAGS>" 9343msgstr "" 9344 9345#. type: Plain text 9346#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9347msgid "Options for the Objective C++ compiler. Same as B<CXXFLAGS>." 9348msgstr "" 9349 9350#. type: TP 9351#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9352#, no-wrap 9353msgid "B<GCJFLAGS>" 9354msgstr "" 9355 9356#. type: Plain text 9357#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9358msgid "Options for the GNU Java compiler (gcj). A subset of B<CFLAGS>." 9359msgstr "" 9360 9361#. type: TP 9362#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9363#, no-wrap 9364msgid "B<FFLAGS>" 9365msgstr "" 9366 9367#. type: Plain text 9368#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9369msgid "Options for the Fortran 77 compiler. A subset of B<CFLAGS>." 9370msgstr "" 9371 9372#. type: TP 9373#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9374#, no-wrap 9375msgid "B<FCFLAGS>" 9376msgstr "" 9377 9378#. type: Plain text 9379#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9380msgid "Options for the Fortran 9x compiler. Same as B<FFLAGS>." 9381msgstr "" 9382 9383#. type: TP 9384#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9385#, no-wrap 9386msgid "B<LDFLAGS>" 9387msgstr "" 9388 9389#. type: Plain text 9390#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9391msgid "" 9392"Options passed to the compiler when linking executables or shared objects " 9393"(if the linker is called directly, then B<-Wl> and B<,> have to be stripped " 9394"from these options). Default value: empty." 9395msgstr "" 9396 9397#. type: Plain text 9398#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9399msgid "" 9400"New flags might be added in the future if the need arises (for example to " 9401"support other languages)." 9402msgstr "" 9403 9404#. type: SH 9405#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9406#, no-wrap 9407msgid "FEATURE AREAS" 9408msgstr "" 9409 9410#. type: Plain text 9411#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9412msgid "" 9413"Each area feature can be enabled and disabled in the B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> " 9414"and B<DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS> environment variable's area value with the " 9415"‘B<+>’ and ‘B<->’ modifier. For example, to enable the B<hardening> “pie” " 9416"feature and disable the “fortify” feature you can do this in " 9417"B<debian/rules>:" 9418msgstr "" 9419 9420#. type: Plain text 9421#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9422#, no-wrap 9423msgid " export DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS=hardening=+pie,-fortify\n" 9424msgstr "" 9425 9426#. type: Plain text 9427#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9428msgid "" 9429"The special feature B<all> (valid in any area) can be used to enable or " 9430"disable all area features at the same time. Thus disabling everything in " 9431"the B<hardening> area and enabling only “format” and “fortify” can be " 9432"achieved with:" 9433msgstr "" 9434 9435#. type: Plain text 9436#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9437#, no-wrap 9438msgid " export DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS=hardening=-all,+format,+fortify\n" 9439msgstr "" 9440 9441#. type: SS 9442#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9443#, no-wrap 9444msgid "future" 9445msgstr "" 9446 9447#. type: Plain text 9448#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9449msgid "" 9450"Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to enable features " 9451"that should be enabled by default, but cannot due to backwards compatibility " 9452"reasons." 9453msgstr "" 9454 9455#. type: TP 9456#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9457#, no-wrap 9458msgid "B<lfs>" 9459msgstr "" 9460 9461#. type: Plain text 9462#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9463msgid "" 9464"This setting (disabled by default) enables Large File Support on 32-bit " 9465"architectures where their ABI does not include LFS by default, by adding " 9466"B<-D_LARGEFILE_SOURCE -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64> to B<CPPFLAGS>." 9467msgstr "" 9468 9469#. type: SS 9470#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9471#, no-wrap 9472msgid "qa" 9473msgstr "" 9474 9475#. type: Plain text 9476#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9477msgid "" 9478"Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to help detect " 9479"problems in the source code or build system." 9480msgstr "" 9481 9482#. type: TP 9483#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9484#, no-wrap 9485msgid "B<bug>" 9486msgstr "" 9487 9488#. type: Plain text 9489#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9490msgid "" 9491"This setting (disabled by default) adds any warning option that reliably " 9492"detects problematic source code. The warnings are fatal. The only currently " 9493"supported flags are B<CFLAGS> and B<CXXFLAGS> with flags set to " 9494"B<-Werror=array-bounds>, B<-Werror=clobbered>, " 9495"B<-Werror=implicit-function-declaration> and " 9496"B<-Werror=volatile-register-var>." 9497msgstr "" 9498 9499#. type: TP 9500#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9501#, no-wrap 9502msgid "B<canary>" 9503msgstr "" 9504 9505#. type: Plain text 9506#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9507msgid "" 9508"This setting (disabled by default) adds dummy canary options to the build " 9509"flags, so that the build logs can be checked for how the build flags " 9510"propagate and to allow finding any omission of normal build flag settings. " 9511"The only currently supported flags are B<CPPFLAGS>, B<CFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, " 9512"B<CXXFLAGS> and B<OBJCXXFLAGS> with flags set to " 9513"B<-D__DEB_CANARY_>I<flag>_I<random-id>B<__>, and B<LDFLAGS> set to " 9514"B<-Wl,-z,deb-canary->I<random-id>." 9515msgstr "" 9516 9517#. type: SS 9518#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9519#, no-wrap 9520msgid "sanitize" 9521msgstr "" 9522 9523#. type: Plain text 9524#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9525msgid "" 9526"Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to help sanitize a " 9527"resulting binary against memory corruptions, memory leaks, use after free, " 9528"threading data races and undefined behavior bugs. B<Note>: these options " 9529"should B<not> be used for production builds as they can reduce reliability " 9530"for conformant code, reduce security or even functionality." 9531msgstr "" 9532 9533#. type: TP 9534#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9535#, no-wrap 9536msgid "B<address>" 9537msgstr "" 9538 9539#. type: Plain text 9540#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9541msgid "" 9542"This setting (disabled by default) adds B<-fsanitize=address> to B<LDFLAGS> " 9543"and B<-fsanitize=address -fno-omit-frame-pointer> to B<CFLAGS> and " 9544"B<CXXFLAGS>." 9545msgstr "" 9546 9547#. type: TP 9548#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9549#, no-wrap 9550msgid "B<thread>" 9551msgstr "" 9552 9553#. type: Plain text 9554#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9555msgid "" 9556"This setting (disabled by default) adds B<-fsanitize=thread> to B<CFLAGS>, " 9557"B<CXXFLAGS> and B<LDFLAGS>." 9558msgstr "" 9559 9560#. type: TP 9561#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9562#, no-wrap 9563msgid "B<leak>" 9564msgstr "" 9565 9566#. type: Plain text 9567#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9568msgid "" 9569"This setting (disabled by default) adds B<-fsanitize=leak> to B<LDFLAGS>. It " 9570"gets automatically disabled if either the B<address> or the B<thread> " 9571"features are enabled, as they imply it." 9572msgstr "" 9573 9574#. type: TP 9575#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9576#, no-wrap 9577msgid "B<undefined>" 9578msgstr "" 9579 9580#. type: Plain text 9581#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9582msgid "" 9583"This setting (disabled by default) adds B<-fsanitize=undefined> to " 9584"B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS> and B<LDFLAGS>." 9585msgstr "" 9586 9587#. type: SS 9588#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9589#, no-wrap 9590msgid "hardening" 9591msgstr "" 9592 9593#. type: Plain text 9594#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9595msgid "" 9596"Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to help harden a " 9597"resulting binary against memory corruption attacks, or provide additional " 9598"warning messages during compilation. Except as noted below, these are " 9599"enabled by default for architectures that support them." 9600msgstr "" 9601 9602#. type: TP 9603#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9604#, no-wrap 9605msgid "B<format>" 9606msgstr "" 9607 9608#. type: Plain text 9609#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9610msgid "" 9611"This setting (enabled by default) adds B<-Wformat -Werror=format-security> " 9612"to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS> and B<OBJCXXFLAGS>. This will warn " 9613"about improper format string uses, and will fail when format functions are " 9614"used in a way that represent possible security problems. At present, this " 9615"warns about calls to B<printf> and B<scanf> functions where the format " 9616"string is not a string literal and there are no format arguments, as in " 9617"B<printf(foo);> instead of B<printf(\"%s\", foo);> This may be a security " 9618"hole if the format string came from untrusted input and contains ‘%n’." 9619msgstr "" 9620 9621#. type: TP 9622#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9623#, no-wrap 9624msgid "B<fortify>" 9625msgstr "" 9626 9627#. type: Plain text 9628#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9629msgid "" 9630"This setting (enabled by default) adds B<-D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=2> to " 9631"B<CPPFLAGS>. During code generation the compiler knows a great deal of " 9632"information about buffer sizes (where possible), and attempts to replace " 9633"insecure unlimited length buffer function calls with length-limited " 9634"ones. This is especially useful for old, crufty code. Additionally, format " 9635"strings in writable memory that contain ‘%n’ are blocked. If an application " 9636"depends on such a format string, it will need to be worked around." 9637msgstr "" 9638 9639#. type: Plain text 9640#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9641msgid "" 9642"Note that for this option to have any effect, the source must also be " 9643"compiled with B<-O1> or higher. If the environment variable " 9644"B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> contains I<noopt>, then B<fortify> support will be " 9645"disabled, due to new warnings being issued by glibc 2.16 and later." 9646msgstr "" 9647 9648#. type: TP 9649#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9650#, no-wrap 9651msgid "B<stackprotector>" 9652msgstr "" 9653 9654#. type: Plain text 9655#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9656msgid "" 9657"This setting (enabled by default if stackprotectorstrong is not in use) adds " 9658"B<-fstack-protector --param=ssp-buffer-size=4> to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, " 9659"B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<GCJFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and B<FCFLAGS>. This " 9660"adds safety checks against stack overwrites. This renders many potential " 9661"code injection attacks into aborting situations. In the best case this turns " 9662"code injection vulnerabilities into denial of service or into non-issues " 9663"(depending on the application)." 9664msgstr "" 9665 9666#. type: Plain text 9667#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9668msgid "" 9669"This feature requires linking against glibc (or another provider of " 9670"B<__stack_chk_fail>), so needs to be disabled when building with " 9671"B<-nostdlib> or B<-ffreestanding> or similar." 9672msgstr "" 9673 9674#. type: TP 9675#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9676#, no-wrap 9677msgid "B<stackprotectorstrong>" 9678msgstr "" 9679 9680#. type: Plain text 9681#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9682msgid "" 9683"This setting (enabled by default) adds B<-fstack-protector-strong> to " 9684"B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<GCJFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> " 9685"and B<FCFLAGS>. This is a stronger variant of B<stackprotector>, but " 9686"without significant performance penalties." 9687msgstr "" 9688 9689#. type: Plain text 9690#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9691msgid "Disabling B<stackprotector> will also disable this setting." 9692msgstr "" 9693 9694#. type: Plain text 9695#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9696msgid "" 9697"This feature has the same requirements as B<stackprotector>, and in addition " 9698"also requires gcc 4.9 and later." 9699msgstr "" 9700 9701#. type: TP 9702#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9703#, no-wrap 9704msgid "B<relro>" 9705msgstr "" 9706 9707#. type: Plain text 9708#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9709msgid "" 9710"This setting (enabled by default) adds B<-Wl,-z,relro> to B<LDFLAGS>. " 9711"During program load, several ELF memory sections need to be written to by " 9712"the linker. This flags the loader to turn these sections read-only before " 9713"turning over control to the program. Most notably this prevents GOT " 9714"overwrite attacks. If this option is disabled, B<bindnow> will become " 9715"disabled as well." 9716msgstr "" 9717 9718#. type: TP 9719#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9720#, no-wrap 9721msgid "B<bindnow>" 9722msgstr "" 9723 9724#. type: Plain text 9725#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9726msgid "" 9727"This setting (disabled by default) adds B<-Wl,-z,now> to B<LDFLAGS>. During " 9728"program load, all dynamic symbols are resolved, allowing for the entire PLT " 9729"to be marked read-only (due to B<relro> above). The option cannot become " 9730"enabled if B<relro> is not enabled." 9731msgstr "" 9732 9733#. type: TP 9734#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9735#, no-wrap 9736msgid "B<pie>" 9737msgstr "" 9738 9739#. type: Plain text 9740#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9741msgid "" 9742"This setting (with no global default since dpkg 1.18.23, as it is enabled by " 9743"default now by gcc on the amd64, arm64, armel, armhf, hurd-i386, i386, " 9744"kfreebsd-amd64, kfreebsd-i386, mips, mipsel, mips64el, powerpc, ppc64, " 9745"ppc64el, riscv64, s390x, sparc and sparc64 Debian architectures) adds the " 9746"required options to enable or disable PIE via gcc specs files, if needed, " 9747"depending on whether gcc injects on that architecture the flags by itself or " 9748"not. When the setting is enabled and gcc injects the flags, it adds " 9749"nothing. When the setting is enabled and gcc does not inject the flags, it " 9750"adds B<-fPIE> (via I<%PKGDATADIR%/pie-compiler.specs>) to B<CFLAGS>, " 9751"B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<GCJFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and " 9752"B<FCFLAGS>, and B<-fPIE -pie> (via I<%PKGDATADIR%/pie-link.specs>) to " 9753"B<LDFLAGS>. When the setting is disabled and gcc injects the flags, it adds " 9754"B<-fno-PIE> (via I<%PKGDATADIR%/no-pie-compile.specs>) to B<CFLAGS>, " 9755"B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<GCJFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and " 9756"B<FCFLAGS>, and B<-fno-PIE -no-pie> (via I<%PKGDATADIR%/no-pie-link.specs>) " 9757"to B<LDFLAGS>." 9758msgstr "" 9759 9760#. type: Plain text 9761#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9762msgid "" 9763"Position Independent Executable are needed to take advantage of Address " 9764"Space Layout Randomization, supported by some kernel versions. While ASLR " 9765"can already be enforced for data areas in the stack and heap (brk and mmap), " 9766"the code areas must be compiled as position-independent. Shared libraries " 9767"already do this (B<-fPIC>), so they gain ASLR automatically, but binary " 9768".text regions need to be build PIE to gain ASLR. When this happens, ROP " 9769"(Return Oriented Programming) attacks are much harder since there are no " 9770"static locations to bounce off of during a memory corruption attack." 9771msgstr "" 9772 9773#. type: Plain text 9774#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9775msgid "" 9776"PIE is not compatible with B<-fPIC>, so in general care must be taken when " 9777"building shared objects. But because the PIE flags emitted get injected via " 9778"gcc specs files, it should always be safe to unconditionally set them " 9779"regardless of the object type being compiled or linked." 9780msgstr "" 9781 9782#. type: Plain text 9783#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9784msgid "" 9785"Static libraries can be used by programs or other shared libraries. " 9786"Depending on the flags used to compile all the objects within a static " 9787"library, these libraries will be usable by different sets of objects:" 9788msgstr "" 9789 9790#. type: TP 9791#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9792#, no-wrap 9793msgid "none" 9794msgstr "" 9795 9796#. type: Plain text 9797#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9798msgid "Cannot be linked into a PIE program, nor a shared library." 9799msgstr "" 9800 9801#. type: TP 9802#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9803#, no-wrap 9804msgid "B<-fPIE>" 9805msgstr "" 9806 9807#. type: Plain text 9808#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9809msgid "Can be linked into any program, but not a shared library (recommended)." 9810msgstr "" 9811 9812#. type: TP 9813#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9814#, no-wrap 9815msgid "B<-fPIC>" 9816msgstr "" 9817 9818#. type: Plain text 9819#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9820msgid "Can be linked into any program and shared library." 9821msgstr "" 9822 9823#. type: Plain text 9824#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9825msgid "" 9826"If there is a need to set these flags manually, bypassing the gcc specs " 9827"injection, there are several things to take into account. Unconditionally " 9828"and explicitly passing B<-fPIE>, B<-fpie> or B<-pie> to a build-system using " 9829"libtool is safe as these flags will get stripped when building shared " 9830"libraries. Otherwise on projects that build both programs and shared " 9831"libraries you might need to make sure that when building the shared " 9832"libraries B<-fPIC> is always passed last (so that it overrides any previous " 9833"B<-PIE>) to compilation flags such as B<CFLAGS>, and B<-shared> is passed " 9834"last (so that it overrides any previous B<-pie>) to linking flags such as " 9835"B<LDFLAGS>. B<Note:> This should not be needed with the default gcc specs " 9836"machinery." 9837msgstr "" 9838 9839#. type: Plain text 9840#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9841msgid "" 9842"Additionally, since PIE is implemented via a general register, some register " 9843"starved architectures (but not including i386 anymore since optimizations " 9844"implemented in gcc E<gt>= 5) can see performance losses of up to 15% in very " 9845"text-segment-heavy application workloads; most workloads see less than " 9846"1%. Architectures with more general registers (e.g. amd64) do not see as " 9847"high a worst-case penalty." 9848msgstr "" 9849 9850#. type: SS 9851#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9852#, no-wrap 9853msgid "reproducible" 9854msgstr "" 9855 9856#. type: Plain text 9857#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9858msgid "" 9859"The compile-time options detailed below can be used to help improve build " 9860"reproducibility or provide additional warning messages during " 9861"compilation. Except as noted below, these are enabled by default for " 9862"architectures that support them." 9863msgstr "" 9864 9865#. type: TP 9866#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9867#, no-wrap 9868msgid "B<timeless>" 9869msgstr "" 9870 9871#. type: Plain text 9872#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9873msgid "" 9874"This setting (enabled by default) adds B<-Wdate-time> to B<CPPFLAGS>. This " 9875"will cause warnings when the B<__TIME__>, B<__DATE__> and B<__TIMESTAMP__> " 9876"macros are used." 9877msgstr "" 9878 9879#. type: TP 9880#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9881#, no-wrap 9882msgid "B<fixfilepath>" 9883msgstr "" 9884 9885#. type: Plain text 9886#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9887msgid "" 9888"This setting (disabled by default) adds " 9889"B<-ffile-prefix-map=>I<BUILDPATH>B<=.> to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, " 9890"B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<GCJFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and B<FCFLAGS> where " 9891"B<BUILDPATH> is set to the top-level directory of the package being built. " 9892"This has the effect of removing the build path from any generated file." 9893msgstr "" 9894 9895#. type: Plain text 9896#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9897msgid "" 9898"If both B<fixdebugpath> and B<fixfilepath> are set, this option takes " 9899"precedence, because it is a superset of the former." 9900msgstr "" 9901 9902#. type: TP 9903#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9904#, no-wrap 9905msgid "B<fixdebugpath>" 9906msgstr "" 9907 9908#. type: Plain text 9909#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9910msgid "" 9911"This setting (enabled by default) adds " 9912"B<-fdebug-prefix-map=>I<BUILDPATH>B<=.> to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, " 9913"B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<GCJFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and B<FCFLAGS> where " 9914"B<BUILDPATH> is set to the top-level directory of the package being built. " 9915"This has the effect of removing the build path from any generated debug " 9916"symbols." 9917msgstr "" 9918 9919#. type: Plain text 9920#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9921msgid "" 9922"There are 2 sets of environment variables doing the same operations, the " 9923"first one (DEB_I<flag>_I<op>) should never be used within " 9924"B<debian/rules>. It's meant for any user that wants to rebuild the source " 9925"package with different build flags. The second set (DEB_I<flag>_MAINT_I<op>) " 9926"should only be used in B<debian/rules> by package maintainers to change the " 9927"resulting build flags." 9928msgstr "" 9929 9930#. type: TP 9931#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9932#, no-wrap 9933msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_SET>" 9934msgstr "" 9935 9936#. type: TQ 9937#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9938#, no-wrap 9939msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_SET>" 9940msgstr "" 9941 9942#. type: Plain text 9943#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9944msgid "This variable can be used to force the value returned for the given I<flag>." 9945msgstr "" 9946 9947#. type: TP 9948#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9949#, no-wrap 9950msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_STRIP>" 9951msgstr "" 9952 9953#. type: TQ 9954#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9955#, no-wrap 9956msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_STRIP>" 9957msgstr "" 9958 9959#. type: Plain text 9960#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9961msgid "" 9962"This variable can be used to provide a space separated list of options that " 9963"will be stripped from the set of flags returned for the given I<flag>." 9964msgstr "" 9965 9966#. type: TP 9967#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9968#, no-wrap 9969msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_APPEND>" 9970msgstr "" 9971 9972#. type: TQ 9973#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9974#, no-wrap 9975msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_APPEND>" 9976msgstr "" 9977 9978#. type: Plain text 9979#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9980msgid "" 9981"This variable can be used to append supplementary options to the value " 9982"returned for the given I<flag>." 9983msgstr "" 9984 9985#. type: TP 9986#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9987#, no-wrap 9988msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_PREPEND>" 9989msgstr "" 9990 9991#. type: TQ 9992#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9993#, no-wrap 9994msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_PREPEND>" 9995msgstr "" 9996 9997#. type: Plain text 9998#: dpkg-buildflags.man 9999msgid "" 10000"This variable can be used to prepend supplementary options to the value " 10001"returned for the given I<flag>." 10002msgstr "" 10003 10004#. type: TP 10005#: dpkg-buildflags.man dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genbuildinfo.man 10006#, no-wrap 10007msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS>" 10008msgstr "" 10009 10010#. type: TQ 10011#: dpkg-buildflags.man 10012#, no-wrap 10013msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS>" 10014msgstr "" 10015 10016#. type: Plain text 10017#: dpkg-buildflags.man 10018msgid "" 10019"These variables can be used by a user or maintainer to disable/enable " 10020"various area features that affect build flags. The " 10021"B<DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS> variable overrides any setting in the " 10022"B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> feature areas. See the B<FEATURE AREAS> section for " 10023"details." 10024msgstr "" 10025 10026#. type: TP 10027#: dpkg-buildflags.man dpkg-vendor.man 10028#, no-wrap 10029msgid "B<DEB_VENDOR>" 10030msgstr "" 10031 10032#. type: Plain text 10033#: dpkg-buildflags.man 10034msgid "" 10035"This setting defines the current vendor. If not set, it will discover the " 10036"current vendor by reading B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/default>." 10037msgstr "" 10038 10039#. type: TP 10040#: dpkg-buildflags.man 10041#, no-wrap 10042msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_PATH>" 10043msgstr "" 10044 10045#. type: Plain text 10046#: dpkg-buildflags.man 10047msgid "" 10048"This variable sets the build path (since dpkg 1.18.8) to use in features " 10049"such as B<fixdebugpath> so that they can be controlled by the caller. This " 10050"variable is currently Debian and derivatives-specific." 10051msgstr "" 10052 10053#. type: SS 10054#: dpkg-buildflags.man 10055#, no-wrap 10056msgid "Configuration files" 10057msgstr "" 10058 10059#. type: TP 10060#: dpkg-buildflags.man 10061#, no-wrap 10062msgid "B<%PKGCONFDIR%/buildflags.conf>" 10063msgstr "" 10064 10065#. type: Plain text 10066#: dpkg-buildflags.man 10067msgid "System wide configuration file." 10068msgstr "" 10069 10070#. type: TP 10071#: dpkg-buildflags.man 10072#, no-wrap 10073msgid "B<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/dpkg/buildflags.conf> or " 10074msgstr "" 10075 10076#. type: TQ 10077#: dpkg-buildflags.man 10078#, no-wrap 10079msgid "B<$HOME/.config/dpkg/buildflags.conf>" 10080msgstr "" 10081 10082#. type: Plain text 10083#: dpkg-buildflags.man dpkg-buildpackage.man 10084msgid "User configuration file." 10085msgstr "" 10086 10087#. type: TP 10088#: dpkg-buildflags.man 10089#, no-wrap 10090msgid "B<%PKGDATADIR%/buildflags.mk>" 10091msgstr "" 10092 10093#. type: Plain text 10094#: dpkg-buildflags.man 10095msgid "" 10096"Makefile snippet that will load (and optionally export) all flags supported " 10097"by B<dpkg-buildflags> into variables (since dpkg 1.16.1)." 10098msgstr "" 10099 10100#. type: Plain text 10101#: dpkg-buildflags.man 10102msgid "To pass build flags to a build command in a Makefile:" 10103msgstr "" 10104 10105#. type: Plain text 10106#: dpkg-buildflags.man 10107#, no-wrap 10108msgid "$(MAKE) $(shell dpkg-buildflags --export=cmdline)\n" 10109msgstr "" 10110 10111#. type: Plain text 10112#: dpkg-buildflags.man 10113#, no-wrap 10114msgid "\\&./configure $(shell dpkg-buildflags --export=cmdline)\n" 10115msgstr "" 10116 10117#. type: Plain text 10118#: dpkg-buildflags.man 10119msgid "" 10120"To set build flags in a shell script or shell fragment, B<eval> can be used " 10121"to interpret the output and to export the flags in the environment:" 10122msgstr "" 10123 10124#. type: Plain text 10125#: dpkg-buildflags.man 10126#, no-wrap 10127msgid "eval \"$(dpkg-buildflags --export=sh)\" && make\n" 10128msgstr "" 10129 10130#. type: Plain text 10131#: dpkg-buildflags.man 10132msgid "or to set the positional parameters to pass to a command:" 10133msgstr "" 10134 10135#. type: Plain text 10136#: dpkg-buildflags.man 10137#, no-wrap 10138msgid "" 10139"eval \"set -- $(dpkg-buildflags --export=cmdline)\"\n" 10140"for dir in a b c; do (cd $dir && ./configure \"$@\" && make); done\n" 10141msgstr "" 10142 10143#. type: Plain text 10144#: dpkg-buildflags.man 10145msgid "" 10146"You should call B<dpkg-buildflags> or include B<buildflags.mk> from the " 10147"B<debian/rules> file to obtain the needed build flags to pass to the build " 10148"system. Note that older versions of B<dpkg-buildpackage> (before dpkg " 10149"1.16.1) exported these flags automatically. However, you should not rely on " 10150"this, since this breaks manual invocation of B<debian/rules>." 10151msgstr "" 10152 10153#. type: Plain text 10154#: dpkg-buildflags.man 10155msgid "" 10156"For packages with autoconf-like build systems, you can pass the relevant " 10157"options to configure or B<make>(1) directly, as shown above." 10158msgstr "" 10159 10160#. type: Plain text 10161#: dpkg-buildflags.man 10162msgid "" 10163"For other build systems, or when you need more fine-grained control about " 10164"which flags are passed where, you can use B<--get>. Or you can include " 10165"B<buildflags.mk> instead, which takes care of calling B<dpkg-buildflags> and " 10166"storing the build flags in make variables." 10167msgstr "" 10168 10169#. type: Plain text 10170#: dpkg-buildflags.man 10171msgid "" 10172"If you want to export all buildflags into the environment (where they can be " 10173"picked up by your build system):" 10174msgstr "" 10175 10176#. type: Plain text 10177#: dpkg-buildflags.man 10178#, no-wrap 10179msgid "" 10180"DPKG_EXPORT_BUILDFLAGS = 1\n" 10181"include %PKGDATADIR%/buildflags.mk\n" 10182msgstr "" 10183 10184#. type: Plain text 10185#: dpkg-buildflags.man 10186msgid "" 10187"For some extra control over what is exported, you can manually export the " 10188"variables (as none are exported by default):" 10189msgstr "" 10190 10191#. type: Plain text 10192#: dpkg-buildflags.man 10193#, no-wrap 10194msgid "" 10195"include %PKGDATADIR%/buildflags.mk\n" 10196"export CPPFLAGS CFLAGS LDFLAGS\n" 10197msgstr "" 10198 10199#. type: Plain text 10200#: dpkg-buildflags.man 10201msgid "And you can of course pass the flags to commands manually:" 10202msgstr "" 10203 10204#. type: Plain text 10205#: dpkg-buildflags.man 10206#, no-wrap 10207msgid "" 10208"include %PKGDATADIR%/buildflags.mk\n" 10209"build-arch:\n" 10210"\\&\t$(CC) -o hello hello.c $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS)\n" 10211msgstr "" 10212 10213#. type: TH 10214#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10215#, no-wrap 10216msgid "dpkg-buildpackage" 10217msgstr "" 10218 10219#. type: Plain text 10220#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10221msgid "dpkg-buildpackage - build binary or source packages from sources" 10222msgstr "" 10223 10224#. type: Plain text 10225#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10226msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> [I<option>...]" 10227msgstr "" 10228 10229#. type: Plain text 10230#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10231msgid "" 10232"B<dpkg-buildpackage> is a program that automates the process of building a " 10233"Debian package. It consists of the following steps:" 10234msgstr "" 10235 10236#. type: IP 10237#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10238#, no-wrap 10239msgid "B<1.>" 10240msgstr "" 10241 10242#. type: Plain text 10243#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10244msgid "" 10245"It prepares the build environment by setting various environment variables " 10246"(see B<ENVIRONMENT>), runs the B<init> hook, and calls B<dpkg-source " 10247"--before-build> (unless B<-T> or B<--target> has been used)." 10248msgstr "" 10249 10250#. type: IP 10251#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10252#, no-wrap 10253msgid "B<2.>" 10254msgstr "" 10255 10256#. type: Plain text 10257#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10258msgid "" 10259"It checks that the build-dependencies and build-conflicts are satisfied " 10260"(unless B<-d> or B<--no-check-builddeps> is specified)." 10261msgstr "" 10262 10263#. type: IP 10264#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10265#, no-wrap 10266msgid "B<3.>" 10267msgstr "" 10268 10269#. type: Plain text 10270#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10271msgid "" 10272"If one or more specific targets have been selected with the B<-T> or " 10273"B<--target> option, it calls those targets and stops here. Otherwise it runs " 10274"the B<preclean> hook and calls B<fakeroot debian/rules clean> to clean the " 10275"build-tree (unless B<-nc> or B<--no-pre-clean> is specified)." 10276msgstr "" 10277 10278#. type: IP 10279#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10280#, no-wrap 10281msgid "B<4.>" 10282msgstr "" 10283 10284#. type: Plain text 10285#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10286msgid "" 10287"It runs the B<source> hook and calls B<dpkg-source -b> to generate the " 10288"source package (if a B<source> build has been requested with B<--build> or " 10289"equivalent options)." 10290msgstr "" 10291 10292#. type: IP 10293#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10294#, no-wrap 10295msgid "B<5.>" 10296msgstr "" 10297 10298#. type: Plain text 10299#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10300msgid "" 10301"It runs the B<build> hook and calls B<debian/rules> I<build-target>, then " 10302"runs the B<binary> hook followed by B<fakeroot debian/rules> " 10303"I<binary-target> (unless a source-only build has been requested with " 10304"B<--build=source> or equivalent options). Note that I<build-target> and " 10305"I<binary-target> are either B<build> and B<binary> (default case, or if an " 10306"B<any> and B<all> build has been requested with B<--build> or equivalent " 10307"options), or B<build-arch> and B<binary-arch> (if an B<any> and not B<all> " 10308"build has been requested with B<--build> or equivalent options), or " 10309"B<build-indep> and B<binary-indep> (if an B<all> and not B<any> build has " 10310"been requested with B<--build> or equivalent options)." 10311msgstr "" 10312 10313#. type: IP 10314#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10315#, no-wrap 10316msgid "B<6.>" 10317msgstr "" 10318 10319#. type: Plain text 10320#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10321msgid "" 10322"It runs the B<buildinfo> hook and calls B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> to generate a " 10323"B<.buildinfo> file. Several B<dpkg-buildpackage> options are forwarded to " 10324"B<dpkg-genbuildinfo>." 10325msgstr "" 10326 10327#. type: IP 10328#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10329#, no-wrap 10330msgid "B<7.>" 10331msgstr "" 10332 10333#. type: Plain text 10334#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10335msgid "" 10336"It runs the B<changes> hook and calls B<dpkg-genchanges> to generate a " 10337"B<.changes> file. The name of the B<.changes> file will depend on the type " 10338"of build and will be as specific as necessary but not more; for a build that " 10339"includes B<any> the name will be " 10340"I<source-name>B<_>I<binary-version>B<_>I<arch>B<.changes>, or otherwise for " 10341"a build that includes B<all> the name will be " 10342"I<source-name>B<_>I<binary-version>B<_>B<all.changes>, or otherwise for a " 10343"build that includes B<source> the name will be " 10344"I<source-name>B<_>I<source-version>B<_>B<source.changes>. Many " 10345"B<dpkg-buildpackage> options are forwarded to B<dpkg-genchanges>." 10346msgstr "" 10347 10348#. type: IP 10349#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10350#, no-wrap 10351msgid "B<8.>" 10352msgstr "" 10353 10354#. type: Plain text 10355#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10356msgid "" 10357"It runs the B<postclean> hook and if B<-tc> or B<--post-clean> is specified, " 10358"it will call B<fakeroot debian/rules clean> again." 10359msgstr "" 10360 10361#. type: IP 10362#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10363#, no-wrap 10364msgid "B<9.>" 10365msgstr "" 10366 10367#. type: Plain text 10368#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10369msgid "It calls B<dpkg-source --after-build>." 10370msgstr "" 10371 10372#. type: IP 10373#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10374#, no-wrap 10375msgid "B<10.>" 10376msgstr "" 10377 10378#. type: Plain text 10379#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10380msgid "" 10381"It runs the B<check> hook and calls a package checker for the B<.changes> " 10382"file (if a command is specified in B<DEB_CHECK_COMMAND> or with " 10383"B<--check-command>)." 10384msgstr "" 10385 10386#. type: IP 10387#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10388#, no-wrap 10389msgid "B<11.>" 10390msgstr "" 10391 10392#. type: Plain text 10393#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10394msgid "" 10395"It runs the B<sign> hook and calls B<gpg2> or B<gpg> (as long as it is not " 10396"an UNRELEASED build, or B<--no-sign> is specified) to sign the B<.dsc> file " 10397"(if any, unless B<-us> or B<--unsigned-source> is specified), the " 10398"B<.buildinfo> file (unless B<-ui>, B<--unsigned-buildinfo>, B<-uc> or " 10399"B<--unsigned-changes> is specified) and the B<.changes> file (unless B<-uc> " 10400"or B<--unsigned-changes> is specified)." 10401msgstr "" 10402 10403#. type: IP 10404#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10405#, no-wrap 10406msgid "B<12.>" 10407msgstr "" 10408 10409#. type: Plain text 10410#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10411msgid "It runs the B<done> hook." 10412msgstr "" 10413 10414#. type: Plain text 10415#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10416msgid "" 10417"All long options can be specified both on the command line and in the " 10418"B<dpkg-buildpackage> system and user configuration files. Each line in the " 10419"configuration file is either an option (exactly the same as the command line " 10420"option but without leading hyphens) or a comment (if it starts with a " 10421"‘B<#>’)." 10422msgstr "" 10423 10424#. type: TP 10425#: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-genchanges.man 10426#, no-wrap 10427msgid "B<--build=>I<type>" 10428msgstr "" 10429 10430#. type: Plain text 10431#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10432msgid "" 10433"Specifies the build I<type> from a comma-separated list of components (since " 10434"dpkg 1.18.5). Passed to B<dpkg-genchanges>." 10435msgstr "" 10436 10437#. type: Plain text 10438#: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-genchanges.man 10439msgid "The allowed values are:" 10440msgstr "" 10441 10442#. type: TP 10443#: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-genchanges.man 10444#, no-wrap 10445msgid "B<source>" 10446msgstr "" 10447 10448#. type: Plain text 10449#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10450msgid "" 10451"Builds the source package. Note: when using this value standalone and if " 10452"what you want is simply to (re-)build the source package from a clean source " 10453"tree, using B<dpkg-source> directly is always a better option as it does not " 10454"require any build dependencies to be installed which are otherwise needed to " 10455"be able to call the B<clean> target." 10456msgstr "" 10457 10458#. type: TP 10459#: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-genchanges.man 10460#, no-wrap 10461msgid "B<any>" 10462msgstr "" 10463 10464#. type: Plain text 10465#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10466msgid "Builds the architecture specific binary packages." 10467msgstr "" 10468 10469#. type: TP 10470#: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-genchanges.man 10471#, no-wrap 10472msgid "B<all>" 10473msgstr "" 10474 10475#. type: Plain text 10476#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10477msgid "Builds the architecture independent binary packages." 10478msgstr "" 10479 10480#. type: Plain text 10481#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10482msgid "" 10483"Builds the architecture specific and independent binary packages. This is " 10484"an alias for B<any,all>." 10485msgstr "" 10486 10487#. type: TP 10488#: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-genchanges.man 10489#, no-wrap 10490msgid "B<full>" 10491msgstr "" 10492 10493#. type: Plain text 10494#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10495msgid "" 10496"Builds everything. This is an alias for B<source,any,all>, and the same as " 10497"the default case when no build option is specified." 10498msgstr "" 10499 10500#. type: TP 10501#: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genchanges.man 10502#, no-wrap 10503msgid "B<-g>" 10504msgstr "" 10505 10506#. type: Plain text 10507#: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genchanges.man 10508msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=source,all> (since dpkg 1.17.11)." 10509msgstr "" 10510 10511#. type: Plain text 10512#: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genchanges.man 10513msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=source,any> (since dpkg 1.17.11)." 10514msgstr "" 10515 10516#. type: TP 10517#: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genchanges.man 10518#, no-wrap 10519msgid "B<-b>" 10520msgstr "" 10521 10522#. type: Plain text 10523#: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genchanges.man 10524msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=binary> or B<--build=any,all>." 10525msgstr "" 10526 10527#. type: TP 10528#: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man dpkg-genchanges.man 10529#, no-wrap 10530msgid "B<-B>" 10531msgstr "" 10532 10533#. type: Plain text 10534#: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genchanges.man 10535msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=any>." 10536msgstr "" 10537 10538#. type: TP 10539#: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man dpkg-genchanges.man 10540#, no-wrap 10541msgid "B<-A>" 10542msgstr "" 10543 10544#. type: Plain text 10545#: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genchanges.man 10546msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=all>." 10547msgstr "" 10548 10549#. type: TP 10550#: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genchanges.man 10551#, no-wrap 10552msgid "B<-S>" 10553msgstr "" 10554 10555#. type: Plain text 10556#: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genchanges.man 10557msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=source>." 10558msgstr "" 10559 10560#. type: TP 10561#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10562#, no-wrap 10563msgid "B<-F>" 10564msgstr "" 10565 10566#. type: Plain text 10567#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10568msgid "" 10569"Equivalent to B<--build=full>, B<--build=source,binary> or " 10570"B<--build=source,any,all> (since dpkg 1.15.8)." 10571msgstr "" 10572 10573#. type: TP 10574#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10575#, no-wrap 10576msgid "B<--target=>I<target>[,...]" 10577msgstr "" 10578 10579#. type: TQ 10580#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10581#, no-wrap 10582msgid "B<--target >I<target>[,...]" 10583msgstr "" 10584 10585#. type: TQ 10586#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10587#, no-wrap 10588msgid "B<-T>, B<--rules-target=>I<target>[,...]" 10589msgstr "" 10590 10591#. type: Plain text 10592#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10593msgid "" 10594"Calls B<debian/rules> I<target> once per target specified, after having " 10595"setup the build environment (except for calling B<dpkg-source " 10596"--before-build>), and stops the package build process here (since dpkg " 10597"1.15.0, long option since dpkg 1.18.8, multi-target support since dpkg " 10598"1.18.16). If B<--as-root> is also given, then the command is executed as " 10599"root (see B<--root-command>). Note that known targets that are required to " 10600"be run as root do not need this option (i.e. the B<clean>, B<binary>, " 10601"B<binary-arch> and B<binary-indep> targets)." 10602msgstr "" 10603 10604#. type: TP 10605#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10606#, no-wrap 10607msgid "B<--as-root>" 10608msgstr "" 10609 10610#. type: Plain text 10611#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10612msgid "" 10613"Only meaningful together with B<--target> (since dpkg 1.15.0). Requires " 10614"that the target be run with root rights." 10615msgstr "" 10616 10617#. type: TP 10618#: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genchanges.man 10619#, no-wrap 10620msgid "B<-si>" 10621msgstr "" 10622 10623#. type: TP 10624#: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genchanges.man 10625#, no-wrap 10626msgid "B<-sa>" 10627msgstr "" 10628 10629#. type: TP 10630#: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genchanges.man 10631#, no-wrap 10632msgid "B<-sd>" 10633msgstr "" 10634 10635#. type: TP 10636#: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man 10637#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 10638#, no-wrap 10639msgid "B<-v>I<version>" 10640msgstr "" 10641 10642#. type: TP 10643#: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genchanges.man 10644#, no-wrap 10645msgid "B<-C>I<changes-description>" 10646msgstr "" 10647 10648#. type: TQ 10649#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10650#, no-wrap 10651msgid "B<-m>, B<--release-by=>I<maintainer-address>" 10652msgstr "" 10653 10654#. type: TQ 10655#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10656#, no-wrap 10657msgid "B<-e>, B<--build-by=>I<maintainer-address>" 10658msgstr "" 10659 10660#. type: Plain text 10661#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10662msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-genchanges>. See its manual page." 10663msgstr "" 10664 10665#. type: Plain text 10666#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10667msgid "" 10668"Specify the Debian architecture we build for (long option since dpkg " 10669"1.17.17). The architecture of the machine we build on is determined " 10670"automatically, and is also the default for the host machine." 10671msgstr "" 10672 10673#. type: Plain text 10674#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10675msgid "" 10676"Specify the GNU system type we build for (long option since dpkg 1.17.17). " 10677"It can be used in place of B<--host-arch> or as a complement to override the " 10678"default GNU system type of the host Debian architecture." 10679msgstr "" 10680 10681#. type: TP 10682#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10683#, no-wrap 10684msgid "B<--target-arch> I<architecture>" 10685msgstr "" 10686 10687#. type: Plain text 10688#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10689msgid "" 10690"Specify the Debian architecture the binaries built will build for (since " 10691"dpkg 1.17.17). The default value is the host machine." 10692msgstr "" 10693 10694#. type: TP 10695#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10696#, no-wrap 10697msgid "B<--target-type> I<gnu-system-type>" 10698msgstr "" 10699 10700#. type: Plain text 10701#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10702msgid "" 10703"Specify the GNU system type the binaries built will build for (since dpkg " 10704"1.17.17). It can be used in place of B<--target-arch> or as a complement to " 10705"override the default GNU system type of the target Debian architecture." 10706msgstr "" 10707 10708#. type: TP 10709#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10710#, no-wrap 10711msgid "B<-P>, B<--build-profiles=>I<profile>[B<,>...]" 10712msgstr "" 10713 10714#. type: Plain text 10715#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10716msgid "" 10717"Specify the profile(s) we build, as a comma-separated list (since dpkg " 10718"1.17.2, long option since dpkg 1.18.8). The default behavior is to build " 10719"for no specific profile. Also sets them (as a space separated list) as the " 10720"B<DEB_BUILD_PROFILES> environment variable which allows, for example, " 10721"B<debian/rules> files to use this information for conditional builds." 10722msgstr "" 10723 10724#. type: TP 10725#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10726#, no-wrap 10727msgid "B<-j>, B<--jobs>[=I<jobs>|B<auto>]" 10728msgstr "" 10729 10730#. type: Plain text 10731#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10732msgid "" 10733"Number of jobs allowed to be run simultaneously, number of jobs matching the " 10734"number of online processors if B<auto> is specified (since dpkg 1.17.10), or " 10735"unlimited number if I<jobs> is not specified, equivalent to the B<make>(1) " 10736"option of the same name (since dpkg 1.14.7, long option since dpkg 1.18.8). " 10737"Will add itself to the B<MAKEFLAGS> environment variable, which should cause " 10738"all subsequent make invocations to inherit the option, thus forcing the " 10739"parallel setting on the packaging (and possibly the upstream build system if " 10740"that uses make) regardless of their support for parallel builds, which " 10741"might cause build failures. Also adds B<parallel=>I<jobs> or B<parallel> to " 10742"the B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> environment variable which allows debian/rules " 10743"files to use this information for their own purposes. The B<-j> value will " 10744"override the B<parallel=>I<jobs> or B<parallel> option in the " 10745"B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> environment variable. Note that the B<auto> value will " 10746"get replaced by the actual number of currently active processors, and as " 10747"such will not get propagated to any child process. If the number of online " 10748"processors cannot be inferred then the code will fallback to using serial " 10749"execution (since dpkg 1.18.15), although this should only happen on exotic " 10750"and unsupported systems." 10751msgstr "" 10752 10753#. type: TP 10754#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10755#, no-wrap 10756msgid "B<-J>, B<--jobs-try>[=I<jobs>|B<auto>]" 10757msgstr "" 10758 10759#. type: Plain text 10760#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10761msgid "" 10762"This option (since dpkg 1.18.2, long option since dpkg 1.18.8) is equivalent " 10763"to the B<-j> option except that it does not set the B<MAKEFLAGS> environment " 10764"variable, and as such it is safer to use with any package including those " 10765"that are not parallel-build safe." 10766msgstr "" 10767 10768#. type: Plain text 10769#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10770msgid "" 10771"B<auto> is the default behavior (since dpkg 1.18.11). Setting the number of " 10772"jobs to 1 will restore a serial behavior." 10773msgstr "" 10774 10775#. type: TP 10776#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10777#, no-wrap 10778msgid "B<-D>, B<--check-builddeps>" 10779msgstr "" 10780 10781#. type: Plain text 10782#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10783msgid "" 10784"Check build dependencies and conflicts; abort if unsatisfied (long option " 10785"since dpkg 1.18.8). This is the default behavior." 10786msgstr "" 10787 10788#. type: TP 10789#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10790#, no-wrap 10791msgid "B<-d>, B<--no-check-builddeps>" 10792msgstr "" 10793 10794#. type: Plain text 10795#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10796msgid "" 10797"Do not check build dependencies and conflicts (long option since dpkg " 10798"1.18.8)." 10799msgstr "" 10800 10801#. type: TP 10802#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10803#, no-wrap 10804msgid "B<--ignore-builtin-builddeps>" 10805msgstr "" 10806 10807#. type: Plain text 10808#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10809msgid "" 10810"Do not check built-in build dependencies and conflicts (since dpkg 1.18.2). " 10811"These are the distribution specific implicit build dependencies usually " 10812"required in a build environment, the so called Build-Essential package set." 10813msgstr "" 10814 10815#. type: TP 10816#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10817#, no-wrap 10818msgid "B<--rules-requires-root>" 10819msgstr "" 10820 10821#. type: Plain text 10822#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10823msgid "" 10824"Do not honor the B<Rules-Requires-Root> field, falling back to its legacy " 10825"default value (since dpkg 1.19.1)." 10826msgstr "" 10827 10828#. type: TP 10829#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10830#, no-wrap 10831msgid "B<-nc>, B<--no-pre-clean>" 10832msgstr "" 10833 10834#. type: Plain text 10835#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10836msgid "" 10837"Do not clean the source tree before building (long option since dpkg " 10838"1.18.8). Implies B<-b> if nothing else has been selected among B<-F>, " 10839"B<-g>, B<-G>, B<-B>, B<-A> or B<-S>. Implies B<-d> with B<-S> (since dpkg " 10840"1.18.0)." 10841msgstr "" 10842 10843#. type: TP 10844#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10845#, no-wrap 10846msgid "B<--pre-clean>" 10847msgstr "" 10848 10849#. type: Plain text 10850#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10851msgid "" 10852"Clean the source tree before building (since dpkg 1.18.8). This is the " 10853"default behavior." 10854msgstr "" 10855 10856#. type: TP 10857#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10858#, no-wrap 10859msgid "B<-tc>, B<--post-clean>" 10860msgstr "" 10861 10862#. type: Plain text 10863#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10864msgid "" 10865"Clean the source tree (using I<gain-root-command> B<debian/rules clean>) " 10866"after the package has been built (long option since dpkg 1.18.8)." 10867msgstr "" 10868 10869#. type: TP 10870#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10871#, no-wrap 10872msgid "B<--no-post-clean>" 10873msgstr "" 10874 10875#. type: Plain text 10876#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10877msgid "" 10878"Do not clean the source tree after the package has been built (since dpkg " 10879"1.19.1). This is the default behavior." 10880msgstr "" 10881 10882#. type: TP 10883#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10884#, no-wrap 10885msgid "B<-r>, B<--root-command=>I<gain-root-command>" 10886msgstr "" 10887 10888#. type: Plain text 10889#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10890msgid "" 10891"When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute part of the build process as " 10892"root, it prefixes the command it executes with I<gain-root-command> if one " 10893"has been specified (long option since dpkg 1.18.8). Otherwise, if none has " 10894"been specified, B<fakeroot> will be used by default, if the command is " 10895"present. I<gain-root-command> should start with the name of a program on " 10896"the B<PATH> and will get as arguments the name of the real command to run " 10897"and the arguments it should take. I<gain-root-command> can include " 10898"parameters (they must be space-separated) but no shell metacharacters. " 10899"I<gain-root-command> might typically be B<fakeroot>, B<sudo>, B<super> or " 10900"B<really>. B<su> is not suitable, since it can only invoke the user's shell " 10901"with B<-c> instead of passing arguments individually to the command to be " 10902"run." 10903msgstr "" 10904 10905#. type: TP 10906#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10907#, no-wrap 10908msgid "B<-R>, B<--rules-file=>I<rules-file>" 10909msgstr "" 10910 10911#. type: Plain text 10912#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10913msgid "" 10914"Building a Debian package usually involves invoking B<debian/rules> as a " 10915"command with several standard parameters (since dpkg 1.14.17, long option " 10916"since dpkg 1.18.8). With this option it's possible to use another program " 10917"invocation to build the package (it can include space separated " 10918"parameters). Alternatively it can be used to execute the standard rules " 10919"file with another make program (for example by using B</usr/local/bin/make " 10920"-f debian/rules> as I<rules-file>)." 10921msgstr "" 10922 10923#. type: TP 10924#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10925#, no-wrap 10926msgid "B<--check-command=>I<check-command>" 10927msgstr "" 10928 10929#. type: Plain text 10930#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10931msgid "" 10932"Command used to check the B<.changes> file itself and any artifact built " 10933"referenced in the file (since dpkg 1.17.6). The command should take the " 10934"B<.changes> pathname as an argument. This command will usually be " 10935"B<lintian>." 10936msgstr "" 10937 10938#. type: TP 10939#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10940#, no-wrap 10941msgid "B<--check-option=>I<opt>" 10942msgstr "" 10943 10944#. type: Plain text 10945#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10946msgid "" 10947"Pass option I<opt> to the I<check-command> specified with " 10948"B<DEB_CHECK_COMMAND> or B<--check-command> (since dpkg 1.17.6). Can be used " 10949"multiple times." 10950msgstr "" 10951 10952#. type: TP 10953#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10954#, no-wrap 10955msgid "B<--hook->I<hook-name>B<=>I<hook-command>" 10956msgstr "" 10957 10958#. type: Plain text 10959#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10960msgid "" 10961"Set the specified shell code I<hook-command> as the hook I<hook-name>, which " 10962"will run at the times specified in the run steps (since dpkg 1.17.6). The " 10963"hooks will always be executed even if the following action is not performed " 10964"(except for the B<binary> hook). All the hooks will run in the unpacked " 10965"source directory." 10966msgstr "" 10967 10968#. type: Plain text 10969#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10970msgid "" 10971"Note: Hooks can affect the build process, and cause build failures if their " 10972"commands fail, so watch out for unintended consequences." 10973msgstr "" 10974 10975#. type: Plain text 10976#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10977msgid "The current I<hook-name> supported are:" 10978msgstr "" 10979 10980#. type: Plain text 10981#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10982msgid "" 10983"B<init preclean source build binary buildinfo changes postclean check sign " 10984"done>" 10985msgstr "" 10986 10987#. type: Plain text 10988#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10989msgid "" 10990"The I<hook-command> supports the following substitution format string, which " 10991"will get applied to it before execution:" 10992msgstr "" 10993 10994#. type: TP 10995#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 10996#, no-wrap 10997msgid "B<%%>" 10998msgstr "" 10999 11000#. type: Plain text 11001#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11002msgid "A single % character." 11003msgstr "" 11004 11005#. type: TP 11006#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11007#, no-wrap 11008msgid "B<%a>" 11009msgstr "" 11010 11011#. type: Plain text 11012#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11013msgid "" 11014"A boolean value (0 or 1), representing whether the following action is being " 11015"performed." 11016msgstr "" 11017 11018#. type: TP 11019#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11020#, no-wrap 11021msgid "B<%p>" 11022msgstr "" 11023 11024#. type: Plain text 11025#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11026msgid "The source package name." 11027msgstr "" 11028 11029#. type: TP 11030#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11031#, no-wrap 11032msgid "B<%v>" 11033msgstr "" 11034 11035#. type: Plain text 11036#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11037msgid "The source package version." 11038msgstr "" 11039 11040#. type: TP 11041#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11042#, no-wrap 11043msgid "B<%s>" 11044msgstr "" 11045 11046#. type: Plain text 11047#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11048msgid "The source package version (without the epoch)." 11049msgstr "" 11050 11051#. type: TP 11052#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11053#, no-wrap 11054msgid "B<%u>" 11055msgstr "" 11056 11057#. type: Plain text 11058#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11059msgid "The upstream version." 11060msgstr "" 11061 11062#. type: TP 11063#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11064#, no-wrap 11065msgid "B<--buildinfo-option=>I<opt>" 11066msgstr "" 11067 11068#. type: Plain text 11069#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11070msgid "" 11071"Pass option I<opt> to B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> (since dpkg 1.18.11). Can be " 11072"used multiple times." 11073msgstr "" 11074 11075#. type: TP 11076#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11077#, no-wrap 11078msgid "B<-p>, B<--sign-command=>I<sign-command>" 11079msgstr "" 11080 11081#. type: Plain text 11082#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11083msgid "" 11084"When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute GPG to sign a source control " 11085"(B<.dsc>) file or a B<.changes> file it will run I<sign-command> (searching " 11086"the B<PATH> if necessary) instead of B<gpg2> or B<gpg> (long option since " 11087"dpkg 1.18.8). I<sign-command> will get all the arguments that B<gpg2> or " 11088"B<gpg> would have gotten. I<sign-command> should not contain spaces or any " 11089"other shell metacharacters." 11090msgstr "" 11091 11092#. type: TP 11093#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11094#, no-wrap 11095msgid "B<-k>, B<--sign-key=>I<key-id>" 11096msgstr "" 11097 11098#. type: Plain text 11099#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11100msgid "" 11101"Specify a key-ID to use when signing packages (long option since dpkg " 11102"1.18.8)." 11103msgstr "" 11104 11105#. type: TP 11106#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11107#, no-wrap 11108msgid "B<-us>, B<--unsigned-source>" 11109msgstr "" 11110 11111#. type: Plain text 11112#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11113msgid "Do not sign the source package (long option since dpkg 1.18.8)." 11114msgstr "" 11115 11116#. type: TP 11117#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11118#, no-wrap 11119msgid "B<-ui>, B<--unsigned-buildinfo>" 11120msgstr "" 11121 11122#. type: Plain text 11123#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11124msgid "Do not sign the B<.buildinfo> file (since dpkg 1.18.19)." 11125msgstr "" 11126 11127#. type: TP 11128#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11129#, no-wrap 11130msgid "B<-uc>, B<--unsigned-changes>" 11131msgstr "" 11132 11133#. type: Plain text 11134#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11135msgid "" 11136"Do not sign the B<.buildinfo> and B<.changes> files (long option since dpkg " 11137"1.18.8)." 11138msgstr "" 11139 11140#. type: TP 11141#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11142#, no-wrap 11143msgid "B<--no-sign>" 11144msgstr "" 11145 11146#. type: Plain text 11147#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11148msgid "" 11149"Do not sign any file, this includes the source package, the B<.buildinfo> " 11150"file and the B<.changes> file (since dpkg 1.18.20)." 11151msgstr "" 11152 11153#. type: TP 11154#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11155#, no-wrap 11156msgid "B<--force-sign>" 11157msgstr "" 11158 11159#. type: Plain text 11160#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11161msgid "" 11162"Force the signing of the resulting files (since dpkg 1.17.0), regardless of " 11163"B<-us>, B<--unsigned-source>, B<-ui>, B<--unsigned-buildinfo>, B<-uc>, " 11164"B<--unsigned-changes> or other internal heuristics." 11165msgstr "" 11166 11167#. type: TP 11168#: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-source.man 11169#, no-wrap 11170msgid "B<-sn>" 11171msgstr "" 11172 11173#. type: TP 11174#: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-source.man 11175#, no-wrap 11176msgid "B<-ss>" 11177msgstr "" 11178 11179#. type: TQ 11180#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11181#, no-wrap 11182msgid "B<-sA>" 11183msgstr "" 11184 11185#. type: TP 11186#: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-source.man 11187#, no-wrap 11188msgid "B<-sk>" 11189msgstr "" 11190 11191#. type: TP 11192#: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-source.man 11193#, no-wrap 11194msgid "B<-su>" 11195msgstr "" 11196 11197#. type: TP 11198#: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-source.man 11199#, no-wrap 11200msgid "B<-sr>" 11201msgstr "" 11202 11203#. type: TQ 11204#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11205#, no-wrap 11206msgid "B<-sK>" 11207msgstr "" 11208 11209#. type: TQ 11210#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11211#, no-wrap 11212msgid "B<-sU>" 11213msgstr "" 11214 11215#. type: TQ 11216#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11217#, no-wrap 11218msgid "B<-sR>" 11219msgstr "" 11220 11221#. type: TQ 11222#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11223#, no-wrap 11224msgid "B<-i>, B<--diff-ignore>[=I<regex>]" 11225msgstr "" 11226 11227#. type: TQ 11228#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11229#, no-wrap 11230msgid "B<-I>, B<--tar-ignore>[=I<pattern>]" 11231msgstr "" 11232 11233#. type: TQ 11234#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11235#, no-wrap 11236msgid "B<-z>, B<--compression-level=>I<level>" 11237msgstr "" 11238 11239#. type: TQ 11240#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11241#, no-wrap 11242msgid "B<-Z>, B<--compression=>I<compressor>" 11243msgstr "" 11244 11245#. type: Plain text 11246#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11247msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-source>. See its manual page." 11248msgstr "" 11249 11250#. type: TP 11251#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11252#, no-wrap 11253msgid "B<--source-option=>I<opt>" 11254msgstr "" 11255 11256#. type: Plain text 11257#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11258msgid "" 11259"Pass option I<opt> to B<dpkg-source> (since dpkg 1.15.6). Can be used " 11260"multiple times." 11261msgstr "" 11262 11263#. type: TP 11264#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11265#, no-wrap 11266msgid "B<--changes-option=>I<opt>" 11267msgstr "" 11268 11269#. type: Plain text 11270#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11271msgid "" 11272"Pass option I<opt> to B<dpkg-genchanges> (since dpkg 1.15.6). Can be used " 11273"multiple times." 11274msgstr "" 11275 11276#. type: TQ 11277#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11278#, no-wrap 11279msgid "B<--admindir >I<dir>" 11280msgstr "" 11281 11282#. type: Plain text 11283#: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man dpkg-shlibdeps.man 11284msgid "" 11285"Change the location of the B<dpkg> database (since dpkg 1.14.0). The " 11286"default location is I<%ADMINDIR%>." 11287msgstr "" 11288 11289#. type: TP 11290#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11291#, no-wrap 11292msgid "B<DEB_CHECK_COMMAND>" 11293msgstr "" 11294 11295#. type: Plain text 11296#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11297msgid "" 11298"If set, it will be used as the command to check the B<.changes> file (since " 11299"dpkg 1.17.6). Overridden by the B<--check-command> option." 11300msgstr "" 11301 11302#. type: TP 11303#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11304#, no-wrap 11305msgid "B<DEB_SIGN_KEYID>" 11306msgstr "" 11307 11308#. type: Plain text 11309#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11310msgid "" 11311"If set, it will be used to sign the B<.changes> and B<.dsc> files (since " 11312"dpkg 1.17.2). Overridden by the B<--sign-key> option." 11313msgstr "" 11314 11315#. type: Plain text 11316#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11317msgid "" 11318"If set, it will contain a space-separated list of options that might affect " 11319"the build process in I<debian/rules>, and the behavior of some dpkg " 11320"commands." 11321msgstr "" 11322 11323#. type: Plain text 11324#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11325msgid "" 11326"With B<nocheck> the B<DEB_CHECK_COMMAND> variable will be ignored. With " 11327"B<parallel=>I<N> the parallel jobs will be set to I<N>, overridden by the " 11328"B<--jobs-try> option." 11329msgstr "" 11330 11331#. type: TP 11332#: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man 11333#, no-wrap 11334msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_PROFILES>" 11335msgstr "" 11336 11337#. type: Plain text 11338#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11339msgid "" 11340"If set, it will be used as the active build profile(s) for the package being " 11341"built (since dpkg 1.17.2). It is a space separated list of profile names. " 11342"Overridden by the B<-P> option." 11343msgstr "" 11344 11345#. type: Plain text 11346#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11347msgid "" 11348"Even if B<dpkg-buildpackage> exports some variables, B<debian/rules> should " 11349"not rely on their presence and should instead use the respective interface " 11350"to retrieve the needed values, because that file is the main entry point to " 11351"build packages and running it standalone should be supported." 11352msgstr "" 11353 11354#. type: TP 11355#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11356#, no-wrap 11357msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_*>" 11358msgstr "" 11359 11360#. type: TQ 11361#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11362#, no-wrap 11363msgid "B<DEB_HOST_*>" 11364msgstr "" 11365 11366#. type: TQ 11367#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11368#, no-wrap 11369msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_*>" 11370msgstr "" 11371 11372#. type: Plain text 11373#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11374msgid "" 11375"B<dpkg-architecture> is called with the B<-a> and B<-t> parameters " 11376"forwarded. Any variable that is output by its B<-s> option is integrated in " 11377"the build environment." 11378msgstr "" 11379 11380#. type: TP 11381#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11382#, no-wrap 11383msgid "B<DEB_RULES_REQUIRES_ROOT>" 11384msgstr "" 11385 11386#. type: Plain text 11387#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11388msgid "" 11389"This variable is set to the value obtained from the B<Rules-Requires-Root> " 11390"field or from the command-line. When set, it will be a valid value for the " 11391"B<Rules-Requires-Root> field. It is used to notify B<debian/rules> whether " 11392"the B<rootless-builds.txt> specification is supported." 11393msgstr "" 11394 11395#. type: TP 11396#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11397#, no-wrap 11398msgid "B<DEB_GAIN_ROOT_CMD>" 11399msgstr "" 11400 11401#. type: Plain text 11402#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11403msgid "" 11404"This variable is set to I<gain-root-command> when the field " 11405"B<Rules-Requires-Root> is set to a value different to B<no> and " 11406"B<binary-targets>." 11407msgstr "" 11408 11409#. type: TP 11410#: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-deb.man dpkg-source.man dpkg-split.man 11411#, no-wrap 11412msgid "B<SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH>" 11413msgstr "" 11414 11415#. type: Plain text 11416#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11417msgid "" 11418"This variable is set to the Unix timestamp since the epoch of the latest " 11419"entry in I<debian/changelog>, if it is not already defined." 11420msgstr "" 11421 11422#. type: TP 11423#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11424#, no-wrap 11425msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/buildpackage.conf>" 11426msgstr "" 11427 11428#. type: Plain text 11429#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11430msgid "System wide configuration file" 11431msgstr "" 11432 11433#. type: TP 11434#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11435#, no-wrap 11436msgid "I<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/dpkg/buildpackage.conf> or" 11437msgstr "" 11438 11439#. type: TQ 11440#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11441#, no-wrap 11442msgid "I<$HOME/.config/dpkg/buildpackage.conf>" 11443msgstr "" 11444 11445#. type: SS 11446#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11447#, no-wrap 11448msgid "Compiler flags are no longer exported" 11449msgstr "" 11450 11451#. type: Plain text 11452#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11453msgid "" 11454"Between dpkg 1.14.17 and 1.16.1, B<dpkg-buildpackage> exported compiler " 11455"flags (B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS>, B<CPPFLAGS> and B<LDFLAGS>) with " 11456"values as returned by B<dpkg-buildflags>. This is no longer the case." 11457msgstr "" 11458 11459#. type: SS 11460#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11461#, no-wrap 11462msgid "Default build targets" 11463msgstr "" 11464 11465#. type: Plain text 11466#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11467msgid "" 11468"B<dpkg-buildpackage> is using the B<build-arch> and B<build-indep> targets " 11469"since dpkg 1.16.2. Those targets are thus mandatory. But to avoid breakages " 11470"of existing packages, and ease the transition, if the source package does " 11471"not build both architecture independent and dependent binary packages (since " 11472"dpkg 1.18.8) it will fallback to use the B<build> target if B<make -f " 11473"debian/rules -qn> I<build-target> returns 2 as exit code." 11474msgstr "" 11475 11476#. type: Plain text 11477#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11478msgid "" 11479"It should be possible to specify spaces and shell metacharacters and initial " 11480"arguments for I<gain-root-command> and I<sign-command>." 11481msgstr "" 11482 11483#. type: Plain text 11484#: dpkg-buildpackage.man 11485msgid "" 11486"B<dpkg-source>(1), B<dpkg-architecture>(1), B<dpkg-buildflags>(1), " 11487"B<dpkg-genbuildinfo>(1), B<dpkg-genchanges>(1), B<fakeroot>(1), " 11488"B<lintian>(1), B<gpg2>(1), B<gpg>(1)." 11489msgstr "" 11490 11491#. type: TH 11492#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man 11493#, no-wrap 11494msgid "dpkg-genbuildinfo" 11495msgstr "" 11496 11497#. type: Plain text 11498#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man 11499msgid "dpkg-genbuildinfo - generate Debian .buildinfo files" 11500msgstr "" 11501 11502#. type: Plain text 11503#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man 11504msgid "B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> [I<option>...]" 11505msgstr "" 11506 11507#. type: Plain text 11508#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man 11509msgid "" 11510"B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> reads information from an unpacked and built Debian " 11511"source tree and from the files it has generated and generates a Debian " 11512"control file describing the build environment and the build artifacts " 11513"(B<.buildinfo> file)." 11514msgstr "" 11515 11516#. type: Plain text 11517#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man 11518msgid "This command was introduced in dpkg 1.18.11." 11519msgstr "" 11520 11521#. type: Plain text 11522#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man 11523msgid "Specifies the build I<type> from a comma-separated list of components." 11524msgstr "" 11525 11526#. type: Plain text 11527#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man 11528msgid "" 11529"Generate build information including unqualified build dependencies " 11530"(B<Build-Depends>) and architecture specific build dependencies " 11531"(B<Build-Depends-Arch>)." 11532msgstr "" 11533 11534#. type: Plain text 11535#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man 11536msgid "" 11537"Generate build information including unqualified build dependencies " 11538"(B<Build-Depends>) and architecture independent build dependencies " 11539"(B<Build-Depends-Indep>)." 11540msgstr "" 11541 11542#. type: Plain text 11543#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man 11544msgid "" 11545"Effectively ignored; generate build information with just the unqualified " 11546"build dependencies (B<Build-Depends>)." 11547msgstr "" 11548 11549#. type: Plain text 11550#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man 11551msgid "" 11552"Generate build information with all three types of build dependencies. This " 11553"is an alias for B<any,all>." 11554msgstr "" 11555 11556#. type: Plain text 11557#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man 11558msgid "" 11559"Generate build information with all three types of build dependencies. This " 11560"is an alias for B<any,all,source>, and the same as the default case when no " 11561"build option is specified." 11562msgstr "" 11563 11564#. type: TP 11565#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-genchanges.man 11566#, no-wrap 11567msgid "B<-c>I<controlfile>" 11568msgstr "" 11569 11570#. type: Plain text 11571#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man 11572msgid "" 11573"Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The default " 11574"is B<debian/control>." 11575msgstr "" 11576 11577#. type: TP 11578#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man 11579#: dpkg-source.man 11580#, no-wrap 11581msgid "B<-l>I<changelog-file>" 11582msgstr "" 11583 11584#. type: Plain text 11585#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man 11586msgid "" 11587"Specifies the changelog file to read information from. The default is " 11588"B<debian/changelog>." 11589msgstr "" 11590 11591#. type: TP 11592#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-distaddfile.man dpkg-genchanges.man 11593#: dpkg-gencontrol.man 11594#, no-wrap 11595msgid "B<-f>I<files-list-file>" 11596msgstr "" 11597 11598#. type: Plain text 11599#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man 11600msgid "" 11601"Specifies where is the list of files that have been produced by the build, " 11602"rather than using B<debian/files>." 11603msgstr "" 11604 11605#. type: TP 11606#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man 11607#: dpkg-source.man 11608#, no-wrap 11609msgid "B<-F>I<changelog-format>" 11610msgstr "" 11611 11612#. type: Plain text 11613#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man 11614#: dpkg-source.man 11615msgid "" 11616"Specifies the format of the changelog. See B<dpkg-parsechangelog>(1) for " 11617"information about alternative formats." 11618msgstr "" 11619 11620#. type: TP 11621#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man 11622#: dpkg-gensymbols.man dpkg-shlibdeps.man 11623#, no-wrap 11624msgid "B<-O>[I<filename>]" 11625msgstr "" 11626 11627#. type: Plain text 11628#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man 11629msgid "" 11630"Print the buildinfo file to standard output (or I<filename> if specified) " 11631"rather than to " 11632"I<dir>B</>I<source-name>B<_>I<binary-version>B<_>I<arch>B<.buildinfo> (where " 11633"I<dir> is B<..> by default or I<upload-files-dir> if B<-u> was used)." 11634msgstr "" 11635 11636#. type: TP 11637#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-genchanges.man 11638#, no-wrap 11639msgid "B<-u>I<upload-files-dir>" 11640msgstr "" 11641 11642#. type: Plain text 11643#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man 11644msgid "" 11645"Look for the files to be uploaded in I<upload-files-dir> rather than B<..> " 11646"(B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> needs to find these files so that it can include their " 11647"sizes and checksums in the B<.buildinfo> file)." 11648msgstr "" 11649 11650#. type: TP 11651#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man 11652#, no-wrap 11653msgid "B<--always-include-kernel>" 11654msgstr "" 11655 11656#. type: Plain text 11657#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man 11658msgid "By default, the B<Build-Kernel-Version> field will not be written out." 11659msgstr "" 11660 11661#. type: Plain text 11662#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man 11663msgid "" 11664"Specify this option (since dpkg 1.19.0) to always write a " 11665"B<Build-Kernel-Version> field when generating the B<.buildinfo>." 11666msgstr "" 11667 11668#. type: TP 11669#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man 11670#, no-wrap 11671msgid "B<--always-include-path>" 11672msgstr "" 11673 11674#. type: Plain text 11675#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man 11676msgid "" 11677"By default, the B<Build-Path> field will only be written if the current " 11678"directory starts with a whitelisted pattern." 11679msgstr "" 11680 11681#. type: Plain text 11682#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man 11683msgid "" 11684"On Debian and derivatives the pattern matches on B</build/> at the start of " 11685"the pathname." 11686msgstr "" 11687 11688#. type: Plain text 11689#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man 11690msgid "" 11691"Specify this option to always write a B<Build-Path> field when generating " 11692"the B<.buildinfo>." 11693msgstr "" 11694 11695#. type: Plain text 11696#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man 11697msgid "" 11698"Change the location of the B<dpkg> database. The default location is " 11699"I</var/lib/dpkg>." 11700msgstr "" 11701 11702#. type: TP 11703#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gensymbols.man 11704#, no-wrap 11705msgid "B<-q>" 11706msgstr "" 11707 11708#. type: Plain text 11709#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man 11710msgid "" 11711"B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> might produce informative messages on standard error. " 11712"B<-q> suppresses these messages." 11713msgstr "" 11714 11715#. type: Plain text 11716#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man 11717msgid "" 11718"This variable can be used to enable or disable various features that affect " 11719"the information included in the .buildinfo file, via the B<buildinfo> option " 11720"(since dpkg 1.18.19). This option contains a comma-separated list of " 11721"features, prefixed with the ‘B<+>’ or ‘B<->’ modifiers, to denote whether to " 11722"enable or disable them. The special feature “B<all>” can be used to enable " 11723"or disable all other features. The feature “B<path>” controls whether to " 11724"unconditionally include the B<Build-Path> field." 11725msgstr "" 11726 11727#. type: TP 11728#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-distaddfile.man dpkg-genchanges.man 11729#: dpkg-gencontrol.man 11730#, no-wrap 11731msgid "B<debian/files>" 11732msgstr "" 11733 11734#. type: Plain text 11735#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man 11736msgid "" 11737"The list of generated files. B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> reads the data here when " 11738"producing a B<.buildinfo> file." 11739msgstr "" 11740 11741#. type: Plain text 11742#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man 11743msgid "B<deb-buildinfo>(5)." 11744msgstr "" 11745 11746#. type: TH 11747#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man 11748#, no-wrap 11749msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps" 11750msgstr "" 11751 11752#. type: Plain text 11753#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man 11754msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps - check build dependencies and conflicts" 11755msgstr "" 11756 11757#. type: Plain text 11758#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man 11759msgid "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> [I<option>...] [I<control-file>]" 11760msgstr "" 11761 11762#. type: Plain text 11763#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man 11764msgid "" 11765"This program checks the installed packages in the system against the build " 11766"dependencies and build conflicts listed in the control file. If any are not " 11767"met, it displays them and exits with a nonzero return code." 11768msgstr "" 11769 11770#. type: Plain text 11771#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man 11772msgid "" 11773"By default, B<debian/control> is read, but an alternate control filename may " 11774"be specified on the command line." 11775msgstr "" 11776 11777#. type: Plain text 11778#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man 11779msgid "" 11780"Ignore B<Build-Depends-Arch> and B<Build-Conflicts-Arch> lines (since dpkg " 11781"1.16.4). Use when only arch-indep packages will be built, or combine with " 11782"B<-B> when only a source package is to be built." 11783msgstr "" 11784 11785#. type: Plain text 11786#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man 11787msgid "" 11788"Ignore B<Build-Depends-Indep> and B<Build-Conflicts-Indep> lines. Use when " 11789"only arch-dep packages will be built, or combine with B<-A> when only a " 11790"source package is to be built." 11791msgstr "" 11792 11793#. type: TP 11794#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man 11795#, no-wrap 11796msgid "B<-I>" 11797msgstr "" 11798 11799#. type: Plain text 11800#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man 11801msgid "" 11802"Ignore built-in build depends and conflicts (since dpkg 1.18.2). These are " 11803"implicit dependencies that are usually required on a specific distribution, " 11804"the so called Build-Essential package set." 11805msgstr "" 11806 11807#. type: TP 11808#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man 11809#, no-wrap 11810msgid "B<-d >I<build-depends-string>" 11811msgstr "" 11812 11813#. type: TP 11814#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man 11815#, no-wrap 11816msgid "B<-c >I<build-conflicts-string>" 11817msgstr "" 11818 11819#. type: Plain text 11820#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man 11821msgid "" 11822"Use the given build dependencies/conflicts instead of those contained in the " 11823"I<debian/control> file (since dpkg 1.14.17)." 11824msgstr "" 11825 11826#. type: TP 11827#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man 11828#, no-wrap 11829msgid "B<-a >I<arch>" 11830msgstr "" 11831 11832#. type: Plain text 11833#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man 11834msgid "" 11835"Check build dependencies/conflicts assuming that the package described in " 11836"the control file is to be built for the given host architecture instead of " 11837"the architecture of the current system (since dpkg 1.16.2)." 11838msgstr "" 11839 11840#. type: TP 11841#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man 11842#, no-wrap 11843msgid "B<-P >I<profile>[B<,>...]" 11844msgstr "" 11845 11846#. type: Plain text 11847#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man 11848msgid "" 11849"Check build dependencies/conflicts assuming that the package described in " 11850"the control file is to be built for the given build profile(s) (since dpkg " 11851"1.17.2). The argument is a comma-separated list of profile names." 11852msgstr "" 11853 11854#. type: Plain text 11855#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man 11856msgid "" 11857"If set, it will be used as the active build profile(s) for the package being " 11858"built. It is a space separated list of profile names. Overridden by the " 11859"B<-P> option." 11860msgstr "" 11861 11862#. type: TH 11863#: dpkg-distaddfile.man 11864#, no-wrap 11865msgid "dpkg-distaddfile" 11866msgstr "" 11867 11868#. type: Plain text 11869#: dpkg-distaddfile.man 11870msgid "dpkg-distaddfile - add entries to debian/files" 11871msgstr "" 11872 11873#. type: Plain text 11874#: dpkg-distaddfile.man 11875msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> [I<option>...]I< filename section priority>" 11876msgstr "" 11877 11878#. type: Plain text 11879#: dpkg-distaddfile.man 11880msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> adds an entry for a named file to B<debian/files>." 11881msgstr "" 11882 11883#. type: Plain text 11884#: dpkg-distaddfile.man 11885msgid "" 11886"It takes three non-option arguments, the filename and the section and " 11887"priority for the B<.changes> file." 11888msgstr "" 11889 11890#. type: Plain text 11891#: dpkg-distaddfile.man 11892msgid "" 11893"The filename should be specified relative to the directory where " 11894"B<dpkg-genchanges> will expect to find the files, usually B<..>, rather than " 11895"being a pathname relative to the current directory when B<dpkg-distaddfile> " 11896"is run." 11897msgstr "" 11898 11899#. type: Plain text 11900#: dpkg-distaddfile.man dpkg-gencontrol.man 11901msgid "" 11902"Read or write the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using " 11903"B<debian/files>." 11904msgstr "" 11905 11906#. type: Plain text 11907#: dpkg-distaddfile.man 11908msgid "" 11909"The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. " 11910"B<dpkg-distaddfile> can be used to add additional files." 11911msgstr "" 11912 11913#. type: Plain text 11914#: dpkg-distaddfile.man 11915msgid "B<deb-src-files>(5)." 11916msgstr "" 11917 11918#. type: TH 11919#: dpkg-deb.man 11920#, no-wrap 11921msgid "dpkg-deb" 11922msgstr "" 11923 11924#. type: Plain text 11925#: dpkg-deb.man 11926msgid "dpkg-deb - Debian package archive (.deb) manipulation tool" 11927msgstr "" 11928 11929#. type: Plain text 11930#: dpkg-deb.man 11931msgid "B<dpkg-deb> [I<option>...] I<command>" 11932msgstr "" 11933 11934#. type: Plain text 11935#: dpkg-deb.man 11936msgid "B<dpkg-deb> packs, unpacks and provides information about Debian archives." 11937msgstr "" 11938 11939#. type: Plain text 11940#: dpkg-deb.man 11941msgid "Use B<dpkg> to install and remove packages from your system." 11942msgstr "" 11943 11944#. type: Plain text 11945#: dpkg-deb.man 11946msgid "" 11947"You can also invoke B<dpkg-deb> by calling B<dpkg> with whatever options you " 11948"want to pass to B<dpkg-deb>. B<dpkg> will spot that you wanted B<dpkg-deb> " 11949"and run it for you." 11950msgstr "" 11951 11952#. type: Plain text 11953#: dpkg-deb.man 11954msgid "" 11955"For most commands taking an input archive argument, the archive can be read " 11956"from standard input if the archive name is given as a single minus character " 11957"(«B<->»); otherwise lack of support will be documented in their respective " 11958"command description." 11959msgstr "" 11960 11961#. type: TP 11962#: dpkg-deb.man 11963#, no-wrap 11964msgid "B<-b>, B<--build> I<binary-directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]" 11965msgstr "" 11966 11967#. type: Plain text 11968#: dpkg-deb.man 11969msgid "" 11970"Creates a debian archive from the filesystem tree stored in " 11971"I<binary-directory>. I<binary-directory> must have a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory, " 11972"which contains the control information files such as the control file " 11973"itself. This directory will I<not> appear in the binary package's filesystem " 11974"archive, but instead the files in it will be put in the binary package's " 11975"control information area." 11976msgstr "" 11977 11978#. type: Plain text 11979#: dpkg-deb.man 11980msgid "" 11981"Unless you specify B<--nocheck>, B<dpkg-deb> will read B<DEBIAN/control> and " 11982"parse it. It will check the file for syntax errors and other problems, and " 11983"display the name of the binary package being built. B<dpkg-deb> will also " 11984"check the permissions of the maintainer scripts and other files found in the " 11985"B<DEBIAN> control information directory." 11986msgstr "" 11987 11988#. type: Plain text 11989#: dpkg-deb.man 11990msgid "" 11991"If no I<archive> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will write the package into " 11992"the file I<binary-directory>B<.deb>." 11993msgstr "" 11994 11995#. type: Plain text 11996#: dpkg-deb.man 11997msgid "If the archive to be created already exists it will be overwritten." 11998msgstr "" 11999 12000#. type: Plain text 12001#: dpkg-deb.man 12002msgid "" 12003"If the second argument is a directory then B<dpkg-deb> will write to the " 12004"file I<directory>B</>I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb.> When a " 12005"target directory is specified, rather than a file, the B<--nocheck> option " 12006"may not be used (since B<dpkg-deb> needs to read and parse the package " 12007"control file to determine which filename to use)." 12008msgstr "" 12009 12010#. type: TP 12011#: dpkg-deb.man 12012#, no-wrap 12013msgid "B<-I>, B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file-name>...]" 12014msgstr "" 12015 12016#. type: Plain text 12017#: dpkg-deb.man 12018msgid "Provides information about a binary package archive." 12019msgstr "" 12020 12021#. type: Plain text 12022#: dpkg-deb.man 12023msgid "" 12024"If no I<control-file-name>s are specified then it will print a summary of " 12025"the contents of the package as well as its control file." 12026msgstr "" 12027 12028#. type: Plain text 12029#: dpkg-deb.man 12030msgid "" 12031"If any I<control-file-name>s are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print them " 12032"in the order they were specified; if any of the components weren't present " 12033"it will print an error message to stderr about each one and exit with status " 12034"2." 12035msgstr "" 12036 12037#. type: TP 12038#: dpkg-deb.man 12039#, no-wrap 12040msgid "B<-W>, B<--show> I<archive>" 12041msgstr "" 12042 12043#. type: Plain text 12044#: dpkg-deb.man 12045msgid "" 12046"Provides information about a binary package archive in the format specified " 12047"by the B<--showformat> argument. The default format displays the package's " 12048"name and version on one line, separated by a tabulator." 12049msgstr "" 12050 12051#. type: TP 12052#: dpkg-deb.man 12053#, no-wrap 12054msgid "B<-f>, B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field-name>...]" 12055msgstr "" 12056 12057#. type: Plain text 12058#: dpkg-deb.man 12059msgid "Extracts control file information from a binary package archive." 12060msgstr "" 12061 12062#. type: Plain text 12063#: dpkg-deb.man 12064msgid "" 12065"If no I<control-field-name>s are specified then it will print the whole " 12066"control file." 12067msgstr "" 12068 12069#. type: Plain text 12070#: dpkg-deb.man 12071msgid "" 12072"If any are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print their contents, in the " 12073"order in which they appear in the control file. If more than one " 12074"I<control-field-name> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will precede each with " 12075"its field name (and a colon and space)." 12076msgstr "" 12077 12078#. type: Plain text 12079#: dpkg-deb.man 12080msgid "No errors are reported for fields requested but not found." 12081msgstr "" 12082 12083#. type: TP 12084#: dpkg-deb.man 12085#, no-wrap 12086msgid "B<-c>, B<--contents> I<archive>" 12087msgstr "" 12088 12089#. type: Plain text 12090#: dpkg-deb.man 12091msgid "" 12092"Lists the contents of the filesystem tree archive portion of the package " 12093"archive. It is currently produced in the format generated by B<tar>'s " 12094"verbose listing." 12095msgstr "" 12096 12097#. type: TP 12098#: dpkg-deb.man 12099#, no-wrap 12100msgid "B<-x>, B<--extract> I<archive directory>" 12101msgstr "" 12102 12103#. type: Plain text 12104#: dpkg-deb.man 12105msgid "" 12106"Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into the specified " 12107"directory." 12108msgstr "" 12109 12110#. type: Plain text 12111#: dpkg-deb.man 12112msgid "" 12113"Note that extracting a package to the root directory will I<not> result in a " 12114"correct installation! Use B<dpkg> to install packages." 12115msgstr "" 12116 12117#. type: Plain text 12118#: dpkg-deb.man 12119msgid "" 12120"I<directory> (but not its parents) will be created if necessary, and its " 12121"permissions modified to match the contents of the package." 12122msgstr "" 12123 12124#. type: TP 12125#: dpkg-deb.man 12126#, no-wrap 12127msgid "B<-X>, B<--vextract> I<archive directory>" 12128msgstr "" 12129 12130#. type: Plain text 12131#: dpkg-deb.man 12132msgid "" 12133"Is like B<--extract> (B<-x>) with B<--verbose> (B<-v>) which prints a " 12134"listing of the files extracted as it goes." 12135msgstr "" 12136 12137#. type: TP 12138#: dpkg-deb.man 12139#, no-wrap 12140msgid "B<-R>, B<--raw-extract> I<archive directory>" 12141msgstr "" 12142 12143#. type: Plain text 12144#: dpkg-deb.man 12145msgid "" 12146"Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into a specified " 12147"directory, and the control information files into a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory " 12148"of the specified directory (since dpkg 1.16.1)." 12149msgstr "" 12150 12151#. type: Plain text 12152#: dpkg-deb.man 12153msgid "The target directory (but not its parents) will be created if necessary." 12154msgstr "" 12155 12156#. type: Plain text 12157#: dpkg-deb.man 12158msgid "" 12159"The input archive is not (currently) processed sequentially, so reading it " 12160"from standard input («B<->») is B<not> supported." 12161msgstr "" 12162 12163#. type: TP 12164#: dpkg-deb.man 12165#, no-wrap 12166msgid "B<--ctrl-tarfile> I<archive>" 12167msgstr "" 12168 12169#. type: Plain text 12170#: dpkg-deb.man 12171msgid "" 12172"Extracts the control data from a binary package and sends it to standard " 12173"output in B<tar> format (since dpkg 1.17.14). Together with B<tar>(1) this " 12174"can be used to extract a particular control file from a package archive. " 12175"The input archive will always be processed sequentially." 12176msgstr "" 12177 12178#. type: TP 12179#: dpkg-deb.man 12180#, no-wrap 12181msgid "B<--fsys-tarfile> I<archive>" 12182msgstr "" 12183 12184#. type: Plain text 12185#: dpkg-deb.man 12186msgid "" 12187"Extracts the filesystem tree data from a binary package and sends it to " 12188"standard output in B<tar> format. Together with B<tar>(1) this can be used " 12189"to extract a particular file from a package archive. The input archive will " 12190"always be processed sequentially." 12191msgstr "" 12192 12193#. type: TP 12194#: dpkg-deb.man 12195#, no-wrap 12196msgid "B<-e>, B<--control> I<archive> [I<directory>]" 12197msgstr "" 12198 12199#. type: Plain text 12200#: dpkg-deb.man 12201msgid "" 12202"Extracts the control information files from a package archive into the " 12203"specified directory." 12204msgstr "" 12205 12206#. type: Plain text 12207#: dpkg-deb.man 12208msgid "" 12209"If no directory is specified then a subdirectory B<DEBIAN> in the current " 12210"directory is used." 12211msgstr "" 12212 12213#. type: TP 12214#: dpkg-deb.man 12215#, no-wrap 12216msgid "B<--showformat=>I<format>" 12217msgstr "" 12218 12219#. type: Plain text 12220#: dpkg-deb.man 12221msgid "" 12222"This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will " 12223"produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package listed." 12224msgstr "" 12225 12226#. type: Plain text 12227#: dpkg-deb.man 12228msgid "" 12229"The string may reference any status field using the “${I<field-name>}” form, " 12230"a list of the valid fields can be easily produced using B<-I> on the same " 12231"package. A complete explanation of the formatting options (including escape " 12232"sequences and field tabbing) can be found in the explanation of the " 12233"B<--showformat> option in B<dpkg-query>(1)." 12234msgstr "" 12235 12236#. type: Plain text 12237#: dpkg-deb.man 12238msgid "The default for this field is “${Package}\\et${Version}\\en”." 12239msgstr "" 12240 12241#. type: TP 12242#: dpkg-deb.man 12243#, no-wrap 12244msgid "B<-z>I<compress-level>" 12245msgstr "" 12246 12247#. type: Plain text 12248#: dpkg-deb.man 12249msgid "" 12250"Specify which compression level to use on the compressor backend, when " 12251"building a package (default is 9 for gzip, 6 for xz). The accepted values " 12252"are 0-9 with: 0 being mapped to compressor none for gzip. Before dpkg " 12253"1.16.2 level 0 was equivalent to compressor none for all compressors." 12254msgstr "" 12255 12256#. type: TP 12257#: dpkg-deb.man 12258#, no-wrap 12259msgid "B<-S>I<compress-strategy>" 12260msgstr "" 12261 12262#. type: Plain text 12263#: dpkg-deb.man 12264msgid "" 12265"Specify which compression strategy to use on the compressor backend, when " 12266"building a package (since dpkg 1.16.2). Allowed values are B<none> (since " 12267"dpkg 1.16.4), B<filtered>, B<huffman>, B<rle> and B<fixed> for gzip (since " 12268"dpkg 1.17.0) and B<extreme> for xz." 12269msgstr "" 12270 12271#. type: TP 12272#: dpkg-deb.man 12273#, no-wrap 12274msgid "B<-Z>I<compress-type>" 12275msgstr "" 12276 12277#. type: Plain text 12278#: dpkg-deb.man 12279msgid "" 12280"Specify which compression type to use when building a package. Allowed " 12281"values are B<gzip>, B<xz> (since dpkg 1.15.6), and B<none> (default is " 12282"B<xz>)." 12283msgstr "" 12284 12285#. type: TP 12286#: dpkg-deb.man 12287#, no-wrap 12288msgid "B<--[no-]uniform-compression>" 12289msgstr "" 12290 12291#. type: Plain text 12292#: dpkg-deb.man 12293msgid "" 12294"Specify that the same compression parameters should be used for all archive " 12295"members (i.e. B<control.tar> and B<data.tar>; since dpkg 1.17.6). Otherwise " 12296"only the B<data.tar> member will use those parameters. The only supported " 12297"compression types allowed to be uniformly used are B<none>, B<gzip> and " 12298"B<xz>. The B<--no-uniform-compression> option disables uniform compression " 12299"(since dpkg 1.19.0). Uniform compression is the default (since dpkg " 12300"1.19.0)." 12301msgstr "" 12302 12303#. type: TP 12304#: dpkg-deb.man 12305#, no-wrap 12306msgid "B<--root-owner-group>" 12307msgstr "" 12308 12309#. type: Plain text 12310#: dpkg-deb.man 12311msgid "" 12312"Set the owner and group for each entry in the filesystem tree data to root " 12313"with id 0 (since dpkg 1.19.0)." 12314msgstr "" 12315 12316#. type: Plain text 12317#: dpkg-deb.man 12318msgid "" 12319"B<Note>: This option can be useful for rootless builds (see " 12320"I<rootless-builds.txt>), but should B<not> be used when the entries have an " 12321"owner or group that is not root. Support for these will be added later in " 12322"the form of a meta manifest." 12323msgstr "" 12324 12325#. type: TP 12326#: dpkg-deb.man 12327#, no-wrap 12328msgid "B<--deb-format=>I<format>" 12329msgstr "" 12330 12331#. type: Plain text 12332#: dpkg-deb.man 12333msgid "" 12334"Set the archive format version used when building (since dpkg 1.17.0). " 12335"Allowed values are B<2.0> for the new format, and B<0.939000> for the old " 12336"one (default is B<2.0>)." 12337msgstr "" 12338 12339#. type: Plain text 12340#: dpkg-deb.man 12341msgid "" 12342"The old archive format is less easily parsed by non-Debian tools and is now " 12343"obsolete; its only use is when building packages to be parsed by versions of " 12344"dpkg older than 0.93.76 (September 1995), which was released as i386 a.out " 12345"only." 12346msgstr "" 12347 12348#. type: TP 12349#: dpkg-deb.man 12350#, no-wrap 12351msgid "B<--nocheck>" 12352msgstr "" 12353 12354#. type: Plain text 12355#: dpkg-deb.man 12356msgid "" 12357"Inhibits B<dpkg-deb --build>'s usual checks on the proposed contents of an " 12358"archive. You can build any archive you want, no matter how broken, this way." 12359msgstr "" 12360 12361#. type: TP 12362#: dpkg-deb.man start-stop-daemon.man 12363#, no-wrap 12364msgid "B<-v>, B<--verbose>" 12365msgstr "" 12366 12367#. type: Plain text 12368#: dpkg-deb.man 12369msgid "" 12370"Enables verbose output (since dpkg 1.16.1). This currently only affects " 12371"B<--extract> making it behave like B<--vextract>." 12372msgstr "" 12373 12374#. type: TP 12375#: dpkg-deb.man 12376#, no-wrap 12377msgid "B<-D>, B<--debug>" 12378msgstr "" 12379 12380#. type: Plain text 12381#: dpkg-deb.man 12382msgid "Enables debugging output. This is not very interesting." 12383msgstr "" 12384 12385#. type: Plain text 12386#: dpkg-deb.man dpkg-divert.man dpkg-statoverride.man update-alternatives.man 12387msgid "The requested action was successfully performed." 12388msgstr "" 12389 12390#. type: Plain text 12391#: dpkg-deb.man 12392msgid "" 12393"If set, B<dpkg-deb> will use it as the directory in which to create " 12394"temporary files and directories." 12395msgstr "" 12396 12397#. type: Plain text 12398#: dpkg-deb.man 12399msgid "" 12400"If set, it will be used as the timestamp (as seconds since the epoch) in the " 12401"B<deb>(5)'s B<ar>(5) container and used to clamp the mtime in the B<tar>(5) " 12402"file entries." 12403msgstr "" 12404 12405#. type: Plain text 12406#: dpkg-deb.man 12407msgid "" 12408"Do not attempt to use just B<dpkg-deb> to install software! You must use " 12409"B<dpkg> proper to ensure that all the files are correctly placed and the " 12410"package's scripts run and its status and contents recorded." 12411msgstr "" 12412 12413#. type: Plain text 12414#: dpkg-deb.man 12415msgid "B<dpkg-deb -I> I<package1>B<.deb> I<package2>B<.deb> does the wrong thing." 12416msgstr "" 12417 12418#. type: Plain text 12419#: dpkg-deb.man 12420msgid "" 12421"There is no authentication on B<.deb> files; in fact, there isn't even a " 12422"straightforward checksum. (Higher level tools like APT support " 12423"authenticating B<.deb> packages retrieved from a given repository, and most " 12424"packages nowadays provide an md5sum control file generated by " 12425"debian/rules. Though this is not directly supported by the lower level " 12426"tools.)" 12427msgstr "" 12428 12429#. type: Plain text 12430#: dpkg-deb.man 12431msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)." 12432msgstr "" 12433 12434#. type: TH 12435#: dpkg-divert.man 12436#, no-wrap 12437msgid "dpkg-divert" 12438msgstr "" 12439 12440#. type: Plain text 12441#: dpkg-divert.man 12442msgid "dpkg-divert - override a package's version of a file" 12443msgstr "" 12444 12445#. type: Plain text 12446#: dpkg-divert.man 12447msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<option>...] I<command>" 12448msgstr "" 12449 12450#. type: Plain text 12451#: dpkg-divert.man 12452msgid "" 12453"B<dpkg-divert> is the utility used to set up and update the list of " 12454"diversions." 12455msgstr "" 12456 12457#. type: Plain text 12458#: dpkg-divert.man 12459msgid "" 12460"File I<diversions> are a way of forcing B<dpkg>(1) not to install a file " 12461"into its location, but to a I<diverted> location. Diversions can be used " 12462"through the Debian package scripts to move a file away when it causes a " 12463"conflict. System administrators can also use it to override some package's " 12464"configuration file, or whenever some files (which aren't marked as " 12465"“conffiles”) need to be preserved by B<dpkg>, when installing a newer " 12466"version of a package which contains those files." 12467msgstr "" 12468 12469#. type: TP 12470#: dpkg-divert.man 12471#, no-wrap 12472msgid "[B<--add>] I<file>" 12473msgstr "" 12474 12475#. type: Plain text 12476#: dpkg-divert.man 12477msgid "" 12478"Add a diversion for I<file>. The file is currently not renamed, see " 12479"B<--rename>." 12480msgstr "" 12481 12482#. type: TP 12483#: dpkg-divert.man 12484#, no-wrap 12485msgid "B<--remove>I< file>" 12486msgstr "" 12487 12488#. type: Plain text 12489#: dpkg-divert.man 12490msgid "" 12491"Remove a diversion for I<file>. The file is currently not renamed, see " 12492"B<--rename>." 12493msgstr "" 12494 12495#. type: TP 12496#: dpkg-divert.man 12497#, no-wrap 12498msgid "B<--list>I< glob-pattern>" 12499msgstr "" 12500 12501#. type: Plain text 12502#: dpkg-divert.man 12503msgid "List diversions matching I<glob-pattern>." 12504msgstr "" 12505 12506#. type: TP 12507#: dpkg-divert.man 12508#, no-wrap 12509msgid "B<--listpackage>I< file>" 12510msgstr "" 12511 12512#. type: Plain text 12513#: dpkg-divert.man 12514msgid "" 12515"Print the name of the package that diverts I<file> (since dpkg 1.15.0). " 12516"Prints LOCAL if I<file> is locally diverted and nothing if I<file> is not " 12517"diverted." 12518msgstr "" 12519 12520#. type: TP 12521#: dpkg-divert.man 12522#, no-wrap 12523msgid "B<--truename>I< file>" 12524msgstr "" 12525 12526#. type: Plain text 12527#: dpkg-divert.man 12528msgid "Print the real name for a diverted file." 12529msgstr "" 12530 12531#. type: TP 12532#: dpkg-divert.man dpkg-statoverride.man dselect.man update-alternatives.man 12533#, no-wrap 12534msgid "B<--admindir>I< directory>" 12535msgstr "" 12536 12537#. type: Plain text 12538#: dpkg-divert.man 12539msgid "" 12540"Set the administrative directory to I<directory>. Defaults to " 12541"«I<%ADMINDIR%>»." 12542msgstr "" 12543 12544#. type: TP 12545#: dpkg-divert.man dpkg-statoverride.man 12546#, no-wrap 12547msgid "B<--instdir>I< directory>" 12548msgstr "" 12549 12550#. type: Plain text 12551#: dpkg-divert.man 12552msgid "" 12553"Set the installation directory, which refers to the directory where packages " 12554"get installed (since dpkg 1.19.2). Defaults to «I</>»." 12555msgstr "" 12556 12557#. type: TP 12558#: dpkg-divert.man dpkg-statoverride.man 12559#, no-wrap 12560msgid "B<--root>I< directory>" 12561msgstr "" 12562 12563#. type: Plain text 12564#: dpkg-divert.man dpkg-statoverride.man 12565msgid "" 12566"Set the root directory to B<directory>, which sets the installation " 12567"directory to «I<directory>» and the administrative directory to " 12568"«I<directory>B<%ADMINDIR%>» (since dpkg 1.19.2)." 12569msgstr "" 12570 12571#. type: TP 12572#: dpkg-divert.man 12573#, no-wrap 12574msgid "B<--divert>I< divert-to>" 12575msgstr "" 12576 12577#. type: Plain text 12578#: dpkg-divert.man 12579msgid "" 12580"I<divert-to> is the location where the versions of I<file>, as provided by " 12581"other packages, will be diverted." 12582msgstr "" 12583 12584#. type: TP 12585#: dpkg-divert.man 12586#, no-wrap 12587msgid "B<--local>" 12588msgstr "" 12589 12590#. type: Plain text 12591#: dpkg-divert.man 12592msgid "" 12593"Specifies that all packages' versions of this file are diverted. This " 12594"means, that there are no exceptions, and whatever package is installed, the " 12595"file is diverted. This can be used by an admin to install a locally modified " 12596"version." 12597msgstr "" 12598 12599#. type: TP 12600#: dpkg-divert.man 12601#, no-wrap 12602msgid "B<--package>I< package>" 12603msgstr "" 12604 12605#. type: Plain text 12606#: dpkg-divert.man 12607msgid "" 12608"I<package> is the name of a package whose copy of I<file> will not be " 12609"diverted. i.e. I<file> will be diverted for all packages except I<package>." 12610msgstr "" 12611 12612#. type: TP 12613#: dpkg-divert.man dpkg-statoverride.man update-alternatives.man 12614#, no-wrap 12615msgid "B<--quiet>" 12616msgstr "" 12617 12618#. type: Plain text 12619#: dpkg-divert.man 12620msgid "Quiet mode, i.e. no verbose output." 12621msgstr "" 12622 12623#. type: TP 12624#: dpkg-divert.man 12625#, no-wrap 12626msgid "B<--rename>" 12627msgstr "" 12628 12629#. type: Plain text 12630#: dpkg-divert.man 12631msgid "" 12632"Actually move the file aside (or back). B<dpkg-divert> will abort operation " 12633"in case the destination file already exists. This is the common behavior " 12634"used for diversions of files from the non-B<Essential> package set (see " 12635"B<--no-rename> for more details)." 12636msgstr "" 12637 12638#. type: TP 12639#: dpkg-divert.man 12640#, no-wrap 12641msgid "B<--no-rename>" 12642msgstr "" 12643 12644#. type: Plain text 12645#: dpkg-divert.man 12646msgid "" 12647"Specifies that the file should not be renamed while adding or removing the " 12648"diversion into the database (since dpkg 1.19.1). This is intended for " 12649"diversions of files from the B<Essential> package set, where the temporary " 12650"disappearance of the original file is not acceptable, as it can render the " 12651"system non-functional. This is the default behavior, but that will change " 12652"in the dpkg 1.20.x cycle." 12653msgstr "" 12654 12655#. type: TP 12656#: dpkg-divert.man 12657#, no-wrap 12658msgid "B<--test>" 12659msgstr "" 12660 12661#. type: Plain text 12662#: dpkg-divert.man 12663msgid "Test mode, i.e. don't actually perform any changes, just demonstrate." 12664msgstr "" 12665 12666#. type: Plain text 12667#: dpkg-divert.man dpkg-statoverride.man 12668msgid "" 12669"If set and the B<--instdir> or B<--root> options have not been specified, it " 12670"will be used as the filesystem root directory (since dpkg 1.19.2)." 12671msgstr "" 12672 12673#. type: Plain text 12674#: dpkg-divert.man dpkg-statoverride.man 12675msgid "" 12676"If set and the B<--admindir> or B<--root> options have not been specified, " 12677"it will be used as the B<dpkg> data directory." 12678msgstr "" 12679 12680#. type: Plain text 12681#: dpkg-divert.man 12682msgid "" 12683"If set and the B<--local> and B<--package> options have not been specified, " 12684"B<dpkg-divert> will use it as the package name." 12685msgstr "" 12686 12687#. type: TP 12688#: dpkg-divert.man 12689#, no-wrap 12690msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/diversions>" 12691msgstr "" 12692 12693#. type: Plain text 12694#: dpkg-divert.man 12695msgid "" 12696"File which contains the current list of diversions of the system. It is " 12697"located in the B<dpkg> administration directory, along with other files " 12698"important to B<dpkg>, such as I<status> or I<available>." 12699msgstr "" 12700 12701#. type: Plain text 12702#: dpkg-divert.man 12703msgid "" 12704"Note: B<dpkg-divert> preserves the old copy of this file, with extension " 12705"I<-old>, before replacing it with the new one." 12706msgstr "" 12707 12708#. type: Plain text 12709#: dpkg-divert.man 12710msgid "" 12711"When adding, default is B<--local> and B<--divert> " 12712"I<original>B<.distrib>. When removing, B<--package> or B<--local> and " 12713"B<--divert> must match if specified." 12714msgstr "" 12715 12716#. type: Plain text 12717#: dpkg-divert.man 12718msgid "Directories can't be diverted with B<dpkg-divert>." 12719msgstr "" 12720 12721#. type: Plain text 12722#: dpkg-divert.man 12723msgid "" 12724"Care should be taken when diverting shared libraries, B<ldconfig>(8) " 12725"creates a symbolic link based on the DT_SONAME field embedded in the " 12726"library. Because B<ldconfig> doesn't honour diverts (only B<dpkg> does), " 12727"the symlink may end up pointing at the diverted library, if a diverted " 12728"library has the same SONAME as the undiverted one." 12729msgstr "" 12730 12731#. type: Plain text 12732#: dpkg-divert.man 12733msgid "" 12734"To divert all copies of a I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/example.foo>, " 12735"i.e. directs all packages providing I</usr/bin/example> to install it as " 12736"I</usr/bin/example.foo>, performing the rename if required:" 12737msgstr "" 12738 12739#. type: Plain text 12740#: dpkg-divert.man 12741msgid "dpkg-divert --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/example" 12742msgstr "" 12743 12744#. type: Plain text 12745#: dpkg-divert.man 12746msgid "To remove that diversion:" 12747msgstr "" 12748 12749#. type: Plain text 12750#: dpkg-divert.man 12751msgid "dpkg-divert --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" 12752msgstr "" 12753 12754#. type: Plain text 12755#: dpkg-divert.man 12756msgid "" 12757"To divert any package trying to install I</usr/bin/example> to " 12758"I</usr/bin/example.foo>, except your own I<wibble> package:" 12759msgstr "" 12760 12761#. type: Plain text 12762#: dpkg-divert.man 12763msgid "" 12764"dpkg-divert --package wibble --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename " 12765"/usr/bin/example" 12766msgstr "" 12767 12768#. type: Plain text 12769#: dpkg-divert.man 12770msgid "dpkg-divert --package wibble --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" 12771msgstr "" 12772 12773#. type: TH 12774#: dpkg-genchanges.man 12775#, no-wrap 12776msgid "dpkg-genchanges" 12777msgstr "" 12778 12779#. type: Plain text 12780#: dpkg-genchanges.man 12781msgid "dpkg-genchanges - generate Debian .changes files" 12782msgstr "" 12783 12784#. type: Plain text 12785#: dpkg-genchanges.man 12786msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> [I<option>...]" 12787msgstr "" 12788 12789#. type: Plain text 12790#: dpkg-genchanges.man 12791msgid "" 12792"B<dpkg-genchanges> reads information from an unpacked and built Debian " 12793"source tree and from the files it has generated and generates a Debian " 12794"upload control file (B<.changes> file)." 12795msgstr "" 12796 12797#. type: Plain text 12798#: dpkg-genchanges.man 12799msgid "" 12800"Specifies the build I<type> from a comma-separated list of components (since " 12801"dpkg 1.18.5)." 12802msgstr "" 12803 12804#. type: Plain text 12805#: dpkg-genchanges.man 12806msgid "Upload the source package." 12807msgstr "" 12808 12809#. type: Plain text 12810#: dpkg-genchanges.man 12811msgid "Upload the architecture specific binary packages." 12812msgstr "" 12813 12814#. type: Plain text 12815#: dpkg-genchanges.man 12816msgid "Upload the architecture independent binary packages." 12817msgstr "" 12818 12819#. type: Plain text 12820#: dpkg-genchanges.man 12821msgid "" 12822"Upload the architecture specific and independent binary packages. This is " 12823"an alias for B<any,all>." 12824msgstr "" 12825 12826#. type: Plain text 12827#: dpkg-genchanges.man 12828msgid "" 12829"Upload everything. This is alias for B<source,any,all>, and the same as the " 12830"default case when no build option is specified." 12831msgstr "" 12832 12833#. type: Plain text 12834#: dpkg-genchanges.man 12835msgid "" 12836"The B<-s>I<x> options control whether the original source archive is " 12837"included in the upload if any source is being generated (i.e. B<-b> or " 12838"B<-B> haven't been used)." 12839msgstr "" 12840 12841#. type: Plain text 12842#: dpkg-genchanges.man 12843msgid "" 12844"By default, or if specified, the original source will be included only if " 12845"the upstream version number (the version without epoch and without Debian " 12846"revision) differs from the upstream version number of the previous changelog " 12847"entry." 12848msgstr "" 12849 12850#. type: Plain text 12851#: dpkg-genchanges.man 12852msgid "Forces the inclusion of the original source." 12853msgstr "" 12854 12855#. type: Plain text 12856#: dpkg-genchanges.man 12857msgid "Forces the exclusion of the original source and includes only the diff." 12858msgstr "" 12859 12860#. type: Plain text 12861#: dpkg-genchanges.man 12862msgid "" 12863"Causes changelog information from all versions strictly later than " 12864"I<version> to be used." 12865msgstr "" 12866 12867#. type: Plain text 12868#: dpkg-genchanges.man 12869msgid "" 12870"Read the description of the changes from the file I<changes-description> " 12871"rather than using the information from the source tree's changelog file." 12872msgstr "" 12873 12874#. type: TP 12875#: dpkg-genchanges.man 12876#, no-wrap 12877msgid "B<-m>I<maintainer-address>" 12878msgstr "" 12879 12880#. type: Plain text 12881#: dpkg-genchanges.man 12882msgid "" 12883"Use I<maintainer-address> as the name and email address of the maintainer " 12884"for this package, rather than using the information from the source tree's " 12885"control file." 12886msgstr "" 12887 12888#. type: TP 12889#: dpkg-genchanges.man 12890#, no-wrap 12891msgid "B<-e>I<maintainer-address>" 12892msgstr "" 12893 12894#. type: Plain text 12895#: dpkg-genchanges.man 12896msgid "" 12897"Use I<maintainer-address> as the name and email address of the maintainer " 12898"for this upload, rather than using the information from the source tree's " 12899"changelog." 12900msgstr "" 12901 12902#. type: TP 12903#: dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man dpkg-source.man 12904#, no-wrap 12905msgid "B<-V>I<name>B<=>I<value>" 12906msgstr "" 12907 12908#. type: Plain text 12909#: dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-source.man 12910msgid "" 12911"Set an output substitution variable. See B<deb-substvars>(5) for a " 12912"discussion of output substitution." 12913msgstr "" 12914 12915#. type: TP 12916#: dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man dpkg-shlibdeps.man dpkg-source.man 12917#, no-wrap 12918msgid "B<-T>I<substvars-file>" 12919msgstr "" 12920 12921#. type: Plain text 12922#: dpkg-genchanges.man 12923msgid "" 12924"Read substitution variables in I<substvars-file>; the default is " 12925"B<debian/substvars>. No variable substitution is done on any of the fields " 12926"that are output, except for the contents extracted from each binary package " 12927"B<Description> field (since dpkg 1.19.0), however the special variable " 12928"I<Format> will override the field of the same name. This option can be used " 12929"multiple times to read substitution variables from multiple files (since " 12930"dpkg 1.15.6)." 12931msgstr "" 12932 12933#. type: TP 12934#: dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man dpkg-source.man 12935#, no-wrap 12936msgid "B<-D>I<field>B<=>I<value>" 12937msgstr "" 12938 12939#. type: Plain text 12940#: dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man dpkg-source.man 12941msgid "Override or add an output control file field." 12942msgstr "" 12943 12944#. type: TP 12945#: dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man dpkg-source.man 12946#, no-wrap 12947msgid "B<-U>I<field>" 12948msgstr "" 12949 12950#. type: Plain text 12951#: dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man dpkg-source.man 12952msgid "Remove an output control file field." 12953msgstr "" 12954 12955#. type: Plain text 12956#: dpkg-genchanges.man 12957msgid "" 12958"Read the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using " 12959"B<debian/files>." 12960msgstr "" 12961 12962#. type: Plain text 12963#: dpkg-genchanges.man 12964msgid "" 12965"Look for the files to be uploaded in I<upload-files-dir> rather than B<..> " 12966"(B<dpkg-genchanges> needs to find these files so that it can include their " 12967"sizes and checksums in the B<.changes> file)." 12968msgstr "" 12969 12970#. type: Plain text 12971#: dpkg-genchanges.man 12972msgid "" 12973"Usually B<dpkg-genchanges> will produce informative messages on standard " 12974"error, for example about how many of the package's source files are being " 12975"uploaded. B<-q> suppresses these messages." 12976msgstr "" 12977 12978#. type: Plain text 12979#: dpkg-genchanges.man 12980msgid "" 12981"Print the changes file to standard output (the default) or to I<filename> if " 12982"specified (since dpkg 1.18.5)." 12983msgstr "" 12984 12985#. type: Plain text 12986#: dpkg-genchanges.man 12987msgid "" 12988"The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. " 12989"B<dpkg-genchanges> reads the data here when producing a B<.changes> file." 12990msgstr "" 12991 12992#. type: Plain text 12993#: dpkg-genchanges.man 12994msgid "" 12995"B<deb-substvars>(5), B<deb-src-control>(5), B<deb-src-files>(5), " 12996"B<deb-changelog>(5), B<deb-changes>(5)." 12997msgstr "" 12998 12999#. type: TH 13000#: dpkg-gencontrol.man 13001#, no-wrap 13002msgid "dpkg-gencontrol" 13003msgstr "" 13004 13005#. type: Plain text 13006#: dpkg-gencontrol.man 13007msgid "dpkg-gencontrol - generate Debian control files" 13008msgstr "" 13009 13010#. type: Plain text 13011#: dpkg-gencontrol.man 13012msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> [I<option>...]" 13013msgstr "" 13014 13015#. type: Plain text 13016#: dpkg-gencontrol.man 13017msgid "" 13018"B<dpkg-gencontrol> reads information from an unpacked Debian source tree and " 13019"generates a binary package control file (which defaults to " 13020"debian/tmp/DEBIAN/control); during this process it will simplify the " 13021"relation fields." 13022msgstr "" 13023 13024#. type: Plain text 13025#: dpkg-gencontrol.man 13026msgid "" 13027"Thus B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> are " 13028"simplified in this order by removing dependencies which are known to be true " 13029"according to the stronger dependencies already parsed. It will also remove " 13030"any self-dependency (in fact it will remove any dependency which evaluates " 13031"to true given the current version of the package as installed). Logically it " 13032"keeps the intersection of multiple dependencies on the same package. The " 13033"order of dependencies is preserved as best as possible: if any dependency " 13034"must be discarded due to another dependency appearing further in the field, " 13035"the superseding dependency will take the place of the discarded one." 13036msgstr "" 13037 13038#. type: Plain text 13039#: dpkg-gencontrol.man 13040msgid "" 13041"The other relation fields (B<Enhances>, B<Conflicts>, B<Breaks>, B<Replaces> " 13042"and B<Provides>) are also simplified individually by computing the union of " 13043"the various dependencies when a package is listed multiple times in the " 13044"field." 13045msgstr "" 13046 13047#. type: Plain text 13048#: dpkg-gencontrol.man 13049msgid "" 13050"B<dpkg-gencontrol> also adds an entry for the binary package to " 13051"B<debian/files>." 13052msgstr "" 13053 13054#. type: Plain text 13055#: dpkg-gencontrol.man 13056msgid "Sets the version number of the binary package which will be generated." 13057msgstr "" 13058 13059#. type: Plain text 13060#: dpkg-gencontrol.man 13061msgid "" 13062"Set an output substitution variable. See B<deb-substvars>(5) for discussion " 13063"of output substitution." 13064msgstr "" 13065 13066#. type: Plain text 13067#: dpkg-gencontrol.man 13068msgid "" 13069"Read substitution variables in I<substvars-file>; the default is " 13070"B<debian/substvars>. This option can be used multiple times to read " 13071"substitution variables from multiple files (since dpkg 1.15.6)." 13072msgstr "" 13073 13074#. type: TP 13075#: dpkg-gencontrol.man dpkg-source.man 13076#, no-wrap 13077msgid "B<-c>I<control-file>" 13078msgstr "" 13079 13080#. type: TP 13081#: dpkg-gencontrol.man dpkg-gensymbols.man 13082#, no-wrap 13083msgid "B<-p>I<package>" 13084msgstr "" 13085 13086#. type: Plain text 13087#: dpkg-gencontrol.man 13088msgid "" 13089"Generate information for the binary package I<package>. If the source " 13090"control file lists only one binary package then this option may be omitted; " 13091"otherwise it is essential to select which binary package's information to " 13092"generate." 13093msgstr "" 13094 13095#. type: TP 13096#: dpkg-gencontrol.man 13097#, no-wrap 13098msgid "B<-n>I<filename>" 13099msgstr "" 13100 13101#. type: Plain text 13102#: dpkg-gencontrol.man 13103msgid "" 13104"Assume the filename of the package will be I<filename> instead of the normal " 13105"package_version_arch.deb filename." 13106msgstr "" 13107 13108#. type: TP 13109#: dpkg-gencontrol.man 13110#, no-wrap 13111msgid "B<-is>, B<-ip>, B<-isp>" 13112msgstr "" 13113 13114#. type: Plain text 13115#: dpkg-gencontrol.man 13116msgid "" 13117"These options are ignored for compatibility with older versions of the dpkg " 13118"build scripts but are now deprecated. Previously they were used to tell " 13119"B<dpkg-gencontrol> to include the Section and Priority fields in the control " 13120"file. This is now the default behaviour. If you want to get the old " 13121"behaviour you can use the B<-U> option to delete the fields from the control " 13122"file." 13123msgstr "" 13124 13125#. type: TP 13126#: dpkg-gencontrol.man dpkg-gensymbols.man 13127#, no-wrap 13128msgid "B<-P>I<package-build-dir>" 13129msgstr "" 13130 13131#. type: Plain text 13132#: dpkg-gencontrol.man 13133msgid "" 13134"Tells B<dpkg-source> that the package is being built in I<package-build-dir> " 13135"instead of B<debian/tmp>. This value is used to find the default value of " 13136"the B<Installed-Size> substitution variable and control file field (using " 13137"B<du>), and for the default location of the output file." 13138msgstr "" 13139 13140#. type: Plain text 13141#: dpkg-gencontrol.man 13142msgid "" 13143"Print the control file to standard output (or I<filename> if specified, " 13144"since dpkg 1.17.2), rather than to B<debian/tmp/DEBIAN/control> (or " 13145"I<package-build-dir>B</DEBIAN/control> if B<-P> was used)." 13146msgstr "" 13147 13148#. type: TP 13149#: dpkg-gencontrol.man 13150#, no-wrap 13151msgid "B<debian/control>" 13152msgstr "" 13153 13154#. type: Plain text 13155#: dpkg-gencontrol.man 13156msgid "" 13157"The main source control information file, giving version-independent " 13158"information about the source package and the binary packages it can produce." 13159msgstr "" 13160 13161#. type: Plain text 13162#: dpkg-gencontrol.man 13163msgid "" 13164"The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. " 13165"B<dpkg-gencontrol> adds the presumed filenames of binary packages whose " 13166"control files it generates here." 13167msgstr "" 13168 13169#. type: Plain text 13170#: dpkg-gencontrol.man 13171msgid "" 13172"B<deb-substvars>(5), B<deb-src-control>(5), B<deb-changelog>(5), " 13173"B<deb-control>(5)." 13174msgstr "" 13175 13176#. type: TH 13177#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13178#, no-wrap 13179msgid "dpkg-gensymbols" 13180msgstr "" 13181 13182#. type: Plain text 13183#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13184msgid "" 13185"dpkg-gensymbols - generate symbols files (shared library dependency " 13186"information)" 13187msgstr "" 13188 13189#. type: Plain text 13190#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13191msgid "B<dpkg-gensymbols> [I<option>...]" 13192msgstr "" 13193 13194#. type: Plain text 13195#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13196msgid "" 13197"B<dpkg-gensymbols> scans a temporary build tree (debian/tmp by default) " 13198"looking for libraries and generates a I<symbols> file describing them. This " 13199"file, if non-empty, is then installed in the DEBIAN subdirectory of the " 13200"build tree so that it ends up included in the control information of the " 13201"package." 13202msgstr "" 13203 13204#. type: Plain text 13205#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13206msgid "" 13207"When generating those files, it uses as input some symbols files provided by " 13208"the maintainer. It looks for the following files (and uses the first that is " 13209"found):" 13210msgstr "" 13211 13212#. type: Plain text 13213#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13214msgid "debian/I<package>.symbols.I<arch>" 13215msgstr "" 13216 13217#. type: Plain text 13218#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13219msgid "debian/symbols.I<arch>" 13220msgstr "" 13221 13222#. type: Plain text 13223#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13224msgid "debian/I<package>.symbols" 13225msgstr "" 13226 13227#. type: Plain text 13228#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13229msgid "debian/symbols" 13230msgstr "" 13231 13232#. type: Plain text 13233#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13234msgid "" 13235"The main interest of those files is to provide the minimal version " 13236"associated to each symbol provided by the libraries. Usually it corresponds " 13237"to the first version of that package that provided the symbol, but it can be " 13238"manually incremented by the maintainer if the ABI of the symbol is extended " 13239"without breaking backwards compatibility. It's the responsibility of the " 13240"maintainer to keep those files up-to-date and accurate, but " 13241"B<dpkg-gensymbols> helps with that." 13242msgstr "" 13243 13244#. type: Plain text 13245#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13246msgid "" 13247"When the generated symbols files differ from the maintainer supplied one, " 13248"B<dpkg-gensymbols> will print a diff between the two versions. Furthermore " 13249"if the difference is too significant, it will even fail (you can customize " 13250"how much difference you can tolerate, see the B<-c> option)." 13251msgstr "" 13252 13253#. type: SH 13254#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13255#, no-wrap 13256msgid "MAINTAINING SYMBOLS FILES" 13257msgstr "" 13258 13259#. type: Plain text 13260#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13261msgid "" 13262"The symbols files are really useful only if they reflect the evolution of " 13263"the package through several releases. Thus the maintainer has to update them " 13264"every time that a new symbol is added so that its associated minimal version " 13265"matches reality. The diffs contained in the build logs can be used as a " 13266"starting point, but the maintainer, additionally, has to make sure that the " 13267"behaviour of those symbols has not changed in a way that would make anything " 13268"using those symbols and linking against the new version, stop working with " 13269"the old version. In most cases, the diff applies directly to the " 13270"debian/I<package>.symbols file. That said, further tweaks are usually " 13271"needed: it's recommended for example to drop the Debian revision from the " 13272"minimal version so that backports with a lower version number but the same " 13273"upstream version still satisfy the generated dependencies. If the Debian " 13274"revision can't be dropped because the symbol really got added by the Debian " 13275"specific change, then one should suffix the version with ‘B<~>’." 13276msgstr "" 13277 13278#. type: Plain text 13279#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13280msgid "" 13281"Before applying any patch to the symbols file, the maintainer should " 13282"double-check that it's sane. Public symbols are not supposed to disappear, " 13283"so the patch should ideally only add new lines." 13284msgstr "" 13285 13286#. type: Plain text 13287#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13288msgid "" 13289"Note that you can put comments in symbols files: any line with ‘#’ as the " 13290"first character is a comment except if it starts with ‘#include’ (see " 13291"section B<Using includes>). Lines starting with ‘#MISSING:’ are special " 13292"comments documenting symbols that have disappeared." 13293msgstr "" 13294 13295#. type: Plain text 13296#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13297msgid "" 13298"Do not forget to check if old symbol versions need to be increased. There " 13299"is no way B<dpkg-gensymbols> can warn about this. Blindly applying the diff " 13300"or assuming there is nothing to change if there is no diff, without checking " 13301"for such changes, can lead to packages with loose dependencies that claim " 13302"they can work with older packages they cannot work with. This will introduce " 13303"hard to find bugs with (partial) upgrades." 13304msgstr "" 13305 13306#. type: SS 13307#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13308#, no-wrap 13309msgid "Using #PACKAGE# substitution" 13310msgstr "" 13311 13312#. type: Plain text 13313#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13314msgid "" 13315"In some rare cases, the name of the library varies between architectures. " 13316"To avoid hardcoding the name of the package in the symbols file, you can use " 13317"the marker I<#PACKAGE#>. It will be replaced by the real package name during " 13318"installation of the symbols files. Contrary to the I<#MINVER#> marker, " 13319"I<#PACKAGE#> will never appear in a symbols file inside a binary package." 13320msgstr "" 13321 13322#. type: SS 13323#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13324#, no-wrap 13325msgid "Using symbol tags" 13326msgstr "" 13327 13328#. type: Plain text 13329#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13330msgid "" 13331"Symbol tagging is useful for marking symbols that are special in some way. " 13332"Any symbol can have an arbitrary number of tags associated with it. While " 13333"all tags are parsed and stored, only some of them are understood by " 13334"B<dpkg-gensymbols> and trigger special handling of the symbols. See " 13335"subsection B<Standard symbol tags> for reference of these tags." 13336msgstr "" 13337 13338#. type: Plain text 13339#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13340msgid "" 13341"Tag specification comes right before the symbol name (no whitespace is " 13342"allowed in between). It always starts with an opening bracket B<(>, ends " 13343"with a closing bracket B<)> and must contain at least one tag. Multiple tags " 13344"are separated by the B<|> character. Each tag can optionally have a value " 13345"which is separated form the tag name by the B<=> character. Tag names and " 13346"values can be arbitrary strings except they cannot contain any of the " 13347"special B<)> B<|> B<=> characters. Symbol names following a tag " 13348"specification can optionally be quoted with either B<'> or B<\"> characters " 13349"to allow whitespaces in them. However, if there are no tags specified for " 13350"the symbol, quotes are treated as part of the symbol name which continues up " 13351"until the first space." 13352msgstr "" 13353 13354#. type: Plain text 13355#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13356#, no-wrap 13357msgid "" 13358" (tag1=i am marked|tag name with space)\"tagged quoted symbol\"@Base 1.0\n" 13359" (optional)tagged_unquoted_symbol@Base 1.0 1\n" 13360" untagged_symbol@Base 1.0\n" 13361msgstr "" 13362 13363#. type: Plain text 13364#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13365msgid "" 13366"The first symbol in the example is named I<tagged quoted symbol> and has two " 13367"tags: I<tag1> with value I<i am marked> and I<tag name with space> that has " 13368"no value. The second symbol named I<tagged_unquoted_symbol> is only tagged " 13369"with the tag named I<optional>. The last symbol is an example of the normal " 13370"untagged symbol." 13371msgstr "" 13372 13373#. type: Plain text 13374#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13375msgid "" 13376"Since symbol tags are an extension of the B<deb-symbols>(5) format, they can " 13377"only be part of the symbols files used in source packages (those files " 13378"should then be seen as templates used to build the symbols files that are " 13379"embedded in binary packages). When B<dpkg-gensymbols> is called without the " 13380"B<-t> option, it will output symbols files compatible to the " 13381"B<deb-symbols>(5) format: it fully processes symbols according to the " 13382"requirements of their standard tags and strips all tags from the output. On " 13383"the contrary, in template mode (B<-t>) all symbols and their tags (both " 13384"standard and unknown ones) are kept in the output and are written in their " 13385"original form as they were loaded." 13386msgstr "" 13387 13388#. type: SS 13389#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13390#, no-wrap 13391msgid "Standard symbol tags" 13392msgstr "" 13393 13394#. type: TP 13395#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13396#, no-wrap 13397msgid "B<optional>" 13398msgstr "" 13399 13400#. type: Plain text 13401#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13402msgid "" 13403"A symbol marked as optional can disappear from the library at any time and " 13404"that will never cause B<dpkg-gensymbols> to fail. However, disappeared " 13405"optional symbols will continuously appear as MISSING in the diff in each new " 13406"package revision. This behaviour serves as a reminder for the maintainer " 13407"that such a symbol needs to be removed from the symbol file or readded to " 13408"the library. When the optional symbol, which was previously declared as " 13409"MISSING, suddenly reappears in the next revision, it will be upgraded back " 13410"to the “existing” status with its minimum version unchanged." 13411msgstr "" 13412 13413#. type: Plain text 13414#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13415msgid "" 13416"This tag is useful for symbols which are private where their disappearance " 13417"do not cause ABI breakage. For example, most of C++ template instantiations " 13418"fall into this category. Like any other tag, this one may also have an " 13419"arbitrary value: it could be used to indicate why the symbol is considered " 13420"optional." 13421msgstr "" 13422 13423#. type: TP 13424#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13425#, no-wrap 13426msgid "B<arch=>I<architecture-list>" 13427msgstr "" 13428 13429#. type: TQ 13430#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13431#, no-wrap 13432msgid "B<arch-bits=>I<architecture-bits>" 13433msgstr "" 13434 13435#. type: TQ 13436#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13437#, no-wrap 13438msgid "B<arch-endian=>I<architecture-endianness>" 13439msgstr "" 13440 13441#. type: Plain text 13442#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13443msgid "" 13444"These tags allow one to restrict the set of architectures where the symbol " 13445"is supposed to exist. The B<arch-bits> and B<arch-endian> tags are supported " 13446"since dpkg 1.18.0. When the symbols list is updated with the symbols " 13447"discovered in the library, all arch-specific symbols which do not concern " 13448"the current host architecture are treated as if they did not exist. If an " 13449"arch-specific symbol matching the current host architecture does not exist " 13450"in the library, normal procedures for missing symbols apply and it may cause " 13451"B<dpkg-gensymbols> to fail. On the other hand, if the arch-specific symbol " 13452"is found when it was not supposed to exist (because the current host " 13453"architecture is not listed in the tag or does not match the endianness and " 13454"bits), it is made arch neutral (i.e. the arch, arch-bits and arch-endian " 13455"tags are dropped and the symbol will appear in the diff due to this change), " 13456"but it is not considered as new." 13457msgstr "" 13458 13459#. type: Plain text 13460#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13461msgid "" 13462"When operating in the default non-template mode, among arch-specific symbols " 13463"only those that match the current host architecture are written to the " 13464"symbols file. On the contrary, all arch-specific symbols (including those " 13465"from foreign arches) are always written to the symbol file when operating in " 13466"template mode." 13467msgstr "" 13468 13469#. type: Plain text 13470#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13471msgid "" 13472"The format of I<architecture-list> is the same as the one used in the " 13473"B<Build-Depends> field of I<debian/control> (except the enclosing square " 13474"brackets []). For example, the first symbol from the list below will be " 13475"considered only on alpha, any-amd64 and ia64 architectures, the second only " 13476"on linux architectures, while the third one anywhere except on armel." 13477msgstr "" 13478 13479#. type: Plain text 13480#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13481#, no-wrap 13482msgid "" 13483" (arch=alpha any-amd64 ia64)64bit_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n" 13484" (arch=linux-any)linux_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n" 13485" (arch=!armel)symbol_armel_does_not_have@Base 1.0\n" 13486msgstr "" 13487 13488#. type: Plain text 13489#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13490msgid "The I<architecture-bits> is either B<32> or B<64>." 13491msgstr "" 13492 13493#. type: Plain text 13494#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13495#, no-wrap 13496msgid "" 13497" (arch-bits=32)32bit_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n" 13498" (arch-bits=64)64bit_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n" 13499msgstr "" 13500 13501#. type: Plain text 13502#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13503msgid "The I<architecture-endianness> is either B<little> or B<big>." 13504msgstr "" 13505 13506#. type: Plain text 13507#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13508#, no-wrap 13509msgid "" 13510" (arch-endian=little)little_endian_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n" 13511" (arch-endian=big)big_endian_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n" 13512msgstr "" 13513 13514#. type: Plain text 13515#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13516msgid "Multiple restrictions can be chained." 13517msgstr "" 13518 13519#. type: Plain text 13520#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13521#, no-wrap 13522msgid " (arch-bits=32|arch-endian=little)32bit_le_symbol@Base 1.0\n" 13523msgstr "" 13524 13525#. type: TP 13526#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13527#, no-wrap 13528msgid "B<ignore-blacklist>" 13529msgstr "" 13530 13531#. type: Plain text 13532#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13533msgid "" 13534"dpkg-gensymbols has an internal blacklist of symbols that should not appear " 13535"in symbols files as they are usually only side-effects of implementation " 13536"details of the toolchain. If for some reason, you really want one of those " 13537"symbols to be included in the symbols file, you should tag the symbol with " 13538"B<ignore-blacklist>. It can be necessary for some low level toolchain " 13539"libraries like libgcc." 13540msgstr "" 13541 13542#. type: TP 13543#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13544#, no-wrap 13545msgid "B<c++>" 13546msgstr "" 13547 13548#. type: Plain text 13549#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13550msgid "" 13551"Denotes I<c++> symbol pattern. See B<Using symbol patterns> subsection " 13552"below." 13553msgstr "" 13554 13555#. type: TP 13556#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13557#, no-wrap 13558msgid "B<symver>" 13559msgstr "" 13560 13561#. type: Plain text 13562#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13563msgid "" 13564"Denotes I<symver> (symbol version) symbol pattern. See B<Using symbol " 13565"patterns> subsection below." 13566msgstr "" 13567 13568#. type: TP 13569#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13570#, no-wrap 13571msgid "B<regex>" 13572msgstr "" 13573 13574#. type: Plain text 13575#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13576msgid "" 13577"Denotes I<regex> symbol pattern. See B<Using symbol patterns> subsection " 13578"below." 13579msgstr "" 13580 13581#. type: SS 13582#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13583#, no-wrap 13584msgid "Using symbol patterns" 13585msgstr "" 13586 13587#. type: Plain text 13588#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13589msgid "" 13590"Unlike a standard symbol specification, a pattern may cover multiple real " 13591"symbols from the library. B<dpkg-gensymbols> will attempt to match each " 13592"pattern against each real symbol that does I<not> have a specific symbol " 13593"counterpart defined in the symbol file. Whenever the first matching pattern " 13594"is found, all its tags and properties will be used as a basis specification " 13595"of the symbol. If none of the patterns matches, the symbol will be " 13596"considered as new." 13597msgstr "" 13598 13599#. type: Plain text 13600#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13601msgid "" 13602"A pattern is considered lost if it does not match any symbol in the " 13603"library. By default this will trigger a B<dpkg-gensymbols> failure under " 13604"B<-c1> or higher level. However, if the failure is undesired, the pattern " 13605"may be marked with the I<optional> tag. Then if the pattern does not match " 13606"anything, it will only appear in the diff as MISSING. Moreover, like any " 13607"symbol, the pattern may be limited to the specific architectures with the " 13608"I<arch> tag. Please refer to B<Standard symbol tags> subsection above for " 13609"more information." 13610msgstr "" 13611 13612#. type: Plain text 13613#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13614msgid "" 13615"Patterns are an extension of the B<deb-symbols>(5) format hence they are " 13616"only valid in symbol file templates. Pattern specification syntax is not any " 13617"different from the one of a specific symbol. However, symbol name part of " 13618"the specification serves as an expression to be matched against " 13619"I<name@version> of the real symbol. In order to distinguish among different " 13620"pattern types, a pattern will typically be tagged with a special tag." 13621msgstr "" 13622 13623#. type: Plain text 13624#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13625msgid "At the moment, B<dpkg-gensymbols> supports three basic pattern types:" 13626msgstr "" 13627 13628#. type: Plain text 13629#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13630msgid "" 13631"This pattern is denoted by the I<c++> tag. It matches only C++ symbols by " 13632"their demangled symbol name (as emitted by B<c++filt>(1) utility). This " 13633"pattern is very handy for matching symbols which mangled names might vary " 13634"across different architectures while their demangled names remain the " 13635"same. One group of such symbols is I<non-virtual thunks> which have " 13636"architecture specific offsets embedded in their mangled names. A common " 13637"instance of this case is a virtual destructor which under diamond " 13638"inheritance needs a non-virtual thunk symbol. For example, even if " 13639"_ZThn8_N3NSB6ClassDD1Ev@Base on 32bit architectures will probably be " 13640"_ZThn16_N3NSB6ClassDD1Ev@Base on 64bit ones, it can be matched with a single " 13641"I<c++> pattern:" 13642msgstr "" 13643 13644#. type: Plain text 13645#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13646#, no-wrap 13647msgid "" 13648"libdummy.so.1 libdummy1 #MINVER#\n" 13649" [...]\n" 13650" (c++)\"non-virtual thunk to NSB::ClassD::~ClassD()@Base\" 1.0\n" 13651" [...]\n" 13652msgstr "" 13653 13654#. type: Plain text 13655#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13656msgid "The demangled name above can be obtained by executing the following command:" 13657msgstr "" 13658 13659#. type: Plain text 13660#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13661#, no-wrap 13662msgid " $ echo '_ZThn8_N3NSB6ClassDD1Ev@Base' | c++filt\n" 13663msgstr "" 13664 13665#. type: Plain text 13666#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13667msgid "" 13668"Please note that while mangled name is unique in the library by definition, " 13669"this is not necessarily true for demangled names. A couple of distinct real " 13670"symbols may have the same demangled name. For example, that's the case with " 13671"non-virtual thunk symbols in complex inheritance configurations or with most " 13672"constructors and destructors (since g++ typically generates two real symbols " 13673"for them). However, as these collisions happen on the ABI level, they should " 13674"not degrade quality of the symbol file." 13675msgstr "" 13676 13677#. type: Plain text 13678#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13679msgid "" 13680"This pattern is denoted by the I<symver> tag. Well maintained libraries have " 13681"versioned symbols where each version corresponds to the upstream version " 13682"where the symbol got added. If that's the case, you can use a I<symver> " 13683"pattern to match any symbol associated to the specific version. For example:" 13684msgstr "" 13685 13686#. type: Plain text 13687#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13688#, no-wrap 13689msgid "" 13690"libc.so.6 libc6 #MINVER#\n" 13691" (symver)GLIBC_2.0 2.0\n" 13692" [...]\n" 13693" (symver)GLIBC_2.7 2.7\n" 13694" access@GLIBC_2.0 2.2\n" 13695msgstr "" 13696 13697#. type: Plain text 13698#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13699msgid "" 13700"All symbols associated with versions GLIBC_2.0 and GLIBC_2.7 will lead to " 13701"minimal version of 2.0 and 2.7 respectively with the exception of the symbol " 13702"access@GLIBC_2.0. The latter will lead to a minimal dependency on libc6 " 13703"version 2.2 despite being in the scope of the \"(symver)GLIBC_2.0\" pattern " 13704"because specific symbols take precedence over patterns." 13705msgstr "" 13706 13707#. type: Plain text 13708#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13709msgid "" 13710"Please note that while old style wildcard patterns (denoted by \"*@version\" " 13711"in the symbol name field) are still supported, they have been deprecated by " 13712"new style syntax \"(symver|optional)version\". For example, \"*@GLIBC_2.0 " 13713"2.0\" should be written as \"(symver|optional)GLIBC_2.0 2.0\" if the same " 13714"behaviour is needed." 13715msgstr "" 13716 13717#. type: Plain text 13718#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13719msgid "" 13720"Regular expression patterns are denoted by the I<regex> tag. They match by " 13721"the perl regular expression specified in the symbol name field. A regular " 13722"expression is matched as it is, therefore do not forget to start it with the " 13723"I<^> character or it may match any part of the real symbol I<name@version> " 13724"string. For example:" 13725msgstr "" 13726 13727#. type: Plain text 13728#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13729#, no-wrap 13730msgid "" 13731"libdummy.so.1 libdummy1 #MINVER#\n" 13732" (regex)\"^mystack_.*@Base$\" 1.0\n" 13733" (regex|optional)\"private\" 1.0\n" 13734msgstr "" 13735 13736#. type: Plain text 13737#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13738msgid "" 13739"Symbols like \"mystack_new@Base\", \"mystack_push@Base\", " 13740"\"mystack_pop@Base\" etc. will be matched by the first pattern while " 13741"e.g. \"ng_mystack_new@Base\" won't. The second pattern will match all " 13742"symbols having the string \"private\" in their names and matches will " 13743"inherit I<optional> tag from the pattern." 13744msgstr "" 13745 13746#. type: Plain text 13747#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13748msgid "" 13749"Basic patterns listed above can be combined where it makes sense. In that " 13750"case, they are processed in the order in which the tags are specified. For " 13751"example, both" 13752msgstr "" 13753 13754#. type: Plain text 13755#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13756#, no-wrap 13757msgid "" 13758" (c++|regex)\"^NSA::ClassA::Private::privmethod\\ed\\e(int\\e)@Base\" 1.0\n" 13759" (regex|c++)N3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod\\edEi@Base 1.0\n" 13760msgstr "" 13761 13762#. type: Plain text 13763#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13764msgid "" 13765"will match symbols \"_ZN3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod1Ei@Base\" and " 13766"\"_ZN3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod2Ei@Base\". When matching the first " 13767"pattern, the raw symbol is first demangled as C++ symbol, then the demangled " 13768"name is matched against the regular expression. On the other hand, when " 13769"matching the second pattern, regular expression is matched against the raw " 13770"symbol name, then the symbol is tested if it is C++ one by attempting to " 13771"demangle it. A failure of any basic pattern will result in the failure of " 13772"the whole pattern. Therefore, for example, " 13773"\"__N3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod\\edEi@Base\" will not match either of " 13774"the patterns because it is not a valid C++ symbol." 13775msgstr "" 13776 13777#. type: Plain text 13778#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13779msgid "" 13780"In general, all patterns are divided into two groups: aliases (basic I<c++> " 13781"and I<symver>) and generic patterns (I<regex>, all combinations of multiple " 13782"basic patterns). Matching of basic alias-based patterns is fast (O(1)) " 13783"while generic patterns are O(N) (N - generic pattern count) for each " 13784"symbol. Therefore, it is recommended not to overuse generic patterns." 13785msgstr "" 13786 13787#. type: Plain text 13788#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13789msgid "" 13790"When multiple patterns match the same real symbol, aliases (first I<c++>, " 13791"then I<symver>) are preferred over generic patterns. Generic patterns are " 13792"matched in the order they are found in the symbol file template until the " 13793"first success. Please note, however, that manual reordering of template " 13794"file entries is not recommended because B<dpkg-gensymbols> generates diffs " 13795"based on the alphanumerical order of their names." 13796msgstr "" 13797 13798#. type: SS 13799#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13800#, no-wrap 13801msgid "Using includes" 13802msgstr "" 13803 13804#. type: Plain text 13805#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13806msgid "" 13807"When the set of exported symbols differ between architectures, it may become " 13808"inefficient to use a single symbol file. In those cases, an include " 13809"directive may prove to be useful in a couple of ways:" 13810msgstr "" 13811 13812#. type: Plain text 13813#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13814msgid "" 13815"You can factorize the common part in some external file and include that " 13816"file in your I<package>.symbols.I<arch> file by using an include directive " 13817"like this:" 13818msgstr "" 13819 13820#. type: Plain text 13821#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13822msgid "#include \"I<packages>.symbols.common\"" 13823msgstr "" 13824 13825#. type: Plain text 13826#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13827msgid "The include directive may also be tagged like any symbol:" 13828msgstr "" 13829 13830#. type: Plain text 13831#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13832msgid "(tag|...|tagN)#include \"file-to-include\"" 13833msgstr "" 13834 13835#. type: Plain text 13836#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13837msgid "" 13838"As a result, all symbols included from I<file-to-include> will be considered " 13839"to be tagged with I<tag> ... I<tagN> by default. You can use this feature to " 13840"create a common I<package>.symbols file which includes architecture specific " 13841"symbol files:" 13842msgstr "" 13843 13844#. type: Plain text 13845#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13846#, no-wrap 13847msgid "" 13848" common_symbol1@Base 1.0\n" 13849" (arch=amd64 ia64 alpha)#include \"package.symbols.64bit\"\n" 13850" (arch=!amd64 !ia64 !alpha)#include \"package.symbols.32bit\"\n" 13851" common_symbol2@Base 1.0\n" 13852msgstr "" 13853 13854#. type: Plain text 13855#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13856msgid "" 13857"The symbols files are read line by line, and include directives are " 13858"processed as soon as they are encountered. This means that the content of " 13859"the included file can override any content that appeared before the include " 13860"directive and that any content after the directive can override anything " 13861"contained in the included file. Any symbol (or even another #include " 13862"directive) in the included file can specify additional tags or override " 13863"values of the inherited tags in its tag specification. However, there is no " 13864"way for the symbol to remove any of the inherited tags." 13865msgstr "" 13866 13867#. type: Plain text 13868#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13869msgid "" 13870"An included file can repeat the header line containing the SONAME of the " 13871"library. In that case, it overrides any header line previously read. " 13872"However, in general it's best to avoid duplicating header lines. One way to " 13873"do it is the following:" 13874msgstr "" 13875 13876#. type: Plain text 13877#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13878#, no-wrap 13879msgid "" 13880"#include \"libsomething1.symbols.common\"\n" 13881" arch_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n" 13882msgstr "" 13883 13884#. type: SS 13885#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13886#, no-wrap 13887msgid "Good library management" 13888msgstr "" 13889 13890#. type: Plain text 13891#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13892msgid "A well-maintained library has the following features:" 13893msgstr "" 13894 13895#. type: Plain text 13896#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13897msgid "" 13898"its API is stable (public symbols are never dropped, only new public symbols " 13899"are added) and changes in incompatible ways only when the SONAME changes;" 13900msgstr "" 13901 13902#. type: Plain text 13903#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13904msgid "" 13905"ideally, it uses symbol versioning to achieve ABI stability despite internal " 13906"changes and API extension;" 13907msgstr "" 13908 13909#. type: Plain text 13910#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13911msgid "" 13912"it doesn't export private symbols (such symbols can be tagged optional as " 13913"workaround)." 13914msgstr "" 13915 13916#. type: Plain text 13917#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13918msgid "" 13919"While maintaining the symbols file, it's easy to notice appearance and " 13920"disappearance of symbols. But it's more difficult to catch incompatible API " 13921"and ABI change. Thus the maintainer should read thoroughly the upstream " 13922"changelog looking for cases where the rules of good library management have " 13923"been broken. If potential problems are discovered, the upstream author " 13924"should be notified as an upstream fix is always better than a Debian " 13925"specific work-around." 13926msgstr "" 13927 13928#. type: Plain text 13929#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13930msgid "Scan I<package-build-dir> instead of debian/tmp." 13931msgstr "" 13932 13933#. type: Plain text 13934#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13935msgid "" 13936"Define the package name. Required if more than one binary package is listed " 13937"in debian/control (or if there's no debian/control file)." 13938msgstr "" 13939 13940#. type: Plain text 13941#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13942msgid "" 13943"Define the package version. Defaults to the version extracted from " 13944"debian/changelog. Required if called outside of a source package tree." 13945msgstr "" 13946 13947#. type: TP 13948#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13949#, no-wrap 13950msgid "B<-e>I<library-file>" 13951msgstr "" 13952 13953#. type: Plain text 13954#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13955msgid "" 13956"Only analyze libraries explicitly listed instead of finding all public " 13957"libraries. You can use shell patterns used for pathname expansions (see the " 13958"B<File::Glob>(3perl) manual page for details) in I<library-file> to match " 13959"multiple libraries with a single argument (otherwise you need multiple " 13960"B<-e>)." 13961msgstr "" 13962 13963#. type: TP 13964#: dpkg-gensymbols.man dpkg-shlibdeps.man 13965#, no-wrap 13966msgid "B<-l>I<directory>" 13967msgstr "" 13968 13969#. type: Plain text 13970#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13971msgid "" 13972"Prepend I<directory> to the list of directories to search for private shared " 13973"libraries (since dpkg 1.19.1). This option can be used multiple times." 13974msgstr "" 13975 13976#. type: Plain text 13977#: dpkg-gensymbols.man dpkg-shlibdeps.man 13978msgid "" 13979"Note: Use this option instead of setting B<LD_LIBRARY_PATH>, as that " 13980"environment variable is used to control the run-time linker and abusing it " 13981"to set the shared library paths at build-time can be problematic when " 13982"cross-compiling for example." 13983msgstr "" 13984 13985#. type: TP 13986#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13987#, no-wrap 13988msgid "B<-I>I<filename>" 13989msgstr "" 13990 13991#. type: Plain text 13992#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 13993msgid "" 13994"Use I<filename> as reference file to generate the symbols file that is " 13995"integrated in the package itself." 13996msgstr "" 13997 13998#. type: Plain text 13999#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 14000msgid "" 14001"Print the generated symbols file to standard output or to I<filename> if " 14002"specified, rather than to B<debian/tmp/DEBIAN/symbols> (or " 14003"I<package-build-dir>B</DEBIAN/symbols> if B<-P> was used). If I<filename> is " 14004"pre-existing, its contents are used as basis for the generated symbols " 14005"file. You can use this feature to update a symbols file so that it matches " 14006"a newer upstream version of your library." 14007msgstr "" 14008 14009#. type: TP 14010#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 14011#, no-wrap 14012msgid "B<-t>" 14013msgstr "" 14014 14015#. type: Plain text 14016#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 14017msgid "" 14018"Write the symbol file in template mode rather than the format compatible " 14019"with B<deb-symbols>(5). The main difference is that in the template mode " 14020"symbol names and tags are written in their original form contrary to the " 14021"post-processed symbol names with tags stripped in the compatibility mode. " 14022"Moreover, some symbols might be omitted when writing a standard " 14023"B<deb-symbols>(5) file (according to the tag processing rules) while all " 14024"symbols are always written to the symbol file template." 14025msgstr "" 14026 14027#. type: TP 14028#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 14029#, no-wrap 14030msgid "B<-c>I<[0-4]>" 14031msgstr "" 14032 14033#. type: Plain text 14034#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 14035msgid "" 14036"Define the checks to do when comparing the generated symbols file with the " 14037"template file used as starting point. By default the level is 1. Increasing " 14038"levels do more checks and include all checks of lower levels. Level 0 never " 14039"fails. Level 1 fails if some symbols have disappeared. Level 2 fails if some " 14040"new symbols have been introduced. Level 3 fails if some libraries have " 14041"disappeared. Level 4 fails if some libraries have been introduced." 14042msgstr "" 14043 14044#. type: Plain text 14045#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 14046msgid "" 14047"This value can be overridden by the environment variable " 14048"B<DPKG_GENSYMBOLS_CHECK_LEVEL>." 14049msgstr "" 14050 14051#. type: Plain text 14052#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 14053msgid "" 14054"Keep quiet and never generate a diff between generated symbols file and the " 14055"template file used as starting point or show any warnings about new/lost " 14056"libraries or new/lost symbols. This option only disables informational " 14057"output but not the checks themselves (see B<-c> option)." 14058msgstr "" 14059 14060#. type: TP 14061#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 14062#, no-wrap 14063msgid "B<-a>I<arch>" 14064msgstr "" 14065 14066#. type: Plain text 14067#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 14068msgid "" 14069"Assume I<arch> as host architecture when processing symbol files. Use this " 14070"option to generate a symbol file or diff for any architecture provided its " 14071"binaries are already available." 14072msgstr "" 14073 14074#. type: TP 14075#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 14076#, no-wrap 14077msgid "B<-d>" 14078msgstr "" 14079 14080#. type: Plain text 14081#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 14082msgid "" 14083"Enable debug mode. Numerous messages are displayed to explain what " 14084"B<dpkg-gensymbols> does." 14085msgstr "" 14086 14087#. type: TP 14088#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 14089#, no-wrap 14090msgid "B<-V>" 14091msgstr "" 14092 14093#. type: Plain text 14094#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 14095msgid "" 14096"Enable verbose mode. The generated symbols file contains deprecated symbols " 14097"as comments. Furthermore in template mode, pattern symbols are followed by " 14098"comments listing real symbols that have matched the pattern." 14099msgstr "" 14100 14101#. type: TP 14102#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 14103#, no-wrap 14104msgid "B<DPKG_GENSYMBOLS_CHECK_LEVEL>" 14105msgstr "" 14106 14107#. type: Plain text 14108#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 14109msgid "" 14110"Overrides the command check level, even if the B<-c> command-line argument " 14111"was given (note that this goes against the common convention of command-line " 14112"arguments having precedence over environment variables)." 14113msgstr "" 14114 14115#. type: Plain text 14116#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 14117msgid "B<https://people.redhat.com/drepper/symbol-versioning>" 14118msgstr "" 14119 14120#. type: Plain text 14121#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 14122msgid "B<https://people.redhat.com/drepper/goodpractice.pdf>" 14123msgstr "" 14124 14125#. type: Plain text 14126#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 14127msgid "B<https://people.redhat.com/drepper/dsohowto.pdf>" 14128msgstr "" 14129 14130#. type: Plain text 14131#: dpkg-gensymbols.man 14132msgid "B<deb-symbols>(5), B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1)." 14133msgstr "" 14134 14135#. type: TH 14136#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14137#, no-wrap 14138msgid "dpkg-maintscript-helper" 14139msgstr "" 14140 14141#. type: Plain text 14142#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14143msgid "" 14144"dpkg-maintscript-helper - works around known dpkg limitations in maintainer " 14145"scripts" 14146msgstr "" 14147 14148#. type: Plain text 14149#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14150msgid "" 14151"B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> I<command> [I<parameter>...] B<--> " 14152"I<maint-script-parameter>..." 14153msgstr "" 14154 14155#. type: SH 14156#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14157#, no-wrap 14158msgid "COMMANDS AND PARAMETERS" 14159msgstr "" 14160 14161#. type: Plain text 14162#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14163msgid "B<supports> I<command>" 14164msgstr "" 14165 14166#. type: Plain text 14167#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14168msgid "B<rm_conffile> I<conffile> [I<prior-version> [I<package>]]" 14169msgstr "" 14170 14171#. type: Plain text 14172#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14173msgid "" 14174"B<mv_conffile> I<old-conffile> I<new-conffile> [I<prior-version> " 14175"[I<package>]]" 14176msgstr "" 14177 14178#. type: Plain text 14179#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14180msgid "B<symlink_to_dir> I<pathname> I<old-target> [I<prior-version> [I<package>]]" 14181msgstr "" 14182 14183#. type: Plain text 14184#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14185msgid "B<dir_to_symlink> I<pathname> I<new-target> [I<prior-version> [I<package>]]" 14186msgstr "" 14187 14188#. type: Plain text 14189#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14190msgid "" 14191"This program is designed to be run within maintainer scripts to achieve some " 14192"tasks that B<dpkg> can't (yet) handle natively either because of design " 14193"decisions or due to current limitations." 14194msgstr "" 14195 14196#. type: Plain text 14197#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14198msgid "" 14199"Many of those tasks require coordinated actions from several maintainer " 14200"scripts (B<preinst>, B<postinst>, B<prerm>, B<postrm>). To avoid mistakes " 14201"the same call simply needs to be put in all scripts and the program will " 14202"automatically adapt its behaviour based on the environment variable " 14203"B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_NAME> and on the maintainer scripts arguments that you " 14204"have to forward after a double hyphen." 14205msgstr "" 14206 14207#. type: SH 14208#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14209#, no-wrap 14210msgid "COMMON PARAMETERS" 14211msgstr "" 14212 14213#. type: TP 14214#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14215#, no-wrap 14216msgid "I<prior-version>" 14217msgstr "" 14218 14219#. type: Plain text 14220#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14221msgid "" 14222"Defines the latest version of the package whose upgrade should trigger the " 14223"operation. It is important to calculate I<prior-version> correctly so that " 14224"the operations are correctly performed even if the user rebuilt the package " 14225"with a local version. If I<prior-version> is empty or omitted, then the " 14226"operation is tried on every upgrade (note: it's safer to give the version " 14227"and have the operation tried only once)." 14228msgstr "" 14229 14230#. type: Plain text 14231#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14232msgid "" 14233"If the conffile has not been shipped for several versions, and you are now " 14234"modifying the maintainer scripts to clean up the obsolete file, " 14235"I<prior-version> should be based on the version of the package that you are " 14236"now preparing, not the first version of the package that lacked the " 14237"conffile. This applies to all other actions in the same way." 14238msgstr "" 14239 14240#. type: Plain text 14241#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14242msgid "" 14243"For example, for a conffile removed in version B<2.0-1> of a package, " 14244"I<prior-version> should be set to B<2.0-1~>. This will cause the conffile to " 14245"be removed even if the user rebuilt the previous version B<1.0-1> as " 14246"B<1.0-1local1>. Or a package switching a path from a symlink (shipped in " 14247"version B<1.0-1>) to a directory (shipped in version B<2.0-1>), but only " 14248"performing the actual switch in the maintainer scripts in version B<3.0-1>, " 14249"should set I<prior-version> to B<3.0-1~>." 14250msgstr "" 14251 14252#. type: TP 14253#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14254#, no-wrap 14255msgid "I<package>" 14256msgstr "" 14257 14258#. type: Plain text 14259#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14260msgid "" 14261"The package name owning the pathname(s). When the package is “Multi-Arch: " 14262"same” this parameter must include the architecture qualifier, otherwise it " 14263"should B<not> usually include the architecture qualifier (as it would " 14264"disallow cross-grades, or switching from being architecture specific to " 14265"architecture B<all> or vice versa). If the parameter is empty or omitted, " 14266"the B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE> and B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_ARCH> environment " 14267"variables (as set by B<dpkg> when running the maintainer scripts) will be " 14268"used to generate an arch-qualified package name." 14269msgstr "" 14270 14271#. type: TP 14272#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14273#, no-wrap 14274msgid "B<-->" 14275msgstr "" 14276 14277#. type: Plain text 14278#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14279msgid "" 14280"All the parameters of the maintainer scripts have to be forwarded to the " 14281"program after B<-->." 14282msgstr "" 14283 14284#. type: SH 14285#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14286#, no-wrap 14287msgid "CONFFILE RELATED TASKS" 14288msgstr "" 14289 14290#. type: Plain text 14291#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14292msgid "" 14293"When upgrading a package, B<dpkg> will not automatically remove a conffile " 14294"(a configuration file for which B<dpkg> should preserve user changes) if it " 14295"is not present in the newer version. There are two principal reasons for " 14296"this; the first is that the conffile could've been dropped by accident and " 14297"the next version could restore it, users wouldn't want their changes thrown " 14298"away. The second is to allow packages to transition files from a " 14299"dpkg-maintained conffile to a file maintained by the package's maintainer " 14300"scripts, usually with a tool like debconf or ucf." 14301msgstr "" 14302 14303#. type: Plain text 14304#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14305msgid "" 14306"This means that if a package is intended to rename or remove a conffile, it " 14307"must explicitly do so and B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> can be used to " 14308"implement graceful deletion and moving of conffiles within maintainer " 14309"scripts." 14310msgstr "" 14311 14312#. type: SS 14313#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14314#, no-wrap 14315msgid "Removing a conffile" 14316msgstr "" 14317 14318#. type: Plain text 14319#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14320msgid "" 14321"If a conffile is completely removed, it should be removed from disk, unless " 14322"the user has modified it. If there are local modifications, they should be " 14323"preserved. If the package upgrades aborts, the newly obsolete conffile " 14324"should not disappear." 14325msgstr "" 14326 14327#. type: Plain text 14328#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14329msgid "" 14330"All of this is implemented by putting the following shell snippet in the " 14331"B<preinst>, B<postinst> and B<postrm> maintainer scripts:" 14332msgstr "" 14333 14334#. type: Plain text 14335#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14336#, no-wrap 14337msgid "" 14338" dpkg-maintscript-helper rm_conffile \\e\n" 14339" I<conffile> I<prior-version> I<package> -- \"$@\"\n" 14340msgstr "" 14341 14342#. type: Plain text 14343#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14344msgid "I<conffile> is the filename of the conffile to remove." 14345msgstr "" 14346 14347#. type: Plain text 14348#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14349msgid "" 14350"Current implementation: in the B<preinst>, it checks if the conffile was " 14351"modified and renames it either to I<conffile>B<.dpkg-remove> (if not " 14352"modified) or to I<conffile>B<.dpkg-backup> (if modified). In the " 14353"B<postinst>, the latter file is renamed to I<conffile>B<.dpkg-bak> and kept " 14354"for reference as it contains user modifications but the former will be " 14355"removed. If the package upgrade aborts, the B<postrm> reinstalls the " 14356"original conffile. During purge, the B<postrm> will also delete the " 14357"B<.dpkg-bak> file kept up to now." 14358msgstr "" 14359 14360#. type: SS 14361#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14362#, no-wrap 14363msgid "Renaming a conffile" 14364msgstr "" 14365 14366#. type: Plain text 14367#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14368msgid "" 14369"If a conffile is moved from one location to another, you need to make sure " 14370"you move across any changes the user has made. This may seem a simple change " 14371"to the B<preinst> script at first, however that will result in the user " 14372"being prompted by B<dpkg> to approve the conffile edits even though they are " 14373"not responsible of them." 14374msgstr "" 14375 14376#. type: Plain text 14377#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14378msgid "" 14379"Graceful renaming can be implemented by putting the following shell snippet " 14380"in the B<preinst>, B<postinst> and B<postrm> maintainer scripts:" 14381msgstr "" 14382 14383#. type: Plain text 14384#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14385#, no-wrap 14386msgid "" 14387" dpkg-maintscript-helper mv_conffile \\e\n" 14388" I<old-conffile> I<new-conffile> I<prior-version> I<package> -- " 14389"\"$@\"\n" 14390msgstr "" 14391 14392#. type: Plain text 14393#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14394msgid "" 14395"I<old-conffile> and I<new-conffile> are the old and new name of the conffile " 14396"to rename." 14397msgstr "" 14398 14399#. type: Plain text 14400#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14401msgid "" 14402"Current implementation: the B<preinst> checks if the conffile has been " 14403"modified, if yes it's left on place otherwise it's renamed to " 14404"I<old-conffile>B<.dpkg-remove>. On configuration, the B<postinst> removes " 14405"I<old-conffile>B<.dpkg-remove> and renames I<old-conffile> to " 14406"I<new-conffile> if I<old-conffile> is still available. On " 14407"abort-upgrade/abort-install, the B<postrm> renames " 14408"I<old-conffile>B<.dpkg-remove> back to I<old-conffile> if required." 14409msgstr "" 14410 14411#. type: SH 14412#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14413#, no-wrap 14414msgid "SYMLINK AND DIRECTORY SWITCHES" 14415msgstr "" 14416 14417#. type: Plain text 14418#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14419msgid "" 14420"When upgrading a package, B<dpkg> will not automatically switch a symlink to " 14421"a directory or vice-versa. Downgrades are not supported and the path will be " 14422"left as is." 14423msgstr "" 14424 14425#. type: SS 14426#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14427#, no-wrap 14428msgid "Switching a symlink to directory" 14429msgstr "" 14430 14431#. type: Plain text 14432#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14433msgid "" 14434"If a symlink is switched to a real directory, you need to make sure before " 14435"unpacking that the symlink is removed. This may seem a simple change to the " 14436"B<preinst> script at first, however that will result in some problems in " 14437"case of admin local customization of the symlink or when downgrading the " 14438"package." 14439msgstr "" 14440 14441#. type: Plain text 14442#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14443#, no-wrap 14444msgid "" 14445" dpkg-maintscript-helper symlink_to_dir \\e\n" 14446" I<pathname> I<old-target> I<prior-version> I<package> -- \"$@\"\n" 14447msgstr "" 14448 14449#. type: Plain text 14450#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14451msgid "" 14452"I<pathname> is the absolute name of the old symlink (the path will be a " 14453"directory at the end of the installation) and I<old-target> is the target " 14454"name of the former symlink at I<pathname>. It can either be absolute or " 14455"relative to the directory containing I<pathname>." 14456msgstr "" 14457 14458#. type: Plain text 14459#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14460msgid "" 14461"Current implementation: the B<preinst> checks if the symlink exists and " 14462"points to I<old-target>, if not then it's left in place, otherwise it's " 14463"renamed to I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup>. On configuration, the B<postinst> " 14464"removes I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup> if I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup> is still a " 14465"symlink. On abort-upgrade/abort-install, the B<postrm> renames " 14466"I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup> back to I<pathname> if required." 14467msgstr "" 14468 14469#. type: SS 14470#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14471#, no-wrap 14472msgid "Switching a directory to symlink" 14473msgstr "" 14474 14475#. type: Plain text 14476#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14477msgid "" 14478"If a real directory is switched to a symlink, you need to make sure before " 14479"unpacking that the directory is removed. This may seem a simple change to " 14480"the B<preinst> script at first, however that will result in some problems in " 14481"case the directory contains conffiles, pathnames owned by other packages, " 14482"locally created pathnames, or when downgrading the package." 14483msgstr "" 14484 14485#. type: Plain text 14486#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14487msgid "" 14488"Graceful switching can be implemented by putting the following shell snippet " 14489"in the B<preinst>, B<postinst> and B<postrm> maintainer scripts:" 14490msgstr "" 14491 14492#. type: Plain text 14493#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14494#, no-wrap 14495msgid "" 14496" dpkg-maintscript-helper dir_to_symlink \\e\n" 14497" I<pathname> I<new-target> I<prior-version> I<package> -- \"$@\"\n" 14498msgstr "" 14499 14500#. type: Plain text 14501#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14502msgid "" 14503"I<pathname> is the absolute name of the old directory (the path will be a " 14504"symlink at the end of the installation) and I<new-target> is the target of " 14505"the new symlink at I<pathname>. It can either be absolute or relative to the " 14506"directory containing I<pathname>." 14507msgstr "" 14508 14509#. type: Plain text 14510#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14511msgid "" 14512"Current implementation: the B<preinst> checks if the directory exists, does " 14513"not contain conffiles, pathnames owned by other packages, or locally created " 14514"pathnames, if not then it's left in place, otherwise it's renamed to " 14515"I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup>, and an empty staging directory named I<pathname> " 14516"is created, marked with a file so that dpkg can track it. On configuration, " 14517"the B<postinst> finishes the switch if I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup> is still a " 14518"directory and I<pathname> is the staging directory; it removes the staging " 14519"directory mark file, moves the newly created files inside the staging " 14520"directory to the symlink target I<new-target>/, replaces the now empty " 14521"staging directory I<pathname> with a symlink to I<new-target>, and removes " 14522"I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup>. On abort-upgrade/abort-install, the B<postrm> " 14523"renames I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup> back to I<pathname> if required." 14524msgstr "" 14525 14526#. type: SH 14527#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14528#, no-wrap 14529msgid "INTEGRATION IN PACKAGES" 14530msgstr "" 14531 14532#. type: Plain text 14533#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14534msgid "" 14535"When using a packaging helper, please check if it has native " 14536"B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> integration, which might make your life " 14537"easier. See for example B<dh_installdeb>(1)." 14538msgstr "" 14539 14540#. type: Plain text 14541#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14542msgid "" 14543"Given that B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> is used in the B<preinst>, using it " 14544"unconditionally requires a pre-dependency to ensure that the required " 14545"version of B<dpkg> has been unpacked before. The required version depends on " 14546"the command used, for B<rm_conffile> and B<mv_conffile> it is 1.15.7.2, for " 14547"B<symlink_to_dir> and B<dir_to_symlink> it is 1.17.14:" 14548msgstr "" 14549 14550#. type: Plain text 14551#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14552#, no-wrap 14553msgid " B<Pre-Depends:> dpkg (E<gt>= 1.17.14)\n" 14554msgstr "" 14555 14556#. type: Plain text 14557#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14558msgid "" 14559"But in many cases the operation done by the program is not critical for the " 14560"package, and instead of using a pre-dependency we can call the program only " 14561"if we know that the required command is supported by the currently installed " 14562"B<dpkg>:" 14563msgstr "" 14564 14565#. type: Plain text 14566#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14567#, no-wrap 14568msgid "" 14569" if dpkg-maintscript-helper supports I<command>; then\n" 14570" dpkg-maintscript-helper I<command> ...\n" 14571" fi\n" 14572msgstr "" 14573 14574#. type: Plain text 14575#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14576msgid "" 14577"The command B<supports> will return 0 on success, 1 otherwise. The " 14578"B<supports> command will check if the environment variables as set by dpkg " 14579"and required by the script are present, and will consider it a failure in " 14580"case the environment is not sufficient." 14581msgstr "" 14582 14583#. type: Plain text 14584#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14585msgid "" 14586"Sets the color mode (since dpkg 1.19.1). The currently accepted values are: " 14587"B<auto> (default), B<always> and B<never>." 14588msgstr "" 14589 14590#. type: Plain text 14591#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man 14592msgid "B<dh_installdeb>(1)." 14593msgstr "" 14594 14595#. type: TH 14596#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man 14597#, no-wrap 14598msgid "dpkg-mergechangelogs" 14599msgstr "" 14600 14601#. type: Plain text 14602#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man 14603msgid "dpkg-mergechangelogs - 3-way merge of debian/changelog files" 14604msgstr "" 14605 14606#. type: Plain text 14607#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man 14608msgid "B<dpkg-mergechangelogs> [I<option>...] I<old> I<new-a> I<new-b> [I<out>]" 14609msgstr "" 14610 14611#. type: Plain text 14612#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man 14613msgid "" 14614"This program will use the 3 provided versions of the Debian changelog to " 14615"generate a merged changelog file. The resulting changelog is stored in the " 14616"file I<out> or output to the standard output if that parameter is not given." 14617msgstr "" 14618 14619#. type: Plain text 14620#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man 14621msgid "" 14622"Each entry is identified by its version number and they are assumed to be " 14623"not conflicting, they are simply merged in the right order (by decreasing " 14624"version number). When B<--merge-prereleases> is used, the part of the " 14625"version number after the last tilde is dropped so that 1.0-1~exp1 and " 14626"1.0-1~exp5 are considered to be the same entry. When the same version is " 14627"available in both I<new-a> and I<new-b>, a standard line-based 3-way merge " 14628"is attempted (provided that the module Algorithm::Merge is available — it's " 14629"part of the package libalgorithm-merge-perl — otherwise you get a global " 14630"conflict on the content of the entry)." 14631msgstr "" 14632 14633#. type: TP 14634#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man 14635#, no-wrap 14636msgid "B<-m>, B<--merge-prereleases>" 14637msgstr "" 14638 14639#. type: Plain text 14640#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man 14641msgid "" 14642"Drop the part after the last tilde in the version number when doing version " 14643"comparison to identify if two entries are supposed to be the same or not." 14644msgstr "" 14645 14646#. type: Plain text 14647#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man 14648msgid "" 14649"This is useful when you keep using the same changelog entry but you increase " 14650"its version number regularly. For instance, you might have 2.3-1~exp1, " 14651"2.3-1~exp2, ... until the official release 2.3-1 and they are all the same " 14652"changelog entry that has evolved over time." 14653msgstr "" 14654 14655#. type: SH 14656#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man 14657#, no-wrap 14658msgid "LIMITATIONS" 14659msgstr "" 14660 14661#. type: Plain text 14662#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man 14663msgid "" 14664"Anything that is not parsed by Dpkg::Changelog is lost during the merge. " 14665"This might include stuff like comments which were not supposed to be there, " 14666"etc." 14667msgstr "" 14668 14669#. type: SH 14670#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man 14671#, no-wrap 14672msgid "INTEGRATION WITH GIT" 14673msgstr "" 14674 14675#. type: Plain text 14676#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man 14677msgid "" 14678"If you want to use this program to merge Debian changelog files in a git " 14679"repository, you have first to register a new merge driver in B<.git/config> " 14680"or B<~/.gitconfig>:" 14681msgstr "" 14682 14683#. type: Plain text 14684#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man 14685#, no-wrap 14686msgid "" 14687" [merge \"dpkg-mergechangelogs\"]\n" 14688" name = debian/changelog merge driver\n" 14689" driver = dpkg-mergechangelogs -m %O %A %B %A\n" 14690msgstr "" 14691 14692#. type: Plain text 14693#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man 14694msgid "" 14695"Then you have to setup the merge attribute for the debian/changelog file " 14696"either in B<.gitattributes> in the repository itself, or in " 14697"B<.git/info/attributes>:" 14698msgstr "" 14699 14700#. type: Plain text 14701#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man 14702#, no-wrap 14703msgid " debian/changelog merge=dpkg-mergechangelogs\n" 14704msgstr "" 14705 14706#. type: TH 14707#: dpkg-name.man 14708#, no-wrap 14709msgid "dpkg-name" 14710msgstr "" 14711 14712#. type: Plain text 14713#: dpkg-name.man 14714msgid "dpkg-name - rename Debian packages to full package names" 14715msgstr "" 14716 14717#. type: Plain text 14718#: dpkg-name.man 14719msgid "B<dpkg-name> [I<option>...] [B<-->] I<file>..." 14720msgstr "" 14721 14722#. type: Plain text 14723#: dpkg-name.man 14724msgid "" 14725"This manual page documents the B<dpkg-name> program which provides an easy " 14726"way to rename B<Debian> packages into their full package names. A full " 14727"package name consists of " 14728"I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<architecture>B<.>I<package-type> as specified " 14729"in the control file of the package. The I<version> part of the filename " 14730"consists of the upstream version information optionally followed by a hyphen " 14731"and the revision information. The I<package-type> part comes from that field " 14732"if present or fallbacks to B<deb>." 14733msgstr "" 14734 14735#. type: TP 14736#: dpkg-name.man 14737#, no-wrap 14738msgid "B<-a>, B<--no-architecture>" 14739msgstr "" 14740 14741#. type: Plain text 14742#: dpkg-name.man 14743msgid "The destination filename will not have the architecture information." 14744msgstr "" 14745 14746#. type: TP 14747#: dpkg-name.man 14748#, no-wrap 14749msgid "B<-k>, B<--symlink>" 14750msgstr "" 14751 14752#. type: Plain text 14753#: dpkg-name.man 14754msgid "Create a symlink, instead of moving." 14755msgstr "" 14756 14757#. type: TP 14758#: dpkg-name.man 14759#, no-wrap 14760msgid "B<-o>, B<--overwrite>" 14761msgstr "" 14762 14763#. type: Plain text 14764#: dpkg-name.man 14765msgid "" 14766"Existing files will be overwritten if they have the same name as the " 14767"destination filename." 14768msgstr "" 14769 14770#. type: TP 14771#: dpkg-name.man 14772#, no-wrap 14773msgid "B<-s>, B<--subdir> [I<dir>]" 14774msgstr "" 14775 14776#. type: Plain text 14777#: dpkg-name.man 14778msgid "" 14779"Files will be moved into a subdirectory. If the directory given as argument " 14780"exists the files will be moved into that directory otherwise the name of the " 14781"target directory is extracted from the section field in the control part of " 14782"the package. The target directory will be " 14783"«unstable/binary-I<architecture>/I<section>». If the section is not found " 14784"in the control, then B<no-section> is assumed, and in this case, as well as " 14785"for sections B<non-free> and B<contrib> the target directory is " 14786"«I<section>/binary-I<architecture>». The section field is not required so a " 14787"lot of packages will find their way to the B<no-section> area. Use this " 14788"option with care, it's messy." 14789msgstr "" 14790 14791#. type: TP 14792#: dpkg-name.man 14793#, no-wrap 14794msgid "B<-c>, B<--create-dir>" 14795msgstr "" 14796 14797#. type: Plain text 14798#: dpkg-name.man 14799msgid "" 14800"This option can used together with the B<-s> option. If a target directory " 14801"isn't found it will be created automatically. B<Use this option with care.>" 14802msgstr "" 14803 14804#. type: TP 14805#: dpkg-name.man 14806#, no-wrap 14807msgid "B<-v>, B<--version>" 14808msgstr "" 14809 14810#. type: Plain text 14811#: dpkg-name.man 14812msgid "" 14813"Some packages don't follow the name structure " 14814"I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<architecture>B<.deb>. Packages renamed by " 14815"B<dpkg-name> will follow this structure. Generally this will have no impact " 14816"on how packages are installed by B<dselect>(1)/B<dpkg>(1), but other " 14817"installation tools might depend on this naming structure." 14818msgstr "" 14819 14820#. type: TP 14821#: dpkg-name.man 14822#, no-wrap 14823msgid "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>" 14824msgstr "" 14825 14826#. type: Plain text 14827#: dpkg-name.man 14828msgid "" 14829"The file B<bar-foo.deb> will be renamed to bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb or " 14830"something similar (depending on whatever information is in the control part " 14831"of B<bar-foo.deb>)." 14832msgstr "" 14833 14834#. type: TP 14835#: dpkg-name.man 14836#, no-wrap 14837msgid "B<find /root/debian/ -name '*.deb' | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>" 14838msgstr "" 14839 14840#. type: Plain text 14841#: dpkg-name.man 14842msgid "" 14843"All files with the extension B<deb> in the directory /root/debian and its " 14844"subdirectory's will be renamed by B<dpkg-name> if required into names with " 14845"no architecture information." 14846msgstr "" 14847 14848#. type: TP 14849#: dpkg-name.man 14850#, no-wrap 14851msgid "B<find -name '*.deb' | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>" 14852msgstr "" 14853 14854#. type: Plain text 14855#: dpkg-name.man 14856msgid "" 14857"B<Don't do this.> Your archive will be messed up completely because a lot of " 14858"packages don't come with section information. B<Don't do this.>" 14859msgstr "" 14860 14861#. type: TP 14862#: dpkg-name.man 14863#, no-wrap 14864msgid "B<dpkg-deb --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>" 14865msgstr "" 14866 14867#. type: Plain text 14868#: dpkg-name.man 14869msgid "This can be used when building new packages." 14870msgstr "" 14871 14872#. type: Plain text 14873#: dpkg-name.man 14874msgid "" 14875"B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<find>(1), " 14876"B<xargs>(1)." 14877msgstr "" 14878 14879#. type: TH 14880#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 14881#, no-wrap 14882msgid "dpkg-parsechangelog" 14883msgstr "" 14884 14885#. type: Plain text 14886#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 14887msgid "dpkg-parsechangelog - parse Debian changelog files" 14888msgstr "" 14889 14890#. type: Plain text 14891#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 14892msgid "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> [I<option>...]" 14893msgstr "" 14894 14895#. type: Plain text 14896#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 14897msgid "" 14898"B<dpkg-parsechangelog> reads and parses the changelog of an unpacked Debian " 14899"source tree and outputs the information in it to standard output in a " 14900"machine-readable form." 14901msgstr "" 14902 14903#. type: TP 14904#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 14905#, no-wrap 14906msgid "B<-l>, B<--file> I<changelog-file>" 14907msgstr "" 14908 14909#. type: Plain text 14910#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 14911msgid "" 14912"Specifies the changelog file to read information from. A ‘-’ can be used to " 14913"specify reading from standard input. The default is B<debian/changelog>." 14914msgstr "" 14915 14916#. type: TP 14917#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 14918#, no-wrap 14919msgid "B<-F> I<changelog-format>" 14920msgstr "" 14921 14922#. type: Plain text 14923#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 14924msgid "" 14925"Specifies the format of the changelog. By default the format is read from a " 14926"special line near the bottom of the changelog or failing that defaults to " 14927"the B<debian> standard format. See also B<CHANGELOG FORMATS>." 14928msgstr "" 14929 14930#. type: TP 14931#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 14932#, no-wrap 14933msgid "B<-L> I<libdir>" 14934msgstr "" 14935 14936#. type: Plain text 14937#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 14938msgid "" 14939"Obsolete option without effect (since dpkg 1.18.8). Setting the perl " 14940"environment variables B<PERL5LIB> or B<PERLLIB> has a similar effect when " 14941"looking for the parser perl modules." 14942msgstr "" 14943 14944#. type: TP 14945#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 14946#, no-wrap 14947msgid "B<-S>, B<--show-field> I<field>" 14948msgstr "" 14949 14950#. type: Plain text 14951#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 14952msgid "" 14953"Specifies the name of the field to show (since dpkg 1.17.0). The field name " 14954"is not printed, only its value." 14955msgstr "" 14956 14957#. type: SS 14958#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 14959#, no-wrap 14960msgid "Parser Options" 14961msgstr "" 14962 14963#. type: Plain text 14964#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 14965msgid "" 14966"The following options can be used to influence the output of the changelog " 14967"parser, e.g. the range of entries or the format of the output." 14968msgstr "" 14969 14970#. type: TP 14971#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 14972#, no-wrap 14973msgid "B<--format>I< output-format>" 14974msgstr "" 14975 14976#. type: Plain text 14977#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 14978msgid "" 14979"Set the output format. Currently supported values are B<dpkg> and " 14980"B<rfc822>. B<dpkg> is the classic output format (from before this option " 14981"existed) and the default. It consists of one paragraph in Debian control " 14982"format (see B<deb-control>(5)). If more than one entry is requested, then " 14983"most fields are taken from the first entry (usually the most recent entry), " 14984"except otherwise stated:" 14985msgstr "" 14986 14987#. type: TP 14988#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 14989#, no-wrap 14990msgid "B<Source:>I< pkg-name>" 14991msgstr "" 14992 14993#. type: TP 14994#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 14995#, no-wrap 14996msgid "B<Version:>I< version>" 14997msgstr "" 14998 14999#. type: TP 15000#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 15001#, no-wrap 15002msgid "B<Distribution:>I< target-distribution>" 15003msgstr "" 15004 15005#. type: TP 15006#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 15007#, no-wrap 15008msgid "B<Urgency:>I< urgency>" 15009msgstr "" 15010 15011#. type: Plain text 15012#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 15013msgid "" 15014"The highest urgency of all included entries is used, followed by the " 15015"concatenated (space-separated) comments from all the versions requested." 15016msgstr "" 15017 15018#. type: TP 15019#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 15020#, no-wrap 15021msgid "B<Maintainer:>I< author>" 15022msgstr "" 15023 15024#. type: TP 15025#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 15026#, no-wrap 15027msgid "B<Date:>I< date>" 15028msgstr "" 15029 15030#. type: Plain text 15031#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 15032msgid "" 15033"The date of the entry as a string, as it appears in the changelog. With a " 15034"B<strptime>(3) format \"B<%a, %d %b %Y %T %z>\", but where the day of the " 15035"week might not actually correspond to the real day obtained from the rest of " 15036"the date string. If you need a more accurate representation of the date, " 15037"use the B<Timestamp> field, but take into account it might not be possible " 15038"to map it back to the exact value in this field." 15039msgstr "" 15040 15041#. type: TP 15042#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 15043#, no-wrap 15044msgid "B<Timestamp:>I< timestamp>" 15045msgstr "" 15046 15047#. type: Plain text 15048#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 15049msgid "" 15050"The date of the entry as a timestamp in seconds since the epoch (since dpkg " 15051"1.18.8)." 15052msgstr "" 15053 15054#. type: TP 15055#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 15056#, no-wrap 15057msgid "B<Closes:>I< bug-number>" 15058msgstr "" 15059 15060#. type: Plain text 15061#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 15062msgid "The Closes fields of all included entries are merged." 15063msgstr "" 15064 15065#. type: TP 15066#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 15067#, no-wrap 15068msgid "B<Changes:>I< changelog-entries>" 15069msgstr "" 15070 15071#. type: Plain text 15072#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 15073msgid "" 15074"The text of all changelog entries is concatenated. To make this field a " 15075"valid Debian control format multiline field empty lines are replaced with a " 15076"single full stop and all lines is intended by one space character. The exact " 15077"content depends on the changelog format." 15078msgstr "" 15079 15080#. type: Plain text 15081#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 15082msgid "" 15083"The B<Version>, B<Distribution>, B<Urgency>, B<Maintainer> and B<Changes> " 15084"fields are mandatory." 15085msgstr "" 15086 15087#. type: Plain text 15088#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 15089msgid "There might be additional user-defined fields present." 15090msgstr "" 15091 15092#. type: Plain text 15093#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 15094msgid "" 15095"The B<rfc822> format uses the same fields but outputs a separate paragraph " 15096"for each changelog entry so that all metadata for each entry is preserved." 15097msgstr "" 15098 15099#. type: TP 15100#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 15101#, no-wrap 15102msgid "B<--reverse>" 15103msgstr "" 15104 15105#. type: Plain text 15106#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 15107msgid "" 15108"Include all changes in reverse order (since dpkg 1.19.1). Note: for the " 15109"B<dpkg> format the first entry will be the most ancient entry." 15110msgstr "" 15111 15112#. type: TP 15113#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man update-alternatives.man 15114#, no-wrap 15115msgid "B<--all>" 15116msgstr "" 15117 15118#. type: Plain text 15119#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 15120msgid "Include all changes. Note: other options have no effect when this is in use." 15121msgstr "" 15122 15123#. type: TP 15124#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 15125#, no-wrap 15126msgid "B<-s>, B<--since> I<version>" 15127msgstr "" 15128 15129#. type: TQ 15130#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 15131#, no-wrap 15132msgid "B<-v> I<version>" 15133msgstr "" 15134 15135#. type: Plain text 15136#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 15137msgid "Include all changes later than I<version>." 15138msgstr "" 15139 15140#. type: TP 15141#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 15142#, no-wrap 15143msgid "B<-u>, B<--until> I<version>" 15144msgstr "" 15145 15146#. type: Plain text 15147#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 15148msgid "Include all changes earlier than I<version>." 15149msgstr "" 15150 15151#. type: TP 15152#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 15153#, no-wrap 15154msgid "B<-f>, B<--from> I<version>" 15155msgstr "" 15156 15157#. type: Plain text 15158#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 15159msgid "Include all changes equal or later than I<version>." 15160msgstr "" 15161 15162#. type: TP 15163#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 15164#, no-wrap 15165msgid "B<-t>, B<--to> I<version>" 15166msgstr "" 15167 15168#. type: Plain text 15169#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 15170msgid "Include all changes up to or equal than I<version>." 15171msgstr "" 15172 15173#. type: TP 15174#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 15175#, no-wrap 15176msgid "B<-c>, B<--count> I<number>" 15177msgstr "" 15178 15179#. type: TQ 15180#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 15181#, no-wrap 15182msgid "B<-n> I<number>" 15183msgstr "" 15184 15185#. type: Plain text 15186#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 15187msgid "" 15188"Include I<number> entries from the top (or the tail if I<number> is lower " 15189"than 0)." 15190msgstr "" 15191 15192#. type: TP 15193#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 15194#, no-wrap 15195msgid "B<-o>, B<--offset> I<number>" 15196msgstr "" 15197 15198#. type: Plain text 15199#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 15200msgid "" 15201"Change the starting point for B<--count>, counted from the top (or the tail " 15202"if I<number> is lower than 0)." 15203msgstr "" 15204 15205#. type: SH 15206#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 15207#, no-wrap 15208msgid "CHANGELOG FORMATS" 15209msgstr "" 15210 15211#. type: Plain text 15212#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 15213msgid "" 15214"It is possible to use a different format to the standard one, by providing a " 15215"parser for that alternative format." 15216msgstr "" 15217 15218#. type: Plain text 15219#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 15220msgid "" 15221"In order to have B<dpkg-parsechangelog> run the new parser, a line must be " 15222"included within the last 40 lines of the changelog file, matching the Perl " 15223"regular expression: “B<\\eschangelog-format:\\es+([0-9a-z]+)\\eW>”. The " 15224"part in parentheses should be the name of the format. For example:" 15225msgstr "" 15226 15227#. type: Plain text 15228#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 15229#, no-wrap 15230msgid " @@@ changelog-format: I<otherformat> @@@\n" 15231msgstr "" 15232 15233#. type: Plain text 15234#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 15235msgid "" 15236"Changelog format names are non-empty strings of lowercase alphanumerics " 15237"(“a-z0-9”)." 15238msgstr "" 15239 15240#. type: Plain text 15241#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 15242msgid "" 15243"If such a line exists then B<dpkg-parsechangelog> will look for the parser " 15244"as a B<Dpkg::Changelog::>I<Otherformat> perl module; it is an error for it " 15245"not being present. The parser name in the perl module will be automatically " 15246"capitalized. The default changelog format is B<debian>, and a parser for it " 15247"is provided by default." 15248msgstr "" 15249 15250#. type: Plain text 15251#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 15252msgid "" 15253"The parser should be derived from the Dpkg::Changelog class and implement " 15254"the required documented interface." 15255msgstr "" 15256 15257#. type: Plain text 15258#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 15259msgid "" 15260"If the changelog format which is being parsed always or almost always leaves " 15261"a blank line between individual change notes, these blank lines should be " 15262"stripped out, so as to make the resulting output compact." 15263msgstr "" 15264 15265#. type: Plain text 15266#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 15267msgid "" 15268"If the changelog format does not contain date or package name information " 15269"this information should be omitted from the output. The parser should not " 15270"attempt to synthesize it or find it from other sources." 15271msgstr "" 15272 15273#. type: Plain text 15274#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 15275msgid "" 15276"If the changelog does not have the expected format the parser should error " 15277"out, rather than trying to muddle through and possibly generating incorrect " 15278"output." 15279msgstr "" 15280 15281#. type: Plain text 15282#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 15283msgid "A changelog parser may not interact with the user at all." 15284msgstr "" 15285 15286#. type: Plain text 15287#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 15288msgid "" 15289"All B<Parser Options> except for B<-v> are only supported since dpkg " 15290"1.14.16." 15291msgstr "" 15292 15293#. type: Plain text 15294#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 15295msgid "" 15296"Short option parsing with non-bundled values available only since dpkg " 15297"1.18.0." 15298msgstr "" 15299 15300#. type: TP 15301#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 15302#, no-wrap 15303msgid "B<debian/changelog>" 15304msgstr "" 15305 15306#. type: Plain text 15307#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 15308msgid "" 15309"The changelog file, used to obtain version-dependent information about the " 15310"source package, such as the urgency and distribution of an upload, the " 15311"changes made since a particular release, and the source version number " 15312"itself." 15313msgstr "" 15314 15315#. type: Plain text 15316#: dpkg-parsechangelog.man 15317msgid "B<deb-changelog>(5)." 15318msgstr "" 15319 15320#. type: TH 15321#: dpkg-query.man 15322#, no-wrap 15323msgid "dpkg-query" 15324msgstr "" 15325 15326#. type: Plain text 15327#: dpkg-query.man 15328msgid "dpkg-query - a tool to query the dpkg database" 15329msgstr "" 15330 15331#. type: Plain text 15332#: dpkg-query.man 15333msgid "B<dpkg-query> [I<option>...] I<command>" 15334msgstr "" 15335 15336#. type: Plain text 15337#: dpkg-query.man 15338msgid "" 15339"B<dpkg-query> is a tool to show information about packages listed in the " 15340"B<dpkg> database." 15341msgstr "" 15342 15343#. type: TP 15344#: dpkg-query.man 15345#, no-wrap 15346msgid "B<-l>, B<--list> [I<package-name-pattern>...]" 15347msgstr "" 15348 15349#. type: Plain text 15350#: dpkg-query.man 15351msgid "" 15352"List all known packages matching one or more patterns, regardless of their " 15353"status, which includes any real or virtual package referenced in any " 15354"dependency relationship field (such as B<Breaks>, B<Enhances>, etc.). If no " 15355"I<package-name-pattern> is given, list all packages in I<%ADMINDIR%/status>, " 15356"excluding the ones marked as not-installed (i.e. those which have been " 15357"previously purged). Normal shell wildcard characters are allowed in " 15358"I<package-name-pattern>. Please note you will probably have to quote " 15359"I<package-name-pattern> to prevent the shell from performing filename " 15360"expansion. For example this will list all package names starting with " 15361"``libc6'':" 15362msgstr "" 15363 15364#. type: Plain text 15365#: dpkg-query.man 15366#, no-wrap 15367msgid " B<dpkg-query -l 'libc6*'>\n" 15368msgstr "" 15369 15370#. type: Plain text 15371#: dpkg-query.man 15372msgid "" 15373"The first three columns of the output show the desired action, the package " 15374"status, and errors, in that order." 15375msgstr "" 15376 15377#. type: Plain text 15378#: dpkg-query.man 15379msgid "Desired action:" 15380msgstr "" 15381 15382#. type: Plain text 15383#: dpkg-query.man 15384#, no-wrap 15385msgid "" 15386" u = Unknown\n" 15387" i = Install\n" 15388" h = Hold\n" 15389" r = Remove\n" 15390" p = Purge\n" 15391msgstr "" 15392 15393#. type: Plain text 15394#: dpkg-query.man 15395msgid "Package status:" 15396msgstr "" 15397 15398#. type: Plain text 15399#: dpkg-query.man 15400#, no-wrap 15401msgid "" 15402" n = Not-installed\n" 15403" c = Config-files\n" 15404" H = Half-installed\n" 15405" U = Unpacked\n" 15406" F = Half-configured\n" 15407" W = Triggers-awaiting\n" 15408" t = Triggers-pending\n" 15409" i = Installed\n" 15410msgstr "" 15411 15412#. type: Plain text 15413#: dpkg-query.man 15414msgid "Error flags:" 15415msgstr "" 15416 15417#. type: Plain text 15418#: dpkg-query.man 15419#, no-wrap 15420msgid "" 15421" E<lt>emptyE<gt> = (none)\n" 15422" R = Reinst-required\n" 15423msgstr "" 15424 15425#. type: Plain text 15426#: dpkg-query.man 15427msgid "" 15428"An uppercase status or error letter indicates the package is likely to cause " 15429"severe problems. Please refer to B<dpkg>(1) for information about the above " 15430"states and flags." 15431msgstr "" 15432 15433#. type: Plain text 15434#: dpkg-query.man 15435msgid "" 15436"The output format of this option is not configurable, but varies " 15437"automatically to fit the terminal width. It is intended for human readers, " 15438"and is not easily machine-readable. See B<-W> (B<--show>) and " 15439"B<--showformat> for a way to configure the output format." 15440msgstr "" 15441 15442#. type: TP 15443#: dpkg-query.man 15444#, no-wrap 15445msgid "B<-W>, B<--show> [I<package-name-pattern>...]" 15446msgstr "" 15447 15448#. type: Plain text 15449#: dpkg-query.man 15450msgid "" 15451"Just like the B<--list> option this will list all packages matching the " 15452"given pattern. However the output can be customized using the " 15453"B<--showformat> option. The default output format gives one line per " 15454"matching package, each line having the name (extended with the architecture " 15455"qualifier for B<Multi-Arch> B<same> packages) and installed version of the " 15456"package, separated by a tab." 15457msgstr "" 15458 15459#. type: TP 15460#: dpkg-query.man 15461#, no-wrap 15462msgid "B<-s>, B<--status> [I<package-name>...]" 15463msgstr "" 15464 15465#. type: Plain text 15466#: dpkg-query.man 15467msgid "" 15468"Report status of specified package. This just displays the entry in the " 15469"installed package status database. If no I<package-name> is specified it " 15470"will display all package entries in the status database (since dpkg " 15471"1.19.1). When multiple I<package-name> entries are listed, the requested " 15472"status entries are separated by an empty line, with the same order as " 15473"specified on the argument list." 15474msgstr "" 15475 15476#. type: TP 15477#: dpkg-query.man 15478#, no-wrap 15479msgid "B<-L>, B<--listfiles> I<package-name>..." 15480msgstr "" 15481 15482#. type: Plain text 15483#: dpkg-query.man 15484msgid "" 15485"List files installed to your system from I<package-name>. When multiple " 15486"I<package-name> are listed, the requested lists of files are separated by an " 15487"empty line, with the same order as specified on the argument list. However, " 15488"note that files created by package-specific installation-scripts are not " 15489"listed." 15490msgstr "" 15491 15492#. type: TP 15493#: dpkg-query.man 15494#, no-wrap 15495msgid "B<--control-list> I<package-name>" 15496msgstr "" 15497 15498#. type: Plain text 15499#: dpkg-query.man 15500msgid "" 15501"List control files installed to your system from I<package-name> (since dpkg " 15502"1.16.5). These can be used as input arguments to B<--control-show>." 15503msgstr "" 15504 15505#. type: TP 15506#: dpkg-query.man 15507#, no-wrap 15508msgid "B<--control-show> I<package-name> I<control-file>" 15509msgstr "" 15510 15511#. type: Plain text 15512#: dpkg-query.man 15513msgid "" 15514"Print the I<control-file> installed to your system from I<package-name> to " 15515"the standard output (since dpkg 1.16.5)." 15516msgstr "" 15517 15518#. type: TP 15519#: dpkg-query.man 15520#, no-wrap 15521msgid "B<-c>, B<--control-path> I<package-name> [I<control-file>]" 15522msgstr "" 15523 15524#. type: Plain text 15525#: dpkg-query.man 15526msgid "" 15527"List paths for control files installed to your system from I<package-name> " 15528"(since dpkg 1.15.4). If I<control-file> is specified then only list the " 15529"path for that control file if it is present." 15530msgstr "" 15531 15532#. type: Plain text 15533#: dpkg-query.man 15534msgid "" 15535"B<Warning>: this command is deprecated as it gives direct access to the " 15536"internal dpkg database, please switch to use B<--control-list> and " 15537"B<--control-show> instead for all cases where those commands might give the " 15538"same end result. Although, as long as there is still at least one case where " 15539"this command is needed (i.e. when having to remove a damaging postrm " 15540"maintainer script), and while there is no good solution for that, this " 15541"command will not get removed." 15542msgstr "" 15543 15544#. type: TP 15545#: dpkg-query.man 15546#, no-wrap 15547msgid "B<-S>, B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern>..." 15548msgstr "" 15549 15550#. type: Plain text 15551#: dpkg-query.man 15552msgid "" 15553"Search for packages that own files corresponding to the given pattern. " 15554"Standard shell wildcard characters can be used in the pattern, where " 15555"asterisk (B<*>) and question mark (B<?>) will match a slash, and backslash " 15556"(B<\\e>) will be used as an escape character." 15557msgstr "" 15558 15559#. type: Plain text 15560#: dpkg-query.man 15561msgid "" 15562"If the first character in the I<filename-search-pattern> is none of " 15563"‘B<*[?/>’ then it will be considered a substring match and will be " 15564"implicitly surrounded by ‘B<*>’ (as in B<*>I<filename-search-pattern>B<*>). " 15565"If the subsequent string contains any of ‘B<*[?\\e>’, then it will handled " 15566"like a glob pattern, otherwise any trailing ‘B</>’ or ‘B</.>’ will be " 15567"removed and a literal path lookup will be performed." 15568msgstr "" 15569 15570#. type: Plain text 15571#: dpkg-query.man 15572msgid "" 15573"This command will not list extra files created by maintainer scripts, nor " 15574"will it list alternatives." 15575msgstr "" 15576 15577#. type: TP 15578#: dpkg-query.man 15579#, no-wrap 15580msgid "B<-p>, B<--print-avail> [I<package-name>...]" 15581msgstr "" 15582 15583#. type: Plain text 15584#: dpkg-query.man 15585msgid "" 15586"Display details about packages, as found in I<%ADMINDIR%/available>. If no " 15587"I<package-name> is specified, it will display all package entries in the " 15588"I<available> database (since dpkg 1.19.1). When multiple I<package-name> " 15589"are listed, the requested I<available> entries are separated by an empty " 15590"line, with the same order as specified on the argument list." 15591msgstr "" 15592 15593#. type: Plain text 15594#: dpkg-query.man 15595msgid "" 15596"Users of APT-based frontends should use B<apt-cache show> I<package-name> " 15597"instead as the I<available> file is only kept up-to-date when using " 15598"B<dselect>." 15599msgstr "" 15600 15601#. type: Plain text 15602#: dpkg-query.man dpkg-trigger.man 15603msgid "" 15604"Change the location of the B<dpkg> database. The default location is " 15605"I<%ADMINDIR%>." 15606msgstr "" 15607 15608#. type: TP 15609#: dpkg-query.man 15610#, no-wrap 15611msgid "B<--load-avail>" 15612msgstr "" 15613 15614#. type: Plain text 15615#: dpkg-query.man 15616msgid "" 15617"Also load the available file when using the B<--show> and B<--list> " 15618"commands, which now default to only querying the status file (since dpkg " 15619"1.16.2)." 15620msgstr "" 15621 15622#. type: TP 15623#: dpkg-query.man 15624#, no-wrap 15625msgid "B<-f>, B<--showformat=>I<format>" 15626msgstr "" 15627 15628#. type: Plain text 15629#: dpkg-query.man 15630msgid "" 15631"This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will " 15632"produce (short option since dpkg 1.13.1). The format is a string that will " 15633"be output for each package listed." 15634msgstr "" 15635 15636#. type: Plain text 15637#: dpkg-query.man 15638msgid "In the format string, “B<\\e>” introduces escapes:" 15639msgstr "" 15640 15641#. type: Plain text 15642#: dpkg-query.man 15643#, no-wrap 15644msgid "" 15645" B<\\en> newline\n" 15646" B<\\er> carriage return\n" 15647" B<\\et> tab\n" 15648msgstr "" 15649 15650#. type: Plain text 15651#: dpkg-query.man 15652msgid "" 15653"“B<\\e>” before any other character suppresses any special meaning of the " 15654"following character, which is useful for “B<\\e>” and “B<$>”." 15655msgstr "" 15656 15657#. type: Plain text 15658#: dpkg-query.man 15659msgid "" 15660"Package information can be included by inserting variable references to " 15661"package fields using the syntax “B<${>I<field>[B<;>I<width>]B<}>”. Fields " 15662"are printed right-aligned unless the width is negative in which case left " 15663"alignment will be used. The following I<field>s are recognized but they are " 15664"not necessarily available in the status file (only internal fields or fields " 15665"stored in the binary package end up in it):" 15666msgstr "" 15667 15668#. type: Plain text 15669#: dpkg-query.man 15670#, no-wrap 15671msgid "" 15672" B<Architecture>\n" 15673" B<Bugs>\n" 15674" B<Conffiles> (internal)\n" 15675" B<Config-Version> (internal)\n" 15676" B<Conflicts>\n" 15677" B<Breaks>\n" 15678" B<Depends>\n" 15679" B<Description>\n" 15680" B<Enhances>\n" 15681" B<Essential>\n" 15682" B<Filename> (internal, front-end related)\n" 15683" B<Homepage>\n" 15684" B<Installed-Size>\n" 15685" B<MD5sum> (internal, front-end related)\n" 15686" B<MSDOS-Filename> (internal, front-end related)\n" 15687" B<Maintainer>\n" 15688" B<Origin>\n" 15689" B<Package>\n" 15690" B<Pre-Depends>\n" 15691" B<Priority>\n" 15692" B<Provides>\n" 15693" B<Recommends>\n" 15694" B<Replaces>\n" 15695" B<Revision> (obsolete)\n" 15696" B<Section>\n" 15697" B<Size> (internal, front-end related)\n" 15698" B<Source>\n" 15699" B<Status> (internal)\n" 15700" B<Suggests>\n" 15701" B<Tag> (usually not in .deb but in repository Packages files)\n" 15702" B<Triggers-Awaited> (internal)\n" 15703" B<Triggers-Pending> (internal)\n" 15704" B<Version>\n" 15705msgstr "" 15706 15707#. type: Plain text 15708#: dpkg-query.man 15709msgid "" 15710"The following are virtual fields, generated by B<dpkg-query> from values " 15711"from other fields (note that these do not use valid names for fields in " 15712"control files):" 15713msgstr "" 15714 15715#. type: TP 15716#: dpkg-query.man 15717#, no-wrap 15718msgid "B<binary:Package>" 15719msgstr "" 15720 15721#. type: Plain text 15722#: dpkg-query.man 15723msgid "" 15724"It contains the binary package name with a possible architecture qualifier " 15725"like “libc6:amd64” (since dpkg 1.16.2). An architecture qualifier will be " 15726"present to make the package name unambiguous, for example if the package has " 15727"a B<Multi-Arch> field with a value of B<same> or the package is of a foreign " 15728"architecture." 15729msgstr "" 15730 15731#. type: TP 15732#: dpkg-query.man 15733#, no-wrap 15734msgid "B<binary:Synopsis>" 15735msgstr "" 15736 15737#. type: Plain text 15738#: dpkg-query.man 15739msgid "It contains the package short description (since dpkg 1.19.1)." 15740msgstr "" 15741 15742#. type: TP 15743#: dpkg-query.man 15744#, no-wrap 15745msgid "B<binary:Summary>" 15746msgstr "" 15747 15748#. type: Plain text 15749#: dpkg-query.man 15750msgid "This is an alias for B<binary:Synopsis> (since dpkg 1.16.2)." 15751msgstr "" 15752 15753#. type: TP 15754#: dpkg-query.man 15755#, no-wrap 15756msgid "B<db:Status-Abbrev>" 15757msgstr "" 15758 15759#. type: Plain text 15760#: dpkg-query.man 15761msgid "" 15762"It contains the abbreviated package status (as three characters), such as " 15763"“ii ” or “iHR” (since dpkg 1.16.2). See the B<--list> command description " 15764"for more details." 15765msgstr "" 15766 15767#. type: TP 15768#: dpkg-query.man 15769#, no-wrap 15770msgid "B<db:Status-Want>" 15771msgstr "" 15772 15773#. type: Plain text 15774#: dpkg-query.man 15775msgid "" 15776"It contains the package wanted status, part of the Status field (since dpkg " 15777"1.17.11)." 15778msgstr "" 15779 15780#. type: TP 15781#: dpkg-query.man 15782#, no-wrap 15783msgid "B<db:Status-Status>" 15784msgstr "" 15785 15786#. type: Plain text 15787#: dpkg-query.man 15788msgid "" 15789"It contains the package status word, part of the Status field (since dpkg " 15790"1.17.11)." 15791msgstr "" 15792 15793#. type: TP 15794#: dpkg-query.man 15795#, no-wrap 15796msgid "B<db:Status-Eflag>" 15797msgstr "" 15798 15799#. type: Plain text 15800#: dpkg-query.man 15801msgid "" 15802"It contains the package status error flag, part of the Status field (since " 15803"dpkg 1.17.11)." 15804msgstr "" 15805 15806#. type: TP 15807#: dpkg-query.man 15808#, no-wrap 15809msgid "B<db-fsys:Files>" 15810msgstr "" 15811 15812#. type: Plain text 15813#: dpkg-query.man 15814msgid "" 15815"It contains the list of the package filesystem entries separated by newlines " 15816"(since dpkg 1.19.3)." 15817msgstr "" 15818 15819#. type: TP 15820#: dpkg-query.man 15821#, no-wrap 15822msgid "B<db-fsys:Last-Modified>" 15823msgstr "" 15824 15825#. type: Plain text 15826#: dpkg-query.man 15827msgid "" 15828"It contains the timestamp in seconds of the last time the package filesystem " 15829"entries were modified (since dpkg 1.19.3)." 15830msgstr "" 15831 15832#. type: TP 15833#: dpkg-query.man 15834#, no-wrap 15835msgid "B<source:Package>" 15836msgstr "" 15837 15838#. type: Plain text 15839#: dpkg-query.man 15840msgid "" 15841"It contains the source package name for this binary package (since dpkg " 15842"1.16.2)." 15843msgstr "" 15844 15845#. type: Plain text 15846#: dpkg-query.man 15847msgid "" 15848"It contains the source package version for this binary package (since dpkg " 15849"1.16.2)" 15850msgstr "" 15851 15852#. type: Plain text 15853#: dpkg-query.man 15854msgid "" 15855"It contains the source package upstream version for this binary package " 15856"(since dpkg 1.18.16)" 15857msgstr "" 15858 15859#. type: Plain text 15860#: dpkg-query.man 15861msgid "" 15862"The default format string is “B<${binary:Package}\\et${Version}\\en>”. " 15863"Actually, all other fields found in the status file (i.e. user defined " 15864"fields) can be requested, too. They will be printed as-is, though, no " 15865"conversion nor error checking is done on them. To get the name of the " 15866"B<dpkg> maintainer and the installed version, you could run:" 15867msgstr "" 15868 15869#. type: Plain text 15870#: dpkg-query.man 15871#, no-wrap 15872msgid "" 15873" B<dpkg-query -W -f='${binary:Package} ${Version}\\et${Maintainer}\\en' " 15874"dpkg>\n" 15875msgstr "" 15876 15877#. type: Plain text 15878#: dpkg-query.man 15879msgid "The requested query was successfully performed." 15880msgstr "" 15881 15882#. type: Plain text 15883#: dpkg-query.man 15884msgid "" 15885"The requested query failed either fully or partially, due to no file or " 15886"package being found (except for B<--control-path>, B<--control-list> and " 15887"B<--control-show> were such errors are fatal)." 15888msgstr "" 15889 15890#. type: Plain text 15891#: dpkg-query.man 15892msgid "" 15893"Sets the program to execute when spawning a command via a shell (since dpkg " 15894"1.19.2)." 15895msgstr "" 15896 15897#. type: Plain text 15898#: dpkg-query.man 15899msgid "" 15900"Sets the pager command to use (since dpkg 1.19.1), which will be executed " 15901"with «B<$SHELL -c>». If B<SHELL> is not set, «B<sh>» will be used instead. " 15902"The B<DPKG_PAGER> overrides the B<PAGER> environment variable (since dpkg " 15903"1.19.2)." 15904msgstr "" 15905 15906#. type: Plain text 15907#: dpkg-query.man dpkg-trigger.man 15908msgid "" 15909"If set and the B<--admindir> option has not been specified, it will be used " 15910"as the B<dpkg> data directory." 15911msgstr "" 15912 15913#. type: Plain text 15914#: dpkg-query.man 15915msgid "" 15916"Defined by B<dpkg-query> to “B<-FRSXMQ>”, if not already set, when spawning " 15917"a pager (since dpkg 1.19.2). To change the default behavior, this variable " 15918"can be preset to some other value including an empty string, or the B<PAGER> " 15919"or B<DPKG_PAGER> variables can be set to disable specific options with " 15920"«B<-+>», for example B<DPKG_PAGER=\"less -+F\">." 15921msgstr "" 15922 15923#. type: TH 15924#: dpkg-scanpackages.man 15925#, no-wrap 15926msgid "dpkg-scanpackages" 15927msgstr "" 15928 15929#. type: Plain text 15930#: dpkg-scanpackages.man 15931msgid "dpkg-scanpackages - create Packages index files" 15932msgstr "" 15933 15934#. type: Plain text 15935#: dpkg-scanpackages.man 15936msgid "" 15937"B<dpkg-scanpackages> [I<option>...] I<binary-path> [I<override-file> " 15938"[I<path-prefix>]] B<E<gt>> I<Packages>" 15939msgstr "" 15940 15941#. type: Plain text 15942#: dpkg-scanpackages.man 15943msgid "" 15944"B<dpkg-scanpackages> sorts through a tree of Debian binary packages and " 15945"creates a Packages file, used by B<apt>(8), B<dselect>(1), etc, to tell the " 15946"user what packages are available for installation. These Packages files are " 15947"the same as those found on Debian archive sites and CD-ROMs. You might use " 15948"B<dpkg-scanpackages> yourself if making a directory of local packages to " 15949"install on a cluster of machines." 15950msgstr "" 15951 15952#. type: Plain text 15953#: dpkg-scanpackages.man 15954msgid "" 15955"B<Note:> If you want to access the generated Packages file with B<apt> you " 15956"will probably need to compress the file with B<xz>(1) (generating a " 15957"Packages.xz file), B<bzip2>(1) (generating a Packages.bz2 file) or " 15958"B<gzip>(1) (generating a Packages.gz file). apt ignores uncompressed " 15959"Packages files except on local access (i.e. B<file://> sources)." 15960msgstr "" 15961 15962#. type: Plain text 15963#: dpkg-scanpackages.man 15964msgid "" 15965"I<binary-path> is the name of the tree of the binary packages to process " 15966"(for example, B<contrib/binary-i386>). It is best to make this relative to " 15967"the root of the Debian archive, because every Filename field in the new " 15968"Packages file will start with this string." 15969msgstr "" 15970 15971#. type: Plain text 15972#: dpkg-scanpackages.man 15973msgid "" 15974"I<override-file> is the name of a file to read which contains information " 15975"about how the package fits into the distribution (the file can be compressed " 15976"since dpkg 1.15.5); see B<deb-override>(5)." 15977msgstr "" 15978 15979#. type: Plain text 15980#: dpkg-scanpackages.man 15981msgid "I<path-prefix> is an optional string to be prepended to the Filename fields." 15982msgstr "" 15983 15984#. type: Plain text 15985#: dpkg-scanpackages.man 15986msgid "" 15987"If more than one version of a package is found only the newest one is " 15988"included in the output. If they have the same version and only differ in " 15989"architecture only the first one found is used." 15990msgstr "" 15991 15992#. type: TP 15993#: dpkg-scanpackages.man 15994#, no-wrap 15995msgid "B<-t>, B<--type> I<type>" 15996msgstr "" 15997 15998#. type: Plain text 15999#: dpkg-scanpackages.man 16000msgid "Scan for *.I<type> packages, instead of *.deb." 16001msgstr "" 16002 16003#. type: IP 16004#: dpkg-scanpackages.man dpkg-scansources.man 16005#, no-wrap 16006msgid "B<-e>, B<--extra-override> I<file>" 16007msgstr "" 16008 16009#. type: Plain text 16010#: dpkg-scanpackages.man 16011msgid "" 16012"Scan I<file> to find supplementary overrides (the file can be compressed " 16013"since dpkg 1.15.5). See B<deb-extra-override>(5) for more information on " 16014"its format." 16015msgstr "" 16016 16017#. type: TP 16018#: dpkg-scanpackages.man 16019#, no-wrap 16020msgid "B<-a>, B<--arch> I<arch>" 16021msgstr "" 16022 16023#. type: Plain text 16024#: dpkg-scanpackages.man 16025msgid "" 16026"Use a pattern consisting of I<*_all.deb> and I<*_arch.deb> instead of " 16027"scanning for all debs." 16028msgstr "" 16029 16030#. type: TP 16031#: dpkg-scanpackages.man 16032#, no-wrap 16033msgid "B<-h>, B<--hash> I<hash-list>" 16034msgstr "" 16035 16036#. type: Plain text 16037#: dpkg-scanpackages.man 16038msgid "" 16039"Only generate file hashes for the comma-specified list specified (since dpkg " 16040"1.17.14). The default is to generate all currently supported hashes. " 16041"Supported values: B<md5>, B<sha1>, B<sha256>." 16042msgstr "" 16043 16044#. type: TP 16045#: dpkg-scanpackages.man 16046#, no-wrap 16047msgid "B<-m>, B<--multiversion>" 16048msgstr "" 16049 16050#. type: Plain text 16051#: dpkg-scanpackages.man 16052msgid "Include all found packages in the output." 16053msgstr "" 16054 16055#. type: TP 16056#: dpkg-scanpackages.man 16057#, no-wrap 16058msgid "B<-M>, B<--medium> I<id-string>" 16059msgstr "" 16060 16061#. type: Plain text 16062#: dpkg-scanpackages.man 16063msgid "" 16064"Add an B<X-Medium> field containing the value I<id-string> (since dpkg " 16065"1.15.5). This field is required if you want to generate B<Packages.cd> " 16066"files for use by the multicd access method of dselect." 16067msgstr "" 16068 16069#. type: SH 16070#: dpkg-scanpackages.man dpkg-shlibdeps.man dpkg-source.man 16071#: update-alternatives.man 16072#, no-wrap 16073msgid "DIAGNOSTICS" 16074msgstr "" 16075 16076#. type: Plain text 16077#: dpkg-scanpackages.man 16078msgid "" 16079"B<dpkg-scanpackages> outputs the usual self-explanatory errors. It also " 16080"warns about packages that are in the wrong subdirectory, are duplicated, " 16081"have a Filename field in their control file, are missing from the override " 16082"file, or have maintainer substitutions which do not take effect." 16083msgstr "" 16084 16085#. type: Plain text 16086#: dpkg-scanpackages.man 16087msgid "" 16088"B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<deb-override>(5), B<deb-extra-override>(5), " 16089"B<dpkg-scansources>(1)." 16090msgstr "" 16091 16092#. type: TH 16093#: dpkg-scansources.man 16094#, no-wrap 16095msgid "dpkg-scansources" 16096msgstr "" 16097 16098#. type: Plain text 16099#: dpkg-scansources.man 16100msgid "dpkg-scansources - create Sources index files" 16101msgstr "" 16102 16103#. type: Plain text 16104#: dpkg-scansources.man 16105msgid "" 16106"B<dpkg-scansources> [I<option>...] I<binary-dir> [I<override-file> " 16107"[I<path-prefix>]] B<E<gt>> I<Sources>" 16108msgstr "" 16109 16110#. type: Plain text 16111#: dpkg-scansources.man 16112msgid "" 16113"B<dpkg-scansources> scans the given I<binary-dir> for I<.dsc> files. These " 16114"are used to create a Debian source index, which is output to stdout." 16115msgstr "" 16116 16117#. type: Plain text 16118#: dpkg-scansources.man 16119msgid "" 16120"The I<override-file>, if given, is used to set priorities in the resulting " 16121"index records and to override the maintainer field given in the I<.dsc> " 16122"files. The file can be compressed (since dpkg 1.15.5). See " 16123"B<deb-override>(5) for the format of this file. Note: Since the override " 16124"file is indexed by binary, not source packages, there's a bit of a problem " 16125"here. The current implementation uses the highest priority of all the binary " 16126"packages produced by a I<.dsc> file for the priority of the source package, " 16127"and the override entry for the first binary package listed in the I<.dsc> " 16128"file to modify maintainer information. This might change." 16129msgstr "" 16130 16131#. type: Plain text 16132#: dpkg-scansources.man 16133msgid "" 16134"The I<path-prefix>, if given, is prepended to the directory field in the " 16135"generated source index. You generally use this to make the directory fields " 16136"contain the path from the top of the Debian archive hierarchy." 16137msgstr "" 16138 16139#. type: Plain text 16140#: dpkg-scansources.man 16141msgid "" 16142"B<Note:> If you want to access the generated Sources file with B<apt>(8) " 16143"you will probably need to compress the file with B<gzip>(1) (generating a " 16144"Sources.gz file). apt ignores uncompressed Sources files except on local " 16145"access (i.e. B<file://> sources)." 16146msgstr "" 16147 16148#. type: IP 16149#: dpkg-scansources.man 16150#, no-wrap 16151msgid "B<-n>, B<--no-sort>" 16152msgstr "" 16153 16154#. type: Plain text 16155#: dpkg-scansources.man 16156msgid "" 16157"Don't sort the index records. Normally they are sorted by source package " 16158"name." 16159msgstr "" 16160 16161#. type: Plain text 16162#: dpkg-scansources.man 16163msgid "" 16164"Scan I<file> to find supplementary overrides (since dpkg 1.15.4; the file " 16165"can be compressed since dpkg 1.15.5). See B<deb-extra-override>(5) for " 16166"more information on its format." 16167msgstr "" 16168 16169#. type: IP 16170#: dpkg-scansources.man 16171#, no-wrap 16172msgid "B<-s>, B<--source-override> I<file>" 16173msgstr "" 16174 16175#. type: Plain text 16176#: dpkg-scansources.man 16177msgid "" 16178"Use I<file> as the source override file (the file can be compressed since " 16179"dpkg 1.15.5). The default is the name of the override file you specified " 16180"with I<.src> appended." 16181msgstr "" 16182 16183#. type: Plain text 16184#: dpkg-scansources.man 16185msgid "" 16186"The source override file is in a different format from the binary override " 16187"file. It contains only two whitespace separated fields, the first is the " 16188"source package name and the second is the section. Blank lines and comment " 16189"lines are ignored in the normal manner. If a package appears in both files " 16190"the source override takes precedence for setting the section." 16191msgstr "" 16192 16193#. type: TP 16194#: dpkg-scansources.man update-alternatives.man 16195#, no-wrap 16196msgid "B<--debug>" 16197msgstr "" 16198 16199#. type: Plain text 16200#: dpkg-scansources.man 16201msgid "Turn debugging on." 16202msgstr "" 16203 16204#. type: Plain text 16205#: dpkg-scansources.man 16206msgid "B<deb-override>(5), B<deb-extra-override>(5), B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)." 16207msgstr "" 16208 16209#. type: TH 16210#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16211#, no-wrap 16212msgid "dpkg-shlibdeps" 16213msgstr "" 16214 16215#. type: Plain text 16216#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16217msgid "dpkg-shlibdeps - generate shared library substvar dependencies" 16218msgstr "" 16219 16220#. type: Plain text 16221#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16222msgid "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> [I<option>...] [B<-e>]I<executable> [I<option>...]" 16223msgstr "" 16224 16225#. type: Plain text 16226#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16227msgid "" 16228"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> calculates shared library dependencies for executables " 16229"named in its arguments. The dependencies are added to the substitution " 16230"variables file B<debian/substvars> as variable names " 16231"B<shlibs:>I<dependency-field> where I<dependency-field> is a dependency " 16232"field name. Any other variables starting with B<shlibs:> are removed from " 16233"the file." 16234msgstr "" 16235 16236#. type: Plain text 16237#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16238msgid "" 16239"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> has two possible sources of information to generate " 16240"dependency information. Either I<symbols> files or I<shlibs> files. For each " 16241"binary that B<dpkg-shlibdeps> analyzes, it finds out the list of libraries " 16242"that it's linked with. Then, for each library, it looks up either the " 16243"I<symbols> file, or the I<shlibs> file (if the former doesn't exist or if " 16244"debian/shlibs.local contains the relevant dependency). Both files are " 16245"supposed to be provided by the library package and should thus be available " 16246"as %ADMINDIR%/info/I<package>.I<symbols> or " 16247"%ADMINDIR%/info/I<package>.I<shlibs>. The package name is identified in two " 16248"steps: find the library file on the system (looking in the same directories " 16249"that B<ld.so> would use), then use B<dpkg -S >I<library-file> to lookup the " 16250"package providing the library." 16251msgstr "" 16252 16253#. type: SS 16254#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16255#, no-wrap 16256msgid "Symbols files" 16257msgstr "" 16258 16259#. type: Plain text 16260#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16261msgid "" 16262"Symbols files contain finer-grained dependency information by providing the " 16263"minimum dependency for each symbol that the library exports. The script " 16264"tries to find a symbols file associated to a library package in the " 16265"following places (first match is used):" 16266msgstr "" 16267 16268#. type: IP 16269#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16270#, no-wrap 16271msgid "debian/*/DEBIAN/symbols" 16272msgstr "" 16273 16274#. type: Plain text 16275#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16276msgid "" 16277"Shared library information generated by the current build process that also " 16278"invoked B<dpkg-shlibdeps>. They are generated by B<dpkg-gensymbols>(1). " 16279"They are only used if the library is found in a package's build tree. The " 16280"symbols file in that build tree takes precedence over symbols files from " 16281"other binary packages." 16282msgstr "" 16283 16284#. type: IP 16285#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16286#, no-wrap 16287msgid "%PKGCONFDIR%/symbols/I<package>.symbols.I<arch>" 16288msgstr "" 16289 16290#. type: IP 16291#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16292#, no-wrap 16293msgid "%PKGCONFDIR%/symbols/I<package>.symbols" 16294msgstr "" 16295 16296#. type: Plain text 16297#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16298msgid "" 16299"Per-system overriding shared library dependency information. I<arch> is the " 16300"architecture of the current system (obtained by B<dpkg-architecture " 16301"-qDEB_HOST_ARCH>)." 16302msgstr "" 16303 16304#. type: IP 16305#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16306#, no-wrap 16307msgid "Output from “B<dpkg-query --control-path> I<package> symbols”" 16308msgstr "" 16309 16310#. type: Plain text 16311#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16312msgid "" 16313"Package-provided shared library dependency information. Unless overridden " 16314"by B<--admindir>, those files are located in %ADMINDIR%." 16315msgstr "" 16316 16317#. type: Plain text 16318#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16319msgid "" 16320"While scanning the symbols used by all binaries, B<dpkg-shlibdeps> remembers " 16321"the (biggest) minimal version needed for each library. At the end of the " 16322"process, it is able to write out the minimal dependency for every library " 16323"used (provided that the information of the I<symbols> files are accurate)." 16324msgstr "" 16325 16326#. type: Plain text 16327#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16328msgid "" 16329"As a safe-guard measure, a symbols file can provide a " 16330"B<Build-Depends-Package> meta-information field and B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will " 16331"extract the minimal version required by the corresponding package in the " 16332"B<Build-Depends> field and use this version if it's higher than the minimal " 16333"version computed by scanning symbols." 16334msgstr "" 16335 16336#. type: SS 16337#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16338#, no-wrap 16339msgid "Shlibs files" 16340msgstr "" 16341 16342#. type: Plain text 16343#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16344msgid "" 16345"Shlibs files associate directly a library to a dependency (without looking " 16346"at the symbols). It's thus often stronger than really needed but very safe " 16347"and easy to handle." 16348msgstr "" 16349 16350#. type: Plain text 16351#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16352msgid "" 16353"The dependencies for a library are looked up in several places. The first " 16354"file providing information for the library of interest is used:" 16355msgstr "" 16356 16357#. type: IP 16358#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16359#, no-wrap 16360msgid "debian/shlibs.local" 16361msgstr "" 16362 16363#. type: Plain text 16364#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16365msgid "Package-local overriding shared library dependency information." 16366msgstr "" 16367 16368#. type: IP 16369#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16370#, no-wrap 16371msgid "%PKGCONFDIR%/shlibs.override" 16372msgstr "" 16373 16374#. type: Plain text 16375#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16376msgid "Per-system overriding shared library dependency information." 16377msgstr "" 16378 16379#. type: IP 16380#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16381#, no-wrap 16382msgid "debian/*/DEBIAN/shlibs" 16383msgstr "" 16384 16385#. type: Plain text 16386#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16387msgid "" 16388"Shared library information generated by the current build process that also " 16389"invoked B<dpkg-shlibdeps>. They are only used if the library is found in a " 16390"package's build tree. The shlibs file in that build tree takes precedence " 16391"over shlibs files from other binary packages." 16392msgstr "" 16393 16394#. type: IP 16395#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16396#, no-wrap 16397msgid "Output from “B<dpkg-query --control-path> I<package> shlibs”" 16398msgstr "" 16399 16400#. type: IP 16401#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16402#, no-wrap 16403msgid "%PKGCONFDIR%/shlibs.default" 16404msgstr "" 16405 16406#. type: Plain text 16407#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16408msgid "Per-system default shared library dependency information." 16409msgstr "" 16410 16411#. type: Plain text 16412#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16413msgid "" 16414"The extracted dependencies are then directly used (except if they are " 16415"filtered out because they have been identified as duplicate, or as weaker " 16416"than another dependency)." 16417msgstr "" 16418 16419#. type: Plain text 16420#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16421msgid "" 16422"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> interprets non-option arguments as executable names, just " 16423"as if they'd been supplied as B<-e>I<executable>." 16424msgstr "" 16425 16426#. type: TP 16427#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16428#, no-wrap 16429msgid "B<-e>I<executable>" 16430msgstr "" 16431 16432#. type: Plain text 16433#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16434msgid "" 16435"Include dependencies appropriate for the shared libraries required by " 16436"I<executable>. This option can be used multiple times." 16437msgstr "" 16438 16439#. type: Plain text 16440#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16441msgid "" 16442"Prepend I<directory> to the list of directories to search for private shared " 16443"libraries (since dpkg 1.17.0). This option can be used multiple times." 16444msgstr "" 16445 16446#. type: TP 16447#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16448#, no-wrap 16449msgid "B<-d>I<dependency-field>" 16450msgstr "" 16451 16452#. type: Plain text 16453#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16454msgid "" 16455"Add dependencies to be added to the control file dependency field " 16456"I<dependency-field>. (The dependencies for this field are placed in the " 16457"variable B<shlibs:>I<dependency-field>.)" 16458msgstr "" 16459 16460#. type: Plain text 16461#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16462msgid "" 16463"The B<-d>I<dependency-field> option takes effect for all executables after " 16464"the option, until the next B<-d>I<dependency-field>. The default " 16465"I<dependency-field> is B<Depends>." 16466msgstr "" 16467 16468#. type: Plain text 16469#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16470msgid "" 16471"If the same dependency entry (or set of alternatives) appears in more than " 16472"one of the recognized dependency field names B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends>, " 16473"B<Recommends>, B<Enhances> or B<Suggests> then B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will " 16474"automatically remove the dependency from all fields except the one " 16475"representing the most important dependencies." 16476msgstr "" 16477 16478#. type: TP 16479#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16480#, no-wrap 16481msgid "B<-p>I<varname-prefix>" 16482msgstr "" 16483 16484#. type: Plain text 16485#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16486msgid "" 16487"Start substitution variables with I<varname-prefix>B<:> instead of " 16488"B<shlibs:>. Likewise, any existing substitution variables starting with " 16489"I<varname-prefix>B<:> (rather than B<shlibs:>) are removed from the " 16490"substitution variables file." 16491msgstr "" 16492 16493#. type: Plain text 16494#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16495msgid "" 16496"Print substitution variable settings to standard output (or I<filename> if " 16497"specified, since dpkg 1.17.2), rather than being added to the substitution " 16498"variables file (B<debian/substvars> by default)." 16499msgstr "" 16500 16501#. type: TP 16502#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16503#, no-wrap 16504msgid "B<-t>I<type>" 16505msgstr "" 16506 16507#. type: Plain text 16508#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16509msgid "" 16510"Prefer shared library dependency information tagged for the given package " 16511"type. If no tagged information is available, falls back to untagged " 16512"information. The default package type is B<deb>. Shared library dependency " 16513"information is tagged for a given type by prefixing it with the name of the " 16514"type, a colon, and whitespace." 16515msgstr "" 16516 16517#. type: TP 16518#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16519#, no-wrap 16520msgid "B<-L>I<local-shlibs-file>" 16521msgstr "" 16522 16523#. type: Plain text 16524#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16525msgid "" 16526"Read overriding shared library dependency information from " 16527"I<local-shlibs-file> instead of B<debian/shlibs.local>." 16528msgstr "" 16529 16530#. type: Plain text 16531#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16532msgid "" 16533"Write substitution variables in I<substvars-file>; the default is " 16534"B<debian/substvars>." 16535msgstr "" 16536 16537#. type: TP 16538#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16539#, no-wrap 16540msgid "B<-v>" 16541msgstr "" 16542 16543#. type: Plain text 16544#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16545msgid "" 16546"Enable verbose mode (since dpkg 1.14.8). Numerous messages are displayed to " 16547"explain what B<dpkg-shlibdeps> does." 16548msgstr "" 16549 16550#. type: TP 16551#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16552#, no-wrap 16553msgid "B<-x>I<package>" 16554msgstr "" 16555 16556#. type: Plain text 16557#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16558msgid "" 16559"Exclude the package from the generated dependencies (since dpkg 1.14.8). " 16560"This is useful to avoid self-dependencies for packages which provide ELF " 16561"binaries (executables or library plugins) using a library contained in the " 16562"same package. This option can be used multiple times to exclude several " 16563"packages." 16564msgstr "" 16565 16566#. type: TP 16567#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16568#, no-wrap 16569msgid "B<-S>I<package-build-dir>" 16570msgstr "" 16571 16572#. type: Plain text 16573#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16574msgid "" 16575"Look into I<package-build-dir> first when trying to find a library (since " 16576"dpkg 1.14.15). This is useful when the source package builds multiple " 16577"flavors of the same library and you want to ensure that you get the " 16578"dependency from a given binary package. You can use this option multiple " 16579"times: directories will be tried in the same order before directories of " 16580"other binary packages." 16581msgstr "" 16582 16583#. type: TP 16584#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16585#, no-wrap 16586msgid "B<-I>I<package-build-dir>" 16587msgstr "" 16588 16589#. type: Plain text 16590#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16591msgid "" 16592"Ignore I<package-build-dir> when looking for shlibs, symbols, and shared " 16593"library files (since dpkg 1.18.5). You can use this option multiple times." 16594msgstr "" 16595 16596#. type: TP 16597#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16598#, no-wrap 16599msgid "B<--ignore-missing-info>" 16600msgstr "" 16601 16602#. type: Plain text 16603#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16604msgid "" 16605"Do not fail if dependency information can't be found for a shared library " 16606"(since dpkg 1.14.8). Usage of this option is discouraged, all libraries " 16607"should provide dependency information (either with shlibs files, or with " 16608"symbols files) even if they are not yet used by other packages." 16609msgstr "" 16610 16611#. type: TP 16612#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16613#, no-wrap 16614msgid "B<--warnings=>I<value>" 16615msgstr "" 16616 16617#. type: Plain text 16618#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16619msgid "" 16620"I<value> is a bit field defining the set of warnings that can be emitted by " 16621"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> (since dpkg 1.14.17). Bit 0 (value=1) enables the warning " 16622"“symbol I<sym> used by I<binary> found in none of the libraries”, bit 1 " 16623"(value=2) enables the warning “package could avoid a useless dependency” and " 16624"bit 2 (value=4) enables the warning “I<binary> should not be linked against " 16625"I<library>”. The default I<value> is 3: the first two warnings are active " 16626"by default, the last one is not. Set I<value> to 7 if you want all warnings " 16627"to be active." 16628msgstr "" 16629 16630#. type: SS 16631#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16632#, no-wrap 16633msgid "Warnings" 16634msgstr "" 16635 16636#. type: Plain text 16637#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16638msgid "" 16639"Since B<dpkg-shlibdeps> analyzes the set of symbols used by each binary of " 16640"the generated package, it is able to emit warnings in several cases. They " 16641"inform you of things that can be improved in the package. In most cases, " 16642"those improvements concern the upstream sources directly. By order of " 16643"decreasing importance, here are the various warnings that you can encounter:" 16644msgstr "" 16645 16646#. type: TP 16647#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16648#, no-wrap 16649msgid "B<symbol>I< sym>B< used by >I<binary>B< found in none of the libraries.>" 16650msgstr "" 16651 16652#. type: Plain text 16653#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16654msgid "" 16655"The indicated symbol has not been found in the libraries linked with the " 16656"binary. The I<binary> is most likely a library and it needs to be linked " 16657"with an additional library during the build process (option B<-l>I<library> " 16658"of the linker)." 16659msgstr "" 16660 16661#. type: TP 16662#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16663#, no-wrap 16664msgid "" 16665"I<binary>B< contains an unresolvable reference to symbol >I<sym>B<: it's " 16666"probably a plugin>" 16667msgstr "" 16668 16669#. type: Plain text 16670#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16671msgid "" 16672"The indicated symbol has not been found in the libraries linked with the " 16673"binary. The I<binary> is most likely a plugin and the symbol is probably " 16674"provided by the program that loads this plugin. In theory a plugin doesn't " 16675"have any SONAME but this binary does have one and as such it could not be " 16676"clearly identified as such. However the fact that the binary is stored in a " 16677"non-public directory is a strong indication that's it's not a normal shared " 16678"library. If the binary is really a plugin, then disregard this warning. But " 16679"there's always the possibility that it's a real library and that programs " 16680"linking to it are using an RPATH so that the dynamic loader finds it. In " 16681"that case, the library is broken and needs to be fixed." 16682msgstr "" 16683 16684#. type: TP 16685#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16686#, no-wrap 16687msgid "" 16688"B<package could avoid a useless dependency if >I<binary>B< was not linked " 16689"against >I<library>B< (it uses none of the library's symbols)>" 16690msgstr "" 16691 16692#. type: Plain text 16693#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16694msgid "" 16695"None of the I<binaries> that are linked with I<library> use any of the " 16696"symbols provided by the library. By fixing all the binaries, you would avoid " 16697"the dependency associated to this library (unless the same dependency is " 16698"also generated by another library that is really used)." 16699msgstr "" 16700 16701#. type: TP 16702#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16703#, no-wrap 16704msgid "" 16705"B<package could avoid a useless dependency if >I<binaries>B< were not linked " 16706"against >I<library>B< (they use none of the library's symbols)>" 16707msgstr "" 16708 16709#. type: Plain text 16710#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16711msgid "Exactly the same as the above warning, but for multiple binaries." 16712msgstr "" 16713 16714#. type: TP 16715#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16716#, no-wrap 16717msgid "" 16718"I<binary>B< should not be linked against >I<library>B< (it uses none of the " 16719"library's symbols)>" 16720msgstr "" 16721 16722#. type: Plain text 16723#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16724msgid "" 16725"The I<binary> is linked to a library that it doesn't need. It's not a " 16726"problem but some small performance improvements in binary load time can be " 16727"obtained by not linking this library to this binary. This warning checks the " 16728"same information as the previous one but does it for each binary instead of " 16729"doing the check globally on all binaries analyzed." 16730msgstr "" 16731 16732#. type: SS 16733#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16734#, no-wrap 16735msgid "Errors" 16736msgstr "" 16737 16738#. type: Plain text 16739#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16740msgid "" 16741"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will fail if it can't find a public library used by a " 16742"binary or if this library has no associated dependency information (either " 16743"shlibs file or symbols file). A public library has a SONAME and is versioned " 16744"(libsomething.so.I<X>). A private library (like a plugin) should not have a " 16745"SONAME and doesn't need to be versioned." 16746msgstr "" 16747 16748#. type: TP 16749#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16750#, no-wrap 16751msgid "" 16752"B<couldn't find library >I<library-soname>B< needed by >I<binary>B< (its " 16753"RPATH is '>I<rpath>B<')>" 16754msgstr "" 16755 16756#. type: Plain text 16757#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16758msgid "" 16759"The I<binary> uses a library called I<library-soname> but B<dpkg-shlibdeps> " 16760"has been unable to find the library. B<dpkg-shlibdeps> creates a list of " 16761"directories to check as following: directories listed in the RPATH of the " 16762"binary, directories added by the B<-l> option, directories listed in the " 16763"B<LD_LIBRARY_PATH> environment variable, cross multiarch directories " 16764"(ex. /lib/arm64-linux-gnu, /usr/lib/arm64-linux-gnu), standard public " 16765"directories (/lib, /usr/lib), directories listed in /etc/ld.so.conf, and " 16766"obsolete multilib directories (/lib32, /usr/lib32, /lib64, /usr/lib64). " 16767"Then it checks those directories in the package's build tree of the binary " 16768"being analyzed, in the packages' build trees indicated with the B<-S> " 16769"command-line option, in other packages' build trees that contains a " 16770"DEBIAN/shlibs or DEBIAN/symbols file and finally in the root directory. If " 16771"the library is not found in any of those directories, then you get this " 16772"error." 16773msgstr "" 16774 16775#. type: Plain text 16776#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16777msgid "" 16778"If the library not found is in a private directory of the same package, then " 16779"you want to add the directory with B<-l>. If it's in another binary package " 16780"being built, you want to make sure that the shlibs/symbols file of this " 16781"package is already created and that B<-l> contains the appropriate directory " 16782"if it also is in a private directory." 16783msgstr "" 16784 16785#. type: TP 16786#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16787#, no-wrap 16788msgid "" 16789"B<no dependency information found for >I<library-file>B< (used by " 16790">I<binary>B<).>" 16791msgstr "" 16792 16793#. type: Plain text 16794#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16795msgid "" 16796"The library needed by I<binary> has been found by B<dpkg-shlibdeps> in " 16797"I<library-file> but B<dpkg-shlibdeps> has been unable to find any dependency " 16798"information for that library. To find out the dependency, it has tried to " 16799"map the library to a Debian package with the help of B<dpkg -S " 16800">I<library-file>. Then it checked the corresponding shlibs and symbols " 16801"files in %ADMINDIR%/info/, and in the various package's build trees " 16802"(debian/*/DEBIAN/)." 16803msgstr "" 16804 16805#. type: Plain text 16806#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16807msgid "" 16808"This failure can be caused by a bad or missing shlibs or symbols file in the " 16809"package of the library. It might also happen if the library is built within " 16810"the same source package and if the shlibs files has not yet been created (in " 16811"which case you must fix debian/rules to create the shlibs before calling " 16812"B<dpkg-shlibdeps>). Bad RPATH can also lead to the library being found under " 16813"a non-canonical name (example: " 16814"/usr/lib/openoffice.org/../lib/libssl.so.0.9.8 instead of " 16815"/usr/lib/libssl.so.0.9.8) that's not associated to any package, " 16816"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> tries to work around this by trying to fallback on a " 16817"canonical name (using B<realpath>(3)) but it might not always work. It's " 16818"always best to clean up the RPATH of the binary to avoid problems." 16819msgstr "" 16820 16821#. type: Plain text 16822#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16823msgid "" 16824"Calling B<dpkg-shlibdeps> in verbose mode (B<-v>) will provide much more " 16825"information about where it tried to find the dependency information. This " 16826"might be useful if you don't understand why it's giving you this error." 16827msgstr "" 16828 16829#. type: Plain text 16830#: dpkg-shlibdeps.man 16831msgid "B<deb-shlibs>(5), B<deb-symbols>(5), B<dpkg-gensymbols>(1)." 16832msgstr "" 16833 16834#. type: TH 16835#: dpkg-source.man 16836#, no-wrap 16837msgid "dpkg-source" 16838msgstr "" 16839 16840#. type: Plain text 16841#: dpkg-source.man 16842msgid "dpkg-source - Debian source package (.dsc) manipulation tool" 16843msgstr "" 16844 16845#. type: Plain text 16846#: dpkg-source.man 16847msgid "B<dpkg-source> [I<option>...] I<command>" 16848msgstr "" 16849 16850#. type: Plain text 16851#: dpkg-source.man 16852msgid "B<dpkg-source> packs and unpacks Debian source archives." 16853msgstr "" 16854 16855#. type: Plain text 16856#: dpkg-source.man 16857msgid "" 16858"None of these commands allow multiple options to be combined into one, and " 16859"they do not allow the value for an option to be specified in a separate " 16860"argument." 16861msgstr "" 16862 16863#. type: TP 16864#: dpkg-source.man 16865#, no-wrap 16866msgid "B<-x>, B<--extract> I<filename>.dsc [I<output-directory>]" 16867msgstr "" 16868 16869#. type: Plain text 16870#: dpkg-source.man 16871msgid "" 16872"Extract a source package (B<--extract> since dpkg 1.17.14). One non-option " 16873"argument must be supplied, the name of the Debian source control file " 16874"(B<.dsc>). An optional second non-option argument may be supplied to " 16875"specify the directory to extract the source package to, this must not " 16876"exist. If no output directory is specified, the source package is extracted " 16877"into a directory named I<source>-I<version> under the current working " 16878"directory." 16879msgstr "" 16880 16881#. type: Plain text 16882#: dpkg-source.man 16883msgid "" 16884"B<dpkg-source> will read the names of the other file(s) making up the source " 16885"package from the control file; they are assumed to be in the same directory " 16886"as the B<.dsc>." 16887msgstr "" 16888 16889#. type: Plain text 16890#: dpkg-source.man 16891msgid "" 16892"The files in the extracted package will have their permissions and " 16893"ownerships set to those which would have been expected if the files and " 16894"directories had simply been created - directories and executable files will " 16895"be 0777 and plain files will be 0666, both modified by the extractors' " 16896"umask; if the parent directory is setgid then the extracted directories will " 16897"be too, and all the files and directories will inherit its group ownership." 16898msgstr "" 16899 16900#. type: Plain text 16901#: dpkg-source.man 16902msgid "" 16903"If the source package uses a non-standard format (currently this means all " 16904"formats except “1.0”), its name will be stored in B<debian/source/format> so " 16905"that the following builds of the source package use the same format by " 16906"default." 16907msgstr "" 16908 16909#. type: TP 16910#: dpkg-source.man 16911#, no-wrap 16912msgid "B<-b>, B<--build> I<directory> [I<format-specific-parameters>]" 16913msgstr "" 16914 16915#. type: Plain text 16916#: dpkg-source.man 16917msgid "" 16918"Build a source package (B<--build> since dpkg 1.17.14). The first " 16919"non-option argument is taken as the name of the directory containing the " 16920"debianized source tree (i.e. with a debian sub-directory and maybe changes " 16921"to the original files). Depending on the source package format used to " 16922"build the package, additional parameters might be accepted." 16923msgstr "" 16924 16925#. type: Plain text 16926#: dpkg-source.man 16927msgid "" 16928"B<dpkg-source> will build the source package with the first format found in " 16929"this ordered list: the format indicated with the I<--format> command line " 16930"option, the format indicated in B<debian/source/format>, “1.0”. The " 16931"fallback to “1.0” is deprecated and will be removed at some point in the " 16932"future, you should always document the desired source format in " 16933"B<debian/source/format>. See section B<SOURCE PACKAGE FORMATS> for an " 16934"extensive description of the various source package formats." 16935msgstr "" 16936 16937#. type: TP 16938#: dpkg-source.man 16939#, no-wrap 16940msgid "B<--print-format> I<directory>" 16941msgstr "" 16942 16943#. type: Plain text 16944#: dpkg-source.man 16945msgid "" 16946"Print the source format that would be used to build the source package if " 16947"B<dpkg-source --build >I<directory> was called (in the same conditions and " 16948"with the same parameters; since dpkg 1.15.5)." 16949msgstr "" 16950 16951#. type: TP 16952#: dpkg-source.man 16953#, no-wrap 16954msgid "B<--before-build> I<directory>" 16955msgstr "" 16956 16957#. type: Plain text 16958#: dpkg-source.man 16959msgid "" 16960"Run the corresponding hook of the source package format (since dpkg " 16961"1.15.8). This hook is called before any build of the package " 16962"(B<dpkg-buildpackage> calls it very early even before B<debian/rules " 16963"clean>). This command is idempotent and can be called multiple times. Not " 16964"all source formats implement something in this hook, and those that do " 16965"usually prepare the source tree for the build for example by ensuring that " 16966"the Debian patches are applied." 16967msgstr "" 16968 16969#. type: TP 16970#: dpkg-source.man 16971#, no-wrap 16972msgid "B<--after-build> I<directory>" 16973msgstr "" 16974 16975#. type: Plain text 16976#: dpkg-source.man 16977msgid "" 16978"Run the corresponding hook of the source package format (since dpkg " 16979"1.15.8). This hook is called after any build of the package " 16980"(B<dpkg-buildpackage> calls it last). This command is idempotent and can be " 16981"called multiple times. Not all source formats implement something in this " 16982"hook, and those that do usually use it to undo what B<--before-build> has " 16983"done." 16984msgstr "" 16985 16986#. type: TP 16987#: dpkg-source.man 16988#, no-wrap 16989msgid "B<--commit> [I<directory>] ..." 16990msgstr "" 16991 16992#. type: Plain text 16993#: dpkg-source.man 16994msgid "" 16995"Record changes in the source tree unpacked in I<directory> (since dpkg " 16996"1.16.1). This command can take supplementary parameters depending on the " 16997"source format. It will error out for formats where this operation doesn't " 16998"mean anything." 16999msgstr "" 17000 17001#. type: Plain text 17002#: dpkg-source.man 17003msgid "" 17004"Show the usage message and exit. The format specific build and extract " 17005"options can be shown by using the B<--format> option." 17006msgstr "" 17007 17008#. type: SS 17009#: dpkg-source.man 17010#, no-wrap 17011msgid "Generic build options" 17012msgstr "" 17013 17014#. type: Plain text 17015#: dpkg-source.man 17016msgid "" 17017"Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The default " 17018"is B<debian/control>. If given with relative pathname this is interpreted " 17019"starting at the source tree's top level directory." 17020msgstr "" 17021 17022#. type: Plain text 17023#: dpkg-source.man 17024msgid "" 17025"Specifies the changelog file to read information from. The default is " 17026"B<debian/changelog>. If given with relative pathname this is interpreted " 17027"starting at the source tree's top level directory." 17028msgstr "" 17029 17030#. type: TP 17031#: dpkg-source.man 17032#, no-wrap 17033msgid "B<--format=>I<value>" 17034msgstr "" 17035 17036#. type: Plain text 17037#: dpkg-source.man 17038msgid "" 17039"Use the given format for building the source package (since dpkg 1.14.17). " 17040"It does override any format given in B<debian/source/format>." 17041msgstr "" 17042 17043#. type: Plain text 17044#: dpkg-source.man 17045msgid "" 17046"Read substitution variables in I<substvars-file>; the default is to not read " 17047"any file. This option can be used multiple times to read substitution " 17048"variables from multiple files (since dpkg 1.15.6)." 17049msgstr "" 17050 17051#. type: TP 17052#: dpkg-source.man 17053#, no-wrap 17054msgid "B<-Z>I<compression>, B<--compression>=I<compression>" 17055msgstr "" 17056 17057#. type: Plain text 17058#: dpkg-source.man 17059msgid "" 17060"Specify the compression to use for created tarballs and diff files " 17061"(B<--compression> since dpkg 1.15.5). Note that this option will not cause " 17062"existing tarballs to be recompressed, it only affects new files. Supported " 17063"values are: I<gzip>, I<bzip2>, I<lzma> and I<xz>. The default is I<xz> for " 17064"formats 2.0 and newer, and I<gzip> for format 1.0. I<xz> is only supported " 17065"since dpkg 1.15.5." 17066msgstr "" 17067 17068#. type: TP 17069#: dpkg-source.man 17070#, no-wrap 17071msgid "B<-z>I<level>, B<--compression-level>=I<level>" 17072msgstr "" 17073 17074#. type: Plain text 17075#: dpkg-source.man 17076msgid "" 17077"Compression level to use (B<--compression-level> since dpkg 1.15.5). As " 17078"with B<-Z> it only affects newly created files. Supported values are: I<1> " 17079"to I<9>, I<best>, and I<fast>. The default is I<9> for gzip and bzip2, I<6> " 17080"for xz and lzma." 17081msgstr "" 17082 17083#. type: TP 17084#: dpkg-source.man 17085#, no-wrap 17086msgid "B<-i>[I<regex>], B<--diff-ignore>[=I<regex>]" 17087msgstr "" 17088 17089#. type: Plain text 17090#: dpkg-source.man 17091msgid "" 17092"You may specify a perl regular expression to match files you want filtered " 17093"out of the list of files for the diff (B<--diff-ignore> since dpkg 1.15.6). " 17094"(This list is generated by a find command.) (If the source package is being " 17095"built as a version 3 source package using a VCS, this can be used to ignore " 17096"uncommitted changes on specific files. Using -i.* will ignore all of them.)" 17097msgstr "" 17098 17099#. type: Plain text 17100#: dpkg-source.man 17101msgid "" 17102"The B<-i> option by itself enables this setting with a default regex " 17103"(preserving any modification to the default regex done by a previous use of " 17104"B<--extend-diff-ignore>) that will filter out control files and directories " 17105"of the most common revision control systems, backup and swap files and " 17106"Libtool build output directories. There can only be one active regex, of " 17107"multiple B<-i> options only the last one will take effect." 17108msgstr "" 17109 17110#. type: Plain text 17111#: dpkg-source.man 17112msgid "" 17113"This is very helpful in cutting out extraneous files that get included in " 17114"the diff, e.g. if you maintain your source in a revision control system and " 17115"want to use a checkout to build a source package without including the " 17116"additional files and directories that it will usually contain (e.g. CVS/, " 17117".cvsignore, .svn/). The default regex is already very exhaustive, but if you " 17118"need to replace it, please note that by default it can match any part of a " 17119"path, so if you want to match the begin of a filename or only full " 17120"filenames, you will need to provide the necessary anchors (e.g. ‘(^|/)’, " 17121"‘($|/)’) yourself." 17122msgstr "" 17123 17124#. type: TP 17125#: dpkg-source.man 17126#, no-wrap 17127msgid "B<--extend-diff-ignore>=I<regex>" 17128msgstr "" 17129 17130#. type: Plain text 17131#: dpkg-source.man 17132msgid "" 17133"The perl regular expression specified will extend the default value used by " 17134"B<--diff-ignore> and its current value, if set (since dpkg 1.15.6). It does " 17135"this by concatenating “B<|>I<regex>” to the existing value. This option is " 17136"convenient to use in B<debian/source/options> to exclude some auto-generated " 17137"files from the automatic patch generation." 17138msgstr "" 17139 17140#. type: TP 17141#: dpkg-source.man 17142#, no-wrap 17143msgid "B<-I>[I<file-pattern>], B<--tar-ignore>[=I<file-pattern>]" 17144msgstr "" 17145 17146#. type: Plain text 17147#: dpkg-source.man 17148msgid "" 17149"If this option is specified, the pattern will be passed to B<tar>(1)'s " 17150"B<--exclude> option when it is called to generate a .orig.tar or .tar file " 17151"(B<--tar-ignore> since dpkg 1.15.6). For example, B<-I>CVS will make tar " 17152"skip over CVS directories when generating a .tar.gz file. The option may be " 17153"repeated multiple times to list multiple patterns to exclude." 17154msgstr "" 17155 17156#. type: Plain text 17157#: dpkg-source.man 17158msgid "" 17159"B<-I> by itself adds default B<--exclude> options that will filter out " 17160"control files and directories of the most common revision control systems, " 17161"backup and swap files and Libtool build output directories." 17162msgstr "" 17163 17164#. type: Plain text 17165#: dpkg-source.man 17166msgid "" 17167"B<Note:> While they have similar purposes, B<-i> and B<-I> have very " 17168"different syntax and semantics. B<-i> can only be specified once and takes a " 17169"perl compatible regular expression which is matched against the full " 17170"relative path of each file. B<-I> can specified multiple times and takes a " 17171"filename pattern with shell wildcards. The pattern is applied to the full " 17172"relative path but also to each part of the path individually. The exact " 17173"semantic of tar's B<--exclude> option is somewhat complicated, see " 17174"https://www.gnu.org/software/tar/manual/tar.html#wildcards for a full " 17175"documentation." 17176msgstr "" 17177 17178#. type: Plain text 17179#: dpkg-source.man 17180msgid "" 17181"The default regex and patterns for both options can be seen in the output of " 17182"the B<--help> command." 17183msgstr "" 17184 17185#. type: SS 17186#: dpkg-source.man 17187#, no-wrap 17188msgid "Generic extract options" 17189msgstr "" 17190 17191#. type: TP 17192#: dpkg-source.man 17193#, no-wrap 17194msgid "B<--no-copy>" 17195msgstr "" 17196 17197#. type: Plain text 17198#: dpkg-source.man 17199msgid "" 17200"Do not copy original tarballs near the extracted source package (since dpkg " 17201"1.14.17)." 17202msgstr "" 17203 17204#. type: TP 17205#: dpkg-source.man 17206#, no-wrap 17207msgid "B<--no-check>" 17208msgstr "" 17209 17210#. type: Plain text 17211#: dpkg-source.man 17212msgid "Do not check signatures and checksums before unpacking (since dpkg 1.14.17)." 17213msgstr "" 17214 17215#. type: TP 17216#: dpkg-source.man 17217#, no-wrap 17218msgid "B<--no-overwrite-dir>" 17219msgstr "" 17220 17221#. type: Plain text 17222#: dpkg-source.man 17223msgid "" 17224"Do not overwrite the extraction directory if it already exists (since dpkg " 17225"1.18.8)." 17226msgstr "" 17227 17228#. type: TP 17229#: dpkg-source.man 17230#, no-wrap 17231msgid "B<--require-valid-signature>" 17232msgstr "" 17233 17234#. type: Plain text 17235#: dpkg-source.man 17236msgid "" 17237"Refuse to unpack the source package if it doesn't contain an OpenPGP " 17238"signature that can be verified (since dpkg 1.15.0) either with the user's " 17239"I<trustedkeys.gpg> keyring, one of the vendor-specific keyrings, or one of " 17240"the official Debian keyrings (I</usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg> and " 17241"I</usr/share/keyrings/debian-maintainers.gpg>)." 17242msgstr "" 17243 17244#. type: TP 17245#: dpkg-source.man 17246#, no-wrap 17247msgid "B<--require-strong-checksums>" 17248msgstr "" 17249 17250#. type: Plain text 17251#: dpkg-source.man 17252msgid "" 17253"Refuse to unpack the source package if it does not contain any strong " 17254"checksums (since dpkg 1.18.7). Currently the only known checksum considered " 17255"strong is B<SHA-256>." 17256msgstr "" 17257 17258#. type: TP 17259#: dpkg-source.man 17260#, no-wrap 17261msgid "B<--ignore-bad-version>" 17262msgstr "" 17263 17264#. type: Plain text 17265#: dpkg-source.man 17266msgid "" 17267"Turns the bad source package version check into a non-fatal warning (since " 17268"dpkg 1.17.7). This option should only be necessary when extracting ancient " 17269"source packages with broken versions, just for backwards compatibility." 17270msgstr "" 17271 17272#. type: SH 17273#: dpkg-source.man 17274#, no-wrap 17275msgid "SOURCE PACKAGE FORMATS" 17276msgstr "" 17277 17278#. type: Plain text 17279#: dpkg-source.man 17280msgid "" 17281"If you don't know what source format to use, you should probably pick either " 17282"“3.0 (quilt)” or “3.0 (native)”. See " 17283"https://wiki.debian.org/Projects/DebSrc3.0 for information on the deployment " 17284"of those formats within Debian." 17285msgstr "" 17286 17287#. type: SS 17288#: dpkg-source.man 17289#, no-wrap 17290msgid "Format: 1.0" 17291msgstr "" 17292 17293#. type: Plain text 17294#: dpkg-source.man 17295msgid "" 17296"A source package in this format consists either of a B<.orig.tar.gz> " 17297"associated to a B<.diff.gz> or a single B<.tar.gz> (in that case the package " 17298"is said to be I<native>). Optionally the original tarball might be " 17299"accompanied by a detached upstream signature B<.orig.tar.gz.asc>, extraction " 17300"supported since dpkg 1.18.5." 17301msgstr "" 17302 17303#. type: Plain text 17304#: dpkg-source.man 17305msgid "B<Extracting>" 17306msgstr "" 17307 17308#. type: Plain text 17309#: dpkg-source.man 17310msgid "" 17311"Extracting a native package is a simple extraction of the single tarball in " 17312"the target directory. Extracting a non-native package is done by first " 17313"unpacking the B<.orig.tar.gz> and then applying the patch contained in the " 17314"B<.diff.gz> file. The timestamp of all patched files is reset to the " 17315"extraction time of the source package (this avoids timestamp skews leading " 17316"to problems when autogenerated files are patched). The diff can create new " 17317"files (the whole debian directory is created that way) but can't remove " 17318"files (empty files will be left over)." 17319msgstr "" 17320 17321#. type: Plain text 17322#: dpkg-source.man 17323msgid "B<Building>" 17324msgstr "" 17325 17326#. type: Plain text 17327#: dpkg-source.man 17328msgid "" 17329"Building a native package is just creating a single tarball with the source " 17330"directory. Building a non-native package involves extracting the original " 17331"tarball in a separate “.orig” directory and regenerating the B<.diff.gz> by " 17332"comparing the source package I<directory> with the .orig directory." 17333msgstr "" 17334 17335#. type: Plain text 17336#: dpkg-source.man 17337msgid "B<Build options (with --build):>" 17338msgstr "" 17339 17340#. type: Plain text 17341#: dpkg-source.man 17342msgid "" 17343"If a second non-option argument is supplied it should be the name of the " 17344"original source directory or tarfile or the empty string if the package is a " 17345"Debian-specific one and so has no debianization diffs. If no second argument " 17346"is supplied then B<dpkg-source> will look for the original source tarfile " 17347"I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.gz> or the original source " 17348"directory I<directory>B<.orig> depending on the B<-sX> arguments." 17349msgstr "" 17350 17351#. type: Plain text 17352#: dpkg-source.man 17353msgid "" 17354"B<-sa>, B<-sp>, B<-sk>, B<-su> and B<-sr> will not overwrite existing " 17355"tarfiles or directories. If this is desired then B<-sA>, B<-sP>, B<-sK>, " 17356"B<-sU> and B<-sR> should be used instead." 17357msgstr "" 17358 17359#. type: Plain text 17360#: dpkg-source.man 17361msgid "" 17362"Specifies to expect the original source as a tarfile, by default " 17363"I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.>I<extension>. It will leave " 17364"this original source in place as a tarfile, or copy it to the current " 17365"directory if it isn't already there. The tarball will be unpacked into " 17366"I<directory>B<.orig> for the generation of the diff." 17367msgstr "" 17368 17369#. type: TP 17370#: dpkg-source.man 17371#, no-wrap 17372msgid "B<-sp>" 17373msgstr "" 17374 17375#. type: Plain text 17376#: dpkg-source.man 17377msgid "Like B<-sk> but will remove the directory again afterwards." 17378msgstr "" 17379 17380#. type: Plain text 17381#: dpkg-source.man 17382msgid "" 17383"Specifies that the original source is expected as a directory, by default " 17384"I<package>B<->I<upstream-version>B<.orig> and B<dpkg-source> will create a " 17385"new original source archive from it." 17386msgstr "" 17387 17388#. type: Plain text 17389#: dpkg-source.man 17390msgid "Like B<-su> but will remove that directory after it has been used." 17391msgstr "" 17392 17393#. type: Plain text 17394#: dpkg-source.man 17395msgid "" 17396"Specifies that the original source is available both as a directory and as a " 17397"tarfile. B<dpkg-source> will use the directory to create the diff, but the " 17398"tarfile to create the B<.dsc>. This option must be used with care - if the " 17399"directory and tarfile do not match a bad source archive will be generated." 17400msgstr "" 17401 17402#. type: Plain text 17403#: dpkg-source.man 17404msgid "" 17405"Specifies to not look for any original source, and to not generate a diff. " 17406"The second argument, if supplied, must be the empty string. This is used for " 17407"Debian-specific packages which do not have a separate upstream source and " 17408"therefore have no debianization diffs." 17409msgstr "" 17410 17411#. type: TP 17412#: dpkg-source.man 17413#, no-wrap 17414msgid "B<-sa> or B<-sA>" 17415msgstr "" 17416 17417#. type: Plain text 17418#: dpkg-source.man 17419msgid "" 17420"Specifies to look for the original source archive as a tarfile or as a " 17421"directory - the second argument, if any, may be either, or the empty string " 17422"(this is equivalent to using B<-sn>). If a tarfile is found it will unpack " 17423"it to create the diff and remove it afterwards (this is equivalent to " 17424"B<-sp>); if a directory is found it will pack it to create the original " 17425"source and remove it afterwards (this is equivalent to B<-sr>); if neither " 17426"is found it will assume that the package has no debianization diffs, only a " 17427"straightforward source archive (this is equivalent to B<-sn>). If both are " 17428"found then B<dpkg-source> will ignore the directory, overwriting it, if " 17429"B<-sA> was specified (this is equivalent to B<-sP>) or raise an error if " 17430"B<-sa> was specified. B<-sa> is the default." 17431msgstr "" 17432 17433#. type: TP 17434#: dpkg-source.man 17435#, no-wrap 17436msgid "B<--abort-on-upstream-changes>" 17437msgstr "" 17438 17439#. type: Plain text 17440#: dpkg-source.man 17441msgid "" 17442"The process fails if the generated diff contains changes to files outside of " 17443"the debian sub-directory (since dpkg 1.15.8). This option is not allowed in " 17444"B<debian/source/options> but can be used in B<debian/source/local-options>." 17445msgstr "" 17446 17447#. type: Plain text 17448#: dpkg-source.man 17449msgid "B<Extract options (with --extract):>" 17450msgstr "" 17451 17452#. type: Plain text 17453#: dpkg-source.man 17454msgid "In all cases any existing original source tree will be removed." 17455msgstr "" 17456 17457#. type: Plain text 17458#: dpkg-source.man 17459msgid "" 17460"Used when extracting then the original source (if any) will be left as a " 17461"tarfile. If it is not already located in the current directory or if an " 17462"existing but different file is there it will be copied there. (B<This is " 17463"the default>)." 17464msgstr "" 17465 17466#. type: Plain text 17467#: dpkg-source.man 17468msgid "Unpacks the original source tree." 17469msgstr "" 17470 17471#. type: Plain text 17472#: dpkg-source.man 17473msgid "" 17474"Ensures that the original source is neither copied to the current directory " 17475"nor unpacked. Any original source tree that was in the current directory is " 17476"still removed." 17477msgstr "" 17478 17479#. type: Plain text 17480#: dpkg-source.man 17481msgid "" 17482"All the B<-s>I<X> options are mutually exclusive. If you specify more than " 17483"one only the last one will be used." 17484msgstr "" 17485 17486#. type: TP 17487#: dpkg-source.man 17488#, no-wrap 17489msgid "B<--skip-debianization>" 17490msgstr "" 17491 17492#. type: Plain text 17493#: dpkg-source.man 17494msgid "" 17495"Skips application of the debian diff on top of the upstream sources (since " 17496"dpkg 1.15.1)." 17497msgstr "" 17498 17499#. type: SS 17500#: dpkg-source.man 17501#, no-wrap 17502msgid "Format: 2.0" 17503msgstr "" 17504 17505#. type: Plain text 17506#: dpkg-source.man 17507msgid "" 17508"Extraction supported since dpkg 1.13.9, building supported since dpkg " 17509"1.14.8. Also known as wig&pen. This format is not recommended for " 17510"wide-spread usage, the format “3.0 (quilt)” replaces it. Wig&pen was the " 17511"first specification of a new-generation source package format." 17512msgstr "" 17513 17514#. type: Plain text 17515#: dpkg-source.man 17516msgid "" 17517"The behaviour of this format is the same as the “3.0 (quilt)” format except " 17518"that it doesn't use an explicit list of patches. All files in " 17519"B<debian/patches/> matching the perl regular expression B<[\\ew-]+> must be " 17520"valid patches: they are applied at extraction time." 17521msgstr "" 17522 17523#. type: Plain text 17524#: dpkg-source.man 17525msgid "" 17526"When building a new source package, any change to the upstream source is " 17527"stored in a patch named B<zz_debian-diff-auto>." 17528msgstr "" 17529 17530#. type: SS 17531#: dpkg-source.man 17532#, no-wrap 17533msgid "Format: 3.0 (native)" 17534msgstr "" 17535 17536#. type: Plain text 17537#: dpkg-source.man 17538msgid "" 17539"Supported since dpkg 1.14.17. This format is an extension of the native " 17540"package format as defined in the 1.0 format. It supports all compression " 17541"methods and will ignore by default any VCS specific files and directories as " 17542"well as many temporary files (see default value associated to B<-I> option " 17543"in the B<--help> output)." 17544msgstr "" 17545 17546#. type: SS 17547#: dpkg-source.man 17548#, no-wrap 17549msgid "Format: 3.0 (quilt)" 17550msgstr "" 17551 17552#. type: Plain text 17553#: dpkg-source.man 17554msgid "" 17555"Supported since dpkg 1.14.17. A source package in this format contains at " 17556"least an original tarball (B<.orig.tar.>I<ext> where I<ext> can be B<gz>, " 17557"B<bz2>, B<lzma> and B<xz>) and a debian tarball (B<.debian.tar.>I<ext>). It " 17558"can also contain additional original tarballs " 17559"(B<.orig->I<component>B<.tar.>I<ext>). I<component> can only contain " 17560"alphanumeric (‘a-zA-Z0-9’) characters and hyphens (‘-’). Optionally each " 17561"original tarball can be accompanied by a detached upstream signature " 17562"(B<.orig.tar.>I<ext>B<.asc> and B<.orig->I<component>B<.tar.>I<ext>B<.asc>), " 17563"extraction supported since dpkg 1.17.20, building supported since dpkg " 17564"1.18.5." 17565msgstr "" 17566 17567#. type: Plain text 17568#: dpkg-source.man 17569msgid "" 17570"The main original tarball is extracted first, then all additional original " 17571"tarballs are extracted in subdirectories named after the I<component> part " 17572"of their filename (any pre-existing directory is replaced). The debian " 17573"tarball is extracted on top of the source directory after prior removal of " 17574"any pre-existing B<debian> directory. Note that the debian tarball must " 17575"contain a B<debian> sub-directory but it can also contain binary files " 17576"outside of that directory (see B<--include-binaries> option)." 17577msgstr "" 17578 17579#. type: Plain text 17580#: dpkg-source.man 17581msgid "" 17582"All patches listed in B<debian/patches/>I<vendor>B<.series> or " 17583"B<debian/patches/series> are then applied, where I<vendor> will be the " 17584"lowercase name of the current vendor, or B<debian> if there is no vendor " 17585"defined. If the former file is used and the latter one doesn't exist (or is " 17586"a symlink), then the latter is replaced with a symlink to the former. This " 17587"is meant to simplify usage of B<quilt> to manage the set of patches. " 17588"Vendor-specific series files are intended to make it possible to serialize " 17589"multiple development branches based on the vendor, in a declarative way, in " 17590"preference to open-coding this handling in B<debian/rules>. This is " 17591"particularly useful when the source would need to be patched conditionally " 17592"because the affected files do not have built-in conditional occlusion " 17593"support. Note however that while B<dpkg-source> parses correctly series " 17594"files with explicit options used for patch application (stored on each line " 17595"after the patch filename and one or more spaces), it does ignore those " 17596"options and always expect patches that can be applied with the B<-p1> option " 17597"of B<patch>. It will thus emit a warning when it encounters such options, " 17598"and the build is likely to fail." 17599msgstr "" 17600 17601#. type: Plain text 17602#: dpkg-source.man 17603msgid "" 17604"Note that B<lintian>(1) will emit unconditional warnings when using vendor " 17605"series due to a controversial Debian specific ruling, which should not " 17606"affect any external usage; to silence these, the dpkg lintian profile can be " 17607"used by passing «B<--profile dpkg>» to B<lintian>(1)." 17608msgstr "" 17609 17610#. type: Plain text 17611#: dpkg-source.man 17612msgid "" 17613"The timestamp of all patched files is reset to the extraction time of the " 17614"source package (this avoids timestamp skews leading to problems when " 17615"autogenerated files are patched)." 17616msgstr "" 17617 17618#. type: Plain text 17619#: dpkg-source.man 17620msgid "" 17621"Contrary to B<quilt>'s default behaviour, patches are expected to apply " 17622"without any fuzz. When that is not the case, you should refresh such patches " 17623"with B<quilt>, or B<dpkg-source> will error out while trying to apply them." 17624msgstr "" 17625 17626#. type: Plain text 17627#: dpkg-source.man 17628msgid "Similarly to B<quilt>'s default behaviour, the patches can remove files too." 17629msgstr "" 17630 17631#. type: Plain text 17632#: dpkg-source.man 17633msgid "" 17634"The file B<.pc/applied-patches> is created if some patches have been applied " 17635"during the extraction." 17636msgstr "" 17637 17638#. type: Plain text 17639#: dpkg-source.man 17640msgid "" 17641"All original tarballs found in the current directory are extracted in a " 17642"temporary directory by following the same logic as for the unpack, the " 17643"debian directory is copied over in the temporary directory, and all patches " 17644"except the automatic patch (B<debian-changes->I<version> or " 17645"B<debian-changes>, depending on B<--single-debian-patch>) are applied. The " 17646"temporary directory is compared to the source package directory. When the " 17647"diff is non-empty, the build fails unless B<--single-debian-patch> or " 17648"B<--auto-commit> has been used, in which case the diff is stored in the " 17649"automatic patch. If the automatic patch is created/deleted, it's " 17650"added/removed from the series file and from the B<quilt> metadata." 17651msgstr "" 17652 17653#. type: Plain text 17654#: dpkg-source.man 17655msgid "" 17656"Any change on a binary file is not representable in a diff and will thus " 17657"lead to a failure unless the maintainer deliberately decided to include that " 17658"modified binary file in the debian tarball (by listing it in " 17659"B<debian/source/include-binaries>). The build will also fail if it finds " 17660"binary files in the debian sub-directory unless they have been whitelisted " 17661"through B<debian/source/include-binaries>." 17662msgstr "" 17663 17664#. type: Plain text 17665#: dpkg-source.man 17666msgid "" 17667"The updated debian directory and the list of modified binaries is then used " 17668"to generate the debian tarball." 17669msgstr "" 17670 17671#. type: Plain text 17672#: dpkg-source.man 17673msgid "" 17674"The automatically generated diff doesn't include changes on VCS specific " 17675"files as well as many temporary files (see default value associated to B<-i> " 17676"option in the B<--help> output). In particular, the B<.pc> directory used by " 17677"B<quilt> is ignored during generation of the automatic patch." 17678msgstr "" 17679 17680#. type: Plain text 17681#: dpkg-source.man 17682msgid "" 17683"Note: B<dpkg-source> B<--before-build> (and B<--build>) will ensure that all " 17684"patches listed in the series file are applied so that a package build always " 17685"has all patches applied. It does this by finding unapplied patches (they are " 17686"listed in the B<series> file but not in B<.pc/applied-patches>), and if the " 17687"first patch in that set can be applied without errors, it will apply them " 17688"all. The option B<--no-preparation> can be used to disable this behavior." 17689msgstr "" 17690 17691#. type: Plain text 17692#: dpkg-source.man 17693msgid "B<Recording changes>" 17694msgstr "" 17695 17696#. type: TP 17697#: dpkg-source.man 17698#, no-wrap 17699msgid "B<--commit> [I<directory>] [I<patch-name>] [I<patch-file>]" 17700msgstr "" 17701 17702#. type: Plain text 17703#: dpkg-source.man 17704msgid "" 17705"Generates a patch corresponding to the local changes that are not managed by " 17706"the B<quilt> patch system and integrates it in the patch system under the " 17707"name I<patch-name>. If the name is missing, it will be asked " 17708"interactively. If I<patch-file> is given, it is used as the patch " 17709"corresponding to the local changes to integrate. Once integrated, an editor " 17710"is launched so that you can edit the meta-information in the patch header." 17711msgstr "" 17712 17713#. type: Plain text 17714#: dpkg-source.man 17715msgid "" 17716"Passing I<patch-file> is mainly useful after a build failure that " 17717"pre-generated this file, and on this ground the given file is removed after " 17718"integration. Note also that the changes contained in the patch file must " 17719"already be applied on the tree and that the files modified by the patch must " 17720"not have supplementary unrecorded changes." 17721msgstr "" 17722 17723#. type: Plain text 17724#: dpkg-source.man 17725msgid "" 17726"If the patch generation detects modified binary files, they will be " 17727"automatically added to B<debian/source/include-binaries> so that they end up " 17728"in the debian tarball (exactly like B<dpkg-source --include-binaries " 17729"--build> would do)." 17730msgstr "" 17731 17732#. type: Plain text 17733#: dpkg-source.man 17734msgid "B<Build options>" 17735msgstr "" 17736 17737#. type: TP 17738#: dpkg-source.man 17739#, no-wrap 17740msgid "B<--allow-version-of-quilt-db=>I<version>" 17741msgstr "" 17742 17743#. type: Plain text 17744#: dpkg-source.man 17745msgid "" 17746"Allow B<dpkg-source> to build the source package if the version of the " 17747"B<quilt> metadata is the one specified, even if B<dpkg-source> doesn't know " 17748"about it (since dpkg 1.15.5.4). Effectively this says that the given " 17749"version of the B<quilt> metadata is compatible with the version 2 that " 17750"B<dpkg-source> currently supports. The version of the B<quilt> metadata is " 17751"stored in B<.pc/.version>." 17752msgstr "" 17753 17754#. type: TP 17755#: dpkg-source.man 17756#, no-wrap 17757msgid "B<--include-removal>" 17758msgstr "" 17759 17760#. type: Plain text 17761#: dpkg-source.man 17762msgid "" 17763"Do not ignore removed files and include them in the automatically generated " 17764"patch." 17765msgstr "" 17766 17767#. type: TP 17768#: dpkg-source.man 17769#, no-wrap 17770msgid "B<--include-timestamp>" 17771msgstr "" 17772 17773#. type: Plain text 17774#: dpkg-source.man 17775msgid "Include timestamp in the automatically generated patch." 17776msgstr "" 17777 17778#. type: TP 17779#: dpkg-source.man 17780#, no-wrap 17781msgid "B<--include-binaries>" 17782msgstr "" 17783 17784#. type: Plain text 17785#: dpkg-source.man 17786msgid "" 17787"Add all modified binaries in the debian tarball. Also add them to " 17788"B<debian/source/include-binaries>: they will be added by default in " 17789"subsequent builds and this option is thus no more needed." 17790msgstr "" 17791 17792#. type: TP 17793#: dpkg-source.man 17794#, no-wrap 17795msgid "B<--no-preparation>" 17796msgstr "" 17797 17798#. type: Plain text 17799#: dpkg-source.man 17800msgid "" 17801"Do not try to prepare the build tree by applying patches which are " 17802"apparently unapplied (since dpkg 1.14.18)." 17803msgstr "" 17804 17805#. type: TP 17806#: dpkg-source.man 17807#, no-wrap 17808msgid "B<--single-debian-patch>" 17809msgstr "" 17810 17811#. type: Plain text 17812#: dpkg-source.man 17813msgid "" 17814"Use B<debian/patches/debian-changes> instead of " 17815"B<debian/patches/debian-changes->I<version> for the name of the automatic " 17816"patch generated during build (since dpkg 1.15.5.4). This option is " 17817"particularly useful when the package is maintained in a VCS and a patch set " 17818"can't reliably be generated. Instead the current diff with upstream should " 17819"be stored in a single patch. The option would be put in " 17820"B<debian/source/local-options> and would be accompanied by a " 17821"B<debian/source/local-patch-header> file explaining how the Debian changes " 17822"can be best reviewed, for example in the VCS that is used." 17823msgstr "" 17824 17825#. type: TP 17826#: dpkg-source.man 17827#, no-wrap 17828msgid "B<--create-empty-orig>" 17829msgstr "" 17830 17831#. type: Plain text 17832#: dpkg-source.man 17833msgid "" 17834"Automatically create the main original tarball as empty if it's missing and " 17835"if there are supplementary original tarballs (since dpkg 1.15.6). This " 17836"option is meant to be used when the source package is just a bundle of " 17837"multiple upstream software and where there's no “main” software." 17838msgstr "" 17839 17840#. type: TP 17841#: dpkg-source.man 17842#, no-wrap 17843msgid "B<--no-unapply-patches, --unapply-patches>" 17844msgstr "" 17845 17846#. type: Plain text 17847#: dpkg-source.man 17848msgid "" 17849"By default, B<dpkg-source> will automatically unapply the patches in the " 17850"B<--after-build> hook if it did apply them during B<--before-build> " 17851"(B<--unapply-patches> since dpkg 1.15.8, B<--no-unapply-patches> since dpkg " 17852"1.16.5). Those options allow you to forcefully disable or enable the patch " 17853"unapplication process. Those options are only allowed in " 17854"B<debian/source/local-options> so that all generated source packages have " 17855"the same behavior by default." 17856msgstr "" 17857 17858#. type: Plain text 17859#: dpkg-source.man 17860msgid "" 17861"The process fails if an automatic patch has been generated (since dpkg " 17862"1.15.8). This option can be used to ensure that all changes were properly " 17863"recorded in separate B<quilt> patches prior to the source package " 17864"build. This option is not allowed in B<debian/source/options> but can be " 17865"used in B<debian/source/local-options>." 17866msgstr "" 17867 17868#. type: TP 17869#: dpkg-source.man 17870#, no-wrap 17871msgid "B<--auto-commit>" 17872msgstr "" 17873 17874#. type: Plain text 17875#: dpkg-source.man 17876msgid "" 17877"The process doesn't fail if an automatic patch has been generated, instead " 17878"it's immediately recorded in the B<quilt> series." 17879msgstr "" 17880 17881#. type: Plain text 17882#: dpkg-source.man 17883msgid "B<Extract options>" 17884msgstr "" 17885 17886#. type: Plain text 17887#: dpkg-source.man 17888msgid "" 17889"Skips extraction of the debian tarball on top of the upstream sources (since " 17890"dpkg 1.15.1)." 17891msgstr "" 17892 17893#. type: TP 17894#: dpkg-source.man 17895#, no-wrap 17896msgid "B<--skip-patches>" 17897msgstr "" 17898 17899#. type: Plain text 17900#: dpkg-source.man 17901msgid "Do not apply patches at the end of the extraction (since dpkg 1.14.18)." 17902msgstr "" 17903 17904#. type: SS 17905#: dpkg-source.man 17906#, no-wrap 17907msgid "Format: 3.0 (custom)" 17908msgstr "" 17909 17910#. type: Plain text 17911#: dpkg-source.man 17912msgid "" 17913"Supported since dpkg 1.14.17. This format is special. It doesn't represent " 17914"a real source package format but can be used to create source packages with " 17915"arbitrary files." 17916msgstr "" 17917 17918#. type: Plain text 17919#: dpkg-source.man 17920msgid "" 17921"All non-option arguments are taken as files to integrate in the generated " 17922"source package. They must exist and are preferably in the current " 17923"directory. At least one file must be given." 17924msgstr "" 17925 17926#. type: TP 17927#: dpkg-source.man 17928#, no-wrap 17929msgid "B<--target-format=>I<value>" 17930msgstr "" 17931 17932#. type: Plain text 17933#: dpkg-source.man 17934msgid "" 17935"B<Required>. Defines the real format of the generated source package. The " 17936"generated .dsc file will contain this value in its B<Format> field and not " 17937"“3.0 (custom)”." 17938msgstr "" 17939 17940#. type: SS 17941#: dpkg-source.man 17942#, no-wrap 17943msgid "Format: 3.0 (git)" 17944msgstr "" 17945 17946#. type: Plain text 17947#: dpkg-source.man 17948msgid "Supported since dpkg 1.14.17. This format is experimental." 17949msgstr "" 17950 17951#. type: Plain text 17952#: dpkg-source.man 17953msgid "" 17954"A source package in this format consists of a single bundle of a git " 17955"repository B<.git> to hold the source of a package. There may also be a " 17956"B<.gitshallow> file listing revisions for a shallow git clone." 17957msgstr "" 17958 17959#. type: Plain text 17960#: dpkg-source.man 17961msgid "" 17962"The bundle is cloned as a git repository to the target directory. If there " 17963"is a gitshallow file, it is installed as I<.git/shallow> inside the cloned " 17964"git repository." 17965msgstr "" 17966 17967#. type: Plain text 17968#: dpkg-source.man 17969msgid "" 17970"Note that by default the new repository will have the same branch checked " 17971"out that was checked out in the original source. (Typically “master”, but " 17972"it could be anything.) Any other branches will be available under " 17973"I<remotes/origin/>." 17974msgstr "" 17975 17976#. type: Plain text 17977#: dpkg-source.man 17978msgid "" 17979"Before going any further, some checks are done to ensure that we don't have " 17980"any non-ignored uncommitted changes." 17981msgstr "" 17982 17983#. type: Plain text 17984#: dpkg-source.man 17985msgid "" 17986"B<git-bundle>(1) is used to generate a bundle of the git repository. By " 17987"default, all branches and tags in the repository are included in the bundle." 17988msgstr "" 17989 17990#. type: TP 17991#: dpkg-source.man 17992#, no-wrap 17993msgid "B<--git-ref=>I<ref>" 17994msgstr "" 17995 17996#. type: Plain text 17997#: dpkg-source.man 17998msgid "" 17999"Allows specifying a git ref to include in the git bundle. Use disables the " 18000"default behavior of including all branches and tags. May be specified " 18001"multiple times. The I<ref> can be the name of a branch or tag to include. It " 18002"may also be any parameter that can be passed to B<git-rev-list>(1). For " 18003"example, to include only the master branch, use B<--git-ref=>master. To " 18004"include all tags and branches, except for the private branch, use " 18005"B<--git-ref=>--all B<--git-ref=>^private" 18006msgstr "" 18007 18008#. type: TP 18009#: dpkg-source.man 18010#, no-wrap 18011msgid "B<--git-depth=>I<number>" 18012msgstr "" 18013 18014#. type: Plain text 18015#: dpkg-source.man 18016msgid "" 18017"Creates a shallow clone with a history truncated to the specified number of " 18018"revisions." 18019msgstr "" 18020 18021#. type: SS 18022#: dpkg-source.man 18023#, no-wrap 18024msgid "Format: 3.0 (bzr)" 18025msgstr "" 18026 18027#. type: Plain text 18028#: dpkg-source.man 18029msgid "" 18030"Supported since dpkg 1.14.17. This format is experimental. It generates a " 18031"single tarball containing the bzr repository." 18032msgstr "" 18033 18034#. type: Plain text 18035#: dpkg-source.man 18036msgid "The tarball is unpacked and then bzr is used to checkout the current branch." 18037msgstr "" 18038 18039#. type: Plain text 18040#: dpkg-source.man 18041msgid "" 18042"Then the VCS specific part of the source directory is copied over to a " 18043"temporary directory. Before this temporary directory is packed in a tarball, " 18044"various cleanup are done to save space." 18045msgstr "" 18046 18047#. type: SS 18048#: dpkg-source.man 18049#, no-wrap 18050msgid "no source format specified in debian/source/format" 18051msgstr "" 18052 18053#. type: Plain text 18054#: dpkg-source.man 18055msgid "" 18056"The file B<debian/source/format> should always exist and indicate the " 18057"desired source format. For backwards compatibility, format “1.0” is assumed " 18058"when the file doesn't exist but you should not rely on this: at some point " 18059"in the future B<dpkg-source> will be modified to fail when that file doesn't " 18060"exist." 18061msgstr "" 18062 18063#. type: Plain text 18064#: dpkg-source.man 18065msgid "" 18066"The rationale is that format “1.0” is no longer the recommended format, you " 18067"should usually pick one of the newer formats (“3.0 (quilt)”, “3.0 (native)”) " 18068"but B<dpkg-source> will not do this automatically for you. If you want to " 18069"continue using the old format, you should be explicit about it and put “1.0” " 18070"in B<debian/source/format>." 18071msgstr "" 18072 18073#. type: SS 18074#: dpkg-source.man 18075#, no-wrap 18076msgid "the diff modifies the following upstream files" 18077msgstr "" 18078 18079#. type: Plain text 18080#: dpkg-source.man 18081msgid "" 18082"When using source format “1.0” it is usually a bad idea to modify upstream " 18083"files directly as the changes end up hidden and mostly undocumented in the " 18084".diff.gz file. Instead you should store your changes as patches in the " 18085"debian directory and apply them at build-time. To avoid this complexity you " 18086"can also use the format “3.0 (quilt)” that offers this natively." 18087msgstr "" 18088 18089#. type: SS 18090#: dpkg-source.man 18091#, no-wrap 18092msgid "cannot represent change to I<file>" 18093msgstr "" 18094 18095#. type: Plain text 18096#: dpkg-source.man 18097msgid "" 18098"Changes to upstream sources are usually stored with patch files, but not all " 18099"changes can be represented with patches: they can only alter the content of " 18100"plain text files. If you try replacing a file with something of a different " 18101"type (for example replacing a plain file with a symlink or a directory), you " 18102"will get this error message." 18103msgstr "" 18104 18105#. type: SS 18106#: dpkg-source.man 18107#, no-wrap 18108msgid "newly created empty file I<file> will not be represented in diff" 18109msgstr "" 18110 18111#. type: Plain text 18112#: dpkg-source.man 18113msgid "" 18114"Empty files can't be created with patch files. Thus this change is not " 18115"recorded in the source package and you are warned about it." 18116msgstr "" 18117 18118#. type: SS 18119#: dpkg-source.man 18120#, no-wrap 18121msgid "executable mode I<perms> of I<file> will not be represented in diff" 18122msgstr "" 18123 18124#. type: Plain text 18125#: dpkg-source.man 18126msgid "" 18127"Patch files do not record permissions of files and thus executable " 18128"permissions are not stored in the source package. This warning reminds you " 18129"of that fact." 18130msgstr "" 18131 18132#. type: SS 18133#: dpkg-source.man 18134#, no-wrap 18135msgid "special mode I<perms> of I<file> will not be represented in diff" 18136msgstr "" 18137 18138#. type: Plain text 18139#: dpkg-source.man 18140msgid "" 18141"Patch files do not record permissions of files and thus modified permissions " 18142"are not stored in the source package. This warning reminds you of that fact." 18143msgstr "" 18144 18145#. type: Plain text 18146#: dpkg-source.man 18147msgid "" 18148"If set, it will be used as the timestamp (as seconds since the epoch) to " 18149"clamp the mtime in the B<tar>(5) file entries." 18150msgstr "" 18151 18152#. type: TP 18153#: dpkg-source.man 18154#, no-wrap 18155msgid "B<VISUAL>" 18156msgstr "" 18157 18158#. type: TQ 18159#: dpkg-source.man 18160#, no-wrap 18161msgid "B<EDITOR>" 18162msgstr "" 18163 18164#. type: Plain text 18165#: dpkg-source.man 18166msgid "Used by the “2.0” and “3.0 (quilt)” source format modules." 18167msgstr "" 18168 18169#. type: TP 18170#: dpkg-source.man 18171#, no-wrap 18172msgid "B<GIT_DIR>" 18173msgstr "" 18174 18175#. type: TQ 18176#: dpkg-source.man 18177#, no-wrap 18178msgid "B<GIT_INDEX_FILE>" 18179msgstr "" 18180 18181#. type: TQ 18182#: dpkg-source.man 18183#, no-wrap 18184msgid "B<GIT_OBJECT_DIRECTORY>" 18185msgstr "" 18186 18187#. type: TQ 18188#: dpkg-source.man 18189#, no-wrap 18190msgid "B<GIT_ALTERNATE_OBJECT_DIRECTORIES>" 18191msgstr "" 18192 18193#. type: TQ 18194#: dpkg-source.man 18195#, no-wrap 18196msgid "B<GIT_WORK_TREE>" 18197msgstr "" 18198 18199#. type: Plain text 18200#: dpkg-source.man 18201msgid "Used by the “3.0 (git)” source format modules." 18202msgstr "" 18203 18204#. type: SS 18205#: dpkg-source.man 18206#, no-wrap 18207msgid "debian/source/format" 18208msgstr "" 18209 18210#. type: Plain text 18211#: dpkg-source.man 18212msgid "" 18213"This file contains on a single line the format that should be used to build " 18214"the source package (possible formats are described above). No leading or " 18215"trailing spaces are allowed." 18216msgstr "" 18217 18218#. type: SS 18219#: dpkg-source.man 18220#, no-wrap 18221msgid "debian/source/include-binaries" 18222msgstr "" 18223 18224#. type: Plain text 18225#: dpkg-source.man 18226msgid "" 18227"This file contains a list of binary files (one per line) that should be " 18228"included in the debian tarball. Leading and trailing spaces are stripped. " 18229"Lines starting with ‘B<#>’ are comments and are skipped. Empty lines are " 18230"ignored." 18231msgstr "" 18232 18233#. type: SS 18234#: dpkg-source.man 18235#, no-wrap 18236msgid "debian/source/options" 18237msgstr "" 18238 18239#. type: Plain text 18240#: dpkg-source.man 18241msgid "" 18242"This file contains a list of long options that should be automatically " 18243"prepended to the set of command line options of a B<dpkg-source --build> or " 18244"B<dpkg-source --print-format> call. Options like B<--compression> and " 18245"B<--compression-level> are well suited for this file." 18246msgstr "" 18247 18248#. type: Plain text 18249#: dpkg-source.man 18250msgid "" 18251"Each option should be put on a separate line. Empty lines and lines starting " 18252"with ‘B<#>’ are ignored. The leading ‘B<-->’ should be stripped and short " 18253"options are not allowed. Optional spaces are allowed around the ‘B<=>’ " 18254"symbol and optional quotes are allowed around the value. Here's an example " 18255"of such a file:" 18256msgstr "" 18257 18258#. type: Plain text 18259#: dpkg-source.man 18260#, no-wrap 18261msgid "" 18262" # let dpkg-source create a debian.tar.bz2 with maximal compression\n" 18263" compression = \"bzip2\"\n" 18264" compression-level = 9\n" 18265" # use debian/patches/debian-changes as automatic patch\n" 18266" single-debian-patch\n" 18267" # ignore changes on config.{sub,guess}\n" 18268" extend-diff-ignore = \"(^|/)(config.sub|config.guess)$\"\n" 18269msgstr "" 18270 18271#. type: Plain text 18272#: dpkg-source.man 18273msgid "" 18274"Note: B<format> options are not accepted in this file, you should use " 18275"B<debian/source/format> instead." 18276msgstr "" 18277 18278#. type: SS 18279#: dpkg-source.man 18280#, no-wrap 18281msgid "debian/source/local-options" 18282msgstr "" 18283 18284#. type: Plain text 18285#: dpkg-source.man 18286msgid "" 18287"Exactly like B<debian/source/options> except that the file is not included " 18288"in the generated source package. It can be useful to store a preference tied " 18289"to the maintainer or to the VCS repository where the source package is " 18290"maintained." 18291msgstr "" 18292 18293#. type: SS 18294#: dpkg-source.man 18295#, no-wrap 18296msgid "debian/source/local-patch-header R<and> debian/source/patch-header" 18297msgstr "" 18298 18299#. type: Plain text 18300#: dpkg-source.man 18301msgid "" 18302"Free form text that is put on top of the automatic patch generated in " 18303"formats “2.0” or “3.0 (quilt)”. B<local-patch-header> is not included in the " 18304"generated source package while B<patch-header> is." 18305msgstr "" 18306 18307#. type: SS 18308#: dpkg-source.man 18309#, no-wrap 18310msgid "debian/patches/I<vendor>.series" 18311msgstr "" 18312 18313#. type: SS 18314#: dpkg-source.man 18315#, no-wrap 18316msgid "debian/patches/series" 18317msgstr "" 18318 18319#. type: Plain text 18320#: dpkg-source.man 18321msgid "" 18322"This file lists all patches that have to be applied (in the given order) on " 18323"top of the upstream source package. Leading and trailing spaces are " 18324"stripped. The I<vendor> will be the lowercase name of the current vendor, " 18325"or B<debian> if there is no vendor defined. If the vendor-specific series " 18326"file does not exist, the vendor-less series file will be used. Lines " 18327"starting with ‘B<#>’ are comments and are skipped. Empty lines are " 18328"ignored. Remaining lines start with a patch filename (relative to the " 18329"B<debian/patches/> directory) up to the first space character or the end of " 18330"line. Optional B<quilt> options can follow up to the end of line or the " 18331"first ‘B<#>’ preceded by one or more spaces (which marks the start of a " 18332"comment up to the end of line)." 18333msgstr "" 18334 18335#. type: Plain text 18336#: dpkg-source.man 18337msgid "" 18338"The point at which field overriding occurs compared to certain standard " 18339"output field settings is rather confused." 18340msgstr "" 18341 18342#. type: Plain text 18343#: dpkg-source.man 18344msgid "B<deb-src-control>(5), B<deb-changelog>(5), B<dsc>(5)." 18345msgstr "" 18346 18347#. type: TH 18348#: dpkg-split.man 18349#, no-wrap 18350msgid "dpkg-split" 18351msgstr "" 18352 18353#. type: Plain text 18354#: dpkg-split.man 18355msgid "dpkg-split - Debian package archive split/join tool" 18356msgstr "" 18357 18358#. type: Plain text 18359#: dpkg-split.man 18360msgid "B<dpkg-split> [I<option>...] I<command>" 18361msgstr "" 18362 18363#. type: Plain text 18364#: dpkg-split.man 18365msgid "" 18366"B<dpkg-split> splits Debian binary package files into smaller parts and " 18367"reassembles them again, to support the storage of large package files on " 18368"small media such as floppy disks." 18369msgstr "" 18370 18371#. type: Plain text 18372#: dpkg-split.man 18373msgid "" 18374"It can be operated manually using the B<--split>, B<--join> and B<--info> " 18375"options." 18376msgstr "" 18377 18378#. type: Plain text 18379#: dpkg-split.man 18380msgid "" 18381"It also has an automatic mode, invoked using the B<--auto> option, where it " 18382"maintains a queue of parts seen but not yet reassembled and reassembles a " 18383"package file when it has seen all of its parts. The B<--listq> and " 18384"B<--discard> options allow the management of the queue." 18385msgstr "" 18386 18387#. type: Plain text 18388#: dpkg-split.man 18389msgid "" 18390"All splitting, joining and queueing operations produce informative messages " 18391"on standard output; these may safely be ignored." 18392msgstr "" 18393 18394#. type: TP 18395#: dpkg-split.man 18396#, no-wrap 18397msgid "B<-s>, B<--split> I<complete-archive> [I<prefix>]" 18398msgstr "" 18399 18400#. type: Plain text 18401#: dpkg-split.man 18402msgid "Splits a single Debian binary package into several parts." 18403msgstr "" 18404 18405#. type: Plain text 18406#: dpkg-split.man 18407msgid "" 18408"The parts are named I<prefix>B<.>I<N>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> where I<N> is the part " 18409"number, starting at 1, and I<M> is the total number of parts (both in " 18410"decimal)." 18411msgstr "" 18412 18413#. type: Plain text 18414#: dpkg-split.man 18415msgid "" 18416"If no I<prefix> is supplied then the I<complete-archive> filename is taken, " 18417"including directory, with any trailing B<.deb> removed." 18418msgstr "" 18419 18420#. type: TP 18421#: dpkg-split.man 18422#, no-wrap 18423msgid "B<-j>, B<--join> I<part>..." 18424msgstr "" 18425 18426#. type: Plain text 18427#: dpkg-split.man 18428msgid "" 18429"Joins the parts of a package file together, reassembling the original file " 18430"as it was before it was split." 18431msgstr "" 18432 18433#. type: Plain text 18434#: dpkg-split.man 18435msgid "" 18436"The part files given as arguments must be all the parts of exactly the same " 18437"original binary file. Each part must occur exactly once in the argument " 18438"list, though the parts to not need to be listed in order." 18439msgstr "" 18440 18441#. type: Plain text 18442#: dpkg-split.man 18443msgid "" 18444"The parts must of course all have been generated with the same part size " 18445"specified at split time, which means that they must usually have been " 18446"generated by the same invocation of B<dpkg-split --split>." 18447msgstr "" 18448 18449#. type: Plain text 18450#: dpkg-split.man 18451msgid "The parts' filenames are not significant for the reassembly process." 18452msgstr "" 18453 18454#. type: Plain text 18455#: dpkg-split.man 18456msgid "" 18457"By default the output file is called " 18458"I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb>." 18459msgstr "" 18460 18461#. type: TP 18462#: dpkg-split.man 18463#, no-wrap 18464msgid "B<-I>, B<--info> I<part>..." 18465msgstr "" 18466 18467#. type: Plain text 18468#: dpkg-split.man 18469msgid "" 18470"Prints information, in a human-readable format, about the part file(s) " 18471"specified. Arguments which are not binary package parts produce a message " 18472"saying so instead (but still on standard output)." 18473msgstr "" 18474 18475#. type: TP 18476#: dpkg-split.man 18477#, no-wrap 18478msgid "B<-a>, B<--auto -o> I<complete-output part>" 18479msgstr "" 18480 18481#. type: Plain text 18482#: dpkg-split.man 18483msgid "Automatically queue parts and reassemble a package if possible." 18484msgstr "" 18485 18486#. type: Plain text 18487#: dpkg-split.man 18488msgid "" 18489"The I<part> specified is examined, and compared with other parts of the same " 18490"package (if any) in the queue of packages file parts." 18491msgstr "" 18492 18493#. type: Plain text 18494#: dpkg-split.man 18495msgid "" 18496"If all parts of the package file of which I<part> is a part are available " 18497"then the package is reassembled and written to I<complete-output> (which " 18498"should not usually already exist, though this is not an error)." 18499msgstr "" 18500 18501#. type: Plain text 18502#: dpkg-split.man 18503msgid "" 18504"If not then the I<part> is copied into the queue and I<complete-output> is " 18505"not created." 18506msgstr "" 18507 18508#. type: Plain text 18509#: dpkg-split.man 18510msgid "" 18511"If I<part> is not a split binary package part then B<dpkg-split> will exit " 18512"with status B<1>; if some other trouble occurs then it will exit with status " 18513"B<2>." 18514msgstr "" 18515 18516#. type: Plain text 18517#: dpkg-split.man 18518msgid "" 18519"The B<--output> or B<-o> option must be supplied when using B<--auto>. (If " 18520"this were not mandatory the calling program would not know what output file " 18521"to expect.)" 18522msgstr "" 18523 18524#. type: TP 18525#: dpkg-split.man 18526#, no-wrap 18527msgid "B<-l>, B<--listq>" 18528msgstr "" 18529 18530#. type: Plain text 18531#: dpkg-split.man 18532msgid "Lists the contents of the queue of packages to be reassembled." 18533msgstr "" 18534 18535#. type: Plain text 18536#: dpkg-split.man 18537msgid "" 18538"For each package file of which parts are in the queue the output gives the " 18539"name of the package, the parts in the queue, and the total number of bytes " 18540"stored in the queue." 18541msgstr "" 18542 18543#. type: TP 18544#: dpkg-split.man 18545#, no-wrap 18546msgid "B<-d>, B<--discard> [I<package>...]" 18547msgstr "" 18548 18549#. type: Plain text 18550#: dpkg-split.man 18551msgid "" 18552"This discards parts from the queue of those waiting for the remaining parts " 18553"of their packages." 18554msgstr "" 18555 18556#. type: Plain text 18557#: dpkg-split.man 18558msgid "" 18559"If no I<package> is specified then the queue is cleared completely; if any " 18560"are specified then only parts of the relevant package(s) are deleted." 18561msgstr "" 18562 18563#. type: TP 18564#: dpkg-split.man 18565#, no-wrap 18566msgid "B<--depotdir>I< directory>" 18567msgstr "" 18568 18569#. type: Plain text 18570#: dpkg-split.man 18571msgid "" 18572"Specifies an alternative directory for the queue of parts awaiting automatic " 18573"reassembly. The default is B<%ADMINDIR%>." 18574msgstr "" 18575 18576#. type: TP 18577#: dpkg-split.man 18578#, no-wrap 18579msgid "B<-S>, B<--partsize> I<kibibytes>" 18580msgstr "" 18581 18582#. type: Plain text 18583#: dpkg-split.man 18584msgid "" 18585"Specifies the maximum part size when splitting, in kibibytes (1024 " 18586"bytes). The default is 450 KiB." 18587msgstr "" 18588 18589#. type: TP 18590#: dpkg-split.man 18591#, no-wrap 18592msgid "B<-o>, B<--output> I<complete-output>" 18593msgstr "" 18594 18595#. type: Plain text 18596#: dpkg-split.man 18597msgid "Specifies the output file name for a reassembly." 18598msgstr "" 18599 18600#. type: Plain text 18601#: dpkg-split.man 18602msgid "" 18603"This overrides the default for a manual reassembly (B<--join>) and is " 18604"mandatory for an automatic queue-or-reassemble (B<--auto>)." 18605msgstr "" 18606 18607#. type: TP 18608#: dpkg-split.man 18609#, no-wrap 18610msgid "B<-Q>, B<--npquiet>" 18611msgstr "" 18612 18613#. type: Plain text 18614#: dpkg-split.man 18615msgid "" 18616"When doing automatic queue-or-reassembly B<dpkg-split> usually prints a " 18617"message if it is given a I<part> that is not a binary package part. This " 18618"option suppresses this message, to allow programs such as B<dpkg> to cope " 18619"with both split and unsplit packages without producing spurious messages." 18620msgstr "" 18621 18622#. type: TP 18623#: dpkg-split.man 18624#, no-wrap 18625msgid "B<--msdos>" 18626msgstr "" 18627 18628#. type: Plain text 18629#: dpkg-split.man 18630msgid "Forces the output filenames generated by B<--split> to be msdos-compatible." 18631msgstr "" 18632 18633#. type: Plain text 18634#: dpkg-split.man 18635msgid "" 18636"This mangles the prefix - either the default derived from the input filename " 18637"or the one supplied as an argument: alphanumerics are lowercased, plus signs " 18638"are replaced by B<x>'s and all other characters are discarded." 18639msgstr "" 18640 18641#. type: Plain text 18642#: dpkg-split.man 18643msgid "" 18644"The result is then truncated as much as is necessary, and filenames of the " 18645"form I<prefixN>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> are generated." 18646msgstr "" 18647 18648#. type: Plain text 18649#: dpkg-split.man 18650msgid "" 18651"The requested split, merge, or other command succeeded. B<--info> commands " 18652"count as successful even if the files are not binary package parts." 18653msgstr "" 18654 18655#. type: Plain text 18656#: dpkg-split.man 18657msgid "" 18658"Only occurs with B<--auto> and indicates that the I<part> file was not a " 18659"binary package part." 18660msgstr "" 18661 18662#. type: Plain text 18663#: dpkg-split.man 18664msgid "" 18665"Fatal or unrecoverable error due to invalid command-line usage, a file that " 18666"looked like a package part file but was corrupted, or interactions with the " 18667"system, such as accesses to the database, memory allocations, etc." 18668msgstr "" 18669 18670#. type: Plain text 18671#: dpkg-split.man 18672msgid "" 18673"If set, it will be used as the timestamp (as seconds since the epoch) in the " 18674"B<deb-split>(5)'s B<ar>(5) container." 18675msgstr "" 18676 18677#. type: TP 18678#: dpkg-split.man 18679#, no-wrap 18680msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/parts>" 18681msgstr "" 18682 18683#. type: Plain text 18684#: dpkg-split.man 18685msgid "The default queue directory for part files awaiting automatic reassembly." 18686msgstr "" 18687 18688#. type: Plain text 18689#: dpkg-split.man 18690msgid "" 18691"The filenames used in this directory are in a format internal to " 18692"B<dpkg-split> and are unlikely to be useful to other programs, and in any " 18693"case the filename format should not be relied upon." 18694msgstr "" 18695 18696#. type: Plain text 18697#: dpkg-split.man 18698msgid "" 18699"Full details of the packages in the queue are impossible to get without " 18700"digging into the queue directory yourself." 18701msgstr "" 18702 18703#. type: Plain text 18704#: dpkg-split.man 18705msgid "" 18706"There is no easy way to test whether a file that may be a binary package " 18707"part is one." 18708msgstr "" 18709 18710#. type: Plain text 18711#: dpkg-split.man 18712msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)." 18713msgstr "" 18714 18715#. type: TH 18716#: dpkg-statoverride.man 18717#, no-wrap 18718msgid "dpkg-statoverride" 18719msgstr "" 18720 18721#. type: Plain text 18722#: dpkg-statoverride.man 18723msgid "dpkg-statoverride - override ownership and mode of files" 18724msgstr "" 18725 18726#. type: Plain text 18727#: dpkg-statoverride.man 18728msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<option>...] I<command>" 18729msgstr "" 18730 18731#. type: Plain text 18732#: dpkg-statoverride.man 18733msgid "" 18734"“B<stat overrides>” are a way to tell B<dpkg>(1) to use a different owner " 18735"or mode for a path when a package is installed (this applies to any " 18736"filesystem object that B<dpkg> handles, including directories, devices, " 18737"etc.). This can be used to force programs that are normally setuid to be " 18738"install without a setuid flag, or only executable by a certain group." 18739msgstr "" 18740 18741#. type: Plain text 18742#: dpkg-statoverride.man 18743msgid "" 18744"B<dpkg-statoverride> is a utility to manage the list of stat overrides. It " 18745"has three basic functions: adding, removing and listing overrides." 18746msgstr "" 18747 18748#. type: TP 18749#: dpkg-statoverride.man 18750#, no-wrap 18751msgid "B<--add>I< user group mode path>" 18752msgstr "" 18753 18754#. type: Plain text 18755#: dpkg-statoverride.man 18756msgid "" 18757"Add an override for I<path>. I<path> does not need to exist when this " 18758"command is used; the override will be stored and used later. Users and " 18759"groups can be specified by their name (for example B<root> or B<nobody>), or " 18760"by their number by prepending the number with a ‘B<#>’ (for example B<#0> or " 18761"B<#65534>). The I<mode> needs to be specified in octal." 18762msgstr "" 18763 18764#. type: Plain text 18765#: dpkg-statoverride.man 18766msgid "" 18767"If B<--update> is specified and I<path> exists, it is immediately set to the " 18768"new owner and mode." 18769msgstr "" 18770 18771#. type: TP 18772#: dpkg-statoverride.man 18773#, no-wrap 18774msgid "B<--remove>I< path>" 18775msgstr "" 18776 18777#. type: Plain text 18778#: dpkg-statoverride.man 18779msgid "" 18780"Remove an override for I<path>, the status of I<path> is left unchanged by " 18781"this command." 18782msgstr "" 18783 18784#. type: TP 18785#: dpkg-statoverride.man 18786#, no-wrap 18787msgid "B<--list> [I<glob-pattern>]" 18788msgstr "" 18789 18790#. type: Plain text 18791#: dpkg-statoverride.man 18792msgid "" 18793"List all overrides. If a glob pattern is specified restrict the output to " 18794"overrides which match the glob." 18795msgstr "" 18796 18797#. type: Plain text 18798#: dpkg-statoverride.man 18799msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options (since dpkg 1.19.5)." 18800msgstr "" 18801 18802#. type: Plain text 18803#: dpkg-statoverride.man 18804msgid "" 18805"Set the administrative directory to I<directory>. This is where the " 18806"I<statoverride> file is stored. Defaults to «I<%ADMINDIR%>»." 18807msgstr "" 18808 18809#. type: Plain text 18810#: dpkg-statoverride.man 18811msgid "" 18812"Set the installation directory, which refers to the directory where packages " 18813"get installed (since dpkg 1.19.2). Defaults to «I</>»." 18814msgstr "" 18815 18816#. type: Plain text 18817#: dpkg-statoverride.man 18818msgid "" 18819"Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing) to do some " 18820"things (since dpkg 1.19.5). I<things> is a comma separated list of things " 18821"specified below. B<--force-help> displays a message describing them. " 18822"Things marked with (*) are forced by default." 18823msgstr "" 18824 18825#. type: Plain text 18826#: dpkg-statoverride.man 18827msgid "" 18828"I<Warning: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. " 18829"Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your whole " 18830"system.>" 18831msgstr "" 18832 18833#. type: TP 18834#: dpkg-statoverride.man update-alternatives.man 18835#, no-wrap 18836msgid "B<--force>" 18837msgstr "" 18838 18839#. type: Plain text 18840#: dpkg-statoverride.man 18841msgid "" 18842"Force an action, even if a sanity check would otherwise prohibit it. This " 18843"is necessary to override an existing override. This option is deprecated " 18844"(since dpkg 1.19.5), it is replaced by B<--force-all>." 18845msgstr "" 18846 18847#. type: TP 18848#: dpkg-statoverride.man 18849#, no-wrap 18850msgid "B<--update>" 18851msgstr "" 18852 18853#. type: Plain text 18854#: dpkg-statoverride.man 18855msgid "" 18856"Immediately try to change the I<path> to the new owner and mode if it " 18857"exists." 18858msgstr "" 18859 18860#. type: Plain text 18861#: dpkg-statoverride.man 18862msgid "Be less verbose about what we do." 18863msgstr "" 18864 18865#. type: Plain text 18866#: dpkg-statoverride.man 18867msgid "For B<--list>, if there are no overrides or none match the supplied glob." 18868msgstr "" 18869 18870#. type: Plain text 18871#: dpkg-statoverride.man 18872msgid "" 18873"If set and none of the B<--force->I<...> options have been specified, it " 18874"will be used as the force options to use (since dpkg 1.19.5)." 18875msgstr "" 18876 18877#. type: TP 18878#: dpkg-statoverride.man 18879#, no-wrap 18880msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/statoverride>" 18881msgstr "" 18882 18883#. type: Plain text 18884#: dpkg-statoverride.man 18885msgid "" 18886"File which contains the current list of stat overrides of the system. It is " 18887"located in the B<dpkg> administration directory, along with other files " 18888"important to B<dpkg>, such as I<status> or I<available>." 18889msgstr "" 18890 18891#. type: Plain text 18892#: dpkg-statoverride.man 18893msgid "" 18894"Note: B<dpkg-statoverride> preserves the old copy of this file, with " 18895"extension “-old”, before replacing it with the new one." 18896msgstr "" 18897 18898#. type: TH 18899#: dpkg-trigger.man 18900#, no-wrap 18901msgid "dpkg-trigger" 18902msgstr "" 18903 18904#. type: Plain text 18905#: dpkg-trigger.man 18906msgid "dpkg-trigger - a package trigger utility" 18907msgstr "" 18908 18909#. type: Plain text 18910#: dpkg-trigger.man 18911msgid "B<dpkg-trigger> [I<option>...] I<trigger-name>" 18912msgstr "" 18913 18914#. type: Plain text 18915#: dpkg-trigger.man 18916msgid "B<dpkg-trigger> [I<option>...] I<command>" 18917msgstr "" 18918 18919#. type: Plain text 18920#: dpkg-trigger.man 18921msgid "" 18922"B<dpkg-trigger> is a tool to explicitly activate triggers and check for its " 18923"support on the running B<dpkg>." 18924msgstr "" 18925 18926#. type: Plain text 18927#: dpkg-trigger.man 18928msgid "" 18929"This can be used by maintainer scripts in complex and conditional situations " 18930"where the file triggers, or the declarative B<activate> triggers control " 18931"file directive, are insufficiently rich. It can also be used for testing and " 18932"by system administrators (but note that the triggers won't actually be run " 18933"by B<dpkg-trigger>)." 18934msgstr "" 18935 18936#. type: Plain text 18937#: dpkg-trigger.man 18938msgid "Unrecognized trigger name syntaxes are an error for B<dpkg-trigger>." 18939msgstr "" 18940 18941#. type: TP 18942#: dpkg-trigger.man 18943#, no-wrap 18944msgid "B<--check-supported>" 18945msgstr "" 18946 18947#. type: Plain text 18948#: dpkg-trigger.man 18949msgid "" 18950"Check if the running B<dpkg> supports triggers (usually called from a " 18951"postinst). Will exit B<0> if a triggers-capable B<dpkg> has run, or B<1> " 18952"with an error message to stderr if not. Normally, however, it is better just " 18953"to activate the desired trigger with B<dpkg-trigger>." 18954msgstr "" 18955 18956#. type: TP 18957#: dpkg-trigger.man 18958#, no-wrap 18959msgid "B<--by-package=>I<package>" 18960msgstr "" 18961 18962#. type: Plain text 18963#: dpkg-trigger.man 18964msgid "" 18965"Override trigger awaiter (normally set by B<dpkg> through the " 18966"B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE> environment variable of the maintainer scripts, " 18967"naming the package to which the script belongs, and this will be used by " 18968"default)." 18969msgstr "" 18970 18971#. type: TP 18972#: dpkg-trigger.man 18973#, no-wrap 18974msgid "B<--no-await>" 18975msgstr "" 18976 18977#. type: Plain text 18978#: dpkg-trigger.man 18979msgid "" 18980"This option arranges that the calling package T (if any) need not await the " 18981"processing of this trigger; the interested package(s) I, will not be added " 18982"to T's trigger processing awaited list and T's status is unchanged. T may " 18983"be considered installed even though I may not yet have processed the " 18984"trigger." 18985msgstr "" 18986 18987#. type: TP 18988#: dpkg-trigger.man 18989#, no-wrap 18990msgid "B<--await>" 18991msgstr "" 18992 18993#. type: Plain text 18994#: dpkg-trigger.man 18995msgid "" 18996"This option does the inverse of B<--no-await> (since dpkg 1.17.21). If the " 18997"interested package has declared a “noawait” directive, then this option will " 18998"not be effective. It is currently the default behavior." 18999msgstr "" 19000 19001#. type: TP 19002#: dpkg-trigger.man 19003#, no-wrap 19004msgid "B<--no-act>" 19005msgstr "" 19006 19007#. type: Plain text 19008#: dpkg-trigger.man 19009msgid "Just test, do not actually change anything." 19010msgstr "" 19011 19012#. FIXME: Unhardcode the pathname, and use dpkg instead of dpkg-dev. 19013#. type: Plain text 19014#: dpkg-trigger.man 19015msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<deb-triggers>(5), B</usr/share/doc/dpkg-dev/triggers.txt.gz>." 19016msgstr "" 19017 19018#. type: TH 19019#: dpkg-vendor.man 19020#, no-wrap 19021msgid "dpkg-vendor" 19022msgstr "" 19023 19024#. type: Plain text 19025#: dpkg-vendor.man 19026msgid "dpkg-vendor - queries information about distribution vendors" 19027msgstr "" 19028 19029#. type: Plain text 19030#: dpkg-vendor.man 19031msgid "B<dpkg-vendor> [I<option>...] I<command>" 19032msgstr "" 19033 19034#. type: Plain text 19035#: dpkg-vendor.man 19036msgid "" 19037"B<dpkg-vendor> is a tool to query information about vendors listed in " 19038"B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins>. B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/default> contains " 19039"information about the current vendor." 19040msgstr "" 19041 19042#. type: TP 19043#: dpkg-vendor.man 19044#, no-wrap 19045msgid "B<--is>I< vendor>" 19046msgstr "" 19047 19048#. type: Plain text 19049#: dpkg-vendor.man 19050msgid "" 19051"Exits with B<0> if the current vendor is I<vendor>. Otherwise exits with " 19052"B<1>." 19053msgstr "" 19054 19055#. type: TP 19056#: dpkg-vendor.man 19057#, no-wrap 19058msgid "B<--derives-from>I< vendor>" 19059msgstr "" 19060 19061#. type: Plain text 19062#: dpkg-vendor.man 19063msgid "" 19064"Exits with B<0> if the current vendor distribution is a derivative of " 19065"I<vendor>, otherwise exits with B<1>. It uses the B<Parent> field to browse " 19066"all ancestors of the current vendor." 19067msgstr "" 19068 19069#. type: TP 19070#: dpkg-vendor.man 19071#, no-wrap 19072msgid "B<--query>I< field>" 19073msgstr "" 19074 19075#. type: Plain text 19076#: dpkg-vendor.man 19077msgid "" 19078"Print on standard output the value of the vendor-specific I<field> for the " 19079"current vendor." 19080msgstr "" 19081 19082#. type: TP 19083#: dpkg-vendor.man 19084#, no-wrap 19085msgid "B<--vendor>I< vendor>" 19086msgstr "" 19087 19088#. type: Plain text 19089#: dpkg-vendor.man 19090msgid "" 19091"Assumes the current vendor is I<vendor> instead of discovering it with the " 19092"B<DEB_VENDOR> environment variable or B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/default>." 19093msgstr "" 19094 19095#. type: Plain text 19096#: dpkg-vendor.man 19097msgid "" 19098"This setting defines the current vendor. If not set, it will discover the " 19099"current vendor by reading B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/default>." 19100msgstr "" 19101 19102#. type: Plain text 19103#: dpkg-vendor.man 19104msgid "B<deb-origin>(5)." 19105msgstr "" 19106 19107#. type: TH 19108#: dselect.man 19109#, no-wrap 19110msgid "dselect" 19111msgstr "" 19112 19113#. type: Plain text 19114#: dselect.man 19115msgid "dselect - Debian package management frontend" 19116msgstr "" 19117 19118#. type: Plain text 19119#: dselect.man 19120msgid "B<dselect> [I<option>...] [I<command>...]" 19121msgstr "" 19122 19123#. type: Plain text 19124#: dselect.man 19125#, no-wrap 19126msgid "" 19127"B<dselect>\n" 19128"is one of the primary user interfaces for managing packages on a Debian\n" 19129"system. At the B<dselect> main menu, the system administrator can:\n" 19130" - Update the list of available package versions,\n" 19131" - View the status of installed and available packages,\n" 19132" - Alter package selections and manage dependencies,\n" 19133" - Install new packages or upgrade to newer versions.\n" 19134msgstr "" 19135 19136#. type: Plain text 19137#: dselect.man 19138msgid "" 19139"B<dselect> operates as a front-end to B<dpkg>(1), the low-level Debian " 19140"package handling tool. It features a full-screen package selections manager " 19141"with package depends and conflicts resolver. When run with administrator " 19142"privileges, packages can be installed, upgraded and removed. Various access " 19143"methods can be configured to retrieve available package version information " 19144"and installable packages from package repositories. Depending on the used " 19145"access method, these repositories can be public archive servers on the " 19146"internet, local archive servers or cdroms. The recommended access method is " 19147"I<apt>, which is provided by the package B<apt>." 19148msgstr "" 19149 19150#. type: Plain text 19151#: dselect.man 19152msgid "" 19153"Normally B<dselect> is invoked without parameters. An interactive menu is " 19154"presented, offering the user a list of commands. If a command is given as " 19155"argument, then that command is started immediately. Several command line " 19156"parameters are still available to modify the running behaviour of B<dselect> " 19157"or show additional information about the program." 19158msgstr "" 19159 19160#. type: Plain text 19161#: dselect.man 19162msgid "" 19163"All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dselect> " 19164"configuration file I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dselect.cfg> or the files on the " 19165"configuration directory I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dselect.cfg.d/>. Each line in the " 19166"configuration file is either an option (exactly the same as the command line " 19167"option but without leading hyphens) or a comment (if it starts with a " 19168"‘B<#>’)." 19169msgstr "" 19170 19171#. type: Plain text 19172#: dselect.man 19173msgid "" 19174"Changes the directory where the dpkg ‘I<status>’, ‘I<available>’ and similar " 19175"files are located. This defaults to I<%ADMINDIR%> and normally there " 19176"shouldn't be any need to change it." 19177msgstr "" 19178 19179#. type: TP 19180#: dselect.man 19181#, no-wrap 19182msgid "B<-D>I<file>, B<--debug> I<file>" 19183msgstr "" 19184 19185#. type: Plain text 19186#: dselect.man 19187msgid "Turn on debugging. Debugging information is sent to I<file>." 19188msgstr "" 19189 19190#. type: TP 19191#: dselect.man 19192#, no-wrap 19193msgid "B<--expert>" 19194msgstr "" 19195 19196#. type: Plain text 19197#: dselect.man 19198msgid "Turns on expert mode, i.e. doesn't display possibly annoying help messages." 19199msgstr "" 19200 19201#. type: TP 19202#: dselect.man 19203#, no-wrap 19204msgid "" 19205"B<--colour>|B<--color> " 19206"I<screenpart>:[I<foreground>],[I<background>][:I<attr>[I<+attr>]...]" 19207msgstr "" 19208 19209#. type: Plain text 19210#: dselect.man 19211msgid "" 19212"Configures screen colors. This works only if your display supports colors. " 19213"This option may be used multiple times (and is best used in " 19214"I<dselect.cfg>). Each use changes the color (and optionally, other " 19215"attributes) of one part of the screen. The parts of the screen (from top to " 19216"bottom) are:" 19217msgstr "" 19218 19219#. type: TP 19220#: dselect.man 19221#, no-wrap 19222msgid "B<title>" 19223msgstr "" 19224 19225#. type: Plain text 19226#: dselect.man 19227msgid "The screen title." 19228msgstr "" 19229 19230#. type: TP 19231#: dselect.man 19232#, no-wrap 19233msgid "B<listhead>" 19234msgstr "" 19235 19236#. type: Plain text 19237#: dselect.man 19238msgid "The header line above the list of packages." 19239msgstr "" 19240 19241#. type: TP 19242#: dselect.man 19243#, no-wrap 19244msgid "B<list>" 19245msgstr "" 19246 19247#. type: Plain text 19248#: dselect.man 19249msgid "The scrolling list of packages (and also some help text)." 19250msgstr "" 19251 19252#. type: TP 19253#: dselect.man 19254#, no-wrap 19255msgid "B<listsel>" 19256msgstr "" 19257 19258#. type: Plain text 19259#: dselect.man 19260msgid "The selected item in the list." 19261msgstr "" 19262 19263#. type: TP 19264#: dselect.man 19265#, no-wrap 19266msgid "B<pkgstate>" 19267msgstr "" 19268 19269#. type: Plain text 19270#: dselect.man 19271msgid "" 19272"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of each " 19273"package." 19274msgstr "" 19275 19276#. type: TP 19277#: dselect.man 19278#, no-wrap 19279msgid "B<pkgstatesel>" 19280msgstr "" 19281 19282#. type: Plain text 19283#: dselect.man 19284msgid "" 19285"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of the " 19286"currently selected package." 19287msgstr "" 19288 19289#. type: TP 19290#: dselect.man 19291#, no-wrap 19292msgid "B<infohead>" 19293msgstr "" 19294 19295#. type: Plain text 19296#: dselect.man 19297msgid "The header line that displays the state of the currently selected package." 19298msgstr "" 19299 19300#. type: TP 19301#: dselect.man 19302#, no-wrap 19303msgid "B<infodesc>" 19304msgstr "" 19305 19306#. type: Plain text 19307#: dselect.man 19308msgid "The package's short description." 19309msgstr "" 19310 19311#. type: TP 19312#: dselect.man 19313#, no-wrap 19314msgid "B<info>" 19315msgstr "" 19316 19317#. type: Plain text 19318#: dselect.man 19319msgid "Used to display package info such as the package's description." 19320msgstr "" 19321 19322#. type: TP 19323#: dselect.man 19324#, no-wrap 19325msgid "B<infofoot>" 19326msgstr "" 19327 19328#. type: Plain text 19329#: dselect.man 19330msgid "The last line of the screen when selecting packages." 19331msgstr "" 19332 19333#. type: TP 19334#: dselect.man 19335#, no-wrap 19336msgid "B<query>" 19337msgstr "" 19338 19339#. type: Plain text 19340#: dselect.man 19341msgid "Used to display query lines" 19342msgstr "" 19343 19344#. type: TP 19345#: dselect.man 19346#, no-wrap 19347msgid "B<helpscreen>" 19348msgstr "" 19349 19350#. type: Plain text 19351#: dselect.man 19352msgid "Color of help screens." 19353msgstr "" 19354 19355#. type: Plain text 19356#: dselect.man 19357msgid "" 19358"After the part of the screen comes a colon and the color specification. You " 19359"can specify either the foreground color, the background color, or both, " 19360"overriding the compiled-in colors. Use standard curses color names." 19361msgstr "" 19362 19363#. type: Plain text 19364#: dselect.man 19365msgid "" 19366"Optionally, after the color specification is another colon, and an attribute " 19367"specification. This is a list of one or more attributes, separated by plus " 19368"(‘+’) characters. Available attributes include (not all of these will work " 19369"on all terminals): B<normal>, B<standout>, B<underline>, B<reverse>, " 19370"B<blink>, B<bright>, B<dim>, B<bold>" 19371msgstr "" 19372 19373#. type: Plain text 19374#: dselect.man 19375msgid "Print a brief help text and exit successfully." 19376msgstr "" 19377 19378#. type: Plain text 19379#: dselect.man 19380msgid "Print version information and exit successfully." 19381msgstr "" 19382 19383#. type: Plain text 19384#: dselect.man 19385msgid "" 19386"When B<dselect> is started it can perform the following commands, either " 19387"directly if it was specified on the command line or by prompting the user " 19388"with a menu of available commands if running interactively:" 19389msgstr "" 19390 19391#. type: SS 19392#: dselect.man 19393#, no-wrap 19394msgid "access" 19395msgstr "" 19396 19397#. type: Plain text 19398#: dselect.man 19399msgid "Choose and configure an access method to access package repositories." 19400msgstr "" 19401 19402#. type: Plain text 19403#: dselect.man 19404msgid "" 19405"By default, B<dselect> provides several methods such as I<cdrom>, " 19406"I<multi_cd>, I<nfs>, I<multi_nfs>, I<harddisk>, I<mounted>, I<multi_mount> " 19407"or I<ftp>, but other packages may provide additional methods, eg. the I<apt> " 19408"access method provided by the B<apt> package." 19409msgstr "" 19410 19411#. type: Plain text 19412#: dselect.man 19413msgid "The use of the I<apt> access method is strongly recommended." 19414msgstr "" 19415 19416#. type: SS 19417#: dselect.man 19418#, no-wrap 19419msgid "update" 19420msgstr "" 19421 19422#. type: Plain text 19423#: dselect.man 19424msgid "Refresh the available packages database." 19425msgstr "" 19426 19427#. type: Plain text 19428#: dselect.man 19429msgid "" 19430"Retrieves a list of available package versions from the package repository, " 19431"configured for the current access method, and update the dpkg database. The " 19432"package lists are commonly provided by the repository as files named " 19433"I<Packages> or I<Packages.gz>. These files can be generated by repository " 19434"maintainers, using the program B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)." 19435msgstr "" 19436 19437#. type: Plain text 19438#: dselect.man 19439msgid "" 19440"Details of the update command depend on the access method's implementation. " 19441"Normally the process is straightforward and requires no user interaction." 19442msgstr "" 19443 19444#. type: SS 19445#: dselect.man 19446#, no-wrap 19447msgid "select" 19448msgstr "" 19449 19450#. type: Plain text 19451#: dselect.man 19452msgid "View or manage package selections and dependencies." 19453msgstr "" 19454 19455#. type: Plain text 19456#: dselect.man 19457msgid "" 19458"This is the main function of B<dselect>. In the select screen, the user can " 19459"review a list of all available and installed packages. When run with " 19460"administrator privileges, it is also possible to interactively change " 19461"packages selection state. B<dselect> tracks the implications of these " 19462"changes to other depending or conflicting packages." 19463msgstr "" 19464 19465#. type: Plain text 19466#: dselect.man 19467msgid "" 19468"When a conflict or failed depends is detected, a dependency resolution " 19469"subscreen is prompted to the user. In this screen, a list of conflicting or " 19470"depending packages is shown, and for each package listed, the reason for its " 19471"listing is shown. The user may apply the suggestions proposed by B<dselect>, " 19472"override them, or back out all the changes, including the ones that created " 19473"the unresolved depends or conflicts." 19474msgstr "" 19475 19476#. type: Plain text 19477#: dselect.man 19478msgid "" 19479"The use of the interactive package selections management screen is explained " 19480"in more detail below." 19481msgstr "" 19482 19483#. type: SS 19484#: dselect.man 19485#, no-wrap 19486msgid "install" 19487msgstr "" 19488 19489#. type: Plain text 19490#: dselect.man 19491msgid "Installs selected packages." 19492msgstr "" 19493 19494#. type: Plain text 19495#: dselect.man 19496msgid "" 19497"The configured access method will fetch installable or upgradable packages " 19498"from the relevant repositories and install these using B<dpkg>. Depending " 19499"on the implementation of the access method, all packages can be prefetched " 19500"before installation, or fetched when needed. Some access methods may also " 19501"remove packages that were marked for removal." 19502msgstr "" 19503 19504#. type: Plain text 19505#: dselect.man 19506msgid "" 19507"If an error occurred during install, it is usually advisable to run install " 19508"again. In most cases, the problems will disappear or be solved. If problems " 19509"persist or the installation performed was incorrect, please investigate into " 19510"the causes and circumstances, and file a bug in the Debian bug tracking " 19511"system. Instructions on how to do this can be found at " 19512"https://bugs.debian.org/ or by reading the documentation for B<bug>(1) or " 19513"B<reportbug>(1), if these are installed." 19514msgstr "" 19515 19516#. type: Plain text 19517#: dselect.man 19518msgid "" 19519"Details of the install command depend on the access method's " 19520"implementation. The user's attention and input may be required during " 19521"installation, configuration or removal of packages. This depends on the " 19522"maintainer scripts in the package. Some packages make use of the " 19523"B<debconf>(1) library, allowing for more flexible or even automated " 19524"installation setups." 19525msgstr "" 19526 19527#. type: SS 19528#: dselect.man 19529#, no-wrap 19530msgid "config" 19531msgstr "" 19532 19533#. type: Plain text 19534#: dselect.man 19535msgid "Configures any previously installed, but not fully configured packages." 19536msgstr "" 19537 19538#. type: SS 19539#: dselect.man 19540#, no-wrap 19541msgid "remove" 19542msgstr "" 19543 19544#. type: Plain text 19545#: dselect.man 19546msgid "Removes or purges installed packages, that are marked for removal." 19547msgstr "" 19548 19549#. type: SS 19550#: dselect.man 19551#, no-wrap 19552msgid "quit" 19553msgstr "" 19554 19555#. type: Plain text 19556#: dselect.man 19557msgid "Quit B<dselect>." 19558msgstr "" 19559 19560#. type: Plain text 19561#: dselect.man 19562msgid "Exits the program with zero (successful) errorcode." 19563msgstr "" 19564 19565#. type: SH 19566#: dselect.man 19567#, no-wrap 19568msgid "PACKAGE SELECTIONS MANAGEMENT" 19569msgstr "" 19570 19571#. type: SS 19572#: dselect.man 19573#, no-wrap 19574msgid "Introduction" 19575msgstr "" 19576 19577#. type: Plain text 19578#: dselect.man 19579msgid "" 19580"B<dselect> directly exposes the administrator to some of the complexities " 19581"involved with managing large sets of packages with many " 19582"interdependencies. For a user who is unfamiliar with the concepts and the " 19583"ways of the Debian package management system, it can be quite " 19584"overwhelming. Although B<dselect> is aimed at easing package management and " 19585"administration, it is only instrumental in doing so and cannot be assumed to " 19586"be a sufficient substitute for administrator skill and understanding. The " 19587"user is required to be familiar with the concepts underlying the Debian " 19588"packaging system. In case of doubt, consult the B<dpkg>(1) manpage and the " 19589"distribution policy." 19590msgstr "" 19591 19592#. type: Plain text 19593#: dselect.man 19594msgid "" 19595"Unless B<dselect> is run in expert or immediate mode, a help screen is first " 19596"displayed when choosing this command from the menu. The user is I<strongly> " 19597"advised to study all of the information presented in the online help " 19598"screens, when one pops up. The online help screens can at any time be " 19599"invoked with the ‘B<?>’ key." 19600msgstr "" 19601 19602#. type: SS 19603#: dselect.man 19604#, no-wrap 19605msgid "Screen layout" 19606msgstr "" 19607 19608#. type: Plain text 19609#: dselect.man 19610msgid "" 19611"The select screen is by default split in a top and a bottom half. The top " 19612"half shows a list of packages. A cursor bar can select an individual " 19613"package, or a group of packages, if applicable, by selecting the group " 19614"header. The bottom half of the screen shows some details about the package " 19615"currently selected in the top half of the screen. The type of detail that " 19616"is displayed can be varied." 19617msgstr "" 19618 19619#. type: Plain text 19620#: dselect.man 19621msgid "" 19622"Pressing the ‘B<I>’ key toggles a full-screen display of the packages list, " 19623"an enlarged view of the package details, or the equally split screen." 19624msgstr "" 19625 19626#. type: SS 19627#: dselect.man 19628#, no-wrap 19629msgid "Package details view" 19630msgstr "" 19631 19632#. type: Plain text 19633#: dselect.man 19634#, no-wrap 19635msgid "" 19636"The package details view by default shows the extended package description\n" 19637"for the package that is currently selected in the packages status list.\n" 19638"The type of detail can be toggled by pressing the ‘B<i>’ key.\n" 19639"This alternates between:\n" 19640" - the extended description\n" 19641" - the control information for the installed version\n" 19642" - the control information for the available version\n" 19643msgstr "" 19644 19645#. type: Plain text 19646#: dselect.man 19647msgid "" 19648"In a dependency resolution screen, there is also the possibility of viewing " 19649"the specific unresolved depends or conflicts related to the package and " 19650"causing it to be listed." 19651msgstr "" 19652 19653#. type: SS 19654#: dselect.man 19655#, no-wrap 19656msgid "Packages status list" 19657msgstr "" 19658 19659#. type: Plain text 19660#: dselect.man 19661msgid "" 19662"The main select screen displays a list of all packages known to the Debian " 19663"package management system. This includes packages installed on the system " 19664"and packages known from the available packages database." 19665msgstr "" 19666 19667#. type: Plain text 19668#: dselect.man 19669msgid "" 19670"For every package, the list shows the package's status, priority, section, " 19671"installed and available architecture, installed and available versions, the " 19672"package name and its short description, all in one line. By pressing the " 19673"‘B<A>’ key, the display of the installed and available architecture can be " 19674"toggled between on an off. By pressing the ‘B<V>’ key, the display of the " 19675"installed and available version can be toggled between on an off. By " 19676"pressing the ‘B<v>’ key, the package status display is toggled between " 19677"verbose and shorthand. Shorthand display is the default." 19678msgstr "" 19679 19680#. type: Plain text 19681#: dselect.man 19682msgid "" 19683"The shorthand status indication consists of four parts: an error flag, which " 19684"should normally be clear, the current status, the last selection state and " 19685"the current selection state. The first two relate to the actual state of " 19686"the package, the second pair are about the selections set by the user." 19687msgstr "" 19688 19689#. type: Plain text 19690#: dselect.man 19691#, no-wrap 19692msgid "" 19693"These are the meanings of the shorthand package status indicator codes:\n" 19694" Error flag:\n" 19695" I<empty> no error\n" 19696" B<R> serious error, needs reinstallation;\n" 19697" Installed state:\n" 19698" I<empty> not installed;\n" 19699" B<*> fully installed and configured;\n" 19700" B<-> not installed but some config files may remain;\n" 19701" B<U> unpacked but not yet configured;\n" 19702" B<C> half-configured (an error happened);\n" 19703" B<I> half-installed (an error happened).\n" 19704" Current and requested selections:\n" 19705" B<*> marked for installation or upgrade;\n" 19706" B<-> marked for removal, configuration files remain;\n" 19707" B<=> on hold: package will not be processed at all;\n" 19708" B<_> marked for purge, also remove configuration;\n" 19709" B<n> package is new and has yet to be marked.\n" 19710msgstr "" 19711 19712#. type: SS 19713#: dselect.man 19714#, no-wrap 19715msgid "Cursor and screen movement" 19716msgstr "" 19717 19718#. type: Plain text 19719#: dselect.man 19720msgid "" 19721"The package selection list and the dependency conflict resolution screens " 19722"can be navigated using motion commands mapped to the following keys:" 19723msgstr "" 19724 19725#. type: Plain text 19726#: dselect.man 19727#, no-wrap 19728msgid "" 19729" B<p, Up, k> move cursor bar up\n" 19730" B<n, Down, j> move cursor bar down\n" 19731" B<P, Pgup, Backspace> scroll list 1 page up\n" 19732" B<N, Pgdn, Space> scroll list 1 page down\n" 19733" B<^p> scroll list 1 line up\n" 19734" B<^n> scroll list 1 line down\n" 19735" B<t, Home> jump to top of list\n" 19736" B<e, End> jump to end of list\n" 19737" B<u> scroll info 1 page up\n" 19738" B<d> scroll info 1 page down\n" 19739" B<^u> scroll info 1 line up\n" 19740" B<^d> scroll info 1 line down\n" 19741" B<B, Left-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen left\n" 19742" B<F, Right-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen right\n" 19743" B<^b> pan display 1 character left\n" 19744" B<^f> pan display 1 character right\n" 19745msgstr "" 19746 19747#. type: SS 19748#: dselect.man 19749#, no-wrap 19750msgid "Searching and sorting" 19751msgstr "" 19752 19753#. type: Plain text 19754#: dselect.man 19755msgid "" 19756"The list of packages can be searched by package name. This is done by " 19757"pressing ‘B</>’, and typing a simple search string. The string is " 19758"interpreted as a B<regex>(7) regular expression. If you add ‘B</d>’ to the " 19759"search expression, dselect will also search in descriptions. If you add " 19760"‘B</i>’ the search will be case insensitive. You may combine these two " 19761"suffixes like this: ‘B</id>’. Repeated searching is accomplished by " 19762"repeatedly pressing the ‘B<n>’ or ‘B<\\e>’ keys, until the wanted package is " 19763"found. If the search reaches the bottom of the list, it wraps to the top " 19764"and continues searching from there." 19765msgstr "" 19766 19767#. type: Plain text 19768#: dselect.man 19769#, no-wrap 19770msgid "" 19771"The list sort order can be varied by pressing\n" 19772"the ‘B<o>’ and ‘B<O>’ keys repeatedly.\n" 19773"The following nine sort orderings can be selected:\n" 19774" alphabet available status\n" 19775" priority+section available+priority status+priority\n" 19776" section+priority available+section status+section\n" 19777msgstr "" 19778 19779#. type: Plain text 19780#: dselect.man 19781msgid "" 19782"Where not listed above explicitly, alphabetic order is used as the final " 19783"subordering sort key." 19784msgstr "" 19785 19786#. type: SS 19787#: dselect.man 19788#, no-wrap 19789msgid "Altering selections" 19790msgstr "" 19791 19792#. type: Plain text 19793#: dselect.man 19794#, no-wrap 19795msgid "" 19796"The requested selection state of individual packages may be\n" 19797"altered with the following commands:\n" 19798" B<+, Insert> install or upgrade\n" 19799" B<=, H> hold in present state and version\n" 19800" B<:, G> unhold: upgrade or leave uninstalled\n" 19801" B<-, Delete> remove, but leave configuration\n" 19802" B<_> remove & purge configuration\n" 19803msgstr "" 19804 19805#. type: Plain text 19806#: dselect.man 19807msgid "" 19808"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or " 19809"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution " 19810"screen. This will be further explained below." 19811msgstr "" 19812 19813#. type: Plain text 19814#: dselect.man 19815msgid "" 19816"It is also possible to apply these commands to groups of package selections, " 19817"by pointing the cursor bar onto a group header. The exact grouping of " 19818"packages is dependent on the current list ordering settings." 19819msgstr "" 19820 19821#. type: Plain text 19822#: dselect.man 19823msgid "" 19824"Proper care should be taken when altering large groups of selections, " 19825"because this can instantaneously create large numbers of unresolved depends " 19826"or conflicts, all of which will be listed in one dependency resolution " 19827"screen, making them very hard to handle. In practice, only hold and unhold " 19828"operations are useful when applied to groups." 19829msgstr "" 19830 19831#. type: SS 19832#: dselect.man 19833#, no-wrap 19834msgid "Resolving depends and conflicts" 19835msgstr "" 19836 19837#. type: Plain text 19838#: dselect.man 19839msgid "" 19840"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or " 19841"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution " 19842"screen. First however, an informative help screen is displayed." 19843msgstr "" 19844 19845#. type: Plain text 19846#: dselect.man 19847msgid "" 19848"The top half of this screen lists all the packages that will have unresolved " 19849"depends or conflicts, as a result of the requested change, and all the " 19850"packages whose installation can resolve any of these depends or whose " 19851"removal can resolve any of the conflicts. The bottom half defaults to show " 19852"the depends or conflicts that cause the currently selected package to be " 19853"listed." 19854msgstr "" 19855 19856#. type: Plain text 19857#: dselect.man 19858msgid "" 19859"When the sublist of packages is displayed initially, B<dselect> may have " 19860"already set the requested selection status of some of the listed packages, " 19861"in order to resolve the depends or conflicts that caused the dependency " 19862"resolution screen to be displayed. Usually, it is best to follow up the " 19863"suggestions made by B<dselect>." 19864msgstr "" 19865 19866#. type: Plain text 19867#: dselect.man 19868msgid "" 19869"The listed packages' selection state may be reverted to the original " 19870"settings, as they were before the unresolved depends or conflicts were " 19871"created, by pressing the ‘B<R>’ key. By pressing the ‘B<D>’ key, the " 19872"automatic suggestions are reset, but the change that caused the dependency " 19873"resolution screen to be prompted is kept as requested. Finally, by pressing " 19874"‘B<U>’, the selections are again set to the automatic suggestion values." 19875msgstr "" 19876 19877#. type: SS 19878#: dselect.man 19879#, no-wrap 19880msgid "Establishing the requested selections" 19881msgstr "" 19882 19883#. type: Plain text 19884#: dselect.man 19885msgid "" 19886"By pressing B<enter>, the currently displayed set of selections is " 19887"accepted. If B<dselect> detects no unresolved depends as a result of the " 19888"requested selections, the new selections will be set. However, if there are " 19889"any unresolved depends, B<dselect> will again prompt the user with a " 19890"dependency resolution screen." 19891msgstr "" 19892 19893#. type: Plain text 19894#: dselect.man 19895msgid "" 19896"To alter a set of selections that creates unresolved depends or conflicts " 19897"and forcing B<dselect> to accept it, press the ‘B<Q>’ key. This sets the " 19898"selections as specified by the user, unconditionally. Generally, don't do " 19899"this unless you've read the fine print." 19900msgstr "" 19901 19902#. type: Plain text 19903#: dselect.man 19904msgid "" 19905"The opposite effect, to back out any selections change requests and go back " 19906"to the previous list of selections, is attained by pressing the ‘B<X>’ or " 19907"B<escape> keys. By repeatedly pressing these keys, any possibly detrimental " 19908"changes to the requested package selections can be backed out completely to " 19909"the last established settings." 19910msgstr "" 19911 19912#. type: Plain text 19913#: dselect.man 19914msgid "" 19915"If you mistakenly establish some settings and wish to revert all the " 19916"selections to what is currently installed on the system, press the ‘B<C>’ " 19917"key. This is somewhat similar to using the unhold command on all packages, " 19918"but provides a more obvious panic button in cases where the user pressed " 19919"B<enter> by accident." 19920msgstr "" 19921 19922#. type: Plain text 19923#: dselect.man 19924msgid "The requested command was successfully performed." 19925msgstr "" 19926 19927#. type: Plain text 19928#: dselect.man 19929msgid "" 19930"If set, B<dselect> will use it as the directory from which to read the user " 19931"specific configuration file." 19932msgstr "" 19933 19934#. type: Plain text 19935#: dselect.man 19936msgid "" 19937"The B<dselect> package selection interface is confusing to some new users. " 19938"Reportedly, it even makes seasoned kernel developers cry." 19939msgstr "" 19940 19941#. type: Plain text 19942#: dselect.man 19943msgid "The documentation is lacking." 19944msgstr "" 19945 19946#. type: Plain text 19947#: dselect.man 19948msgid "There is no help option in the main menu." 19949msgstr "" 19950 19951#. type: Plain text 19952#: dselect.man 19953msgid "The visible list of available packages cannot be reduced." 19954msgstr "" 19955 19956#. type: Plain text 19957#: dselect.man 19958msgid "" 19959"The built in access methods can no longer stand up to current quality " 19960"standards. Use the access method provided by apt, it is not only not broken, " 19961"it is also much more flexible than the built in access methods." 19962msgstr "" 19963 19964#. type: Plain text 19965#: dselect.man 19966msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<apt-get>(8), B<sources.list>(5), B<deb>(5)." 19967msgstr "" 19968 19969#. type: TH 19970#: dselect.cfg.man 19971#, no-wrap 19972msgid "dselect.cfg" 19973msgstr "" 19974 19975#. type: Plain text 19976#: dselect.cfg.man 19977msgid "dselect.cfg - dselect configuration file" 19978msgstr "" 19979 19980#. type: Plain text 19981#: dselect.cfg.man 19982msgid "" 19983"This file contains default options for dselect. Each line contains a single " 19984"option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dselect " 19985"except for the leading hyphens which are not used here. Quotes surrounding " 19986"option values are stripped. Comments are allowed by starting a line with a " 19987"hash sign (‘B<#>’)." 19988msgstr "" 19989 19990#. type: Plain text 19991#: dselect.cfg.man 19992msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dselect.cfg.d/[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*>" 19993msgstr "" 19994 19995#. type: Plain text 19996#: dselect.cfg.man 19997msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dselect.cfg>" 19998msgstr "" 19999 20000#. type: Plain text 20001#: dselect.cfg.man 20002msgid "I<~/.dselect.cfg>" 20003msgstr "" 20004 20005#. type: Plain text 20006#: dselect.cfg.man 20007msgid "B<dselect>(1)." 20008msgstr "" 20009 20010#. type: TH 20011#: start-stop-daemon.man 20012#, no-wrap 20013msgid "start-stop-daemon" 20014msgstr "" 20015 20016#. type: Plain text 20017#: start-stop-daemon.man 20018msgid "start-stop-daemon - start and stop system daemon programs" 20019msgstr "" 20020 20021#. type: Plain text 20022#: start-stop-daemon.man 20023msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> [I<option>...] I<command>" 20024msgstr "" 20025 20026#. type: Plain text 20027#: start-stop-daemon.man 20028msgid "" 20029"B<start-stop-daemon> is used to control the creation and termination of " 20030"system-level processes. Using one of the matching options, " 20031"B<start-stop-daemon> can be configured to find existing instances of a " 20032"running process." 20033msgstr "" 20034 20035#. type: Plain text 20036#: start-stop-daemon.man 20037msgid "" 20038"Note: unless B<--pid> or B<--pidfile> are specified, B<start-stop-daemon> " 20039"behaves similar to B<killall>(1). B<start-stop-daemon> will scan the " 20040"process table looking for any processes which match the process name, parent " 20041"pid, uid, and/or gid (if specified). Any matching process will prevent " 20042"B<--start> from starting the daemon. All matching processes will be sent the " 20043"TERM signal (or the one specified via B<--signal> or B<--retry>) if " 20044"B<--stop> is specified. For daemons which have long-lived children which " 20045"need to live through a B<--stop>, you must specify a pidfile." 20046msgstr "" 20047 20048#. type: TP 20049#: start-stop-daemon.man 20050#, no-wrap 20051msgid "B<-S>, B<--start> [B<-->] I<arguments>" 20052msgstr "" 20053 20054#. type: Plain text 20055#: start-stop-daemon.man 20056msgid "" 20057"Check for the existence of a specified process. If such a process exists, " 20058"B<start-stop-daemon> does nothing, and exits with error status 1 (0 if " 20059"B<--oknodo> is specified). If such a process does not exist, it starts an " 20060"instance, using either the executable specified by B<--exec> or, if " 20061"specified, by B<--startas>. Any arguments given after B<--> on the command " 20062"line are passed unmodified to the program being started." 20063msgstr "" 20064 20065#. type: TP 20066#: start-stop-daemon.man 20067#, no-wrap 20068msgid "B<-K>, B<--stop>" 20069msgstr "" 20070 20071#. type: Plain text 20072#: start-stop-daemon.man 20073msgid "" 20074"Checks for the existence of a specified process. If such a process exists, " 20075"B<start-stop-daemon> sends it the signal specified by B<--signal>, and exits " 20076"with error status 0. If such a process does not exist, B<start-stop-daemon> " 20077"exits with error status 1 (0 if B<--oknodo> is specified). If B<--retry> is " 20078"specified, then B<start-stop-daemon> will check that the process(es) have " 20079"terminated." 20080msgstr "" 20081 20082#. type: TP 20083#: start-stop-daemon.man 20084#, no-wrap 20085msgid "B<-T>, B<--status>" 20086msgstr "" 20087 20088#. type: Plain text 20089#: start-stop-daemon.man 20090msgid "" 20091"Check for the existence of a specified process, and returns an exit status " 20092"code, according to the LSB Init Script Actions (since version 1.16.1)." 20093msgstr "" 20094 20095#. type: TP 20096#: start-stop-daemon.man 20097#, no-wrap 20098msgid "B<-H>, B<--help>" 20099msgstr "" 20100 20101#. type: Plain text 20102#: start-stop-daemon.man 20103msgid "Show usage information and exit." 20104msgstr "" 20105 20106#. type: TP 20107#: start-stop-daemon.man 20108#, no-wrap 20109msgid "B<-V>, B<--version>" 20110msgstr "" 20111 20112#. type: Plain text 20113#: start-stop-daemon.man 20114msgid "Show the program version and exit." 20115msgstr "" 20116 20117#. type: SS 20118#: start-stop-daemon.man 20119#, no-wrap 20120msgid "Matching options" 20121msgstr "" 20122 20123#. type: TP 20124#: start-stop-daemon.man 20125#, no-wrap 20126msgid "B<--pid> I<pid>" 20127msgstr "" 20128 20129#. type: Plain text 20130#: start-stop-daemon.man 20131msgid "" 20132"Check for a process with the specified I<pid> (since version 1.17.6). The " 20133"I<pid> must be a number greater than 0." 20134msgstr "" 20135 20136#. type: TP 20137#: start-stop-daemon.man 20138#, no-wrap 20139msgid "B<--ppid> I<ppid>" 20140msgstr "" 20141 20142#. type: Plain text 20143#: start-stop-daemon.man 20144msgid "" 20145"Check for a process with the specified parent pid I<ppid> (since version " 20146"1.17.7). The I<ppid> must be a number greater than 0." 20147msgstr "" 20148 20149#. type: TP 20150#: start-stop-daemon.man 20151#, no-wrap 20152msgid "B<-p>, B<--pidfile> I<pid-file>" 20153msgstr "" 20154 20155#. type: Plain text 20156#: start-stop-daemon.man 20157msgid "Check whether a process has created the file I<pid-file>." 20158msgstr "" 20159 20160#. type: Plain text 20161#: start-stop-daemon.man 20162msgid "" 20163"Note: using this matching option alone might cause unintended processes to " 20164"be acted on, if the old process terminated without being able to remove the " 20165"I<pid-file>." 20166msgstr "" 20167 20168#. type: Plain text 20169#: start-stop-daemon.man 20170msgid "" 20171"B<Warning:> using this match option with a world-writable pidfile or using " 20172"it alone with a daemon that writes the pidfile as an unprivileged (non-root) " 20173"user will be refused with an error (since version 1.19.3) as this is a " 20174"security risk, because either any user can write to it, or if the daemon " 20175"gets compromised, the contents of the pidfile cannot be trusted, and then a " 20176"privileged runner (such as an init script executed as root) would end up " 20177"acting on any system process. Using I</dev/null> is exempt from these " 20178"checks." 20179msgstr "" 20180 20181#. type: TP 20182#: start-stop-daemon.man 20183#, no-wrap 20184msgid "B<-x>, B<--exec> I<executable>" 20185msgstr "" 20186 20187#. type: Plain text 20188#: start-stop-daemon.man 20189msgid "" 20190"Check for processes that are instances of this I<executable>. The " 20191"I<executable> argument should be an absolute pathname. Note: this might not " 20192"work as intended with interpreted scripts, as the executable will point to " 20193"the interpreter. Take into account processes running from inside a chroot " 20194"will also be matched, so other match restrictions might be needed." 20195msgstr "" 20196 20197#. type: TP 20198#: start-stop-daemon.man 20199#, no-wrap 20200msgid "B<-n>, B<--name> I<process-name>" 20201msgstr "" 20202 20203#. type: Plain text 20204#: start-stop-daemon.man 20205msgid "" 20206"Check for processes with the name I<process-name>. The I<process-name> is " 20207"usually the process filename, but it could have been changed by the process " 20208"itself. Note: on most systems this information is retrieved from the process " 20209"comm name from the kernel, which tends to have a relatively short length " 20210"limit (assuming more than 15 characters is non-portable)." 20211msgstr "" 20212 20213#. type: TP 20214#: start-stop-daemon.man 20215#, no-wrap 20216msgid "B<-u>, B<--user> I<username>|I<uid>" 20217msgstr "" 20218 20219#. type: Plain text 20220#: start-stop-daemon.man 20221msgid "" 20222"Check for processes owned by the user specified by I<username> or " 20223"I<uid>. Note: using this matching option alone will cause all processes " 20224"matching the user to be acted on." 20225msgstr "" 20226 20227#. type: SS 20228#: start-stop-daemon.man 20229#, no-wrap 20230msgid "Generic options" 20231msgstr "" 20232 20233#. type: TP 20234#: start-stop-daemon.man 20235#, no-wrap 20236msgid "B<-g>, B<--group> I<group>|I<gid>" 20237msgstr "" 20238 20239#. type: Plain text 20240#: start-stop-daemon.man 20241msgid "Change to I<group> or I<gid> when starting the process." 20242msgstr "" 20243 20244#. type: TP 20245#: start-stop-daemon.man 20246#, no-wrap 20247msgid "B<-s>, B<--signal> I<signal>" 20248msgstr "" 20249 20250#. type: Plain text 20251#: start-stop-daemon.man 20252msgid "" 20253"With B<--stop>, specifies the signal to send to processes being stopped " 20254"(default TERM)." 20255msgstr "" 20256 20257#. type: TP 20258#: start-stop-daemon.man 20259#, no-wrap 20260msgid "B<-R>, B<--retry> I<timeout>|I<schedule>" 20261msgstr "" 20262 20263#. type: Plain text 20264#: start-stop-daemon.man 20265msgid "" 20266"With B<--stop>, specifies that B<start-stop-daemon> is to check whether the " 20267"process(es) do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching " 20268"processes are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will " 20269"then take further action as determined by the schedule." 20270msgstr "" 20271 20272#. type: Plain text 20273#: start-stop-daemon.man 20274msgid "" 20275"If I<timeout> is specified instead of I<schedule>, then the schedule " 20276"I<signal>B</>I<timeout>B</KILL/>I<timeout> is used, where I<signal> is the " 20277"signal specified with B<--signal>." 20278msgstr "" 20279 20280#. type: Plain text 20281#: start-stop-daemon.man 20282msgid "" 20283"I<schedule> is a list of at least two items separated by slashes (B</>); " 20284"each item may be B<->I<signal-number> or [B<->]I<signal-name>, which means " 20285"to send that signal, or I<timeout>, which means to wait that many seconds " 20286"for processes to exit, or B<forever>, which means to repeat the rest of the " 20287"schedule forever if necessary." 20288msgstr "" 20289 20290#. type: Plain text 20291#: start-stop-daemon.man 20292msgid "" 20293"If the end of the schedule is reached and B<forever> is not specified, then " 20294"B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 2. If a schedule is specified, " 20295"then any signal specified with B<--signal> is ignored." 20296msgstr "" 20297 20298#. type: TP 20299#: start-stop-daemon.man 20300#, no-wrap 20301msgid "B<-a>, B<--startas> I<pathname>" 20302msgstr "" 20303 20304#. type: Plain text 20305#: start-stop-daemon.man 20306msgid "" 20307"With B<--start>, start the process specified by I<pathname>. If not " 20308"specified, defaults to the argument given to B<--exec>." 20309msgstr "" 20310 20311#. type: TP 20312#: start-stop-daemon.man 20313#, no-wrap 20314msgid "B<-t>, B<--test>" 20315msgstr "" 20316 20317#. type: Plain text 20318#: start-stop-daemon.man 20319msgid "" 20320"Print actions that would be taken and set appropriate return value, but take " 20321"no action." 20322msgstr "" 20323 20324#. type: TP 20325#: start-stop-daemon.man 20326#, no-wrap 20327msgid "B<-o>, B<--oknodo>" 20328msgstr "" 20329 20330#. type: Plain text 20331#: start-stop-daemon.man 20332msgid "Return exit status 0 instead of 1 if no actions are (would be) taken." 20333msgstr "" 20334 20335#. type: TP 20336#: start-stop-daemon.man 20337#, no-wrap 20338msgid "B<-q>, B<--quiet>" 20339msgstr "" 20340 20341#. type: Plain text 20342#: start-stop-daemon.man 20343msgid "Do not print informational messages; only display error messages." 20344msgstr "" 20345 20346#. type: TP 20347#: start-stop-daemon.man 20348#, no-wrap 20349msgid "B<-c>, B<--chuid> I<username>|I<uid>[B<:>I<group>|I<gid>]" 20350msgstr "" 20351 20352#. type: Plain text 20353#: start-stop-daemon.man 20354msgid "" 20355"Change to this username/uid before starting the process. You can also " 20356"specify a group by appending a B<:>, then the group or gid in the same way " 20357"as you would for the B<chown>(1) command (I<user>B<:>I<group>). If a user " 20358"is specified without a group, the primary GID for that user is used. When " 20359"using this option you must realize that the primary and supplemental groups " 20360"are set as well, even if the B<--group> option is not specified. The " 20361"B<--group> option is only for groups that the user isn't normally a member " 20362"of (like adding per process group membership for generic users like " 20363"B<nobody>)." 20364msgstr "" 20365 20366#. type: TP 20367#: start-stop-daemon.man 20368#, no-wrap 20369msgid "B<-r>, B<--chroot> I<root>" 20370msgstr "" 20371 20372#. type: Plain text 20373#: start-stop-daemon.man 20374msgid "" 20375"Chdir and chroot to I<root> before starting the process. Please note that " 20376"the pidfile is also written after the chroot." 20377msgstr "" 20378 20379#. type: TP 20380#: start-stop-daemon.man 20381#, no-wrap 20382msgid "B<-d>, B<--chdir> I<path>" 20383msgstr "" 20384 20385#. type: Plain text 20386#: start-stop-daemon.man 20387msgid "" 20388"Chdir to I<path> before starting the process. This is done after the chroot " 20389"if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, " 20390"B<start-stop-daemon> will chdir to the root directory before starting the " 20391"process." 20392msgstr "" 20393 20394#. type: TP 20395#: start-stop-daemon.man 20396#, no-wrap 20397msgid "B<-b>, B<--background>" 20398msgstr "" 20399 20400#. type: Plain text 20401#: start-stop-daemon.man 20402msgid "" 20403"Typically used with programs that don't detach on their own. This option " 20404"will force B<start-stop-daemon> to fork before starting the process, and " 20405"force it into the background. B<Warning: start-stop-daemon> cannot check " 20406"the exit status if the process fails to execute for B<any> reason. This is a " 20407"last resort, and is only meant for programs that either make no sense " 20408"forking on their own, or where it's not feasible to add the code for them to " 20409"do this themselves." 20410msgstr "" 20411 20412#. type: TP 20413#: start-stop-daemon.man 20414#, no-wrap 20415msgid "B<--notify-await>" 20416msgstr "" 20417 20418#. type: Plain text 20419#: start-stop-daemon.man 20420msgid "" 20421"Wait for the background process to send a readiness notification before " 20422"considering the service started (since version 1.19.3). This implements " 20423"parts of the systemd readiness protocol, as specified in the B<sd_notify>(3) " 20424"man page. The following variables are supported:" 20425msgstr "" 20426 20427#. type: TP 20428#: start-stop-daemon.man 20429#, no-wrap 20430msgid "B<READY=1>" 20431msgstr "" 20432 20433#. type: Plain text 20434#: start-stop-daemon.man 20435msgid "The program is ready to give service, so we can exit safely." 20436msgstr "" 20437 20438#. type: TP 20439#: start-stop-daemon.man 20440#, no-wrap 20441msgid "B<EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=>I<number>" 20442msgstr "" 20443 20444#. type: Plain text 20445#: start-stop-daemon.man 20446msgid "" 20447"The program requests to extend the timeout by I<number> microseconds. This " 20448"will reset the current timeout to the specified value." 20449msgstr "" 20450 20451#. type: TP 20452#: start-stop-daemon.man 20453#, no-wrap 20454msgid "B<ERRNO=>I<number>" 20455msgstr "" 20456 20457#. type: Plain text 20458#: start-stop-daemon.man 20459msgid "" 20460"The program is exiting with an error. Do the same and print the " 20461"user-friendly string for the B<errno> value." 20462msgstr "" 20463 20464#. type: TP 20465#: start-stop-daemon.man 20466#, no-wrap 20467msgid "B<--notify-timeout>I<timeout>" 20468msgstr "" 20469 20470#. type: Plain text 20471#: start-stop-daemon.man 20472msgid "" 20473"Set a timeout for the B<--notify-await> option (since version 1.19.3). When " 20474"the timeout is reached, B<start-stop-daemon> will exit with an error code, " 20475"and no readiness notification will be awaited. The default is B<60> " 20476"seconds." 20477msgstr "" 20478 20479#. type: TP 20480#: start-stop-daemon.man 20481#, no-wrap 20482msgid "B<-C>, B<--no-close>" 20483msgstr "" 20484 20485#. type: Plain text 20486#: start-stop-daemon.man 20487msgid "" 20488"Do not close any file descriptor when forcing the daemon into the background " 20489"(since version 1.16.5). Used for debugging purposes to see the process " 20490"output, or to redirect file descriptors to log the process output. Only " 20491"relevant when using B<--background>." 20492msgstr "" 20493 20494#. type: TP 20495#: start-stop-daemon.man 20496#, no-wrap 20497msgid "B<-N>, B<--nicelevel> I<int>" 20498msgstr "" 20499 20500#. type: Plain text 20501#: start-stop-daemon.man 20502msgid "This alters the priority of the process before starting it." 20503msgstr "" 20504 20505#. type: TP 20506#: start-stop-daemon.man 20507#, no-wrap 20508msgid "B<-P>, B<--procsched> I<policy>B<:>I<priority>" 20509msgstr "" 20510 20511#. type: Plain text 20512#: start-stop-daemon.man 20513msgid "" 20514"This alters the process scheduler policy and priority of the process before " 20515"starting it (since version 1.15.0). The priority can be optionally " 20516"specified by appending a B<:> followed by the value. The default I<priority> " 20517"is 0. The currently supported policy values are B<other>, B<fifo> and B<rr>." 20518msgstr "" 20519 20520#. type: TP 20521#: start-stop-daemon.man 20522#, no-wrap 20523msgid "B<-I>, B<--iosched> I<class>B<:>I<priority>" 20524msgstr "" 20525 20526#. type: Plain text 20527#: start-stop-daemon.man 20528msgid "" 20529"This alters the IO scheduler class and priority of the process before " 20530"starting it (since version 1.15.0). The priority can be optionally " 20531"specified by appending a B<:> followed by the value. The default I<priority> " 20532"is 4, unless I<class> is B<idle>, then I<priority> will always be 7. The " 20533"currently supported values for I<class> are B<idle>, B<best-effort> and " 20534"B<real-time>." 20535msgstr "" 20536 20537#. type: TP 20538#: start-stop-daemon.man 20539#, no-wrap 20540msgid "B<-k>, B<--umask> I<mask>" 20541msgstr "" 20542 20543#. type: Plain text 20544#: start-stop-daemon.man 20545msgid "" 20546"This sets the umask of the process before starting it (since version " 20547"1.13.22)." 20548msgstr "" 20549 20550#. type: TP 20551#: start-stop-daemon.man 20552#, no-wrap 20553msgid "B<-m>, B<--make-pidfile>" 20554msgstr "" 20555 20556#. type: Plain text 20557#: start-stop-daemon.man 20558msgid "" 20559"Used when starting a program that does not create its own pid file. This " 20560"option will make B<start-stop-daemon> create the file referenced with " 20561"B<--pidfile> and place the pid into it just before executing the " 20562"process. Note, the file will only be removed when stopping the program if " 20563"B<--remove-pidfile> is used. B<Note:> This feature may not work in all " 20564"cases. Most notably when the program being executed forks from its main " 20565"process. Because of this, it is usually only useful when combined with the " 20566"B<--background> option." 20567msgstr "" 20568 20569#. type: TP 20570#: start-stop-daemon.man 20571#, no-wrap 20572msgid "B<--remove-pidfile>" 20573msgstr "" 20574 20575#. type: Plain text 20576#: start-stop-daemon.man 20577msgid "" 20578"Used when stopping a program that does not remove its own pid file (since " 20579"version 1.17.19). This option will make B<start-stop-daemon> remove the " 20580"file referenced with B<--pidfile> after terminating the process." 20581msgstr "" 20582 20583#. type: Plain text 20584#: start-stop-daemon.man 20585msgid "Print verbose informational messages." 20586msgstr "" 20587 20588#. type: Plain text 20589#: start-stop-daemon.man 20590msgid "" 20591"The requested action was performed. If B<--oknodo> was specified, it's also " 20592"possible that nothing had to be done. This can happen when B<--start> was " 20593"specified and a matching process was already running, or when B<--stop> was " 20594"specified and there were no matching processes." 20595msgstr "" 20596 20597#. type: Plain text 20598#: start-stop-daemon.man 20599msgid "If B<--oknodo> was not specified and nothing was done." 20600msgstr "" 20601 20602#. type: Plain text 20603#: start-stop-daemon.man 20604msgid "" 20605"If B<--stop> and B<--retry> were specified, but the end of the schedule was " 20606"reached and the processes were still running." 20607msgstr "" 20608 20609#. type: TP 20610#: start-stop-daemon.man 20611#, no-wrap 20612msgid "B<3>" 20613msgstr "" 20614 20615#. type: Plain text 20616#: start-stop-daemon.man 20617msgid "Any other error." 20618msgstr "" 20619 20620#. type: Plain text 20621#: start-stop-daemon.man 20622msgid "When using the B<--status> command, the following status codes are returned:" 20623msgstr "" 20624 20625#. type: Plain text 20626#: start-stop-daemon.man 20627msgid "Program is running." 20628msgstr "" 20629 20630#. type: Plain text 20631#: start-stop-daemon.man 20632msgid "Program is not running and the pid file exists." 20633msgstr "" 20634 20635#. type: Plain text 20636#: start-stop-daemon.man 20637msgid "Program is not running." 20638msgstr "" 20639 20640#. type: TP 20641#: start-stop-daemon.man 20642#, no-wrap 20643msgid "B<4>" 20644msgstr "" 20645 20646#. type: Plain text 20647#: start-stop-daemon.man 20648msgid "Unable to determine program status." 20649msgstr "" 20650 20651#. type: Plain text 20652#: start-stop-daemon.man 20653msgid "" 20654"Start the B<food> daemon, unless one is already running (a process named " 20655"food, running as user food, with pid in food.pid):" 20656msgstr "" 20657 20658#. type: Plain text 20659#: start-stop-daemon.man 20660#, no-wrap 20661msgid "" 20662"start-stop-daemon --start --oknodo --user food --name food \\e\n" 20663"\t--pidfile /run/food.pid --startas /usr/sbin/food \\e\n" 20664"\t--chuid food -- --daemon\n" 20665msgstr "" 20666 20667#. type: Plain text 20668#: start-stop-daemon.man 20669msgid "Send B<SIGTERM> to B<food> and wait up to 5 seconds for it to stop:" 20670msgstr "" 20671 20672#. type: Plain text 20673#: start-stop-daemon.man 20674#, no-wrap 20675msgid "" 20676"start-stop-daemon --stop --oknodo --user food --name food \\e\n" 20677"\t--pidfile /run/food.pid --retry 5\n" 20678msgstr "" 20679 20680#. type: Plain text 20681#: start-stop-daemon.man 20682msgid "Demonstration of a custom schedule for stopping B<food>:" 20683msgstr "" 20684 20685#. type: Plain text 20686#: start-stop-daemon.man 20687#, no-wrap 20688msgid "" 20689"start-stop-daemon --stop --oknodo --user food --name food \\e\n" 20690"\t--pidfile /run/food.pid --retry=TERM/30/KILL/5\n" 20691msgstr "" 20692 20693#. type: TH 20694#: update-alternatives.man 20695#, no-wrap 20696msgid "update-alternatives" 20697msgstr "" 20698 20699#. type: Plain text 20700#: update-alternatives.man 20701msgid "update-alternatives - maintain symbolic links determining default commands" 20702msgstr "" 20703 20704#. type: Plain text 20705#: update-alternatives.man 20706msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<option>...] I<command>" 20707msgstr "" 20708 20709#. type: Plain text 20710#: update-alternatives.man 20711msgid "" 20712"B<update-alternatives> creates, removes, maintains and displays information " 20713"about the symbolic links comprising the Debian alternatives system." 20714msgstr "" 20715 20716#. type: Plain text 20717#: update-alternatives.man 20718msgid "" 20719"It is possible for several programs fulfilling the same or similar functions " 20720"to be installed on a single system at the same time. For example, many " 20721"systems have several text editors installed at once. This gives choice to " 20722"the users of a system, allowing each to use a different editor, if desired, " 20723"but makes it difficult for a program to make a good choice for an editor to " 20724"invoke if the user has not specified a particular preference." 20725msgstr "" 20726 20727#. type: Plain text 20728#: update-alternatives.man 20729msgid "" 20730"Debian's alternatives system aims to solve this problem. A generic name in " 20731"the filesystem is shared by all files providing interchangeable " 20732"functionality. The alternatives system and the system administrator " 20733"together determine which actual file is referenced by this generic name. " 20734"For example, if the text editors B<ed>(1) and B<nvi>(1) are both installed " 20735"on the system, the alternatives system will cause the generic name " 20736"I</usr/bin/editor> to refer to I</usr/bin/nvi> by default. The system " 20737"administrator can override this and cause it to refer to I</usr/bin/ed> " 20738"instead, and the alternatives system will not alter this setting until " 20739"explicitly requested to do so." 20740msgstr "" 20741 20742#. type: Plain text 20743#: update-alternatives.man 20744msgid "" 20745"The generic name is not a direct symbolic link to the selected alternative. " 20746"Instead, it is a symbolic link to a name in the I<alternatives> " 20747"I<directory>, which in turn is a symbolic link to the actual file " 20748"referenced. This is done so that the system administrator's changes can be " 20749"confined within the I<%CONFDIR%> directory: the FHS (q.v.) gives reasons why " 20750"this is a Good Thing." 20751msgstr "" 20752 20753#. type: Plain text 20754#: update-alternatives.man 20755msgid "" 20756"When each package providing a file with a particular functionality is " 20757"installed, changed or removed, B<update-alternatives> is called to update " 20758"information about that file in the alternatives system. " 20759"B<update-alternatives> is usually called from the B<postinst> (configure) or " 20760"B<prerm> (remove and deconfigure) scripts in Debian packages." 20761msgstr "" 20762 20763#. type: Plain text 20764#: update-alternatives.man 20765msgid "" 20766"It is often useful for a number of alternatives to be synchronized, so that " 20767"they are changed as a group; for example, when several versions of the " 20768"B<vi>(1) editor are installed, the man page referenced by " 20769"I</usr/share/man/man1/vi.1> should correspond to the executable referenced " 20770"by I</usr/bin/vi>. B<update-alternatives> handles this by means of " 20771"I<master> and I<slave> links; when the master is changed, any associated " 20772"slaves are changed too. A master link and its associated slaves make up a " 20773"I<link> I<group>." 20774msgstr "" 20775 20776#. type: Plain text 20777#: update-alternatives.man 20778msgid "" 20779"Each link group is, at any given time, in one of two modes: automatic or " 20780"manual. When a group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system will " 20781"automatically decide, as packages are installed and removed, whether and how " 20782"to update the links. In manual mode, the alternatives system will retain " 20783"the choice of the administrator and avoid changing the links (except when " 20784"something is broken)." 20785msgstr "" 20786 20787#. type: Plain text 20788#: update-alternatives.man 20789msgid "" 20790"Link groups are in automatic mode when they are first introduced to the " 20791"system. If the system administrator makes changes to the system's automatic " 20792"settings, this will be noticed the next time B<update-alternatives> is run " 20793"on the changed link's group, and the group will automatically be switched to " 20794"manual mode." 20795msgstr "" 20796 20797#. type: Plain text 20798#: update-alternatives.man 20799msgid "" 20800"Each alternative has a I<priority> associated with it. When a link group is " 20801"in automatic mode, the alternatives pointed to by members of the group will " 20802"be those which have the highest priority." 20803msgstr "" 20804 20805#. type: Plain text 20806#: update-alternatives.man 20807msgid "" 20808"When using the B<--config> option, B<update-alternatives> will list all of " 20809"the choices for the link group of which given I<name> is the master " 20810"alternative name. The current choice is marked with a ‘*’. You will then " 20811"be prompted for your choice regarding this link group. Depending on the " 20812"choice made, the link group might no longer be in I<auto> mode. You will " 20813"need to use the B<--auto> option in order to return to the automatic mode " 20814"(or you can rerun B<--config> and select the entry marked as automatic)." 20815msgstr "" 20816 20817#. type: Plain text 20818#: update-alternatives.man 20819msgid "" 20820"If you want to configure non-interactively you can use the B<--set> option " 20821"instead (see below)." 20822msgstr "" 20823 20824#. type: Plain text 20825#: update-alternatives.man 20826msgid "" 20827"Different packages providing the same file need to do so B<cooperatively>. " 20828"In other words, the usage of B<update-alternatives> is B<mandatory> for all " 20829"involved packages in such case. It is not possible to override some file in " 20830"a package that does not employ the B<update-alternatives> mechanism." 20831msgstr "" 20832 20833#. type: SH 20834#: update-alternatives.man 20835#, no-wrap 20836msgid "TERMINOLOGY" 20837msgstr "" 20838 20839#. type: Plain text 20840#: update-alternatives.man 20841msgid "" 20842"Since the activities of B<update-alternatives> are quite involved, some " 20843"specific terms will help to explain its operation." 20844msgstr "" 20845 20846#. type: TP 20847#: update-alternatives.man 20848#, no-wrap 20849msgid "generic name (or alternative link)" 20850msgstr "" 20851 20852#. type: Plain text 20853#: update-alternatives.man 20854msgid "" 20855"A name, like I</usr/bin/editor>, which refers, via the alternatives system, " 20856"to one of a number of files of similar function." 20857msgstr "" 20858 20859#. type: TP 20860#: update-alternatives.man 20861#, no-wrap 20862msgid "alternative name" 20863msgstr "" 20864 20865#. type: Plain text 20866#: update-alternatives.man 20867msgid "The name of a symbolic link in the alternatives directory." 20868msgstr "" 20869 20870#. type: TP 20871#: update-alternatives.man 20872#, no-wrap 20873msgid "alternative (or alternative path)" 20874msgstr "" 20875 20876#. type: Plain text 20877#: update-alternatives.man 20878msgid "" 20879"The name of a specific file in the filesystem, which may be made accessible " 20880"via a generic name using the alternatives system." 20881msgstr "" 20882 20883#. type: TP 20884#: update-alternatives.man 20885#, no-wrap 20886msgid "alternatives directory" 20887msgstr "" 20888 20889#. type: Plain text 20890#: update-alternatives.man 20891msgid "A directory, by default I<%CONFDIR%/alternatives>, containing the symlinks." 20892msgstr "" 20893 20894#. type: TP 20895#: update-alternatives.man 20896#, no-wrap 20897msgid "administrative directory" 20898msgstr "" 20899 20900#. type: Plain text 20901#: update-alternatives.man 20902msgid "" 20903"A directory, by default I<%ADMINDIR%/alternatives>, containing " 20904"B<update-alternatives>' state information." 20905msgstr "" 20906 20907#. type: TP 20908#: update-alternatives.man 20909#, no-wrap 20910msgid "link group" 20911msgstr "" 20912 20913#. type: Plain text 20914#: update-alternatives.man 20915msgid "A set of related symlinks, intended to be updated as a group." 20916msgstr "" 20917 20918#. type: TP 20919#: update-alternatives.man 20920#, no-wrap 20921msgid "master link" 20922msgstr "" 20923 20924#. type: Plain text 20925#: update-alternatives.man 20926msgid "" 20927"The alternative link in a link group which determines how the other links in " 20928"the group are configured." 20929msgstr "" 20930 20931#. type: TP 20932#: update-alternatives.man 20933#, no-wrap 20934msgid "slave link" 20935msgstr "" 20936 20937#. type: Plain text 20938#: update-alternatives.man 20939msgid "" 20940"An alternative link in a link group which is controlled by the setting of " 20941"the master link." 20942msgstr "" 20943 20944#. type: TP 20945#: update-alternatives.man 20946#, no-wrap 20947msgid "automatic mode" 20948msgstr "" 20949 20950#. type: Plain text 20951#: update-alternatives.man 20952msgid "" 20953"When a link group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system ensures that " 20954"the links in the group point to the highest priority alternative appropriate " 20955"for the group." 20956msgstr "" 20957 20958#. type: TP 20959#: update-alternatives.man 20960#, no-wrap 20961msgid "manual mode" 20962msgstr "" 20963 20964#. type: Plain text 20965#: update-alternatives.man 20966msgid "" 20967"When a link group is in manual mode, the alternatives system will not make " 20968"any changes to the system administrator's settings." 20969msgstr "" 20970 20971#. type: TP 20972#: update-alternatives.man 20973#, no-wrap 20974msgid "B<--install> I<link name path priority> [B<--slave> I<link name path>]..." 20975msgstr "" 20976 20977#. type: Plain text 20978#: update-alternatives.man 20979msgid "" 20980"Add a group of alternatives to the system. I<link> is the generic name for " 20981"the master link, I<name> is the name of its symlink in the alternatives " 20982"directory, and I<path> is the alternative being introduced for the master " 20983"link. The arguments after B<--slave> are the generic name, symlink name in " 20984"the alternatives directory and the alternative path for a slave link. Zero " 20985"or more B<--slave> options, each followed by three arguments, may be " 20986"specified. Note that the master alternative must exist or the call will " 20987"fail. However if a slave alternative doesn't exist, the corresponding slave " 20988"alternative link will simply not be installed (a warning will still be " 20989"displayed). If some real file is installed where an alternative link has to " 20990"be installed, it is kept unless B<--force> is used." 20991msgstr "" 20992 20993#. type: Plain text 20994#: update-alternatives.man 20995msgid "" 20996"If the alternative name specified exists already in the alternatives " 20997"system's records, the information supplied will be added as a new set of " 20998"alternatives for the group. Otherwise, a new group, set to automatic mode, " 20999"will be added with this information. If the group is in automatic mode, and " 21000"the newly added alternatives' priority is higher than any other installed " 21001"alternatives for this group, the symlinks will be updated to point to the " 21002"newly added alternatives." 21003msgstr "" 21004 21005#. type: TP 21006#: update-alternatives.man 21007#, no-wrap 21008msgid "B<--set> I<name path>" 21009msgstr "" 21010 21011#. type: Plain text 21012#: update-alternatives.man 21013msgid "" 21014"Set the program I<path> as alternative for I<name.> This is equivalent to " 21015"B<--config> but is non-interactive and thus scriptable." 21016msgstr "" 21017 21018#. type: TP 21019#: update-alternatives.man 21020#, no-wrap 21021msgid "B<--remove> I<name path>" 21022msgstr "" 21023 21024#. type: Plain text 21025#: update-alternatives.man 21026msgid "" 21027"Remove an alternative and all of its associated slave links. I<name> is a " 21028"name in the alternatives directory, and I<path> is an absolute filename to " 21029"which I<name> could be linked. If I<name> is indeed linked to I<path>, " 21030"I<name> will be updated to point to another appropriate alternative (and the " 21031"group is put back in automatic mode), or removed if there is no such " 21032"alternative left. Associated slave links will be updated or removed, " 21033"correspondingly. If the link is not currently pointing to I<path>, no links " 21034"are changed; only the information about the alternative is removed." 21035msgstr "" 21036 21037#. type: TP 21038#: update-alternatives.man 21039#, no-wrap 21040msgid "B<--remove-all> I<name>" 21041msgstr "" 21042 21043#. type: Plain text 21044#: update-alternatives.man 21045msgid "" 21046"Remove all alternatives and all of their associated slave links. I<name> is " 21047"a name in the alternatives directory." 21048msgstr "" 21049 21050#. type: Plain text 21051#: update-alternatives.man 21052msgid "" 21053"Call B<--config> on all alternatives. It can be usefully combined with " 21054"B<--skip-auto> to review and configure all alternatives which are not " 21055"configured in automatic mode. Broken alternatives are also displayed. Thus " 21056"a simple way to fix all broken alternatives is to call B<yes '' | " 21057"update-alternatives --force --all>." 21058msgstr "" 21059 21060#. type: TP 21061#: update-alternatives.man 21062#, no-wrap 21063msgid "B<--auto> I<name>" 21064msgstr "" 21065 21066#. type: Plain text 21067#: update-alternatives.man 21068msgid "" 21069"Switch the link group behind the alternative for I<name> to automatic mode. " 21070"In the process, the master symlink and its slaves are updated to point to " 21071"the highest priority installed alternatives." 21072msgstr "" 21073 21074#. type: TP 21075#: update-alternatives.man 21076#, no-wrap 21077msgid "B<--display> I<name>" 21078msgstr "" 21079 21080#. type: Plain text 21081#: update-alternatives.man 21082msgid "" 21083"Display information about the link group. Information displayed includes " 21084"the group's mode (auto or manual), the master and slave links, which " 21085"alternative the master link currently points to, what other alternatives are " 21086"available (and their corresponding slave alternatives), and the highest " 21087"priority alternative currently installed." 21088msgstr "" 21089 21090#. type: TP 21091#: update-alternatives.man 21092#, no-wrap 21093msgid "B<--get-selections>" 21094msgstr "" 21095 21096#. type: Plain text 21097#: update-alternatives.man 21098msgid "" 21099"List all master alternative names (those controlling a link group) and " 21100"their status (since version 1.15.0). Each line contains up to 3 fields " 21101"(separated by one or more spaces). The first field is the alternative name, " 21102"the second one is the status (either B<auto> or B<manual>), and the last one " 21103"contains the current choice in the alternative (beware: it's a filename and " 21104"thus might contain spaces)." 21105msgstr "" 21106 21107#. type: Plain text 21108#: update-alternatives.man 21109msgid "" 21110"Read configuration of alternatives on standard input in the format generated " 21111"by B<--get-selections> and reconfigure them accordingly (since version " 21112"1.15.0)." 21113msgstr "" 21114 21115#. type: TP 21116#: update-alternatives.man 21117#, no-wrap 21118msgid "B<--query> I<name>" 21119msgstr "" 21120 21121#. type: Plain text 21122#: update-alternatives.man 21123msgid "" 21124"Display information about the link group like B<--display> does, but in a " 21125"machine parseable way (since version 1.15.0, see section B<QUERY FORMAT> " 21126"below)." 21127msgstr "" 21128 21129#. type: TP 21130#: update-alternatives.man 21131#, no-wrap 21132msgid "B<--list> I<name>" 21133msgstr "" 21134 21135#. type: Plain text 21136#: update-alternatives.man 21137msgid "Display all targets of the link group." 21138msgstr "" 21139 21140#. type: TP 21141#: update-alternatives.man 21142#, no-wrap 21143msgid "B<--config> I<name>" 21144msgstr "" 21145 21146#. type: Plain text 21147#: update-alternatives.man 21148msgid "" 21149"Show available alternatives for a link group and allow the user to " 21150"interactively select which one to use. The link group is updated." 21151msgstr "" 21152 21153#. type: TP 21154#: update-alternatives.man 21155#, no-wrap 21156msgid "B<--altdir>I< directory>" 21157msgstr "" 21158 21159#. type: Plain text 21160#: update-alternatives.man 21161msgid "" 21162"Specifies the alternatives directory, when this is to be different from the " 21163"default." 21164msgstr "" 21165 21166#. type: Plain text 21167#: update-alternatives.man 21168msgid "" 21169"Specifies the administrative directory, when this is to be different from " 21170"the default." 21171msgstr "" 21172 21173#. type: TP 21174#: update-alternatives.man 21175#, no-wrap 21176msgid "B<--log>I< file>" 21177msgstr "" 21178 21179#. type: Plain text 21180#: update-alternatives.man 21181msgid "" 21182"Specifies the log file (since version 1.15.0), when this is to be different " 21183"from the default (%LOGDIR%/alternatives.log)." 21184msgstr "" 21185 21186#. type: Plain text 21187#: update-alternatives.man 21188msgid "" 21189"Allow replacing or dropping any real file that is installed where an " 21190"alternative link has to be installed or removed." 21191msgstr "" 21192 21193#. type: TP 21194#: update-alternatives.man 21195#, no-wrap 21196msgid "B<--skip-auto>" 21197msgstr "" 21198 21199#. type: Plain text 21200#: update-alternatives.man 21201msgid "" 21202"Skip configuration prompt for alternatives which are properly configured in " 21203"automatic mode. This option is only relevant with B<--config> or B<--all>." 21204msgstr "" 21205 21206#. type: Plain text 21207#: update-alternatives.man 21208msgid "Do not generate any comments unless errors occur." 21209msgstr "" 21210 21211#. type: TP 21212#: update-alternatives.man 21213#, no-wrap 21214msgid "B<--verbose>" 21215msgstr "" 21216 21217#. type: Plain text 21218#: update-alternatives.man 21219msgid "Generate more comments about what is being done." 21220msgstr "" 21221 21222#. type: Plain text 21223#: update-alternatives.man 21224msgid "" 21225"Generate even more comments, helpful for debugging, about what is being done " 21226"(since version 1.19.3)." 21227msgstr "" 21228 21229#. type: Plain text 21230#: update-alternatives.man 21231msgid "" 21232"Problems were encountered whilst parsing the command line or performing the " 21233"action." 21234msgstr "" 21235 21236#. type: Plain text 21237#: update-alternatives.man 21238msgid "" 21239"If set and the B<--admindir> option has not been specified, it will be used " 21240"as the base administrative directory." 21241msgstr "" 21242 21243#. type: TP 21244#: update-alternatives.man 21245#, no-wrap 21246msgid "I<%CONFDIR%/alternatives/>" 21247msgstr "" 21248 21249#. type: Plain text 21250#: update-alternatives.man 21251msgid "" 21252"The default alternatives directory. Can be overridden by the B<--altdir> " 21253"option." 21254msgstr "" 21255 21256#. type: TP 21257#: update-alternatives.man 21258#, no-wrap 21259msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/alternatives/>" 21260msgstr "" 21261 21262#. type: Plain text 21263#: update-alternatives.man 21264msgid "" 21265"The default administration directory. Can be overridden by the " 21266"B<--admindir> option." 21267msgstr "" 21268 21269#. type: SH 21270#: update-alternatives.man 21271#, no-wrap 21272msgid "QUERY FORMAT" 21273msgstr "" 21274 21275#. type: Plain text 21276#: update-alternatives.man 21277msgid "" 21278"The B<--query> format is using an RFC822-like flat format. It's made of I<n> " 21279"+ 1 blocks where I<n> is the number of alternatives available in the queried " 21280"link group. The first block contains the following fields:" 21281msgstr "" 21282 21283#. type: TP 21284#: update-alternatives.man 21285#, no-wrap 21286msgid "B<Name:>I< name>" 21287msgstr "" 21288 21289#. type: Plain text 21290#: update-alternatives.man 21291msgid "The alternative name in the alternative directory." 21292msgstr "" 21293 21294#. type: TP 21295#: update-alternatives.man 21296#, no-wrap 21297msgid "B<Link:>I< link>" 21298msgstr "" 21299 21300#. type: Plain text 21301#: update-alternatives.man 21302msgid "The generic name of the alternative." 21303msgstr "" 21304 21305#. type: TP 21306#: update-alternatives.man 21307#, no-wrap 21308msgid "B<Slaves:>I< list-of-slaves>" 21309msgstr "" 21310 21311#. type: Plain text 21312#: update-alternatives.man 21313msgid "" 21314"When this field is present, the B<next> lines hold all slave links " 21315"associated to the master link of the alternative. There is one slave per " 21316"line. Each line contains one space, the generic name of the slave " 21317"alternative, another space, and the path to the slave link." 21318msgstr "" 21319 21320#. type: TP 21321#: update-alternatives.man 21322#, no-wrap 21323msgid "B<Status:>I< status>" 21324msgstr "" 21325 21326#. type: Plain text 21327#: update-alternatives.man 21328msgid "The status of the alternative (B<auto> or B<manual>)." 21329msgstr "" 21330 21331#. type: TP 21332#: update-alternatives.man 21333#, no-wrap 21334msgid "B<Best:>I< best-choice>" 21335msgstr "" 21336 21337#. type: Plain text 21338#: update-alternatives.man 21339msgid "" 21340"The path of the best alternative for this link group. Not present if there " 21341"is no alternatives available." 21342msgstr "" 21343 21344#. type: TP 21345#: update-alternatives.man 21346#, no-wrap 21347msgid "B<Value:>I< currently-selected-alternative>" 21348msgstr "" 21349 21350#. type: Plain text 21351#: update-alternatives.man 21352msgid "" 21353"The path of the currently selected alternative. It can also take the magic " 21354"value B<none>. It is used if the link doesn't exist." 21355msgstr "" 21356 21357#. type: Plain text 21358#: update-alternatives.man 21359msgid "" 21360"The other blocks describe the available alternatives in the queried link " 21361"group:" 21362msgstr "" 21363 21364#. type: TP 21365#: update-alternatives.man 21366#, no-wrap 21367msgid "B<Alternative:>I< path-of-this-alternative>" 21368msgstr "" 21369 21370#. type: Plain text 21371#: update-alternatives.man 21372msgid "Path to this block's alternative." 21373msgstr "" 21374 21375#. type: TP 21376#: update-alternatives.man 21377#, no-wrap 21378msgid "B<Priority:>I< priority-value>" 21379msgstr "" 21380 21381#. type: Plain text 21382#: update-alternatives.man 21383msgid "Value of the priority of this alternative." 21384msgstr "" 21385 21386#. type: Plain text 21387#: update-alternatives.man 21388msgid "" 21389"When this field is present, the B<next> lines hold all slave alternatives " 21390"associated to the master link of the alternative. There is one slave per " 21391"line. Each line contains one space, the generic name of the slave " 21392"alternative, another space, and the path to the slave alternative." 21393msgstr "" 21394 21395#. type: SS 21396#: update-alternatives.man 21397#, no-wrap 21398msgid "Example" 21399msgstr "" 21400 21401#. type: Plain text 21402#: update-alternatives.man 21403#, no-wrap 21404msgid "" 21405"$ update-alternatives --query editor\n" 21406"Name: editor\n" 21407"Link: /usr/bin/editor\n" 21408"Slaves:\n" 21409" editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/editor.1.gz\n" 21410" editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/editor.1.gz\n" 21411" editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/editor.1.gz\n" 21412" editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/editor.1.gz\n" 21413" editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/editor.1.gz\n" 21414"Status: auto\n" 21415"Best: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n" 21416"Value: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n" 21417msgstr "" 21418 21419#. type: Plain text 21420#: update-alternatives.man 21421#, no-wrap 21422msgid "" 21423"Alternative: /bin/ed\n" 21424"Priority: -100\n" 21425"Slaves:\n" 21426" editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/ed.1.gz\n" 21427msgstr "" 21428 21429#. type: Plain text 21430#: update-alternatives.man 21431#, no-wrap 21432msgid "" 21433"Alternative: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n" 21434"Priority: 50\n" 21435"Slaves:\n" 21436" editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/vim.1.gz\n" 21437" editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/vim.1.gz\n" 21438" editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/vim.1.gz\n" 21439" editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/vim.1.gz\n" 21440" editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/vim.1.gz\n" 21441msgstr "" 21442 21443#. type: Plain text 21444#: update-alternatives.man 21445msgid "" 21446"With B<--verbose> B<update-alternatives> chatters incessantly about its " 21447"activities on its standard output channel. If problems occur, " 21448"B<update-alternatives> outputs error messages on its standard error channel " 21449"and returns an exit status of 2. These diagnostics should be " 21450"self-explanatory; if you do not find them so, please report this as a bug." 21451msgstr "" 21452 21453#. type: Plain text 21454#: update-alternatives.man 21455msgid "" 21456"There are several packages which provide a text editor compatible with " 21457"B<vi>, for example B<nvi> and B<vim>. Which one is used is controlled by the " 21458"link group B<vi>, which includes links for the program itself and the " 21459"associated manpage." 21460msgstr "" 21461 21462#. type: Plain text 21463#: update-alternatives.man 21464msgid "" 21465"To display the available packages which provide B<vi> and the current " 21466"setting for it, use the B<--display> action:" 21467msgstr "" 21468 21469#. type: Plain text 21470#: update-alternatives.man 21471msgid "B<update-alternatives --display vi>" 21472msgstr "" 21473 21474#. type: Plain text 21475#: update-alternatives.man 21476msgid "" 21477"To choose a particular B<vi> implementation, use this command as root and " 21478"then select a number from the list:" 21479msgstr "" 21480 21481#. type: Plain text 21482#: update-alternatives.man 21483msgid "B<update-alternatives --config vi>" 21484msgstr "" 21485 21486#. type: Plain text 21487#: update-alternatives.man 21488msgid "" 21489"To go back to having the B<vi> implementation chosen automatically, do this " 21490"as root:" 21491msgstr "" 21492 21493#. type: Plain text 21494#: update-alternatives.man 21495msgid "B<update-alternatives --auto vi>" 21496msgstr "" 21497 21498#. type: Plain text 21499#: update-alternatives.man 21500msgid "B<ln>(1), FHS, the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard." 21501msgstr "" 21502